The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Hawaiian Archipelago
    
This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online
at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States,
you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.

Title: The Hawaiian Archipelago

Author: Isabella L. Bird

Release date: October 1, 2004 [eBook #6750]
                Most recently updated: October 28, 2024

Language: English

Credits: Les Bowler


*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ARCHIPELAGO ***
THE HAWAIIAN ARCHIPELAGO.

SIX MONTHS AMONG THE PALM GROVES, CORAL REEFS, AND VOLCANOES OF THE
SANDWICH ISLANDS.

BY ISABELLA L. BIRD.



     "Summer isles of Eden lying
     In dark purple spheres of sea."




To my sister, to whom these letters were originally written, they
are now affectionately dedicated.



PREFACE.

Within the last century the Hawaiian islands have been the topic of
various works of merit, and some explanation of the reasons which
have led me to enter upon the same subject are necessary.

I was travelling for health, when circumstances induced me to land
on the group, and the benefit which I derived from the climate
tempted me to remain for nearly seven months.  During that time the
necessity of leading a life of open air and exercise as a means of
recovery, led me to travel on horseback to and fro through the
islands, exploring the interior, ascending the highest mountains,
visiting the active volcanoes, and remote regions which are known to
few even of the residents, living among the natives, and otherwise
seeing Hawaiian life in all its phases.

At the close of my visit, my Hawaiian friends urged me strongly to
publish my impressions and experiences, on the ground that the best
books already existing, besides being old, treat chiefly of
aboriginal customs and habits now extinct, and of the introduction
of Christianity and subsequent historical events.  They also
represented that I had seen the islands more thoroughly than any
foreign visitor, and the volcano of Mauna Loa under specially
favourable circumstances, and that I had so completely lived the
island life, and acquainted myself with the existing state of the
country, as to be rather a kamaina {0} than a stranger, and that
consequently I should be able to write on Hawaii with a degree of
intimacy as well as freshness.  My friends at home, who were
interested in my narratives, urged me to give them to a wider
circle, and my inclinations led me in the same direction, with a
sort of longing to make others share something of my own interest
and enjoyment.

The letters which follow were written to a near relation, and often
hastily and under great difficulties of circumstance, but even with
these and other disadvantages, they appear to me the best form of
conveying my impressions in their original vividness.  With the
exception of certain omissions and abridgments, they are printed as
they were written, and for such demerits as arise from this mode of
publication, I ask the kind indulgence of my readers.
                                  ISABELLA L. BIRD.
January, 1875.




TRAVELS IN THE SANDWICH ISLANDS.



INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER.

Canon Kingsley, in his charming book on the West Indies, says, "The
undoubted fact is known I find to few educated English people, that
the Coco palm, which produces coir rope, cocoanuts, and a hundred
other useful things, is not the same plant as the cacao bush which
produces chocolate, or anything like it.  I am sorry to have to
insist upon this fact, but till Professor Huxley's dream and mine is
fulfilled, and our schools deign to teach, in the intervals of Greek
and Latin, some slight knowledge of this planet, and of those of its
productions which are most commonly in use, even this fact may need
to be re-stated more than once."

There is no room for the supposition that the intelligence of Mr.
Kingsley's "educated English" acquaintance is below the average, and
I should be sorry to form an unworthy estimate of that of my own
circle, though I have several times met with the foregoing
confusion, as well as the following and other equally ill-informed
questions, one or two of which I reluctantly admit that I might have
been guilty of myself before I visited the Pacific:  "Whereabouts
are the Sandwich Islands?  They are not the same as the Fijis, are
they?  Are they the same as Otaheite?  Are the natives all
cannibals?  What sort of idols do they worship?  Are they as pretty
as the other South Sea Islands?  Does the king wear clothes?  Who do
they belong to?  Does any one live on them but the savages?  Will
anything grow on them?  Are the people very savage?" etc.  Their
geographical position is a great difficulty.  I saw a gentleman of
very extensive information looking for them on the map in the
neighbourhood of Tristran d'Acunha; and the publishers of a high-
class periodical lately advertised, "Letters from the Sandwich
Islands" as "Letters from the South Sea Islands."  In consequence of
these and similar interrogatories, which are not altogether
unreasonable, considering the imperfect teaching of physical
geography, the extent of this planet, the multitude of its
productions, and the enormous number of islands composing Polynesia,
Micronesia, and Melanesia, it is necessary to preface the following
letters with as many preliminary statements as shall serve to make
them intelligible.

The Sandwich Islands do not form one of the South Sea groups, and
have no other connexion with them than certain affinities of race
and language.  They constitute the only important group in the vast
North Pacific Ocean, in which they are so advantageously placed as
to be pretty nearly equidistant from California, Mexico, China, and
Japan.  They are in the torrid zone, and extend from 18 degrees 50'
to 22 degrees 20' north latitude, and their longitude is from 154
degrees 53' to 160 degrees 15' west from Greenwich.  They were
discovered by Captain Cook in 1778.  They are twelve in number, but
only eight are inhabited, and these vary in size from Hawaii, which
is 4000 square miles in extent, and 88 miles long by 73 broad, to
Kahoolawe, which is only 11 miles long and 8 broad.  Their entire
superficial area is about 6,100 miles.  They are to some extent
bounded by barrier reefs of coral, and have few safe harbours.
Their formation is altogether volcanic, and they possess the largest
perpetually active volcano and the largest extinct crater in the
world.  They are very mountainous, and two mountain summits on
Hawaii are nearly 14,000 feet in height.  Their climate for
salubrity and general equability is reputed the finest on earth.  It
is almost absolutely equable, and a man may take his choice between
broiling all the year round on the sea level on the leeward side of
the islands at a temperature of 80 degrees, and enjoying the charms
of a fireside at an altitude where there is frost every night of the
year.  There is no sickly season, and there are no diseases of
locality.  The trade winds blow for nine months of the year, and on
the windward coasts there is an abundance of rain, and a perennial
luxuriance of vegetation.

The Sandwich Islands are not the same as Otaheite nor as the Fijis,
from which they are distant about 4,000 miles, nor are their people
of the same race.  The natives are not cannibals, and it is doubtful
if they ever were so.  Their idols only exist in missionary museums.
They cast them away voluntarily in 1819, at the very time when
missionaries from America sent out to Christianize the group were on
their way round Cape Horn.  The people are all clothed, and the
king, who is an educated gentleman, wears the European dress.  The
official designation of the group is "Hawaiian Islands," and they
form an independent kingdom.

The natives are not savages, most decidedly not.  They are on the
whole a quiet, courteous, orderly, harmless, Christian community.
The native population has declined from 400,000 as estimated by
Captain Cook in 1778 to 49,000, according to the census of 1872.
There are about 5,000 foreign residents, who live on very friendly
terms with the natives, and are mostly subjects of Kalakaua, the
king of the group.

The islands have a thoroughly civilized polity, and the Hawaiians
show a great aptitude for political organization.  They constitute a
limited monarchy, and have a constitutional and hereditary king, a
parliament with an upper and lower house, a cabinet, a standing
army, a police force, a Supreme Court of Judicature, a most
efficient postal system, a Governor and Sheriff on each of the
larger islands, court officials, and court etiquette, a common
school system, custom houses, a civil list, taxes, a national debt,
and most of the other amenities and appliances of civilization.

There is no State Church.  The majority of the foreigners, as well
as of the natives, are Congregationalists.  The missionaries
translated the Bible and other books into Hawaiian, taught the
natives to read and write, gave the princes and nobles a high class
education, induced the king and chiefs to renounce their oppressive
feudal rights, with legal advice framed a constitution which became
the law of the land, and obtained the recognition of the little
Polynesian kingdom as a member of the brotherhood of civilized
nations.

With these few remarks I leave the subject of the volume to develop
itself in my letters.  They have not had the advantage of revision
by any one familiar with the Sandwich Islands, and mistakes and
inaccuracies may consequently appear, on which, I hope that my
Hawaiian friends will not be very severe.  In correcting them, I
have availed myself of the very valuable "History of the Hawaiian
Islands," by Mr. Jackson Jarves, Ellis' "Tour Round Hawaii," Mr.
Brigham's valuable monograph on "The Hawaiian Volcanoes," and sundry
reports presented to the legislature during its present session.  I
have also to express my obligations to the Hon. E. Allen, Chief
Justice and Chancellor of the Hawaiian kingdom, Mr. Manley Hopkins,
author of "Hawaii," Dr. T. M. Coan, of New York, Professor W.
Alexander, Daniel Smith, Esq., and other friends at Honolulu, for
assistance most kindly rendered.
                                ISABELLA L. BIRD.



LETTER I.

STEAMER NEVADA, NORTH PACIFIC, January 19.

A white, unwinking, scintillating sun blazed down upon Auckland, New
Zealand.  Along the white glaring road from Onehunga, dusty trees
and calla lilies drooped with the heat.  Dusty thickets sheltered
the cicada, whose triumphant din grated and rasped through the
palpitating atmosphere.  In dusty enclosures, supposed to be
gardens, shrivelled geraniums scattered sparsely alone defied the
heat.  Flags drooped in the stifling air.  Men on the verge of
sunstroke plied their tasks mechanically, like automatons.  Dogs,
with flabby and protruding tongues, hid themselves away under
archway shadows.  The stones of the sidewalks and the brick of the
houses radiated a furnace heat.  All nature was limp, dusty,
groaning, gasping.  The day was the climax of a burning fortnight,
of heat, draught, and dust, of baked, cracked, dewless land, and
oily breezeless seas, of glaring days, passing through fierce fiery
sunsets into stifling nights.

I only remained long enough in the capital to observe that it had a
look of having seen better days, and that its business streets had
an American impress, and, taking a boat at a wharf, in whose seams
the pitch was melting, I went off to the steamer Nevada, which was
anchored out in the bay, preferring to spend the night in her than
in the unbearable heat on shore.  She belongs to the Webb line, an
independent mail adventure, now dying a natural death, undertaken by
the New Zealand Government, as much probably out of jealousy of
Victoria as anything else.  She nearly foundered on her last voyage;
her passengers unanimously signed a protest against her unseaworthy
condition.  She was condemned by the Government surveyor, and her
mails were sent to Melbourne.  She has, however, been patched up for
this trip, and eight passengers, including myself, have trusted
ourselves to her.  She is a huge paddle-steamer, of the old-
fashioned American type, deck above deck, balconies, a pilot-house
abaft the foremast, two monstrous walking beams, and two masts
which, possibly in case of need, might serve as jury masts.

Huge, airy, perfectly comfortable as she is, not a passenger stepped
on board without breathing a more earnest prayer than usual that the
voyage might end propitiously.  The very first evening statements
were whispered about to the effect that her state of disrepair is
such that she has not been to her own port for nine months, and has
been sailing for that time without a certificate; that her starboard
shaft is partially fractured, and that to reduce the strain upon it
the floats of her starboard wheel have been shortened five inches,
the strain being further reduced by giving her a decided list to
port; that her crank is "bandaged," that she is leaky; that her
mainmast is sprung, and that with only four hours' steaming many of
her boiler tubes, even some of those put in at Auckland, had already
given way.  I cannot testify concerning the mainmast, though it
certainly does comport itself like no other mainmast I ever saw; but
the other statements and many more which might be added, are, I
believe, substantially correct.  That the caulking of the deck was
in evil case we very soon had proof, for during heavy rain above, it
was a smart shower in the saloon and state rooms, keeping four
stewards employed with buckets and swabs, and compelling us to dine
in waterproofs and rubber shoes.

In this dilapidated condition, when two days out from Auckland, we
encountered a revolving South Sea hurricane, succinctly entered in
the log of the day as "Encountered a very severe hurricane with a
very heavy sea."  It began at eight in the morning, and never spent
its fury till nine at night, and the wind changed its direction
eleven times.  The Nevada left Auckland two feet deeper in the water
than she ought to have been, and laboured heavily.  Seas struck her
under the guards with a heavy, explosive thud, and she groaned and
strained as if she would part asunder.  It was a long weird day.  We
held no communication with each other, or with those who could form
any rational estimate of the probabilities of our destiny; no
officials appeared; the ordinary invariable routine of the steward
department was suspended without notice; the sounds were tremendous,
and a hot lurid obscurity filled the atmosphere.  Soon after four
the clamour increased, and the shock of a sea blowing up a part of
the fore-guards made the groaning fabric reel and shiver throughout
her whole huge bulk.  At that time, by common consent, we assembled
in the deck-house, which had windows looking in all directions, and
sat there for five hours.  Very few words were spoken, and very
little fear was felt.  We understood by intuition that if our crazy
engines failed at any moment to keep the ship's head to the sea, her
destruction would not occupy half-an-hour.  It was all palpable.
There was nothing which the most experienced seaman could explain to
the merest novice.  We hoped for the best, and there was no use in
speaking about the worst.  Nor, indeed, was speech possible, unless
a human voice could have outshrieked the hurricane.

In this deck-house the strainings, sunderings, and groanings were
hardly audible, or rather were overpowered by a sound which, in
thirteen months' experience of the sea in all weathers, I have never
heard, and hope never to hear again, unless in a staunch ship, one
loud, awful, undying shriek, mingled with a prolonged relentless
hiss.  No gathering strength, no languid fainting into momentary
lulls, but one protracted gigantic scream.  And this was not the
whistle of wind through cordage, but the actual sound of air
travelling with tremendous velocity, carrying with it minute
particles of water.  Nor was the sea running mountains high, for the
hurricane kept it down.  Indeed during those fierce hours no sea was
visible, for the whole surface was caught up and carried furiously
into the air, like snow-drift on the prairies, sibilant, relentless.
There was profound quiet on deck, the little life which existed
being concentrated near the bow, where the captain was either lashed
to the foremast, or in shelter in the pilot-house.  Never a soul
appeared on deck, the force of the hurricane being such that for
four hours any man would have been carried off his feet.  Through
the swift strange evening our hopes rested on the engine, and amidst
the uproar and din, and drifting spray, and shocks of pitiless seas,
there was a sublime repose in the spectacle of the huge walking
beams, alternately rising and falling, slowly, calmly, regularly, as
if the Nevada were on a holiday trip within the Golden Gate.  At
eight in the evening we could hear each other speak, and a little
later, through the great masses of hissing drift we discerned black
water.  At nine Captain Blethen appeared, smoking a cigar with
nonchalance, and told us that the hurricane had nearly boxed the
compass, and had been the most severe he had known for seventeen
years.  This grand old man, nearly the oldest captain in the
Pacific, won our respect and confidence from the first, and his
quiet and masterly handling of this dilapidated old ship is beyond
all praise.

When the strain of apprehension was mitigated, we became aware that
we had not had anything to eat since breakfast, a clean sweep having
been made, not only of the lunch, but of all the glass in the racks
above it; but all requests to the stewards were insufficient to
procure even biscuits, and at eleven we retired supperless to bed,
amidst a confusion of awful sounds, and were deprived of lights as
well as food.  When we asked for food or light, and made weak
appeals on the ground of faintness, the one steward who seemed to
dawdle about for the sole purpose of making himself disagreeable,
always replied, "You can't get anything, the stewards are on duty."
We were not accustomed to recognize that stewards had any other duty
than that of feeding the passengers, but under the circumstances we
meekly acquiesced.  We were allowed to know that a part of the
foreguards had been carried way, and that iron stanchions four
inches thick had been gnarled and twisted like candy sticks, and the
constant falling of the saloon casing of the mainmast, showed
something wrong there.  A heavy clang, heard at intervals by day and
night, aroused some suspicions as to more serious damage, and these
were afterwards confirmed.  As the wind fell the sea rose, and for
some hours realized every description I have read of the majesty and
magnitude of the rollers of the South Pacific.

The day after the hurricane something went wrong with the engines,
and we were stationary for an hour.  We all felt thankful that this
derangement which would have jeopardised or sacrificed sixty lives,
was then only a slight detention on a summer sea.

Five days out from Auckland we entered the tropics with a
temperature of 80 degrees in the water, and 85 degrees in the air,
but as the light head airs blew the intense heat of our two smoke
stacks aft, we often endured a temperature of 110 degrees.  There
were quiet, heavy tropical showers, and a general misty dampness,
and the Navigator Islands, with their rainbow-tinted coral forests,
their fringe of coco palms, and groves of banyan and breadfruit
trees, these sunniest isles of the bright South Seas, resolved
themselves into dark lumps looming through a drizzling mist.  But
the showers and the dampness were confined to that region, and for
the last fortnight an unclouded tropical sun has blazed upon our
crawling ship.  The boiler tubes are giving way at the rate of from
ten to twenty daily, the fracture in the shaft is extending, and so,
partially maimed, the old ship drags her 320 feet of length slowly
along.  The captain is continually in the engine-room, and we know
when things are looking more unpropitious than usual by his coming
up puffing his cigar with unusual strength of determination.  It has
been so far a very pleasant voyage.  The moral, mental, and social
qualities of my fellow-passengers are of a high order, and since the
hurricane we have been rather like a family circle than a
miscellaneous accidental group.  For some time our days went by in
reading aloud, working, chess, draughts and conversation, with two
hours at quoits in the afternoon for exercise; but four days ago the
only son of Mrs. Dexter, who is the only lady on board besides
myself, ruptured a blood vessel on the lungs, and lies in a most
critical state in the deck-house from which he has not been moved,
requiring most careful nursing, incessant fanning, and the attention
of two persons by day and night.  Mrs. D. had previously won the
regard of everyone, and I had learned to look on her as a friend
from whom I should be grieved to part.  The only hope for the young
man's life is that he should be landed at Honolulu, and she has
urged me so strongly to land with her there, where she will be a
complete stranger, that I have consented to do so, and consequently
shall see the Sandwich Islands.  This severe illness has cast a
great gloom over our circle of six, and Mr. D. continues in a state
of so much exhaustion and peril that all our arrangements as to
occupation, recreation, and sleep, are made with reference to a
sick, and as we sometimes fear, a dying man, whose state is much
aggravated by the maltreatment and stupidity of a dilapidated Scotch
doctor, who must be at least eighty, and whose intellects are
obfuscated by years of whiskey drinking.  Two of the gentlemen not
only show the utmost tenderness as nurses, but possess a skill and
experience which are invaluable.  They never leave him by night, and
scarcely take needed rest even in the day, one or other of them
being always at hand to support him when faint, or raise him on his
pillows.

It is not only that the Nevada is barely seaworthy, and has kept us
broiling in the tropics when we ought to have been at San Francisco,
but her fittings are so old.  The mattresses bulge and burst, and
cockroaches creep in and out, the deck is so leaky that the water
squishes up under the saloon matting as we walk over it, the bread
swarms with minute ants, and we have to pick every piece over
because of weevils.  Existence at night is an unequal fight with
rats and cockroaches, and at meals with the stewards for time to
eat.  The stewards outnumber the passengers, and are the veriest
riff-raff I have seen on board ship.  At meals, when the captain is
not below, their sole object is to hurry us from the table in order
that they may sit down to a protracted meal; they are insulting and
disobliging, and since illness has been on board, have shown a want
of common humanity which places them below the rest of their
species.  The unconcealed hostility with which they regard us is a
marvellous contrast to the natural or purchasable civility or
servility which prevails on British steamers.  It has its comic side
too, and we are content to laugh at it, and at all the other
oddities of this vaunted "Mail Line."

Our most serious grievance was the length of time that we were kept
in the damp inter-island region of the Tropic of Capricorn.  Early
breakfasts, cold plunge baths, and the perfect ventilation of our
cabins, only just kept us alive.  We read, wrote, and talked like
automatons, and our voices sounded thin and far away.  We decided
that heat was less felt in exercise, made up an afternoon quoit
party, and played unsheltered from the nearly vertical sun, on decks
so hot that we required thick boots for the protection of our feet,
but for three days were limp and faint, and hardly able to crawl
about or eat.  The nights were insupportable.  We used to lounge on
the bow, and retire late at night to our cabins, to fight the heat,
and scare rats and kill cockroaches with slippers, until driven by
the solar heat to rise again unrefreshed to wrestle through another
relentless day.  We read the "Idylls of the King" and talked of
misty meres and reedy fens, of the cool north, with its purple
hills, leaping streams, and life-giving breezes, of long northern
winters, and ice and snow, but the realities of sultriness and damp
scared away our coolest imaginations.  In this dismal region, when
about forty miles east of Tutuila, a beast popularly known as the
"Flying fox" {14} alighted on our rigging, and was eventually
captured as a prize for the zoological collection at San Francisco.
He is a most interesting animal, something like an exaggerated bat.
His wings are formed of a jet black membrane, and have a highly
polished claw at the extremity of each, and his feet consist of five
beautifully polished long black claws, with which he hangs on head
downwards.  His body is about twice the size of that of a very large
rat, black and furry underneath, and with red foxy fur on his head
and back.  His face is pointed, with a very black nose and prominent
black eyes, with a savage, remorseless expression.  His wings, when
extended, measure forty-eight inches across, and his flying powers
are prodigious.  He snapped like a dog at first, but is now quite
tame, and devours quantities of dried figs, the only diet he will
eat.

We crossed the Equator in Long. 159 degrees 44', but in consequence
of the misty weather it was not till we reached Lat. 10 degrees 6'
N. that the Pole star, cold and pure, glistened far above the
horizon, and two hours later we saw the coruscating Pleiades, and
the starry belt of Orion, the blessed familiar constellations of
"auld lang syne," and a "breath of the cool north," the first I have
felt for five months, fanned the tropic night and the calm silvery
Pacific.  From that time we have been indifferent to our crawling
pace, except for the sick man's sake.  The days dawn in rose colour
and die in gold, and through their long hours a sea of delicious
blue shimmers beneath the sun, so soft, so blue, so dreamlike, an
ocean worthy of its name, the enchanted region of perpetual calm,
and an endless summer.  Far off, for many an azure league, rims of
rock, fringed with the graceful coco palm, girdle still lagoons, and
are themselves encircled by coral reefs on which the ocean breaks
all the year in broad drifts of foam.  Myriads of flying fish and a
few dolphins and Portuguese men-of-war flash or float through the
scarcely undulating water.  But we look in vain for the "sails of
silk and ropes of sendal," which are alone appropriate to this
dream-world.  The Pacific in this region is an indolent blue
expanse, pure and lonely, an almost untraversed sea.  We revel in
these tropic days of transcendent glory, in the balmy breath which
just stirs the dreamy blue, in the brief, fierce crimson sunsets, in
the soft splendour of the nights, when the moon and stars hang like
lamps out of a lofty and distant vault, and in the pearly
crystalline dawns, when the sun rising through a veil of rose and
gold "rejoices as a giant to run his course," and brightens by no
"pale gradations" into the "perfect day."


P.S.--To-morrow morning we expect to sight land.  In spite of minor
evils, our voyage has been a singularly pleasant one.  The condition
of the ship and her machinery warrants the strongest condemnation,
but her discipline is admirable, and so are many of her regulations,
and we might have had a much more disagreeable voyage in a better
ship.  Captain Blethen is beyond all praise, and so is the chief
engineer, whose duties are incessant and most harassing, owing to
the critical state of the engines.  The Nevada now presents a
grotesque appearance, for within the last few hours she has received
such an added list to port that her starboard wheel looks nearly out
of the water.
                                             I.L.B.



LETTER II.

HAWAIIAN HOTEL, HONOLULU, Jan. 26th.

Yesterday morning at 6.30 I was aroused by the news that "The
Islands" were in sight.  Oahu in the distance, a group of grey,
barren peaks rising verdureless out of the lonely sea, was not an
exception to the rule that the first sight of land is a
disappointment.  Owing to the clear atmosphere, we seemed only five
miles off, but in reality we were twenty, and the land improved as
we neared it.  It was the fiercest day we had had, the deck was
almost too hot to stand upon, the sea and sky were both
magnificently blue, and the unveiled sun turned every minute ripple
into a diamond flash.  As we approached, the island changed its
character.  There were lofty peaks, truly--grey and red, sun-
scorched and wind-bleached, glowing here and there with traces of
their fiery origin; but they were cleft by deep chasms and ravines
of cool shadow and entrancing green, and falling water streaked
their sides--a most welcome vision after eleven months of the desert
sea and the dusty browns of Australia and New Zealand.  Nearer yet,
and the coast line came into sight, fringed by the feathery cocoanut
tree of the tropics, and marked by a long line of surf.  The grand
promontory of Diamond Head, its fiery sides now softened by a haze
of green, terminated the wavy line of palms; then the Punchbowl, a
very perfect extinct crater, brilliant with every shade of red
volcanic ash, blazed against the green skirts of the mountains.  We
were close to the coral reef before the cry, "There's Honolulu!"
made us aware of the proximity of the capital of the island kingdom,
and then, indeed, its existence had almost to be taken upon trust,
for besides the lovely wooden and grass huts, with deep verandahs,
which nestled under palms and bananas on soft green sward, margined
by the bright sea sand, only two church spires and a few grey roofs
appeared above the trees.

We were just outside the reef, and near enough to hear that deep
sound of the surf which, through the ever serene summer years
girdles the Hawaiian Islands with perpetual thunder, before the
pilot glided alongside, bringing the news which Mark Twain had
prepared us to receive with interest, that "Prince Bill" had been
unanimously elected to the throne.  The surf ran white and pure over
the environing coral reef, and as we passed through the narrow
channel, we almost saw the coral forests deep down under the
Nevada's keel; the coral fishers plied their graceful trade; canoes
with outriggers rode the combers, and glided with inconceivable
rapidity round our ship; amphibious brown beings sported in the
transparent waves; and within the reef lay a calm surface of water
of a wonderful blue, entered by a narrow, intricate passage of the
deepest indigo.  And beyond the reef and beyond the blue, nestling
among cocoanut trees and bananas, umbrella trees and breadfruits,
oranges, mangoes, hibiscus, algaroba, and passion-flowers, almost
hidden in the deep, dense greenery, was Honolulu.  Bright blossom of
a summer sea!  Fair Paradise of the Pacific!

Inside the reef the magnificent iron-clad California (the flag-ship)
and another huge American war vessel, the Benicia, are moored in
line with the British corvette Scout, within 200 yards of the shore;
and their boats were constantly passing and re-passing, among
countless canoes filled with natives.  Two coasting schooners were
just leaving the harbour, and the inter-island steamer Kilauea, with
her deck crowded with natives, was just coming in.  By noon the
great decrepit Nevada, which has no wharf at which she can lie in
sleepy New Zealand, was moored alongside a very respectable one in
this enterprising little Hawaiian capital.

We looked down from the towering deck on a crowd of two or three
thousand people--whites, Kanakas, Chinamen--and hundreds of them at
once made their way on board, and streamed over the ship, talking,
laughing, and remarking upon us in a language which seemed without
backbone.  Such rich brown men and women they were, with wavy,
shining black hair, large, brown, lustrous eyes, and rows of perfect
teeth like ivory.  Everyone was smiling.  The forms of the women
seem to be inclined towards obesity, but their drapery, which
consists of a sleeved garment which falls in ample and unconfined
folds from their shoulders to their feet, partly conceals this
defect, which is here regarded as a beauty.  Some of these dresses
were black, but many of those worn by the younger women were of pure
white, crimson, yellow, scarlet, blue, or light green.  The men
displayed their lithe, graceful figures to the best advantage in
white trousers and gay Garibaldi shirts.  A few of the women wore
coloured handkerchiefs twined round their hair, but generally both
men and women wore straw hats, which the men set jauntily on one
side of their heads, and aggravated their appearance yet more by
bandana handkerchiefs of rich bright colours round their necks,
knotted loosely on the left side, with a grace to which, I think, no
Anglo-Saxon dandy could attain.  Without an exception the men and
women wore wreaths and garlands of flowers, carmine, orange, or pure
white, twined round their hats, and thrown carelessly round their
necks, flowers unknown to me, but redolent of the tropics in
fragrance and colour.  Many of the young beauties wore the gorgeous
blossom of the red hibiscus among their abundant, unconfined, black
hair, and many, besides the garlands, wore festoons of a sweet-
scented vine, or of an exquisitely beautiful fern, knotted behind
and hanging half-way down their dresses.  These adornments of
natural flowers are most attractive.  Chinamen, all alike, very
yellow, with almond-shaped eyes, youthful, hairless faces, long
pigtails, spotlessly clean clothes, and an expression of mingled
cunning and simplicity, "foreigners," half-whites, a few negroes,
and a very few dark-skinned Polynesians from the far-off South Seas,
made up the rest of the rainbow-tinted crowd.

The "foreign" ladies, who were there in great numbers, generally
wore simple light prints or muslins, and white straw hats, and many
of them so far conformed to native custom as to wear natural flowers
round their hats and throats.  But where were the hard, angular,
careworn, sallow, passionate faces of men and women, such as form
the majority of every crowd at home, as well as in America, and
Australia?  The conditions of life must surely be easier here, and
people must have found rest from some of its burdensome
conventionalities.  The foreign ladies, in their simple, tasteful,
fresh attire, innocent of the humpings and bunchings, the
monstrosities and deformities of ultra-fashionable bad taste, beamed
with cheerfulness, friendliness, and kindliness.  Men and women
looked as easy, contented, and happy as if care never came near
them.  I never saw such healthy, bright complexions as among the
women, or such "sparkling smiles," or such a diffusion of feminine
grace and graciousness anywhere.

Outside this motley, genial, picturesque crowd about 200 saddled
horses were standing, each with the Mexican saddle, with its
lassoing horn in front, high peak behind, immense wooden stirrups,
with great leathern guards, silver or brass bosses, and coloured
saddle-cloths.  The saddles were the only element of the picturesque
that these Hawaiian steeds possessed.  They were sorry, lean,
undersized beasts, looking in general as if the emergencies of life
left them little time for eating or sleeping.  They stood calmly in
the broiling sun, heavy-headed and heavy-hearted, with flabby ears
and pendulous lower lips, limp and rawboned, a doleful type of the
"creation which groaneth and travaileth in misery."  All these
belonged to the natives, who are passionately fond of riding.  Every
now and then a flower-wreathed Hawaiian woman, in her full radiant
garment, sprang on one of these animals astride, and dashed along
the road at full gallop, sitting on her horse as square and easy as
a hussar.  In the crowd and outside of it, and everywhere, there
were piles of fruit for sale--oranges and guavas, strawberries,
papayas, bananas (green and golden), cocoanuts, and other rich,
fantastic productions of a prolific climate, where nature gives of
her wealth the whole year round.  Strange fishes, strange in shape
and colour, crimson, blue, orange, rose, gold, such fishes as flash
like living light through the coral groves of these enchanted seas,
were there for sale, and coral divers were there with their
treasures--branch coral, as white as snow, each perfect specimen
weighing from eight to twenty pounds.  But no one pushed his wares
for sale--we were at liberty to look and admire, and pass on
unmolested.  No vexatious restrictions obstructed our landing.  A
sum of two dollars for the support of the Queen's Hospital is levied
on each passenger, and the examination of ordinary luggage, if it
exists, is a mere form.  From the demeanour of the crowd it was at
once apparent that the conditions of conquerors and conquered do not
exist.  On the contrary, many of the foreigners there were subjects
of a Hawaiian king, a reversal of the ordinary relations between a
white and a coloured race which it is not easy yet to appreciate.

Two of my fellow-passengers, who were going on to San Francisco,
were anxious that I should accompany them to the Pali, the great
excursion from Honolulu; and leaving Mr. M--- to make all
arrangements for the Dexters and myself, we hired a buggy, destitute
of any peculiarity but a native driver, who spoke nothing but
Hawaiian, and left the ship.  This place is quite unique.  It is
said that 15,000 people are buried away in these low-browed, shadowy
houses, under the glossy, dark-leaved trees, but except in one or
two streets of miscellaneous, old-fashioned looking stores, arranged
with a distinct leaning towards native tastes, it looks like a large
village, or rather like an aggregate of villages.  As we drove
through the town we could only see our immediate surroundings, but
each had a new fascination.  We drove along roads with over-arching
trees, through whose dense leafage the noon sunshine only trickled
in dancing, broken lights; umbrella trees, caoutchouc, bamboo,
mango, orange, breadfruit, candlenut, monkey pod, date and coco
palms, alligator pears, "prides" of Barbary, India, and Peru, and
huge-leaved, wide-spreading trees, exotics from the South Seas, many
of them rich in parasitic ferns, and others blazing with bright,
fantastic blossoms.  The air was heavy with odours of gardenia,
tuberose, oleanders, roses, lilies, and the great white trumpet-
flower, and myriads of others whose names I do not know, and
verandahs were festooned with a gorgeous trailer with magenta
blossoms, passion-flowers, and a vine with masses of trumpet-shaped,
yellow, waxy flowers.  The delicate tamarind and the feathery
algaroba intermingled their fragile grace with the dark, shiny
foliage of the South Sea exotics, and the deep red, solitary flowers
of the hibiscus rioted among dear familiar fuschias and geraniums,
which here attain the height and size of large rhododendrons.

Few of the new trees surprised me more than the papaya.  It is a
perfect gem of tropical vegetation.  It has a soft, indented stem,
which runs up quite straight to a height of from 15 to 30 feet, and
is crowned by a profusion of large, deeply indented leaves, with
long foot-stalks, and among, as well as considerably below these,
are the flowers or the fruit, in all stages of development.  This,
when ripe, is bright yellow, and the size of a musk melon.  Clumps
of bananas, the first sight of which, like that of the palm,
constitutes a new experience, shaded the native houses with their
wonderful leaves, broad and deep green, from five to ten feet long.
The breadfruit is a superb tree, about 60 feet high, with deep
green, shining leaves, a foot broad, sharply and symmetrically cut,
worthy, from their exceeding beauty of form, to take the place of
the acanthus in architectural ornament, and throwing their pale
green fruit into delicate contrast.  All these, with the exquisite
rose apple, with a deep red tinge in its young leaves, the fan palm,
the chirimoya, and numberless others, and the slender shafts of the
coco palms rising high above them, with their waving plumes and
perpetual fruitage, were a perfect festival of beauty.

In the deep shade of this perennial greenery the people dwell.  The
foreign houses show a very various individuality.  The peculiarity
in which all seem to share is, that everything is decorated and
festooned with flowering trailers.  It is often difficult to tell
what the architecture is, or what is house and what is vegetation;
for all angles, and lattices, and balustrades, and verandahs are
hidden by jessamine or passion-flowers, or the gorgeous flame-like
Bougainvillea.  Many of the dwellings straggle over the ground
without an upper story, and have very deep verandahs, through which
I caught glimpses of cool, shady rooms, with matted floors.  Some
look as if they had been transported from the old-fashioned villages
of the Connecticut Valley, with their clap-board fronts painted
white and jalousies painted green; but then the deep verandah in
which families lead an open-air life has been added, and the
chimneys have been omitted, and the New England severity and
angularity are toned down and draped out of sight by these festoons
of large-leaved, bright-blossomed, tropical climbing plants.
Besides the frame houses there are houses built of blocks of a
cream-coloured coral conglomerate laid in cement, of adobe, or large
sun-baked bricks, plastered; houses of grass and bamboo; houses on
the ground and houses raised on posts; but nothing looks prosaic,
commonplace, or mean, for the glow and luxuriance of the tropics
rest on all.  Each house has a large garden or "yard," with lawns of
bright perennial greens and banks of blazing, many-tinted flowers,
and lines of Dracaena, and other foliage plants, with their great
purple or crimson leaves, and clumps of marvellous lilies,
gladiolas, ginger, and many plants unknown to me.  Fences and walls
are altogether buried by passion-flowers, the night-blowing Cereus,
and the tropaeolum, mixed with geraniums, fuchsia, and jessamine,
which cluster and entangle over them in indescribable profusion.  A
soft air moves through the upper branches, and the drip of water
from miniature fountains falls musically on the perfumed air.  This
is midwinter!  The summer, they say, is thermometrically hotter, but
practically cooler, because of the regular trades which set in in
April, but now, with the shaded thermometer at 80 degrees and the
sky without clouds, the heat is not oppressive.

The mixture of the neat grass houses of the natives with the more
elaborate homes of the foreign residents has a very pleasant look.
The "aborigines" have not been crowded out of sight, or into a
special "quarter."  We saw many groups of them sitting under the
trees outside their houses, each group with a mat in the centre,
with calabashes upon it containing poi, the national Hawaiian dish,
a fermented paste made from the root of the kalo, or arum
esculentum.  As we emerged on the broad road which leads up the
Nuuanu Valley to the mountains, we saw many patches of this kalo, a
very handsome tropical plant, with large leaves of a bright tender
green.  Each plant was growing on a small hillock, with water round
it.  There were beautiful vegetable gardens also, in which Chinamen
raise for sale not only melons, pineapples, sweet potatoes, and
other edibles of hot climates, but the familiar fruits and
vegetables of the temperate zones.  In patches of surpassing
neatness, there were strawberries, which are ripe here all the year,
peas, carrots, turnips, asparagus, lettuce, and celery.  I saw no
other plants or trees which grow at home, but recognized as hardly
less familiar growths the Victorian Eucalyptus, which has not had
time to become gaunt and straggling, the Norfolk Island pine, which
grows superbly here, and the handsome Moreton Bay fig.  But the
chief feature of this road is the number of residences; I had almost
written of pretentious residences, but the term would be a base
slander, as I have jumped to the conclusion that the twin
vulgarities of ostentation and pretence have no place here.  But
certainly for a mile and a half or more there are many very
comfortable-looking dwellings, very attractive to the eye, with an
ease and imperturbable serenity of demeanour as if they had nothing
to fear from heat, cold, wind, or criticism.  Their architecture is
absolutely unostentatious, and their one beauty is that they are
embowered among trailers, shadowed by superb exotics, and surrounded
by banks of flowers, while the stately cocoanut, the banana, and the
candlenut, the aborigines of Oahu, are nowhere displaced.  One house
with extensive grounds, a perfect wilderness of vegetation, was
pointed out as the summer palace of Queen Emma, or Kaleleonalani,
widow of Kamehameha IV., who visited England a few years ago, and
the finest garden of all was that of a much respected Chinese
merchant, named Afong.  Oahu, at least on this leeward side, is not
tropical looking, and all this tropical variety and luxuriance which
delight the eye result from foreign enthusiasm and love of beauty
and shade.

When we ascended above the scattered dwellings and had passed the
tasteful mausoleum, with two tall Kahilis, {28} or feather plumes,
at the door of the tomb in which the last of the Kamehamehas
received Christian burial, the glossy, redundant, arborescent
vegetation ceased.  At that height a shower of rain falls on nearly
every day in the year, and the result is a green sward which England
can hardly rival, a perfect sea of verdure, darkened in the valley
and more than half way up the hill sides by the foliage of the
yellow-blossomed and almost impenetrable hibiscus, brightened here
and there by the pea-green candlenut.  Streamlets leap from crags
and ripple along the roadside, every rock and stone is hidden by
moist-looking ferns, as aerial and delicate as marabout feathers,
and when the windings of the valley and the projecting spurs of
mountains shut out all indications of Honolulu, in the cool green
loneliness one could image oneself in the temperate zones.  The
peculiarity of the scenery is, that the hills, which rise to a
height of about 4,000 feet, are wall-like ridges of grey or coloured
rock, rising precipitously out of the trees and grass, and that
these walls are broken up into pinnacles and needles.  At the Pali
(wall-like precipice), the summit of the ascent of 1,000 feet, we
left our buggy, and passing through a gash in the rock the
celebrated view burst on us with overwhelming effect.  Immense
masses of black and ferruginous volcanic rock, hundreds of feet in
nearly perpendicular height, formed the pali on either side, and the
ridge extended northwards for many miles, presenting a lofty, abrupt
mass of grey rock broken into fantastic pinnacles, which seemed to
pierce the sky.  A broad, umbrageous mass of green clothed the lower
buttresses, and fringed itself away in clusters of coco palms on a
garden-like stretch below, green with grass and sugar-cane, and
dotted with white houses, each with its palm and banana grove, and
varied by eminences which looked like long extinct tufa cones.
Beyond this enchanted region stretched the coral reef, with its
white wavy line of endless surf, and the broad blue Pacific, ruffled
by a breeze whose icy freshness chilled us where we stood.  Narrow
streaks on the landscape, every now and then disappearing behind
intervening hills, indicated bridle tracks connected with a
frightfully steep and rough zigzag path cut out of the face of the
cliff on our right.  I could not go down this on foot without a
sense of insecurity, but mounted natives driving loaded horses
descended with perfect impunity into the dreamland below.

This pali is the scene of one of the historic tragedies of this
island.  Kamehameha the Conqueror, who after fierce fighting and
much ruthless destruction of human life united the island
sovereignties in his own person, routed the forces of the King of
Oahu in the Nuuanu Valley, and drove them in hundreds up the
precipice, from which they leaped in despair and madness, and their
bones lie bleaching 800 feet below.

The drive back here was delightful, from the wintry height, where I
must confess that we shivered, to the slumbrous calm of an endless
summer, the glorious tropical trees, the distant view of cool chasm-
like valleys, with Honolulu sleeping in perpetual shade, and the
still blue ocean, without a single sail to disturb its profound
solitude.  Saturday afternoon is a gala-day here, and the broad road
was so thronged with brilliant equestrians, that I thought we should
be ridden over by the reckless laughing rout.  There were hundreds
of native horsemen and horsewomen, many of them doubtless on the
dejected quadrupeds I saw at the wharf, but a judicious application
of long rowelled Mexican spurs, and a degree of emulation, caused
these animals to tear along at full gallop.  The women seemed
perfectly at home in their gay, brass-bossed, high peaked saddles,
flying along astride, barefooted, with their orange and scarlet
riding dresses streaming on each side beyond their horses' tails, a
bright kaleidoscopic flash of bright eyes, white teeth, shining
hair, garlands of flowers and many-coloured dresses; while the men
were hardly less gay, with fresh flowers round their jaunty hats,
and the vermilion-coloured blossoms of the Ohia round their brown
throats.  Sometimes a troop of twenty of these free-and-easy female
riders went by at a time, a graceful and exciting spectacle, with a
running accompaniment of vociferation and laughter.  Among these we
met several of the Nevada's officers, riding in the stiff, wooden
style which Anglo-Saxons love, and a horde of jolly British sailors
from H.M.S. Scout, rushing helter skelter, colliding with everybody,
bestriding their horses as they would a topsail-yard, hanging on to
manes and lassoing horns, and enjoying themselves thoroughly.  In
the shady tortuous streets we met hundreds more of native riders,
clashing at full gallop without fear of the police.  Many of the
women were in flowing riding-dresses of pure white, over which their
unbound hair, and wreaths of carmine-tinted flowers fell most
picturesquely.

All this time I had not seen our domicile, and when our drive ended
under the quivering shadow of large tamarind and algaroba trees, in
front of a long, stone, two-storied house with two deep verandahs
festooned with clematis and passion flowers, and a shady lawn in
front, I felt as if in this fairy land anything might be expected.

This is the perfection of an hotel.  Hospitality seems to take
possession of and appropriate one as soon as one enters its never-
closed door, which is on the lower verandah.  There is a basement,
in which there are a good many bedrooms, the bar, and billiard-room.
This is entered from the garden, under two semicircular flights of
stairs which lead to the front entrance, a wide corridor conducting
to the back entrance.  This is crossed by another running the whole
length, which opens into a very large many-windowed dining-room
which occupies the whole width of the hotel.  On the same level
there is a large parlour, with French windows opening on the
verandah.  Upstairs there are two similar corridors on which all the
bedrooms open, and each room has one or more French windows opening
on the verandah, with doors as well, made like German shutters, to
close instead of the windows, ensuring at once privacy and coolness.
The rooms are tastefully furnished with varnished pine with a strong
aromatic scent, and there are plenty of lounging-chairs on the
verandah, where people sit and receive their intimate friends.  The
result of the construction of the hotel is that a breeze whispers
through it by day and night.

Everywhere, only pleasant objects meet the eye.  One can sit all day
on the back verandah, watching the play of light and colour on the
mountains and the deep blue green of the Nuuanu Valley, where
showers, sunshine, and rainbows make perpetual variety.  The great
dining-room is delicious.  It has no curtains, and its decorations
are cool and pale.  Its windows look upon tropical trees in one
direction, and up to the cool mountains in the other.  Piles of
bananas, guavas, limes, and oranges, decorate the tables at each
meal, and strange vegetables, fish, and fruits vary the otherwise
stereotyped American hotel fare.  There are no female domestics.
The host is a German, the manager an American, the steward an
Hawaiian, and the servants are all Chinamen in spotless white linen,
with pigtails coiled round their heads, and an air of superabundant
good-nature.  They know very little English, and make most absurd
mistakes, but they are cordial, smiling, and obliging, and look cool
and clean.  The hotel seems the great public resort of Honolulu, the
centre of stir--club-house, exchange and drawing-room in one.  Its
wide corridors and verandahs are lively with English and American
naval uniforms, several planters' families are here for the season;
and with health seekers from California, resident boarders, whaling
captains, tourists from the British Pacific Colonies, and a stream
of townspeople always percolating through the corridors and
verandahs, it seems as lively and free-and-easy as a place can be,
pervaded by the kindliness and bonhomie which form an important item
in my first impressions of the islands.  The hotel was lately built
by government at a cost of $120,000, a sum which forms a
considerable part of that token of an advanced civilization, a
National Debt.  The minister whose scheme it was seems to be
severely censured on account of it, but undoubtedly it brings
strangers and their money into the kingdom, who would have avoided
it had they been obliged as formerly to cast themselves on the
hospitality of the residents.  The present proprietor has it rent-
free for a term of years, but I fear that it is not likely to prove
a successful speculation either for him or the government.  I
dislike health resorts, and abhor this kind of life, but for those
who like both, I cannot imagine a more fascinating residence.  The
charges are $15 a week, or $3 a day, but such a kindly, open-handed
system prevails that I am not conscious that I am paying anything!
This sum includes hot and cold plunge baths ad libitum, justly
regarded as a necessity in this climate.

Dr. McGrew has hope that our invalid will rally in this healing,
equable atmosphere.  Our kind fellow-passengers are here, and take
turns in watching and fanning him.  Through the half-closed
jalousies we see breadfruit trees, delicate tamarinds and algarobas,
fan-palms, date-palms and bananas, and the deep blue Pacific gleams
here and there through the plumage of the cocoanut trees.  A soft
breeze, scented with a slight aromatic odour, wanders in at every
opening, bringing with it, mellowed by distance, the hum and clatter
of the busy cicada.  The nights are glorious, and so absolutely
still, that even the feathery foliage of the algaroba is at rest.
The stars seem to hang among the trees like lamps, and the crescent
moon gives more light than the full moon at home.  The evening of
the day we landed, parties of officers and ladies mounted at the
door, and with much mirth disappeared on moonlight rides, and the
white robes of flower-crowned girls gleamed among the trees, as
groups of natives went by speaking a language which sounded more
like the rippling of water than human speech.  Soft music came from
the ironclads in the harbour, and from the royal band at the king's
palace, and a rich fragrance of dewy blossoms filled the delicious
air.  These are indeed the "isles of Eden," the "sun lands," musical
with beauty.  They seem to welcome us to their enchanted shores.
Everything is new but nothing strange; for as I enjoyed the purple
night, I remembered that I had seen such islands in dreams in the
cold gray North.  "How sweet," I thought it would be, thus to hear
far off, the low sweet murmur of the "sparkling brine," to rest, and

                   "Ever to seem
      Falling asleep in a half-dream."

A half-dream only, for one would not wish to be quite asleep and
lose the consciousness of this delicious outer world.  So I thought
one moment.  The next I heard a droning, humming sound, which
certainly was not the surf upon the reef.  It came nearer--there
could be no mistake.  I felt a stab, and found myself the centre of
a swarm of droning, stabbing, malignant mosquitoes.  No, even this
is not paradise!  I am ashamed to say that on my first night in
Honolulu I sought an early refuge from this intolerable infliction,
in profound and prosaic sleep behind mosquito curtains.
                               I.L.B.



LETTER III.

HAWAIIAN HOTEL, Jan. 28th.

Sunday was a very pleasant day here.  Church bells rang, and the
shady streets were filled with people in holiday dress.  There are
two large native churches, the Kaumakapili, and the Kaiwaiaho,
usually called the stone church.  The latter is an immense
substantial building, for the erection of which each Christian
native brought a block of rock-coral.  There is a large Roman
Catholic church, the priests of which are said to have been somewhat
successful in proselytizing operations.  The Reformed Catholic, or
English temporary cathedral, is a tasteful but very simple wooden
building, standing in pretty grounds, on which a very useful
institution for boarding and training native and half-white girls,
and the reception of white girls as day scholars, also stands.  This
is in connection with Miss Sellon's Sisterhood at Devonport.
Another building, alongside the cathedral, is used for English
service in Hawaiian.  There are two Congregational churches:  the
old "Bethel," of which the Rev. S. C. Damon, known to all strangers,
and one of the oldest and most respected Honolulu residents, is the
minister; and the "Fort St. Church," which has a large and
influential congregation, and has been said to "run the government,"
because its members compose the majority of the Cabinet.  Lunalilo,
the present king, has cast in his lot with the Congregationalists,
but Queen Emma is an earnest member of the Anglican Church, and
attends the Liturgical Hawaiian Service in order to throw the weight
of her influence with the natives into the scale of that communion.
Her husband spent many of his later days in translating the Prayer-
Book.  As is natural, most of the natives belong to the denomination
from which they or their fathers received the Christian faith, and
the majority of the foreigners are of the same persuasion.  The New
England Puritan influence, with its rigid Sabbatarianism, though
considerably worn away, is still influential enough to produce a
general appearance of Sabbath observance.  The stores are closed,
the church-going is very demonstrative, and the pleasure-seeking is
very unobtrusive.  The wharves are profoundly quiet.

I went twice to the English Cathedral, and was interested to see
there a lady in a nun's habit, with a number of brown girls, who was
pointed out to me as Sister Bertha, who has been working here
usefully for many years.  The ritual is high.  I am told that it is
above the desires and the comprehension of most of the island
episcopalians, but the zeal and disinterestedness of Bishop Willis
will, in time, I doubt not, win upon those who prize such qualities.
He called in the afternoon, and took me to his pretty, unpretending
residence up the Nuuanu Valley.  He has a training and boarding
school there for native boys, some of whom were at church in the
morning as a surpliced choir.  The bishop, his sister, the
schoolmaster, and fourteen boys take their meals together in a
refectory, the boys acting as servitors by turns.  There is service
every morning at 6.30 in the private chapel attached to the house,
and also in the cathedral a little later.  Early risers, so near the
equator, must get up by candlelight all the year round.

This morning we joined our kind friends from the Nevada for the last
time at breakfast.  I have noticed that there is often a centrifugal
force which acts upon passengers who have been long at sea together,
dispersing them on reaching port.  Indeed, the temporary enforced
cohesion is often succeeded by violent repulsion.  But in this
instance we deeply regret the dissolution of our pleasant
fraternity; the less so, however, that this wonderful climate has
produced a favourable change in Mr. D., who no longer requires the
hourly attention they have hitherto shown him.  The mornings here,
dew-bathed and rose-flushed, are, if possible, more lovely than the
nights, and people are astir early to enjoy them.  The American
consul and Mr. Damon called while we were sitting at our eight-
o'clock breakfast, from which I gather that formalities are
dispensed with.  After spending the morning in hunting among the
stores for things which were essential for the invalid, I lunched in
the Nevada with Captain Blethen and our friends.

Next to the advent of "national ships" (a euphemism for men-of-war),
the arrivals and departures of the New Zealand mail-steamers
constitute the great excitement of Honolulu, and the failures,
mishaps, and wonderful unpunctuality of this Webb line are highly
stimulating in a region where "nothing happens."  The loungers were
saying that the Nevada's pumps were going for five days before we
arrived, and pointed out the clearness of the water which was
running from them at the wharf as an evidence that she was leaking
badly. {40}  The crowd of natives was enormous, and the foreigners
were there in hundreds.  She was loading with oranges and green
bananas up to the last moment,--those tasteless bananas which, out
of the tropics, misrepresent this most delicious and ambrosial
fruit.

There was a far greater excitement for the natives, for King
Lunalilo was about to pay a state visit to the American flag-ship
California, and every available place along the wharves and roads
was crowded with kanakas anxious to see him.  I should tell you that
the late king, being without heirs, ought to have nominated his
successor; but it is said that a sorceress, under whose influence he
was, persuaded him that his death would follow upon this act.  When
he died, two months ago, leaving the succession unprovided for, the
duty of electing a sovereign, according to the constitution,
devolved upon the people through their representatives, and they
exercised it with a combination of order and enthusiasm which
reflects great credit on their civilization.  They chose the highest
chief on the islands, Lunalilo (Above All), known among foreigners
as "Prince Bill," and at this time letters of congratulation are
pouring in upon him from his brethren, the sovereigns of Europe.

The spectacular effect of a pageant here is greatly heightened by
the cloudless blue sky, and the wealth of light and colour.  It was
very hot, almost too hot for sight-seeing, on the Nevada's bow.
Expectation among the lieges became tremendous and vociferous when
Admiral Pennock's sixteen-oared barge, with a handsome awning,
followed by two well-manned boats, swept across the strip of water
which lies between the ships and the shore.  Outrigger canoes, with
garlanded men and women, were poised upon the motionless water or
darted gracefully round the ironclads, as gracefully to come to
rest.  Then a stir and swaying of the crowd, and the American
Admiral was seen standing at the steps of an English barouche and
four, and an Hawaiian imitation of an English cheer rang out upon
the air.  More cheering, more excitement, and I saw nothing else
till the Admiral's barge, containing the Admiral, and the king
dressed in a plain morning suit with a single decoration, swept past
the Nevada.  The suite followed in the other boats,--brown men and
white, governors, ministers, and court dignitaries, in Windsor
uniforms, but with an added resplendency of plumes, epaulettes, and
gold lace.  As soon as Lunalilo reached the California, the yards of
the three ships were manned, and amidst cheering which rent the air,
and the deafening thunder of a royal salute from sixty-three guns of
heavy calibre, the popular descendant of seventy generations of
sceptred savages stepped on board the flag-ship's deck.  No higher
honours could have been paid to the Emperor "of all the Russias."  I
have seen few sights more curious than that of the representative of
the American Republic standing bare-headed before a coloured man,
and the two mightiest empires on earth paying royal honours to a
Polynesian sovereign, whose little kingdom in the North Pacific is
known to many of us at home only as "the group of islands where
Captain Cook was killed."  Ah! how lovely this Queen of Oceans is!
Blue, bright, balm-breathing, gentle in its supreme strength,
different both in motion and colour from the coarse "vexed
Atlantic!"

STEAMER KILAUEA, Jan. 29th.

I was turning homewards, enjoying the prospect of a quiet week in
Honolulu, when Mr. and Mrs. Damon seized upon me, and told me that a
lady friend of theirs, anxious for a companion, was going to the
volcano on Hawaii, that she was a most expert and intelligent
traveller, that the Kilauea would sail in two hours, that unless I
went now I should have no future opportunity during my limited stay
on the islands, that Mrs. Dexter was anxious for me to go, that they
would more than fill my place in my absence, that this was a golden
opportunity, that in short I MUST go, and they would drive me back
to the hotel to pack!  The volcano is still a myth to me, and I
wanted to "read up" before going, and above all was grieved to leave
my friend, but she had already made some needful preparations, her
son with his feeble voice urged my going, the doctor said that there
was now no danger to be apprehended, and the Damons' kind urgency
left me so little choice, that by five I was with them on the wharf,
being introduced to my travelling companion, and to many of my
fellow-passengers.  Such an unexpected move is very bewildering, and
it is too experimental, and too much of a leap in the dark to be
enjoyable at present.

The wharf was one dense, well-compacted mass of natives taking leave
of their friends with much effusiveness, and the steamer's
encumbered deck was crowded with them, till there was hardly room to
move; men, women, children, dogs, cats, mats, calabashes of poi,
cocoanuts, bananas, dried fish, and every dusky individual of the
throng was wreathed and garlanded with odorous and brilliant
flowers.  All were talking and laughing, and an immense amount of
gesticulation seems to emphasize and supplement speech.  We steamed
through the reef in the brief red twilight, over the golden tropic
sea, keeping on the leeward side of the islands.  Before it was
quite dark the sleeping arrangements were made, and the deck and
skylights were covered with mats and mattresses on which 170 natives
sat, slept, or smoked,--a motley, parti-coloured mass of humanity,
in the midst of which I recognized Bishop Willis in the usual
episcopal dress, lying on a mattress among the others, a prey to
discomfort and weariness!  What would his episcopal brethren at home
think of such a hardship?

There is a yellow-skinned, soft-voiced, fascinating Goa or Malay
steward on board, who with infinite goodwill attends to the comfort
of everybody.  I was surprised when he asked me if I would like a
mattress on the skylight, or a berth below, and in unhesitating
ignorance replied severely, "Oh, below, of course, please," thinking
of a ladies' cabin, but when I went down to supper, my eyes were
enlightened.

The Kilauea is a screw boat of 400 tons, most unprepossessing in
appearance, slow, but sure, and capable of bearing an infinite
amount of battering.  It is jokingly said that her keel has rasped
off the branch coral round all the islands.  Though there are many
inter-island schooners, she is the only sure mode of reaching the
windward islands in less than a week; and though at present I am
disposed to think rather slightingly of her, and to class her with
the New Zealand coasting craft, yet the residents are very proud of
her, and speak lovingly of her, and regard her as a blessed
deliverance from the horrors of beating to windward.  She has a
shabby, obsolete look about her, like a second-rate coasting
collier, or an old American tow-boat.  She looks ill-found, too; I
saw two essential pieces of tackle give way as they were hoisting
the main sail. {44}  She has a small saloon with a double tier of
berths, besides transoms, which give accommodation on the level of
the lower berth.  There is a stern cabin, which is a prolongation of
the saloon, and not in any way separated from it.  There is no
ladies' cabin; but sex, race, and colour are included in a
promiscuous arrangement.

Miss Karpe, my travelling companion, and two agreeable ladies, were
already in their berths very sick, but I did not get into mine
because a cockroach, looking as large as a mouse, occupied the
pillow, and a companion not much smaller was roaming over the quilt
without any definite purpose.  I can't vouch for the accuracy of my
observation, but it seemed to me that these tremendous creatures
were dark red, with eyes like lobsters', and antennae two inches
long.  They looked capable of carrying out the most dangerous and
inscrutable designs.  I called the Malay steward; he smiled
mournfully, but spoke reassuringly, and pledged his word for their
innocuousness, but I never can believe that they are not the enemies
of man; and I lay down on the transom, not to sleep, however, for it
seemed essential to keep watch on the proceedings of these
formidable vermin.

The grotesqueness of the arrangements of the berths and their
occupants grew on me during the night, and the climax was put upon
it when a gentleman coming down in the early morning asked me if I
knew that I was using the Governor of Maui's head for a footstool,
this portly native "Excellency" being in profound slumber on the
forward part of the transom.  This diagram represents one side of
the saloon and the "happy family" of English, Chinamen, Hawaiians,
and Americans:

     Governor Lyman.       Miss Karpe.       Miss ---.

     Afong.                Vacant.           Miss ---.

     Governor Nahaolelua.  Myself.           An Hawaiian.

I noticed, too, that there were very few trunks and portmanteaus,
but that the after end of the saloon was heaped with Mexican saddles
and saddlebags, which I learned too late were the essential gear of
every traveller on Hawaii.

At five this morning we were at anchor in the roads of Lahaina, the
chief village on the mountainous island of Maui.  This place is very
beautiful from the sea, for beyond the blue water and the foamy reef
the eye rests gratefully on a picturesque collection of low, one-
storied, thatched houses, many of frame, painted white; others of
grass, but all with deep, cool verandahs, half hidden among palms,
bananas, kukuis, breadfruit, and mangoes, dark groves against gentle
slopes behind, covered with sugar-cane of a bright pea-green.  It is
but a narrow strip of land between the ocean and the red, flaring,
almost inaccessible, Maui hills, which here rise abruptly to a
height of 6,000 feet, pinnacled, chasmed, buttressed, and almost
verdureless, except in a few deep clefts, green and cool with ferns
and candlenut trees, and moist with falling water.  Lahaina looked
intensely tropical in the roseflush of the early morning, a dream of
some bright southern isle, too surely to pass away.  The sun blazed
down on shore, ship, and sea, glorifying all things through the
winter day.  It was again ecstasy "to dream, and dream" under the
awning, fanned by the light sea-breeze, with the murmur of an
unknown musical tongue in one's ears, and the rich colouring and
graceful grouping of a tropical race around one.  We called at
Maaleia, a neck of sandy, scorched, verdureless soil, and at
Ulupalakua, or rather at the furnace seven times heated, which is
the landing of the plantation of that name, on whose breezy slopes
cane refreshes the eye at a height of 2,000 feet above the sea.  We
anchored at both places, and with what seemed to me a needless
amount of delay, discharged goods and natives, and natives, mats,
and calabashes were embarked.  In addition to the essential mat and
calabash of poi, every native carried some pet, either dog or cat,
which was caressed, sung to, and talked to with extreme tenderness;
but there were hardly any children, and I noticed that where there
were any, the men took charge of them.  There were very few fine,
manly dogs; the pets in greatest favour are obviously those odious
weak-eyed, pink-nosed Maltese terriers.

The aspect of the sea was so completely lazy, that it was a fresh
surprise as each indolent undulation touched the shore that it had
latent vigour left to throw itself upwards into clouds of spray.  We
looked through limpid water into cool depths where strange bright
fish darted through the submarine chapparal, but the coolness was
imaginary, for the water was at 80. degrees {47}  The air above the
great black lava flood, which in prehistoric times had flowed into
the sea, and had ever since declined the kindly draping offices of
nature, vibrated in waves of heat.  Even the imperishable cocoanut
trees, whose tall, bare, curved trunks rose from the lava or the
burnt red earth, were gaunt, tattered, and thirsty-looking, weary of
crying for moisture to the pitiless skies.  At last the ceaseless
ripple of talk ceased, crew and passengers slept on the hot deck,
and no sounds were heard but the drowsy flap of the awning, and the
drowsier creak of the rudder, as the Kilauea swayed sleepily on the
lazy undulations.  The flag drooped and fainted with heat.  The
white sun blazed like a magnesium light on blue water, black lava,
and fiery soil, roasting, blinding, scintillating, and flushed the
red rocks of Maui into glory.  It was a constant marvel that troops
of mounted natives, male and female, could gallop on the scorching
shore without being melted or shrivelled.  It is all glorious, this
fierce bright glow of the Tropic of Cancer, yet it was a relief to
look up the great rolling featureless slopes above Ulupalakua to a
forest belt of perennial green, watered, they say, by perpetual
showers, and a little later to see a mountain summit uplifted into a
region of endless winter, above a steady cloud-bank as white as
snow.  This mountain, Haleakala, the House of the Sun, is the
largest extinct volcano in the world, its terminal crater being
nineteen miles in circumference at a height of more than 10,000
feet.  It, and its spurs, slopes, and clusters of small craters form
East Maui.  West Maui is composed mainly of the lofty picturesque
group of the Eeka mountains.  A desert strip of land, not much above
high water mark, unites the twain, which form an island forty-eight
miles long and thirty broad, with an area of 620 square miles.

We left Maui in the afternoon, and spent the next six hours in
crossing the channel between it and Hawaii, but the short tropic day
did not allow us to see anything of the latter island but two snow-
capped domes uplifted above the clouds.  I have been reading Jarves'
excellent book on the islands as industriously as possible, as well
as trying to get information from my fellow-passengers regarding the
region into which I have been so suddenly and unintentionally
projected.  I really know nothing about Hawaii, or the size and
phenomena of the volcano to which we are bound, or the state of
society or of the native race, or of the relations existing between
it and the foreign population, or of the details of the
constitution.  This ignorance is most oppressive, and I see that it
will not be easily enlightened, for among several intelligent
gentlemen who have been conversing with me, no two seem agreed on
any matter of fact.

From the hour of my landing I have observed the existence of two
parties of pro and anti missionary leanings, with views on all
island subjects in grotesque antagonism.  So far, the former have
left the undoubted results of missionary effort here to speak for
themselves; and I am almost disposed, from the pertinacious
aggressiveness of the latter party, to think that it must be weak.
I have already been seized upon (a gentleman would write "button-
holed") by several persons, who, in their anxiety to be first in
imprinting their own views on the tabula rasa of a stranger's mind,
have exercised an unseemly overhaste in giving the conversation an
anti-missionary twist.  They apparently desire to convey the
impression that the New England teachers, finding a people rejoicing
in the innocence and simplicity of Eden, taught them the knowledge
of evil, turned them into a nation of hypocrites, and with a strange
mingling of fanaticism and selfishness, afflicted them with many
woes calculated to accelerate their extinction, CLOTHING among
others.  The animus appears strong and bitter.  There are two
intelligent and highly educated ladies on board, daughters of
missionaries, and the candid and cautious tone in which they speak
on the same subject impresses me favourably.  Mr. Damon introduced
me to a very handsome half white gentleman, a lawyer of ability, and
lately interpreter to the Legislature, Mr. Ragsdale, or, as he is
usually called, "Bill Ragsdale," a leading spirit among the natives.
His conversation was eloquent and poetic, though rather stilted, and
he has a good deal of French mannerism; but if he is a specimen of
native patriotic feeling, I think that the extinction of Hawaiian
nationality must be far off.  I was amused with the attention that
he paid to his dress under very adverse circumstances.  He has
appeared in three different suits, with light kid gloves to match,
all equally elegant, in two days.  A Chinese gentleman, who is at
the same time a wealthy merchant at Honolulu, and a successful
planter on Hawaii, interests me, from the quiet keen intelligence of
his face, and the courtesy and dignity of his manner.  I hear that
he possesses the respect of the whole community for his honour and
integrity.  It is quite unlike an ordinary miscellaneous herd of
passengers.  The tone is so cheerful, courteous, and friendly, and
people speak without introductions, and help to make the time pass
pleasantly to each other.



HILO, HAWAII.

The Kilauea is not a fast propeller, and as she lurched very much in
crossing the channel most of the passengers were sea-sick, a
casualty which did not impair their cheerfulness and good humour.
After dark we called at Kawaihae (pronounced To-wee-hye), on the
northwest of Hawaii, and then steamed through the channel to the
east or windward side.  I was only too glad on the second night to
accept the offer of "a mattrass on the skylight," but between the
heavy rolling caused by the windward swell, and the natural
excitement on nearing the land of volcanoes and earthquakes, I could
not sleep, and no other person slept, for it was considered "a very
rough passage," though there was hardly a yachtsman's breeze.  It
would do these Sybarites good to give them a short spell of the
howling horrors of the North or South Atlantic, an easterly
snowstorm off Sable Island, or a winter gale in the latitude of
Inaccessible Island!  The night was cloudy, and so the glare from
Kilauea which is often seen far out at sea was not visible.

When the sun rose amidst showers and rainbows (for this is the
showery season), I could hardly believe my eyes.  Scenery,
vegetation, colour were all changed.  The glowing red, the fiery
glare, the obtrusive lack of vegetation were all gone.  There was a
magnificent coast-line of grey cliffs many hundred feet in height,
usually draped with green, but often black, caverned, and fantastic
at their bases.  Into cracks and caverns the heavy waves surged with
a sound like artillery, sending their broad white sheets of foam
high up among the ferns and trailers, and drowning for a time the
endless baritone of the surf, which is never silent through the
summer years.  Cascades in numbers took one impulsive leap from the
cliffs into the sea, or came thundering down clefts or "gulches,"
which, widening at their extremities, opened on smooth green lawns,
each one of which has its grass house or houses, kalo patch,
bananas, and coco-palms, so close to the broad Pacific that its
spray often frittered itself away over their fan-like leaves.  Above
the cliffs there were grassy uplands with park-like clumps of the
screw-pine, and candle-nut, and glades and dells of dazzling green,
bright with cataracts, opened up among the dark dense forests which
for some thousands of feet girdle Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa, two vast
volcanic mountains, whose snowcapped summits gleamed here and there
above the clouds, at an altitude of nearly 14,000 feet.  Creation
surely cannot exhibit a more brilliant green than that which clothes
windward Hawaii with perpetual spring.  I have never seen such
verdure.  In the final twenty-nine miles there are more than sixty
gulches, from 100 to 700 feet in depth, each with its cataracts, and
wild vagaries of tropical luxuriance.  Native churches, frame-built
and painted white, are almost like mile-stones along the coast, far
too large and too many for the notoriously dwindling population.
Ten miles from Hilo we came in sight of the first sugar plantation,
with its patches of yet brighter green, its white boiling house and
tall chimney stack; then more churches, more plantations, more
gulches, more houses, and before ten we steamed into Byron's, or as
it is now called Hilo Bay.

This is the paradise of Hawaii.  What Honolulu attempts to be, Hilo
is without effort.  Its crescent-shaped bay, said to be the most
beautiful in the Pacific, is a semi-circle of about two miles, with
its farther extremity formed by Cocoanut Island, a black lava islet
on which this palm attains great perfection, and beyond it again a
fringe of cocoanuts marks the deep indentations of the shore.  From
this island to the north point of the bay, there is a band of golden
sand on which the roar of the surf sounded thunderous and drowsy as
it mingled with the music of living waters, the Waiakea and the
Wailuku, which after lashing the sides of the mountains which give
them birth, glide deep and fern-fringed into the ocean.  Native
houses, half hidden by greenery, line the bay, and stud the heights
above the Wailuku, and near the landing some white frame houses and
three church spires above the wood denote the foreign element.  Hilo
is unique.  Its climate is humid, and the long repose which it has
enjoyed from rude volcanic upheavals has mingled a great depth of
vegetable mould with the decomposed lava.  Rich soil, rain, heat,
sunshine, stimulate nature to supreme efforts, and there is a
luxuriant prodigality of vegetation which leaves nothing uncovered
but the golden margin of the sea, and even that above high-water-
mark is green with the Convolvulus maritimus.  So dense is the wood
that Hilo is rather suggested than seen.  It is only on shore that
one becomes aware of its bewildering variety of native and exotic
trees and shrubs.  From the sea it looks one dense mass of greenery,
in which the bright foliage of the candle-nut relieves the glossy
dark green of the breadfruit--a maze of preposterous bananas, out of
which rise slender annulated trunks of palms giving their infinite
grace to the grove.  And palms along the bay, almost among the surf,
toss their waving plumes in the sweet soft breeze, not "palms in
exile," but children of a blessed isle where "never wind blows
loudly."  Above Hilo, broad lands sweeping up cloudwards, with their
sugar cane, kalo, melons, pine-apples, and banana groves suggest the
boundless liberality of Nature.  Woods and waters, hill and valley
are all there, and from the region of an endless summer the eye
takes in the domain of an endless winter, where almost perpetual
snow crowns the summits of Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa.  Mauna Kea from
Hilo has a shapely aspect, for its top is broken into peaks, said to
be the craters of extinct volcanoes, but my eyes seek the dome-like
curve of Mauna Loa with far deeper interest, for it is as yet an
unfinished mountain.  It has a huge crater on its summit 800 feet in
depth, and a pit of unresting fire on its side; it throbs and
rumbles, and palpitates; it has sent forth floods of fire over all
this part of Hawaii, and at any moment it may be crowned with a
lonely light, showing that its tremendous forces are again in
activity.  My imagination is already inflamed by hearing of marvels,
and I am beginning to think tropically.

Canoes came off from the shore, dusky swimmers glided through the
water, youths, athletes, like the bronzes of the Naples Museum, rode
the waves on their surf-boards, brilliantly dressed riders galloped
along the sands and came trooping down the bridle-paths from all the
vicinity till a many-coloured tropical crowd had assembled at the
landing.  Then a whaleboat came off, rowed by eight young men in
white linen suits and white straw hats, with wreaths of carmine-
coloured flowers round both hats and throats.  They were singing a
glee in honour of Mr. Ragsdale, whom they sprang on deck to welcome.
Our crowd of native fellow-passengers, by some inscrutable process,
had re-arrayed themselves and blossomed into brilliancy.  Hordes of
Hilo natives swarmed on deck, and it became a Babel of alohas,
kisses, hand-shakings, and reiterated welcomes.  The glee singers
threw their beautiful garlands of roses and ohias over the foreign
passengers, and music, flowers, good-will and kindliness made us
welcome to these enchanted shores.  We landed in a whaleboat, and
were hoisted up a rude pier which was crowded, for what the arrival
of the Australian mail-steamer is to Honolulu, the coming of the
Kilauea is to Hilo.  I had not time to feel myself a stranger, there
were so many introductions, and so much friendliness.  Mr. Coan and
Mr. Lyman, two of the most venerable of the few surviving
missionaries, were on the landing, and I was introduced to them and
many others.  There is no hotel in Hilo.  The residents receive
strangers, and Miss Karpe and I were soon installed in a large buff
frame-house, with two deep verandahs, the residence of Mr.
Severance, Sheriff of Hawaii.

Unlike many other places, Hilo is more fascinating on closer
acquaintance, so fascinating that it is hard to write about it in
plain prose.  Two narrow roads lead up from the sea to one as
narrow, running parallel with it.  Further up the hill another runs
in the same direction.  There are no conveyances, and outside the
village these narrow roads dwindle into bridle-paths, with just room
for one horse to pass another.  The houses in which Mr. Coan, Mr.
Lyman, Dr. Wetmore (formerly of the Mission), and one or two others
live, have just enough suggestion of New England about them to
remind one of the dominant influence on these islands, but the
climate has idealized them, and clothed them with poetry and
antiquity.

Of the three churches, the most prominent is the Roman Catholic
Church, a white frame building with two great towers; Mr. Coan's
native church with a spire comes next; and then the neat little
foreign church, also with a spire.  The Romish Church is a rather
noisy neighbour, for its bells ring at unnatural hours, and doleful
strains of a band which cannot play either in time or tune proceed
from it.  The court-house, a large buff painted frame-building with
two deep verandahs, standing on a well-kept lawn planted with exotic
trees, is the most imposing building in Hilo.  All the foreigners
have carried out their individual tastes in their dwellings, and the
result is very agreeable, though in picturesqueness they must yield
the plain to the native houses, which whether of frame, or grass
plain or plaited, whether one or two storied, all have the deep
thatched roofs and verandahs plain or fantastically latticed, which
are so in harmony with the surroundings.  These lattices and single
and double verandahs are gorgeous with trailers, and the general
warm brown tint of the houses contrasts pleasantly with the deep
green of the bananas which over-shadow them.  There are living
waters everywhere.  Each house seems to possess its pure bright
stream, which is arrested in bathing houses to be liberated among
kalo patches of the brightest green.  Every verandah appears a
gathering place, and the bright holukus of the women, the gay shirts
and bandanas of the men, the brilliant wreaths of natural flowers
which adorn both, the hot-house temperature, the new trees and
flowers which demand attention, the strange rich odours, and the low
monotonous recitative which mourns through the groves make me feel
that I am in a new world.  Ah, this is all Polynesian!  This must be
the land to which the "timid-eyed" lotos-eaters came.  There is a
strange fascination in the languid air, and it is strangely sweet
"to dream of fatherland" . . .
                                        I.L.B.



LETTER IV.

HILO, HAWAII.

I find that I can send another short letter before leaving for the
volcano.  I cannot convey to you any idea of the greenness and
lavish luxuriance of this place, where everything flourishes, and
glorious trailers and parasitic ferns hide all unsightly objects out
of sight.  It presents a bewildering maze of lilies, roses,
fuschias, clematis, begonias, convolvuli, the huge appalling looking
granadilla, the purple and yellow water lemons, also varieties of
passiflora, both with delicious edible fruit, custard apples, rose
apples, mangoes, mangostein guavas, bamboos, alligator pears,
oranges, tamarinds, papayas, bananas, breadfruit, magnolias,
geraniums, candle-nut, gardenias, dracaenas, eucalyptus, pandanus,
ohias, {59a} kamani trees, kalo, {59b} noni, {59c} and quantities of
other trees and flowers, of which I shall eventually learn the
names, patches of pine-apple, melons, and sugar-cane for children to
suck, kalo and sweet potatoes.

In the vicinity of this and all other houses, Chili peppers, and a
ginger-plant with a drooping flower-stalk with a great number of
blossoms, which when not fully developed have a singular resemblance
to very pure porcelain tinted with pink at the extremities of the
buds, are to be seen growing in "yards," to use a most unfitting
Americanism.  I don't know how to introduce you to some of the
things which delight my eyes here; but I must ask you to believe
that the specimens of tropical growths which we see in
conservatories at home are in general either misrepresentations, or
very feeble representations of these growths in their natural homes.
I don't allude to flowers, and especially not to orchids, but in
this instance very specially to bananas, coco-palms, and the
pandanus.  For example, there is a specimen of the Pandanus
odoratissimus in the palm-house in the Edinburgh Botanic Gardens,
which is certainly a malignant caricature, with its long straggling
branches, and widely scattered tufts of poverty stricken foliage.
The bananas and plantains in that same palm-house represent only the
feeblest and poorest of their tribe.  They require not only warmth
and moisture, but the generous sunshine of the tropics for their
development.  In the same house the date and sugar-palms are
tolerable specimens, but the cocoa-nut trees are most truly "palms
in exile."

I suppose that few people ever forget the first sight of a palm-tree
of any species.  I vividly remember seeing one for the first time at
Malaga, but the coco-palm groves of the Pacific have a strangeness
and witchery of their own.  As I write now I hear the moaning rustle
of the wind through their plume-like tops, and their long slender
stems, and crisp crown of leaves above the trees with shining
leafage which revel in damp, have a suggestion of Orientalism about
them.  How do they come too, on every atoll or rock that raises its
head throughout this lonely ocean?  They fringe the shores of these
islands.  Wherever it is dry and fiercely hot, and the lava is black
and hard, and nothing else grows, or can grow, there they are, close
to the sea, sending their root-fibres seawards as if in search of
salt water.  Their long, curved, wrinkled, perfectly cylindrical
stems, bulging near the ground like an apothecary's pestle, rise to
a height of from sixty to one hundred feet.  These stems are never
straight, and in a grove lean and curve every way, and are
apparently capable of enduring any force of wind or earthquake.
They look as if they had never been young, and they show no signs of
growth, rearing their plumy tufts so far aloft, and casting their
shadows so far away, always supremely lonely, as though they
belonged to the heavens rather than the earth.  Then, while all else
that grows is green they are yellowish.  Their clusters of nuts in
all stages of growth are yellow, their fan-like leaves, which are
from twelve to twenty feet long, are yellow, and an amber light
pervades and surrounds them.  They provide milk, oil, food, rope,
and matting, and each tree produces about one hundred nuts annually.

The pandanus, or lauhala, is one of the most striking features of
the islands.  Its funereal foliage droops in Hilo, and it was it
that I noticed all along the windward coast as having a most
striking peculiarity of aerial roots which the branches send down to
the ground, and which I now see have large cup-shaped spongioles.
These air-roots seem like props, and appear to vary in length from
three to twelve feet, according to the situation of the tree.  There
is one variety I saw to-day, the "screw pine," which is really
dangerous if one approached it unguardedly.  It is a whorled
pandanus, with long sword-shaped leaves, spirally arranged in three
rows, and hard, saw-toothed edges, very sharp.  When unbranched as I
saw them, they resemble at a distance pine-apple plants thirty times
magnified.  But the mournful looking trees along the coast and all
about Hilo are mostly the Pandanus odoratissimus, a spreading and
branching tree which grows fully twenty-five feet high, supports
itself among inaccessible rocks by its prop-like roots, and is one
of the first plants to appear on the newly-formed Pacific islands.
{62}  Its foliage is singularly dense, although it is borne in tufts
of a quantity of long yucca-like leaves on the branches.  The shape
of the tree is usually circular.  The mournful look is caused by the
leaves taking a downward and very decided droop in the middle.  At
present each tuft of leaves has in its centre an object like a green
pine-apple.  This contains the seeds which are eatable, as is also
the fleshy part of the drupes.  I find that it is from the seeds of
this tree and their coverings that the brilliant orange leis, or
garlands of the natives, are made.  The soft white case of the
leaves and the terminal buds can also be eaten.  The leaves are used
for thatching, and their tough longitudinal fibres for mats and
ropes.  There is another kind, the Pandanus vacoa, the same as is
used for making sugar bags in Mauritius, but I have not seen it.

One does not forget the first sight of a palm.  I think the banana
comes next, and I see them in perfection here for the first time, as
those in Honolulu grow in "yards," and are tattered by the winds.
It transports me into the tropics in feeling, as I am already in
them in fact, and satisfies all my cravings for something which
shall represent and epitomize their luxuriance, as well as for
simplicity and grace in vegetable form.  And here it is everywhere
with its shining shade, its smooth fat green stem, its crown of huge
curving leaves from four to ten feet long, and its heavy cluster of
a whorl of green or golden fruit, with a pendant purple cone of
undeveloped blossom below.  It is of the tropics, tropical; a thing
of beauty, and gladness, and sunshine.  It is indigenous here, and
wild, but never bears seeds, and is propagated solely by suckers,
which spring up when the parent plant has fruited, or by cuttings.
It bears seed, strange to say, only (so far as is known) in the
Andaman Islands, where, stranger still, it springs up as a second
growth wherever the forests are cleared.  Go to the palm-house, find
the Musa sapientum, magnify it ten times, glorify it immeasurably,
and you will have a laggard idea of the banana groves of Hilo.

The ground is carpeted with a grass of preternaturally vivid green
and rankness of growth, mixed with a handsome fern, with a caudex a
foot high, the Sadleria cyathoides, and another of exquisite beauty,
the Micropia tenuifolia, which are said to be the commonest ferns on
Hawaii.  It looks Elysian.

Hilo is a lively place for such a mere village; so many natives are
stirring about, and dashing along the narrow roads on horseback.
This is a large airy house, simple and tasteful, with pretty
engravings and water-colour drawings on the walls.  There is a large
bath-house in the garden, into which a pure, cool stream has been
led, and the gurgle and music of many such streams fill the sweet,
soft air.  There is a saying among sailors, "Follow a Pacific
shower, and it leads you to Hilo."  Indeed I think they have a
rainfall of from thirteen to sixteen feet annually.  These deep
verandahs are very pleasant, for they render window-blinds
unnecessary; so there is nothing of that dark stuffiness which makes
indoor life a trial in the closed, shadeless Australian houses.

Miss Karpe, my travelling companion, is a lady of great energy, and
apparently an adept in the art of travelling.  Undismayed by three
days of sea-sickness, and the prospect of the tremendous journey to
the volcano to-morrow, she extemporised a ride to the Anuenue Falls
on the Wailuku this afternoon, and I weakly accompanied her, a burly
policeman being our guide.  The track is only a scramble among rocks
and holes, concealed by grass and ferns, and we had to cross a
stream, full of great holes, several times.  The Fall itself is very
pretty, 110 feet in one descent, with a cavernous shrine behind the
water, filled with ferns.  There were large ferns all round the
Fall, and a jungle of luxuriant tropical shrubs of many kinds.

Three miles above this Fall there are the Pei-pei Falls, very
interesting geologically.  The Wailuku River is the boundary between
the two great volcanoes, and its waters, it is supposed by learned
men, have often flowed over heated beds of basalt, with the result
of columnar formation radiating from the bottom of the stream.  This
structure is sometimes beautifully exhibited in the form of Gothic
archways, through which the torrent pours into a basin, surrounded
by curved, broken, and half-sunk prisms, black and prominent amidst
the white foam of the Falls.  In several places the river has just
pierced the beds of lava, and in one passes under a thick rock
bridge, several hundred feet wide.  Often, where the water flows
over beds of dark grey basalt, masses of trachyte, closely
resembling syenite, have formed "potholes," and by mutual action
have been worn to pebbles.  At Pei-pei there are three circular
pools, each about fifty feet in diameter, and separated by walls six
feet thick, in a bed of columnar basalt. {65}  During freshets the
river sometimes rises thirty feet, and hides these pools, but during
the dry season the upper bed is bare, and after a succession of
cascades of various heights the stream pours into the first basin,
filling it with foam.  From this there is no apparent outlet, but
leaves thrown in soon appear in the second basin, whose tranquillity
is only disturbed by a few bubbles.  Between this and the third
there are two subterranean passages, and the water there leaps over
a fall about forty feet high, nearly covering a perfect Gothic arch
which is the entrance to a shallow cave.  The scene is enclosed by
high and nearly perpendicular walls. {66}

Near the Anuenue Fall we stopped at a native house, outside which a
woman, in a rose-coloured chemise, was stringing roses for a
necklace, while her husband pounded the kalo root on a board.  His
only clothing was the malo, a narrow strip of cloth wound round the
loins, and passed between the legs.  This was the only covering worn
by men before the introduction of Christianity.  Females wore the
pau, a short petticoat made of tapa, which reached from the waist to
the knees.  To our eyes, the brown skin produces nearly the effect
of clothing.

Everything was new and interesting, but the ride was spoiled by my
insecure seat in my saddle, and the increased pain in my spine which
riding produced.  Once in crossing a stream the horses have to make
a sort of downward jump from a rock, and I slipped round my horse's
neck.  Indeed on the way back I felt that on the ground of health I
must give up the volcano, as I would never consent to be carried to
it, like Lady Franklin, in a litter.  When we returned, Mr.
Severance suggested that it would be much better for me to follow
the Hawaiian fashion, and ride astride, and put his saddle on the
horse.  It was only my strong desire to see the volcano which made
me consent to a mode of riding against which I have so strong a
prejudice, but the result of the experiment is that I shall visit
Kilauea thus or not at all.  The native women all ride astride, on
ordinary occasions in the full sacks, or holukus, and on gala days
in the pau, the gay, winged dress which I described in writing from
Honolulu.  A great many of the foreign ladies on Hawaii have adopted
the Mexican saddle also, for greater security to themselves and ease
to their horses, on the steep and perilous bridle-tracks, but they
wear full Turkish trowsers and jauntily-made dresses reaching to the
ankles.

It appears that Hilo is free from the universally admitted nuisance
of morning calls.  The hours are simple--eight o'clock breakfasts,
one o'clock dinners, six o'clock suppers.  If people want anything
with you, they come at any hour of the day, but if they only wish to
be sociable, the early evening is the recognized time for "calling."
After supper, when the day's work is done, people take their
lanterns and visit each other, either in the verandahs or in the
cheerful parlours which open upon them.  There are no door-bells, or
solemn announcements by servants of visitors' names, or "not-at-
homes."  If people are in their parlours, it is presumed that they
receive their friends.  Several pleasant people came in this
evening.  They seem to take great interest in two ladies going to
the volcano without an escort, but no news has been received from it
lately, and I fear that it is not very active as no glare is visible
to-night.  Mr. Thompson, the pastor of the small foreign
congregation here, called on me.  He is a very agreeable,
accomplished man, and is acquainted with Dr. Holland and several of
my New England friends.  He kindly brought his wife's riding-costume
for my trip to Kilauea.  The Rev. Titus Coan, one of the first and
most successful missionaries to Hawaii, also called.  He is a tall,
majestic-looking man, physically well fitted for the extraordinary
exertions he has undergone in mission work, and intellectually also,
I should think, for his face expresses great mental strength, and
nothing of the weakness of a sanguine enthusiast.  He has admitted
about 12,000 persons into the Christian Church.  He is the greatest
authority on volcanoes on the islands, and his enthusiastic manner
and illuminated countenance as he spoke of Kilauea, have raised my
expectations to the highest pitch.  We are prepared for to-morrow,
having engaged a native named Upa, who boasts a little English, as
our guide.  He provides three horses and himself for three days for
the sum of thirty dollars.
                                         I.L.B.



LETTER V.

VOLCANO OF KILAUEA, Jan. 31.

Bruised aching bones, strained muscles, and overwhelming fatigue,
render it hardly possible for me to undergo the physical labour of
writing, but in spirit I am so elated with the triumph of success,
and so thrilled by new sensations, that though I cannot communicate
the incommunicable, I want to write to you while the impression of
Kilauea is fresh, and by "the light that never was on sea or shore."

By eight yesterday morning our preparations were finished, and Miss
Karpe, whose conversance with the details of travelling I envy,
mounted her horse on her own side-saddle, dressed in a short grey
waterproof, and a broad-brimmed Leghorn hat tied so tightly over her
ears with a green veil as to give it the look of a double spout.
The only pack her horse carried was a bundle of cloaks and shawls,
slung together with an umbrella on the horn of her saddle.  Upa, who
was most picturesquely got up in the native style with garlands of
flowers round his hat and throat, carried our saddle-bags on the
peak of his saddle, a bag with bananas, bread, and a bottle of tea
on the horn, and a canteen of water round his waist.  I had on my
coarse Australian hat which serves the double purpose of sunshade
and umbrella, Mrs. Thompson's riding costume, my great rusty New
Zealand boots, and my blanket strapped behind a very gaily
ornamented brass-bossed demi-pique Mexican saddle, which one of the
missionary's daughters had lent me.  It has a horn in front, a low
peak behind, large wooden stirrups with leathern flaps the length of
the stirrup-leathers, to prevent the dress from coming in contact
with the horse, and strong guards of hide which hang over and below
the stirrup, and cover it and the foot up to the ancles, to prevent
the feet or boots from being torn in riding through the bush.  Each
horse had four fathoms of tethering rope wound several times round
his neck.  In such fashion must all travelling be done on Hawaii,
whether by ladies or gentlemen.

Upa supplied the picturesque element, we the grotesque.  The morning
was moist and unpropitious looking.  As the greater part of the
thirty miles has to be travelled at a foot's-pace the guide took
advantage of the soft grassy track which leads out of Hilo, to go
off at full gallop, a proceeding which made me at once conscious of
the demerits of my novel way of riding.  To guide the horse and to
clutch the horn of the saddle with both hands were clearly
incompatible, so I abandoned the first as being the least important.
Then my feet either slipped too far into the stirrups and were cut,
or they were jerked out; every corner was a new terror, for at each
I was nearly pitched off on one side, and when at last Upa stopped,
and my beast stopped without consulting my wishes, only a desperate
grasp of mane and tethering rope saved me from going over his head.
At this ridiculous moment we came upon a bevy of brown maidens
swimming in a lakelet by the roadside, who increased my confusion by
a chorus of laughter.  How fervently I hoped that the track would
never admit of galloping again!

Hilo fringes off with pretty native houses, kalo patches and mullet
ponds, and in about four miles the track, then formed of rough hard
lava, and not more than 24 inches wide, enters a forest of the
densest description, a burst of true tropical jungle.  I could not
have imagined anything so perfectly beautiful, nature seemed to riot
in the production of wonderful forms, as if the moist hot-house air
encouraged her in lavish excesses.  Such endless variety, such
depths of green, such an impassable and altogether inextricable maze
of forest trees, ferns, and lianas!  There were palms, breadfruit
trees, ohias, eugenias, candle-nuts of immense size, Koa (acacia),
bananas, noni, bamboos, papayas (Carica papaya), guavas, ti trees
(Cordyline terminalis), treeferns, climbing ferns, parasitic ferns,
and ferns themselves the prey of parasites of their own species.
The lianas were there in profusion climbing over the highest trees,
and entangling them, with stems varying in size from those as thick
as a man's arm to those as slender as whipcord, binding all in an
impassable network, and hanging over our heads in rich festoons or
tendrils swaying in the breeze.  There were trailers, i.e.,
(Freycinetia scandens) with heavy knotted stems, as thick as a
frigate's stoutest hawser, coiling up to the tops of tall ohias with
tufted leaves like yuccas, and crimson spikes of gaudy blossom.  The
shining festoons of the yam and the graceful trailers of the maile
(Alyxia Olivaeformis), a sweet scented vine, from which the natives
make garlands, and glossy leaved climbers hung from tree to tree,
and to brighten all, huge morning glories of a heavenly blue opened
a thousand blossoms to the sun as if to give a tenderer loveliness
to the forest.  Here trees grow and fall, and nature covers them
where they lie with a new vegetation which altogether obliterates
their hasty decay.  It is four miles of beautiful and inextricable
confusion, untrodden by human feet except on the narrow track.  "Of
every tree in this garden thou mayest freely eat," and no serpent or
noxious thing trails its hideous form through this Eden.

It was quite intoxicating, so new, wonderful, and solemn withal,
that I was sorry when we emerged from its shady depths upon a grove
of cocoanut trees and the glare of day.  Two very poor-looking grass
huts, with a ragged patch of sugar-cane beside them, gave us an
excuse for half an hour's rest.  An old woman in a red sack, much
tattooed, with thick short grey hair bristling on her head, sat on a
palm root, holding a nude brown child; a lean hideous old man,
dressed only in a malo, leaned against its stem, our horses with
their highly miscellaneous gear were tethered to a fern stump, and
Upa, the most picturesque of the party, served out tea.  He and the
natives talked incessantly, and from the frequency with which the
words "wahine haole" (foreign woman) occurred, the subject of their
conversation was obvious.  Upa has taken up the notion from
something Mr. S--- said, that I am a "high chief," and related to
Queen Victoria, and he was doubtlessly imposing this fable on the
people.  In spite of their poverty and squalor, if squalor is a term
which can be applied to aught beneath these sunny skies, there was a
kindliness about them which they made us feel, and the aloha with
which they parted from us had a sweet friendly sound.

From this grove we travelled as before in single file over an
immense expanse of lava of the kind called pahoehoe, or satin rock,
to distinguish it from the a-a, or jagged, rugged, impassable rock.
Savants all use these terms in the absence of any equally expressive
in English.  The pahoehoe extends in the Hilo direction from hence
about twenty-three miles.  It is the cooled and arrested torrent of
lava which in past ages has flowed towards Hilo from Kilauea.  It
lies in hummocks, in coils, in rippled waves, in rivers, in huge
convolutions, in pools smooth and still, and in caverns which are
really bubbles.  Hundreds of square miles of the island are made up
of this and nothing more.  A very frequent aspect of pahoehoe is the
likeness on a magnificent scale of a thick coat of cream drawn in
wrinkling folds to the side of a milk-pan.  This lava is all grey,
and the greater part of its surface is slightly roughened.  Wherever
this is not the case the horses slip upon it as upon ice.

Here I began to realize the universally igneous origin of Hawaii, as
I had not done among the finely disintegrated lava of Hilo.  From
the hard black rocks which border the sea, to the loftiest mountain
dome or peak, every stone, atom of dust, and foot of fruitful or
barren soil bears the Plutonic mark.  In fact, the island has been
raised heap on heap, ridge on ridge, mountain on mountain, to nearly
the height of Mont Blanc, by the same volcanic forces which are
still in operation here, and may still add at intervals to the
height of the blue dome of Mauna Loa, of which we caught occasional
glimpses above the clouds.  Hawaii is actually at the present time
being built up from the ocean, and this great sea of pahoehoe is not
to be regarded as a vindictive eruption, bringing desolation on a
fertile region, but as an architectural and formative process.

There is no water, except a few deposits of rain-water in holes, but
the moist air and incessant showers have aided nature to mantle this
frightful expanse with an abundant vegetation, principally ferns of
an exquisite green, the most conspicuous being the Sadleria, the
Gleichenia Hawaiiensis, a running wire-like fern, and the exquisite
Microlepia tenuifolia, dwarf guava, with its white flowers
resembling orange flowers in odour, and ohelos (Vaccinium
reticulatum), with their red and white berries, and a profusion of
small-leaved ohias (Metrosideros polymorpha), with their deep
crimson tasselled flowers, and their young shoots of bright crimson,
relieved the monotony of green.  These crimson tassels deftly strung
on thread or fibres, are much used by the natives for their leis, or
garlands.  The ti tree (Cordyline terminalis) which abounds also on
the lava, is most valuable.  They cook their food wrapped up in its
leaves, the porous root when baked, has the taste and texture of
molasses candy, and when distilled yields a spirit, and the leaves
form wrappings for fish, hard poi, and other edibles.  Occasionally
a clump of tufted coco-palms, or of the beautiful candle-nut rose
among the smaller growths.  To our left a fringe of palms marked the
place where the lava and the ocean met, while, on our right, we were
seldom out of sight of the dense timber belt, with its fringe of
tree-ferns and bananas, which girdles Mauna Loa.

The track, on the whole, is a perpetual upward scramble; for, though
the ascent is so gradual, that it is only by the increasing coolness
of the atmosphere that the increasing elevation is denoted, it is
really nearly 4,000 feet in thirty miles.  Only strong, sure-footed,
well-shod horses can undertake this journey, for it is a constant
scramble over rocks, going up or down natural steps, or cautiously
treading along ledges.  Most of the track is quite legible owing to
the vegetation having been worn off the lava, but the rock itself
hardly shows the slightest abrasion.

Upa had indicated that we were to stop for rest at the "Half Way
House;" and, as I was hardly able to sit on my horse owing to
fatigue, I consoled myself by visions of a comfortable sofa and a
cup of tea.  It was with real dismay that I found the reality to
consist of a grass hut, much out of repair, and which, bad as it
was, was locked.  Upa said we had ridden so slowly that it would be
dark before we reached the volcano, and only allowed us to rest on
the grass for half-an-hour.  He had frequently reiterated "Half Way
House, you wear spur;" and, on our remounting, he buckled on my foot
a heavy rusty Mexican spur, with jingling ornaments and rowels an
inch and a half long.  These horses are so accustomed to be jogged
with these instruments that they won't move without them.  The
prospect of five hours more riding looked rather black, for I was
much exhausted, and my shoulders and knee-joints were in severe
pain.  Miss K.'s horse showed no other appreciation of a stick with
which she belaboured him than flourishes of his tail, so, for a
time, he was put in the middle, that Upa might add his more forcible
persuasions, and I rode first and succeeded in getting my lazy
animal into the priestly amble known at home as "a butter and eggs
trot," the favourite travelling pace, but this not suiting the
guide's notion of progress, he frequently rushed up behind with a
torrent of Hawaiian, emphasized by heavy thumps on my horse's back,
which so sorely jeopardised my seat on the animal, owing to his
resenting the interference by kicking, that I "dropped astern" for
the rest of the way, leaving Upa to belabour Miss K.'s steed for his
diversion.

The country altered but little, only the variety of trees gave place
to the ohia alone, with its sombre foliage.  There were neither
birds nor insects, and the only travellers we encountered in the
solitude compelled us to give them a wide berth, for they were a
drove of half wild random cattle, led by a lean bull of hideous
aspect, with crumpled horns.  Two picturesque native vaccheros on
mules accompanied them, and my flagging spirits were raised by their
news that the volcano was quite active.  The owner of these cattle
knows that he has 10,000 head, and may have a great many more.  They
are shot for their hides by men who make shooting and skinning them
a profession, and, near settlements, the owners are thankful to get
two cents a pound for sirloin and rump-steaks.  These, and great
herds which are actually wild and ownerless upon the mountains, are
a degenerate breed, with some of the worst peculiarities of the
Texas cattle, and are the descendants of those which Vancouver
placed on the islands and which were under Tabu for ten years.  They
destroy the old trees by gnawing the bark, and render the growth of
young ones impossible.

As it was getting dark we passed through a forest strip, where tree-
ferns from twelve to eighteen feet in height, and with fronds from
five to seven feet long, were the most attractive novelties.  As we
emerged, "with one stride came the dark," a great darkness, a cloudy
night, with neither moon nor stars, and the track was further
obscured by a belt of ohias.  There were five miles of this, and I
was so dead from fatigue and want of food, that I would willingly
have lain down in the bush in the rain.  I most heartlessly wished
that Miss K. were tired too, for her voice, which seemed tireless as
she rode ahead in the dark, rasped upon my ears.  I could only keep
on my saddle by leaning on the horn, and my clothes were soaked with
the heavy rain.  "A dreadful ride," one and another had said, and I
then believed them.  It seemed an awful solitude full of mystery.
Often, I only knew that my companions were ahead by the sparks
struck from their horse's shoes.

It became a darkness which could be felt.

"Is that possibly a pool of blood?" I thought in horror, as a rain
puddle glowed crimson on the track.  Not that indeed!  A glare
brighter and redder than that from any furnace suddenly lightened
the whole sky, and from that moment brightened our path.  There sat
Miss K. under her dripping umbrella as provokingly erect as when she
left Hilo.  There Upa jogged along, huddled up in his poncho, and
his canteen shone red.  There the ohia trees were relieved blackly
against the sky.  The scene started out from the darkness with the
suddenness of a revelation.  We felt the pungency of sulphurous
fumes in the still night air.  A sound as of the sea broke on our
ears, rising and falling as if breaking on the shore, but the ocean
was thirty miles away.  The heavens became redder and brighter, and
when we reached the crater-house at eight, clouds of red vapour
mixed with flame were curling ceaselessly out of a huge invisible
pit of blackness, and Kilauea was in all its fiery glory.  We had
reached the largest active volcano in the world, the "place of
everlasting burnings."

Rarely was light more welcome than that which twinkled from under
the verandah of the lonely crater-house into the rainy night.  The
hospitable landlord of this unique dwelling lifted me from my horse,
and carried me into a pleasant room thoroughly warmed by a large
wood fire, and I hastily retired to bed to spend much of the
bitterly cold night in watching the fiery vapours rolling up out of
the infinite darkness, and in dreading the descent into the crater.
The heavy clouds were crimson with the reflection, and soon after
midnight jets of flame of a most peculiar colour leapt fitfully into
the air, accompanied by a dull throbbing sound.

This morning was wet and murky as many mornings are here, and the
view from the door was a blank up to ten o'clock, when the mist
rolled away and revealed the mystery of last night, the mighty
crater whose vast terminal wall is only a few yards from this house.
We think of a volcano as a cone.  This is a different thing.  The
abyss, which really is at a height of nearly 4,000 feet on the flank
of Mauna Loa, has the appearance of a great pit on a rolling plain.
But such a pit!  It is nine miles in circumference, and its lowest
area, which not long ago fell about 300 feet, just as ice on a pond
falls when the water below it is withdrawn, covers six square miles.
The depth of the crater varies from 800 to 1,100 feet in different
years, according as the molten sea below is at flood or ebb.  Signs
of volcanic activity are present more or less throughout its whole
depth, and for some distance round its margin, in the form of steam
cracks, jets of sulphurous vapour, blowing cones, accumulating
deposits of acicular crystals of sulphur, etc., and the pit itself
is constantly rent and shaken by earthquakes.  Grand eruptions occur
at intervals with circumstances of indescribable terror and dignity,
but Kilauea does not limit its activity to these outbursts, but has
exhibited its marvellous phenomena through all known time in a lake
or lakes in the southern part of the crater three miles from this
side.

This lake, the Hale-mau-mau, or House of Everlasting Fire of the
Hawaiian mythology, the abode of the dreaded goddess Pele, is
approachable with safety except during an eruption.  The spectacle,
however, varies almost daily, and at times the level of the lava in
the pit within a pit is so low, and the suffocating gases are
evolved in such enormous quantities, that travellers are unable to
see anything.  There had been no news from it for a week, and as
nothing was to be seen but a very faint bluish vapour hanging round
its margin, the prospect was not encouraging.

When I have learned more about the Hawaiian volcanoes, I shall tell
you more of their phenomena, but tonight I shall only write to you
my first impressions of what we actually saw on this January 31st.
My highest expectations have been infinitely exceeded, and I can
hardly write soberly after such a spectacle, especially while
through the open door I see the fiery clouds of vapour from the pit
rolling up into a sky, glowing as if itself on fire.

We were accompanied into the crater by a comical native guide, who
mimicked us constantly, our Hilo guide, who "makes up" a little
English, a native woman from Kona, who speaks imperfect English
poetically, and her brother who speaks none.  I was conscious that
we foreign women with our stout staffs and grotesque dress looked
like caricatures, and the natives, who have a keen sense of the
ludicrous, did not conceal that they thought us so.

The first descent down the terminal wall of the crater is very
precipitous, but it and the slope which extends to the second
descent are thickly covered with ohias, ohelos (a species of
whortleberry), sadlerias, polypodiums, silver grass, and a great
variety of bulbous plants many of which bore clusters of berries of
a brilliant turquoise blue.  The "beyond" looked terrible.  I could
not help clinging to these vestiges of the kindlier mood of nature
in which she sought to cover the horrors she had wrought.  The next
descent is over rough blocks and ridges of broken lava, and appears
to form part of a break which extends irregularly round the whole
crater, and which probably marks a tremendous subsidence of its
floor.  Here the last apparent vegetation was left behind, and the
familiar earth.  We were in a new Plutonic region of blackness and
awful desolation, the accustomed sights and sounds of nature all
gone.  Terraces, cliffs, lakes, ridges, rivers, mountain sides,
whirlpools, chasms of lava surrounded us, solid, black, and shining,
as if vitrified, or an ashen grey, stained yellow with sulphur here
and there, or white with alum.  The lava was fissured and upheaved
everywhere by earthquakes, hot underneath, and emitting a hot
breath.

After more than an hour of very difficult climbing we reached the
lowest level of the crater, pretty nearly a mile across, presenting
from above the appearance of a sea at rest, but on crossing it we
found it to be an expanse of waves and convolutions of ashy-coloured
lava, with huge cracks filled up with black iridescent rolls of
lava, only a few weeks old.  Parts of it are very rough and ridgy,
jammed together like field ice, or compacted by rolls of lava which
may have swelled up from beneath, but the largest part of the area
presents the appearance of huge coiled hawsers, the ropy formation
of the lava rendering the illusion almost perfect.  These are riven
by deep cracks which emit hot sulphurous vapours.  Strange to say,
in one of these, deep down in that black and awful region, three
slender metamorphosed ferns were growing, three exquisite forms, the
fragile heralds of the great forest of vegetation, which probably in
coming years will clothe this pit with beauty.  Truly they seemed to
speak of the love of God.  On our right there was a precipitous
ledge, and a recent flow of lava had poured over it, cooling as it
fell into columnar shapes as symmetrical as those of Staffa.  It
took us a full hour to cross this deep depression, and as long to
master a steep hot ascent of about 400 feet, formed by a recent
lava-flow from Hale-mau-mau into the basin.  This lava hill is an
extraordinary sight--a flood of molten stone, solidifying as it ran
down the declivity, forming arrested waves, streams, eddies,
gigantic convolutions, forms of snakes, stems of trees, gnarled
roots, crooked water-pipes, all involved and contorted on a gigantic
scale, a wilderness of force and dread.  Over one steeper place the
lava had run in a fiery cascade about 100 feet wide.  Some had
reached the ground, some had been arrested midway, but all had taken
the aspect of stems of trees.  In some of the crevices I picked up a
quantity of very curious filamentose lava, known as "Pele's hair."
It resembles coarse spun glass, and is of a greenish or yellowish-
brown colour.  In many places the whole surface of the lava is
covered with this substance seen through a glazed medium.  During
eruptions, when fire-fountains play to a great height, and drops of
lava are thrown in all directions, the wind spins them out in clear
green or yellow threads two or three feet long, which catch and
adhere to projecting points.

As we ascended, the flow became hotter under our feet, as well as
more porous and glistening.  It was so hot that a shower of rain
hissed as it fell upon it.  The crust became increasingly insecure,
and necessitated our walking in single file with the guide in front,
to test the security of the footing.  I fell through several times,
and always into holes full of sulphurous steam, so malignantly acid
that my strong dog-skin gloves were burned through as I raised
myself on my hands.

We had followed a lava-flow for thirty miles up to the crater's
brink, and now we had toiled over recent lava for three hours, and
by all calculation were close to the pit, yet there was no smoke or
sign of fire, and I felt sure that the volcano had died out for once
for our especial disappointment.  Indeed, I had been making up my
mind for disappointment since we left the crater-house, in
consequence of reading seven different accounts, in which language
was exhausted in describing Kilauea.

Suddenly, just above, and in front of us, gory drops were tossed in
air, and springing forwards we stood on the brink of Hale-mau-mau,
which was about 35 feet below us.  I think we all screamed, I know
we all wept, but we were speechless, for a new glory and terror had
been added to the earth.  It is the most unutterable of wonderful
things.  The words of common speech are quite useless.  It is
unimaginable, indescribable, a sight to remember for ever, a sight
which at once took possession of every faculty of sense and soul,
removing one altogether out of the range of ordinary life.  Here was
the real "bottomless pit"--the "fire which is not quenched"--"the
place of hell"--"the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone"--
the "everlasting burnings"--the fiery sea whose waves are never
weary.  There were groanings, rumblings, and detonations, rushings,
hissings, and splashings, and the crashing sound of breakers on the
coast, but it was the surging of fiery waves upon a fiery shore.
But what can I write!  Such words as jets, fountains, waves, spray,
convey some idea of order and regularity, but here there was none.
The inner lake, while we stood there, formed a sort of crater within
itself, the whole lava sea rose about three feet, a blowing cone
about eight feet high was formed, it was never the same two minutes
together.  And what we saw had no existence a month ago, and
probably will be changed in every essential feature a month hence.

What we did see was one irregularly-shaped lake, possibly 500 feet
wide at its narrowest part and nearly half a mile at its broadest,
almost divided into two by a low bank of lava, which extended nearly
across it where it was narrowest, and which was raised visibly
before our eyes.  The sides of the nearest part of the lake were
absolutely perpendicular, but nowhere more than 40 feet high; but
opposite to us on the far side of the larger lake they were bold and
craggy, and probably not less than 150 feet high.  On one side there
was an expanse entirely occupied with blowing cones, and jets of
steam or vapour.  The lake has been known to sink 400 feet, and a
month ago it overflowed its banks.  The prominent object was fire in
motion, but the surface of the double lake was continually skinning
over for a second or two with a cooled crust of a lustrous grey-
white, like frosted silver, broken by jagged cracks of a bright
rose-colour.  The movement was nearly always from the sides to the
centre, but the movement of the centre itself appeared independent
and always took a southerly direction.  Before each outburst of
agitation there was much hissing and a throbbing internal roaring,
as of imprisoned gases.  Now it seemed furious, demoniacal, as if no
power on earth could bind it, then playful and sportive, then for a
second languid, but only because it was accumulating fresh force.
On our arrival eleven fire fountains were playing joyously round the
lakes, and sometimes the six of the nearer lake ran together in the
centre to go wallowing down in one vortex, from which they
reappeared bulging upwards, till they formed a huge cone 30 feet
high, which plunged downwards in a whirlpool only to reappear in
exactly the previous number of fountains in different parts of the
lake, high leaping, raging, flinging themselves upwards.  Sometimes
the whole lake, abandoning its usual centripetal motion, as if
impelled southwards, took the form of mighty waves, and surging
heavily against the partial barrier with a sound like the Pacific
surf, lashed, tore, covered it, and threw itself over it in clots of
living fire.  It was all confusion, commotion, force, terror, glory,
majesty, mystery, and even beauty.  And the colour!  "Eye hath not
seen" it!  Molten metal has not that crimson gleam, nor blood that
living light!  Had I not seen this I should never have known that
such a colour was possible.

The crust perpetually wrinkled, folded over, and cracked, and great
pieces were drawn downwards to be again thrown up on the crests of
waves.  The eleven fountains of gory fire played the greater part of
the time, dancing round the lake with a strength of joyousness which
was absolute beauty.  Indeed after the first half hour of terror had
gone by, the beauty of these jets made a profound impression upon
me, and the sight of them must always remain one of the most
fascinating recollections of my life.  During three hours, the bank
of lava which almost divided the lakes rose considerably, owing to
the cooling of the spray as it dashed over it, and a cavern of
considerable size was formed within it, the roof of which was hung
with fiery stalactites, more than a foot long.  Nearly the whole
time the surges of the further lake taking a southerly direction,
broke with a tremendous noise on the bold craggy cliffs which are
its southern boundary, throwing their gory spray to a height of
fully forty feet.  At times an overhanging crag fell in, creating a
vast splash of fire and increased commotion.

Almost close below us there was an intermittent jet of lava, which
kept cooling round what was possibly a blowhole forming a cone with
an open top, which when we first saw it was about six feet high on
its highest side, and about as many in diameter.  Up this cone or
chimney heavy jets of lava were thrown every second or two, and
cooling as they fell over its edge, raised it rapidly before our
eyes.  Its fiery interior, and the singular sound with which the
lava was vomited up, were very awful.  There was no smoke rising
from the lake, only a faint blue vapour which the wind carried in
the opposite direction.  The heat was excessive.  We were obliged to
stand the whole time, and the soles of our boots were burned, and my
ear and one side of my face were blistered.  Although there was no
smoke from the lake itself, there was an awful region to the
westward, of smoke and sound, and rolling clouds of steam and vapour
whose phenomena it was not safe to investigate, where the blowing
cones are, whose fires last night appeared stationary.  We were able
to stand quite near the margin, and look down into the lake, as you
look into the sea from the deck of a ship, the only risk being that
the fractured ledge might give way.

Before we came away, a new impulse seized the lava.  The fire was
thrown to a great height; the fountains and jets all wallowed
together; new ones appeared, and danced joyously round the margin,
then converging towards the centre they merged into one glowing
mass, which upheaved itself pyramidally and disappeared with a vast
plunge.  Then innumerable billows of fire dashed themselves into the
air, crashing and lashing, and the lake dividing itself recoiled on
either side, then hurling its fires together and rising as if by
upheaval from below, it surged over the temporary rim which it had
formed, passing downwards in a slow majestic flow, leaving the
central surface swaying and dashing in fruitless agony as if sent on
some errand it failed to accomplish.

Farewell, I fear for ever, to the glorious Hale-mau-mau, the
grandest type of force that the earth holds!  "Break, break, break,"
on through the coming years,

     "No more by thee my steps shall be,
      No more again for ever!"

It seemed a dull trudge over the black and awful crater, and
strange, like half-forgotten sights of a world with which I had
ceased to have aught to do, were the dwarf tree-ferns, the lilies
with their turquoise clusters, the crimson myrtle blossoms, and all
the fair things which decked the precipice up which we slowly
dragged our stiff and painful limbs.  Yet it was but the exchange of
a world of sublimity for a world of beauty, the "place of hell," for
the bright upper earth, with its endless summer, and its perennial
foliage, blossom, and fruitage.

Since writing the above I have been looking over the "Volcano Book,"
which contains the observations and impressions of people from all
parts of the world.  Some of these are painstaking and valuable as
showing the extent and rapidity of the changes which take place in
the crater, but there is an immense quantity of flippant rubbish,
and would-be wit, in which "Madam Pele," invariably occurs, this
goddess, who was undoubtedly one of the grandest of heathen mythical
creations, being caricatured in pencil and pen and ink, under every
ludicrous aspect that can be conceived.  Some of the entries are
brief and absurd, "Not much of a fizz," "a grand splutter," "Madam
Pele in the dumps," and so forth.  These generally have English
signatures.  The American wit is far racier, but depends mainly on
the profane use of certain passages of scripture, a species of wit
which is at once easy and disgusting.  People are all particular in
giving the precise time of the departure from Hilo and arrival here,
"making good time" being a thing much admired on Hawaii, but few can
boast of more than three miles an hour.  It is wonderful that people
can parade their snobbishness within sight of Hale-mau-mau.

This inn is a unique and interesting place.  Its existence is
strikingly precarious, for the whole region is in a state of
perpetual throb from earthquakes, and the sights and sounds are
gruesome and awful both by day and night.  The surrounding country
steams and smokes from cracks and pits, and a smell of sulphur fills
the air.  They cook their kalo in a steam apparatus of nature's own
work just behind the house, and every drop of water is from a
distillery similarly provided.  The inn is a grass and bamboo house,
very beautifully constructed without nails.  It is a longish
building with a steep roof divided inside by partitions which run up
to the height of the walls.  There is no ceiling.  The joists which
run across are concealed by wreaths of evergreens, from among which
peep out here and there stars on a blue ground.  The door opens from
the verandah into a centre room with a large open brick fire place,
in which a wood fire is constantly burning, for at this altitude the
temperature is cool.  Some chairs, two lounges, small tables, and
some books and pictures on the walls give a look of comfort, and
there is the reality of comfort in perfection.  Our sleeping-place,
a neat room with a matted floor opens from this, and on the other
side there is a similar room, and a small eating-room with a grass
cookhouse beyond, from which an obliging old Chinaman who
persistently calls us "sir," brings our food.  We have had for each
meal, tea, preserved milk, coffee, kalo, biscuits, butter, potatoes,
goats' flesh, and ohelos.  The charge is five dollars a day, but
everything except the potatoes and ohelos has to be brought twenty
or thirty miles on mules' backs.  It is a very pretty picturesque
house both within and without, and stands on a natural lawn of
brilliant but unpalatable grass, surrounded by a light fence covered
with a small trailing double rose.  It is altogether a most magical
building in the heart of a formidable volcanic wilderness.  Mr.
Gilman, our host, is a fine picturesque looking man, half Indian,
and speaks remarkably good English, but his wife, a very pretty
native woman, speaks none, and he attends to us entirely himself.

A party of native travellers rainbound are here, and the native
women are sitting on the floor stringing flowers and berries for
leis.  One very attractive-looking young woman, refined by
consumption, is lying on some blankets, and three native men are
smoking by the fire.  Upa attempts conversation with us in broken
English, and the others laugh and talk incessantly.  My inkstand,
pen, and small handwriting amuse them very much.  Miss K., the
typical American travelling lady, who is encountered everywhere from
the Andes to the Pyramids, tireless, with an indomitable energy,
Spartan endurance, and a genius for attaining everything, and
myself, a limp, ragged, shoeless wretch, complete the group, and our
heaps of saddles, blankets, spurs, and gear tell of real travelling,
past and future.  It is a most picturesque sight by the light of the
flickering fire, and the fire which is unquenchable burns without.

About 300 yards off there is a sulphur steam vapour-bath, highly
recommended by the host as a panacea for the woeful aches, pains,
and stiffness produced by the six-mile scramble through the crater,
and I groaned and limped down to it:  but it is a truly spasmodic
arrangement, singularly independent of human control, and I have not
the slightest doubt that the reason why Mr. Gilman obligingly
remained in the vicinity was, lest I should be scalded or blown to
atoms by a sudden freak of Kilauea, though I don't see that he was
capable of preventing either catastrophe!  A slight grass shed has
been built over a sulphur steam crack, and within this there is a
deep box with a sliding lid and a hole for the throat, and the
victim is supposed to sit in this and be steamed.  But on this
occasion the temperature was so high, that my hand, which I unwisely
experimented upon, was immediately peeled.  In order not to wound
Mr. Gilman's feelings, which are evidently sensitive on the subject
of this irresponsible contrivance, I remained the prescribed time
within the shed, and then managed to limp a little less, and go with
him to what are called the Sulphur Banks, on which sulphurous vapour
is perpetually depositing the most exquisite acicular sulphur
crystals; these, as they aggregate, take entrancing forms, like the
featherwork produced by the "frost-fall" in Colorado, but, like it,
they perish with a touch, and can only be seen in the wonderful
laboratory where they are formed.

In addition to the natives before mentioned, there is an old man
here who has been a bullock-hunter on Hawaii for forty years, and
knows the island thoroughly.  In common with all the residents I
have seen, he takes an intense interest in volcanic phenomena, and
has just been giving us a thrilling account of the great eruption in
1868, when beautiful Hilo was threatened with destruction.  Three
weeks ago, he says, a profound hush fell on Kilauea, and the summit
crater of Mauna Loa became active, and amidst throbbings, rumblings,
and earthquakes, broke into such magnificence that the light was
visible 100 miles at sea, a burning mountain 13,750 feet high!  The
fires after two days died out as suddenly, and from here we can see
the great dome-like top, snow-capped under the stars, serene in an
eternal winter.
                                           I.L.B.



LETTER VI.

HILO, HAWAII, Feb. 3.

My plans are quite overturned.  I was to have ridden with the native
mail-carrier to the north of the island to take the steamer for
Honolulu, but there are freshets in the gulches on the road, making
the ride unsafe.  There is no steamer from Hilo for three weeks, and
in the meantime Mr. and Mrs. S. have kindly consented to receive me
as a boarder; and I find the people, scenery, and life so charming,
that I only regret my detention on Mrs. Dexter's account.  I am
already rested from the great volcano trip.

We left Kilauea at seven in the morning of the 1st Feb. in a pouring
rain.  The natives decorated us with leis of turquoise and coral
berries, and of crimson and yellow ohia blossoms.  The saddles were
wet, the crater was blotted out by mist, water dripped from the
trees, we splashed through pools in the rocks, the horses plunged
into mud up to their knees, and the drip, drip, of vertical,
earnest, tepid, tropical rain accompanied us nearly to Hilo.  Upa
and Miss K. held umbrellas the whole way, but I required both hands
for holding on to the horse whenever he chose to gallop.  As soon as
we left the crater-house Upa started over the grass at full speed,
my horse of course followed, and my feet being jerked out of the
stirrups, I found myself ignominiously sitting on the animal's back
behind the saddle, and nearly slid over his tail, before, by skilful
efforts, I managed to scramble over the peak back again, when I held
on by horn and mane until the others stopped.  Happily I was last,
and I don't think they saw me.  Upa amused me very much on the way;
he insists that I am "a high chief."  He said a good deal about
Queen Victoria, whose virtues seem well known here:  "Good Queen
make good people," he said, "English very good!"  He asked me how
many chiefs we had, and supposing him to mean hereditary peers, I
replied, over 500.  "Too many, too many!" he answered emphatically--
"too much chief eat up people!"  He asked me if all people were good
in England, and I was sorry to tell him that this was very far from
being the case.  He was incredulous, or seemed so out of flattery,
and said, "You good Queen, you Bible long time, you good!"  I was
surprised to find how much he knew of European politics, of the
liberation of Italy, and the Franco-German war.  He expressed a most
orthodox horror of the Pope, who, he said, he knew from his Bible
was the "Beast!"  He said, "I bring band and serenade for good Queen
sake," but this has not come off yet.

We straggled into Hilo just at dusk, thoroughly wet, jaded, and
satisfied, but half-starved, for the rain had converted that which
should have been our lunch into a brownish pulp of bread and
newspaper, and we had subsisted only on some half-ripe guavas.
After the black desolation of Kilauea, I realized more fully the
beauty of Hilo, as it appeared in the gloaming.  The rain had
ceased, cool breezes rustled through the palm-groves and sighed
through the funereal foliage of the pandanus.  Under thick canopies
of the glossy breadfruit and banana, groups of natives were twining
garlands of roses and ohia blossoms.  The lights of happy foreign
homes flashed from under verandahs festooned with passion-flowers,
and the low chant, to me nearly intolerable, but which the natives
love, mingled with the ceaseless moaning of the surf and the sighing
of the breeze through the trees, and a heavy fragrance, unlike the
faint sweet odours of the north, filled the evening air.  It was
delicious.

I suffered intensely from pain and stiffness, and was induced to try
a true Hawaiian remedy, which is not only regarded as a cure for all
physical ills, but as the greatest of physical luxuries; i.e. lomi-
lomi.  This is a compound of pinching, pounding, and squeezing, and
Moi Moi, the fine old Hawaiian nurse in this family, is an adept in
the art.  She found out by instinct which were the most painful
muscles, and subjected them to a doubly severe pounding, laughing
heartily at my groans.  However, I must admit that my arms and
shoulders were almost altogether relieved before the lomi-lomi was
finished.  The first act of courtesy to a stranger in a native house
is this, and it is varied in many ways.  Now and then the patient
lies face downwards, and children execute a sort of dance upon his
spine. {95}  Formerly, the chiefs, when not engaged in active
pursuits, exacted lomi-lomi as a constant service from their
followers.

A number of Hilo folk came in during the evening to inquire how we
had sped, and for news of the volcano.  I think the proximity of
Kilauea gives sublimity to Hilo, and helps to lift conversation out
of common-place ruts.  It is no far-off spectacle, but an immediate
source of wonder and apprehension, for it rocks the village with
earthquakes, and renders the construction of stone houses and
plastered ceilings impossible.  It rolls vast tidal waves with
infinite destruction on the coast, and of late years its fiery
overflowings have twice threatened this paradise with annihilation.
Then there is the dead volcano of Mauna Loa, from whose resurrection
anything may be feared.  Even last night a false rumour that a light
was to be seen on its summit brought everyone out, but it was only
an increased glare from the pit of Hale-mau-mau.  It is most
interesting to be in a region of such splendid possibilities.
                                   I.L.B.



LETTER VII.

HILO, HAWAII.

The white population here, which constitutes "society," is very
small.  There are two venerable missionaries "Father Coan" and
"Father Lyman," the former pastor of a large native congregation,
which, though much shrunken, is not only self-sustaining, but
contributes $1200 a year to foreign missions, and the latter, though
very old and frail, the indefatigable head of an industrial school
for native young men.  Their houses combine the trimness of New
England, with the luxuriance of the tropics; they are cool retreats,
embowered among breadfruit, tamarind, and bamboo, through whose
graceful leafage the blue waters of the bay are visible.
Innumerable exotics are domesticated round these fair homesteads.
Two of "Father Lyman's" sons are influential residents, one being
the Lieutenant-Governor of the island.  Other sons of former
missionaries are settled here in business, and there are a few
strangers who have been attracted hither.  Dr. Wetmore, formerly of
the mission, is a typical New Englander of the old orthodox school.
It is pleasant to see him brighten into almost youthful enthusiasm
on the subject of Hawaiian ferns.  My host, a genial, social,
intelligent American, is sheriff of Hawaii, postmaster, etc., and
with his charming wife (a missionary's daughter), and some friends
who live with them, make their large house a centre of kindliness,
friendliness, and hospitality.  Mr. Thompson, pastor of the foreign
church, is a man of very liberal culture, as well as wide
sympathies.  The lady principal of the Government school is a
handsome, talented Vermont girl, and besides being an immense
favourite, well deserves her unusual and lucrative position.

There are hardly any young ladies, and very few young men, but
plenty of rosy, blooming children, who run about barefoot all the
year.  Besides the Hilo residents, there are some planters' families
within seven miles, who come in to sewing circles, church, etc.
There is a small class of reprobate white men who have ostracized
themselves by means of drink and bad morals, and are a curse to the
natives.  The half whites, among whom "Bill Ragsdale" is the leading
spirit, are not numerous.  Hilo has no carriage roads and no
carriages:  every one must ride or travel in a litter.  People are
very kind to each other.  Horses, dresses, patterns, books, and
articles of domestic use, are lent and borrowed continually.  The
smallness of the society and the close proximity are too much like a
ship.  People know everything about the details of each other's
daily life, income, and expenditure, and the day's doings of each
member of the little circle are matters for conversation.  Indeed,
were it not for the volcano and its doings, conversation might
degenerate into gossip.  There is an immense deal of personal talk;
the wonder is that there is so little ill-nature.  Not only is what
everybody does here common property, but the sayings, doings,
goings, comings, and purchases of every one in all the other islands
are common property also, made so by letters and oral communication.
It is all very amusing, and on the whole very kindly, and human
interests are always interesting; but it has its perilous side.
They are very kind to each other.  There is no distress which is not
alleviated.  There is no nurse, and in cases of sickness the ladies
take it by turns to wait on the sufferer by day and night for weeks,
and even months.  Such inevitable mutual dependence of course
promotes friendliness.

The foreigners live very simply.  The eating-rooms are used solely
for eating, the "parlours" are always cheerful and tasteful, and the
bedrooms very pretty, adorned with all manner of knick-knacks made
by the ladies, who are indescribably deft with their fingers.  Light
Manilla matting is used instead of carpets.  A Chinese man-cook, who
leaves at seven in the evening, is the only servant, except in one
or two cases, where, as here, a native woman condescends to come in
during the day as a nurse.  In the morning the ladies, in their
fresh pretty wrappers and ruffled white aprons, sweep and dust the
rooms, and I never saw women look more truly graceful and refined
than they do, when engaged in the plain prose of these domestic
duties.  They make all their own dresses, and when any lady is busy
and wants a dress in a hurry, two or three of them meet and make it
for her.  I never saw people live such easy pleasant lives.  They
have such good health, for one thing, partly no doubt because their
domestic duties give them wholesome exercise without pressing upon
them.  They have abounding leisure for reading, music, choir
practising, drawing, fern-printing, fancy work, picnics, riding
parties, and enjoy sociability thoroughly.  They usually ride in
dainty bloomer costumes, even when they don't ride astride.  All the
houses are pretty, and it takes little to make them so in this
climate.  One novel fashion is to decorate the walls with festoons
of the beautiful fern Microlepia tenuifolia, which are renewed as
soon as they fade, and every room is adorned with a profusion of
bouquets, which are easily obtained where flowers bloom all the
year.  Many of the residents possess valuable libraries, and these,
with cabinets of minerals, volcanic specimens, shells, and coral,
with weapons, calabashes, ornaments, and cloth of native
manufacture, almost furnish a room in themselves.  Some of the
volcanic specimens and the coral are of almost inestimable value, as
well as of exquisite beauty.

The gentlemen don't seem to have near so much occupation as the
ladies.  There are two stores on the beach, and at these and at the
Court-house they aggregate, for lack of club-house and exchange.
Business is not here a synonym for hurry, and official duties are
light; so light, that in these morning hours I see the governor, the
sheriff, and the judge, with three other gentlemen, playing an
interminable croquet game on the Court-house lawn.  They purvey
gossip for the ladies, and how much they invent, and how much they
only circulate can never be known!

There is a large native population in the village, along the beach,
and on the heights above the Wailuku River.  Frame houses with
lattices, and grass houses with deep verandahs, peep out everywhere
from among the mangoes and bananas.  The governess of Hawaii, the
Princess Keelikalani, has a house on the beach shaded by a large
umbrella-tree and a magnificent clump of bamboos, 70 feet in height.
The native life with which one comes constantly in contact, is very
interesting.

The men do whatever hard work is done in cultivating the kalo
patches and pounding the kalo.  Thus kalo, the Arum esculentum,
forms the national diet.  A Hawaiian could not exist without his
calabash of poi.  The root is an object of the tenderest solicitude,
from the day it is planted until the hour when it is lovingly eaten.
The eating of poi seems a ceremony of profound meaning; it is like
the eating salt with an Arab, or a Masonic sign.  The kalo root is
an ovate oblong, as bulky as a Californian beet, and it has large
leaves, shaped like a broad arrow, of a singularly bright green.
The best kinds grow entirely in water.  The patch is embanked and
frequently inundated, and each plant grows on a small hillock of
puddled earth.  The cutting from which it grows is simply the top of
the plant, with a little of the tuber.  The men stand up to their
knees in water while cultivating the root.  It is excellent when
boiled and sliced; but the preparation of poi is an elaborate
process.  The roots are baked in an underground oven, and are then
laid on a slightly hollowed board, and beaten with a stone pestle.
It is hard work, and the men don't wear any clothes while engaged in
it.  It is not a pleasant-looking operation.  They often dip their
hands in a calabash of water to aid them in removing the sticky
mass, and they always look hot and tired.  When it is removed from
the board into large calabashes, it is reduced to paste by the
addition of water, and set aside for two or three days to ferment.
When ready for use it is either lilac or pink, and tastes like sour
bookbinders' paste.  Before water is added, when it is in its dry
state, it is called paiai, or hard food, and is then packed in ti
leaves in 20 lb. bundles for inland carriage, and is exported to the
Guano Islands.  It is a prolific and nutritious plant.  It is
estimated that forty square feet will support an Hawaiian for a
year.

The melon and kalo patches represent a certain amount of spasmodic
industry, but in most other things the natives take no thought for
the morrow.  Why should they indeed?  For while they lie basking in
the sun, without care of theirs, the cocoanut, the breadfruit, the
yam, the guava, the banana, and the delicious papaya, which is a
compound of a ripe apricot with a Cantaloupe melon, grow and ripen
perpetually.  Men and women are always amusing themselves, the men
with surf-bathing, the women with making leis--both sexes with
riding, gossiping, and singing.  Every man and woman, almost every
child, has a horse.  There is a perfect plague of badly bred, badly
developed, weedy looking animals.  The beach and the pleasant lawn
above it are always covered with men and women riding at a gallop,
with bare feet, and stirrups tucked between the toes.  To walk even
200 yards seems considered a degradation.  The people meet outside
each others' houses all day long, and sit in picturesque groups on
their mats, singing, laughing, talking, and quizzing the haoles, as
if the primal curse had never fallen.  Pleasant sights of out-door
cooking gregariously carried on greet one everywhere.  This style of
cooking prevails all over Polynesia.  A hole in the ground is lined
with stones, wood is burned within it, and when the rude oven has
been sufficiently heated, the pig, chicken, breadfruit, or kalo,
wrapped in ti leaves is put in, a little water is thrown on, and the
whole is covered up.  It is a slow but sure process.

Bright dresses, bright eyes, bright sunshine, music, dancing, a life
without care, and a climate without asperities, make up the sunny
side of native life as pictured at Hilo.  But there are dark moral
shadows, the population is shrinking away, and rumours of leprosy
are afloat, so that some of these fair homes may be desolate ere
long.  However many causes for regret exist, one must not forget
that only forty years ago the people inhabiting this strip of land
between the volcanic wilderness and the sea were a vicious, sensual,
shameless herd, that no man among them, except their chiefs, had any
rights, that they were harried and oppressed almost to death, and
had no consciousness of any moral obligations.  Now, order and
external decorum at least, prevail.  There is not a locked door in
Hilo, and nobody makes anybody else afraid.

The people of Hawaii-nei are clothed and civilized in their habits;
they have equal rights; 6,500 of them have kuleanas or freeholds,
equable and enlightened laws are impartially administered; wrong and
oppression are unknown; they enjoy one of the best administered
governments in the world; education is universal, and the throne is
occupied by a liberal sovereign of their own race and election.

Few of them speak English.  Their language is so easy that most of
the foreigners acquire it readily.  You know how stupid I am about
languages, yet I have already picked up the names of most common
things.  There are only twelve letters, but some of these are made
to do double duty, as K is also T, and L is also R.  The most
northern island of the group, Kauai, is as often pronounced as if it
began with a T, and Kalo is usually Taro.  It is a very musical
language.  Each syllable and word ends with a vowel, and there are
none of our rasping and sibilant consonants.  In their soft
phraseology our hard rough surnames undergo a metamorphosis, as Fisk
into Filikina, Wilson into Wilikina.  Each vowel is distinctly
pronounced, and usually with the Italian sound.  The volcano is
pronounced as if spelt Keel-ah-wee-ah, and Kauai as if Kah-wye-ee.
The name Owhyhee for Hawaii had its origin in a mistake, for the
island was never anything but Hawaii, pronounced Hah-wye-ee, but
Captain Cook mistook the prefix O, which is the sign of the
nominative case, for a part of the word.  Many of the names of
places, specially of those compounded with wai, water, are very
musical; Wailuku, "water of destruction;" Waialeale, "rippling
water;" Waioli, "singing water;" Waipio, "vanquished water;"
Kaiwaihae, "torn water."  Mauna, "mountain," is a mere prefix, and
though always used in naming the two giants of the Pacific, Mauna
Kea, and Mauna Loa, is hardly ever applied to Hualalai, "the
offspring of the shining sun;" or to Haleakala on Maui, "the house
of the sun."

I notice that the foreigners never use the English or botanical
names of trees or plants, but speak of ohias, ohelos, kukui (candle-
nut), lauhala (pandanus), pulu (tree fern), mamane, koa, etc.  There
is one native word in such universal use that I already find I
cannot get on without it, pilikia.  It means anything, from a
downright trouble to a slight difficulty or entanglement.  "I'm in a
pilikia," or "very pilikia," or "pilikia!"  A revolution would be "a
pilikia."  The fact of the late king dying without naming a
successor was pre-eminently a pilikia, and it would be a serious
pilikia if a horse were to lose a shoe on the way to Kilauea.  Hou-
hou, meaning "in a huff," I hear on all sides; and two words, makai,
signifying "on the sea-side," and mauka, "on the mountain side."
These terms are perfectly intelligible out of doors, but it is
puzzling when one is asked to sit on "the mauka side of the table."
The word aloha, in foreign use, has taken the place of every English
equivalent.  It is a greeting, a farewell, thanks, love, goodwill.
Aloha looks at you from tidies and illuminations, it meets you on
the roads and at house-doors, it is conveyed to you in letters, the
air is full of it.  "My aloha to you," "he sends you his aloha,"
"they desire their aloha."  It already represents to me all of
kindness and goodwill that language can express, and the convenience
of it as compared with other phrases is, that it means exactly what
the receiver understands it to mean, and consequently, in all cases
can be conveyed by a third person.  There is no word for "thank
you."  Maikai "good," is often useful in its place, and smiles
supply the rest.  There are no words which express "gratitude" or
"chastity," or some others of the virtues; and they have no word for
"weather," that which we understand by "weather" being absolutely
unknown.

Natives have no surnames.  Our volcano guide is Upa, or Scissors,
but his wife and children are anything else.  The late king was
Kamehameha, or the "lonely one."  The father of the present king is
called Kanaina, but the king's name is Lunalilo, or "above all."
Nor does it appear that a man is always known by the same name, nor
that a name necessarily indicates the sex of its possessor.  Thus,
in signing a paper the signature would be Hoapili kanaka, or Hoapili
wahine, according as the signer was man or woman.  I remember that
in my first letter I fell into the vulgarism, initiated by the
whaling crews, of calling the natives Kanakas.  This is universally
but very absurdly done, as Kanaka simply means man.  If an Hawaiian
word is absolutely necessary, we might translate native and have
maole, pronounced maori, like that of the New Zealand aborigines.
Kanaka is to me decidedly objectionable, as conveying the idea of
canaille.

I had written thus far when Mr. Severance came in to say that a
grand display of the national sport of surf-bathing was going on,
and a large party of us went down to the beach for two hours to
enjoy it.  It is really a most exciting pastime, and in a rough sea
requires immense nerve.  The surf-board is a tough plank shaped like
a coffin lid, about two feet broad, and from six to nine feet long,
well oiled and cared for.  It is usually made of the erythrina, or
the breadfruit tree.  The surf was very heavy and favourable, and
legions of natives were swimming and splashing in the sea, though
not more than forty had their Papa-he-nalu, or "wave sliding
boards," with them.  The men, dressed only in malos, carrying their
boards under their arms, waded out from some rocks on which the sea
was breaking, and, pushing their boards before them, swam out to the
first line of breakers, and then diving down were seen no more till
they re-appeared as a number of black heads bobbing about like corks
in smooth water half a mile from shore.

What they seek is a very high roller, on the top of which they leap
from behind, lying face downwards on their boards.  As the wave
speeds on, and the bottom strikes the ground, the top breaks into a
huge comber.  The swimmers but appeared posing themselves on its
highest edge by dexterous movements of their hands and feet, keeping
just at the top of the curl, but always apparently coming down hill
with a slanting motion.  So they rode in majestically, always just
ahead of the breaker, carried shorewards by its mighty impulse at
the rate of forty miles an hour, yet seeming to have a volition of
their own, as the more daring riders knelt and even stood on their
surf-boards, waving their arms and uttering exultant cries.  They
were always apparently on the verge of engulfment by the fierce
breaker whose towering white crest was ever above and just behind
them, but just as one expected to see them dashed to pieces, they
either waded quietly ashore, or sliding off their boards, dived
under the surf, taking advantage of the undertow, and were next seen
far out at sea, preparing for fresh exploits.

The great art seems to be to mount the roller precisely at the right
time, and to keep exactly on its curl just before it breaks.  Two or
three athletes, who stood erect on their boards as they swept
exultingly shorewards, were received with ringing cheers by the
crowd.  Many of the less expert failed to throw themselves on the
crest, and slid back into smooth water, or were caught in the
combers which were fully ten feet high, and after being rolled over
and over, ignominiously disappeared amidst roars of laughter, and
shouts from the shore.  At first I held my breath in terror,
thinking the creatures were smothered or dashed to pieces, and then
in a few seconds I saw the dark heads of the objects of my anxiety
bobbing about behind the rollers waiting for another chance.  The
shore was thronged with spectators, and the presence of the elite of
Hilo stimulated the swimmers to wonderful exploits.

These people are truly amphibious.  Both sexes seem to swim by
nature, and the children riot in the waves from their infancy.  They
dive apparently by a mere effort of the will.  In the deep basin of
the Wailuku River, a little below the Falls, the maidens swim,
float, and dive with garlands of flowers round their heads and
throats.  The more furious and agitated the water is, the greater
the excitement, and the love of these watery exploits is not
confined to the young.  I saw great fat men with their hair streaked
with grey, balancing themselves on their narrow surf-boards, and
riding the surges shorewards with as much enjoyment as if they were
in their first youth.  I enjoyed the afternoon thoroughly.

Is it "always afternoon" here, I wonder?  The sea was so blue, the
sunlight so soft, the air so sweet.  There was no toil, clang, or
hurry.  People were all holidaymaking (if that can be where there is
no work), and enjoying themselves, the surf-bathers in the sea, and
hundreds of gaily-dressed men and women galloping on the beach.  It
was so serene and tropical.  I sympathize with those who eat the
lotus, and remain for ever on such enchanted shores.

I am gaining health daily, and almost live in the open air.  I have
hired the native policeman's horse and saddle, and with a Macgregor
flannel riding costume, which my kind friends have made for me, and
a pair of jingling Mexican spurs am quite Hawaiianised.  I ride
alone once or twice a day exploring the neighbourhood, finding some
new fern or flower daily, and abandon myself wholly to the
fascination of this new existence.
                                   I.L.B.



LETTER VIII.

ONOMEA, HAWAII.  JUDGE AUSTIN'S.

Mrs. A. has been ill for some time, and Mrs. S. her sister and
another friend "plotted" in a very "clandestine" manner that I
should come here for a few days in order to give her "a little
change of society," but I am quite sure that under this they only
veil a kind wish that I should see something of plantation life.
There is a plan, too, that I should take a five days' trip to a
remarkable valley called Waipio, but this is only a "castle in the
air."

Mr. A. sent in for me a capital little lean rat of a horse which by
dint of spirit and activity managed to keep within sight of two
large horses, ridden by Mr. Thompson, and a very handsome young lady
riding "cavalier fashion," who convoyed me out.  Borrowed saddle-
bags, and a couple of shingles for carrying ferns formed my outfit,
and were carried behind my saddle.  It is a magnificent ride here.
The track crosses the deep, still, Wailuku River on a wooden bridge,
and then after winding up a steep hill, among native houses
fantastically situated, hangs on the verge of the lofty precipices
which descend perpendicularly to the sea, dips into tremendous
gulches, loses itself in the bright fern-fringed torrents which have
cleft their way down from the mountains, and at last emerges on the
delicious height on which this house is built.

This coast looked beautiful from the deck of the Kilauea, but I am
now convinced that I have never seen anything so perfectly lovely as
it is when one is actually among its details.  Onomea is 600 feet
high, and every yard of the ascent from Hilo brings one into a
fresher and purer air.  One looks up the wooded, broken slopes to a
wild volcanic wilderness and the snowy peaks of Mauna Kea on one
side, and on the other down upon the calm blue Pacific, wrinkled by
the sweet trade-wind, till it blends in far-off loveliness with the
still, blue, sky; and heavy surges break on the reefs, and fritter
themselves away on the rocks, tossing their pure foam over ti and
lauhala trees, and the exquisite ferns and trailers which mantle the
cliffs down to the water's edge.  Here a native house stands, with
passion-flowers clustering round its verandah, and the great
solitary red blossoms of the hibiscus flaming out from dark
surrounding leafage, and women in rose and green holukus, weaving
garlands, greet us with "Aloha" as we pass.  Then we come upon a
whole cluster of grass houses under lauhalas and bananas.  Then
there is the sugar plantation of Kaiwiki, with its patches of bright
green cane, its flumes crossing the track above our heads, bringing
the cane down from the upland cane-fields to the crushing-mill, and
the shifting, busy scenes of the sugar-boiling season.

Then the track goes down with a great dip, along which we slip and
slide in the mud to a deep broad stream.  This is a most picturesque
spot, the junction of two clear bright rivers, and a few native
houses and a Chinaman's store are grouped close by under some palms,
with the customary loungers on horseback, asking and receiving
nuhou, or news, at the doors.  Our accustomed horses leaped into a
ferry-scow provided by Government, worked by a bearded female of
hideous aspect, and leaped out on the other side to climb a track
cut on the side of a precipice, which would be steep to mount on
one's own feet.  There we met parties of natives, all flower-
wreathed, talking and singing, coming gaily down on their sure-
footed horses, saluting us with the invariable "Aloha."  Every now
and then we passed native churches, with spires painted white, or a
native schoolhouse, or a group of scholars all ferns and flowers.
The greenness of the vegetation merits the term "dazzling."  We
think England green, but its colour is poor and pale as compared
with that of tropical Hawaii.  Palms, candlenuts, ohias, hibiscus,
were it not for their exceeding beauty, would almost pall upon one
from their abundance, and each gulch has its glorious entanglement
of breadfruit, the large-leaved ohia, or native apple, a species of
Eugenia (Eugenia Malaccensis), and the pandanus, with its aerial
roots, all looped together by large sky-blue convolvuli and the
running fern, and is marvellous with parasitic growths.

The distracting beauty of this coast is what are called gulches--
narrow deep ravines or gorges, from 100 to 2,000 feet in depth, each
with a series of cascades from 10 to 1,800 feet in height.  I
dislike reducing their glories to the baldness of figures, but the
depth of these clefts (originally, probably, the seams caused by
fire torrents), cut and worn by the fierce streams fed by the snows
of Mauna Kea, and the rains of the forest belt, cannot otherwise be
expressed.  The cascades are most truly beautiful, gleaming white
among the dark depths of foliage far away, and falling into deep
limpid basins, festooned and overhung with the richest and greenest
vegetation of this prolific climate, from the huge-leaved banana and
shining breadfruit to the most feathery of ferns and lycopodiums.
Each gulch opens on a velvet lawn close to the sea, and most of them
have space for a few grass houses, with cocoanut trees, bananas, and
kalo patches.  There are sixty-nine of these extraordinary chasms
within a distance of thirty miles!

I think we came through eleven, fording the streams in all but two.
The descent into some of them is quite alarming.  You go down almost
standing in your stirrups, at a right angle with the horse's head,
and up, grasping his mane to prevent the saddle slipping.  He goes
down like a goat, with his bare feet, looking cautiously at each
step, sometimes putting out a foot and withdrawing it again in
favour of better footing, and sometimes gathering his four feet
under him and sliding or jumping.  The Mexican saddle has great
advantages on these tracks, which are nothing better than ledges cut
on the sides of precipices, for one goes up and down not only in
perfect security but without fatigue.  I am beginning to hope that I
am not too old, as I feared I was, to learn a new mode of riding,
for my companions rode at full speed over places where I should have
picked my way carefully at a foot's pace; and my horse followed
them, galloping and stopping short at their pleasure, and I
successfully kept my seat, though not without occasional fears of an
ignominious downfall.  I even wish that you could see me in my Rob
Roy riding dress, with leather belt and pouch, a lei of the orange
seeds of the pandanus round my throat, jingling Mexican spurs, blue
saddle blanket, and Rob Roy blanket strapped on behind the saddle!

This place is grandly situated 600 feet above a deep cove, into
which two beautiful gulches of great size run, with heavy cascades,
finer than Foyers at its best, and a native village is picturesquely
situated between the two.  The great white rollers, whiter by
contrast with the dark deep water, come into the gulch just where we
forded the river, and from the ford a passable road made for hauling
sugar ascends to the house.  The air is something absolutely
delicious; and the murmur of the rollers and the deep boom of the
cascades are very soothing.  There is little rise or fall in the
cadence of the surf anywhere on the windward coast, but one even
sound, loud or soft, like that made by a train in a tunnel.

We were kindly welcomed, and were at once "made at home."  Delicious
phrase! the full meaning of which I am learning on Hawaii, where,
though everything has the fascination of novelty, I have ceased to
feel myself a stranger.  This is a roomy, rambling frame-house, with
a verandah, and the door, as is usual here, opens directly into the
sitting-room.  The stair by which I go to my room suggests
possibilities, for it has been removed three inches from the wall by
an earthquake, which also brought down the tall chimney of the
boiling-house.  Close by there are small pretty frame-houses for the
overseer, bookkeeper, sugar boiler, and machinist; a store, the
factory, a pretty native church near the edge of the cliff, and
quite a large native village below.  It looks green and bright, and
the atmosphere is perfect, with the cool air coming down from the
mountains, and a soft breeze coming up from the blue dreamy ocean.
Behind the house the uplands slope away to the colossal Mauna Kea.
The actual, dense, impenetrable forest does not begin for a mile and
a half from the coast, and its broad dark belt, extending to a
height of 4,000 feet, and beautifully broken, throws out into
greater brightness the upward glades of grass and the fields of
sugar-cane.

This is a very busy season, and as this is a large plantation there
is an appearance of great animation.  There are five or six saddled
horses usually tethered below the house; and with overseers, white
and coloured, and natives riding at full gallop, and people coming
on all sorts of errands, the hum of the crushing-mill, the rush of
water in the flumes, and the grind of the waggons carrying cane,
there is no end of stir.

The plantations in the Hilo district enjoy special advantages, for
by turning some of the innumerable mountain streams into flumes the
owners can bring a great part of their cane and all their wood for
fuel down to the mills without other expense than the original cost
of the woodwork.  Mr. A. has 100 mules, but the greater part of
their work is ploughing and hauling the kegs of sugar down to the
cove, where in favourable weather they are put on board of a
schooner for Honolulu.  This plantation employs 185 hands, native
and Chinese, and turns out 600 tons of sugar a year.  The natives
are much liked as labourers, being docile and on the whole willing;
but native labour is hard to get, as the natives do not like to work
for a term unless obliged, and a pernicious system of "advances" is
practised.  The labourers hire themselves to the planters, in the
case of natives usually for a year, by a contract which has to be
signed before a notary public.  The wages are about eight dollars a
month with food, or eleven dollars without food, and the planters
supply houses and medical attendance.  The Chinese are imported as
coolies, and usually contract to work for five years.  As a matter
of policy no less than of humanity the "hands" are well treated; for
if a single instance of injustice were perpetrated on a plantation
the factory might stand still the next year, for hardly a native
would contract to serve again.

The Chinese are quiet and industrious, but smoke opium, and are much
addicted to gaming.  Many of them save money, and, when their turn
of service is over, set up stores, or grow vegetables for money.
Each man employed has his horse, and on Saturday the hands form
quite a cavalcade.  Great tact, firmness, and knowledge of human
nature are required in the manager of a plantation.  The natives are
at times disposed to shirk work without sufficient cause; the native
lunas, or overseers, are not always reasonable, the Chinamen and
natives do not always agree, and quarrels and entanglements arise,
and everything is referred to the decision of the manager, who,
besides all things else, must know the exact amount of work which
ought to be performed, both in the fields and factory, and see that
it is done.  Mr. A. is a keen, shrewd man of business, kind without
being weak, and with an eye on every detail of his plantations.  The
requirements are endless.  It reminds me very much of plantation
life in Georgia in the old days of slavery.  I never elsewhere heard
of so many headaches, sore hands, and other trifling ailments.  It
is very amusing to see the attempts which the would-be invalids make
to lengthen their brief smiling faces into lugubriousness, and the
sudden relaxation into naturalness when they are allowed a holiday.
Mr. A. comes into the house constantly to consult his wife regarding
the treatment of different ailments.

I have made a second tour through the factory, and am rather
disgusted with sugar making.  "All's well that ends well," however,
and the delicate crystalline result makes one forget the initial
stages of the manufacture.  The cane, stripped of its leaves, passes
from the flumes under the rollers of the crushing-mill, where it is
subjected to a pressure of five or six tons.  One hundred pounds of
cane under this process yield up from sixty-five to seventy-five
pounds of juice.  This juice passes, as a pale green cataract, into
a trough, which conducts it into a vat, where it is dosed with
quicklime to neutralize its acid, and is then run off into large
heated metal vessels.  At this stage the smell is abominable, and
the turbid fluid, with a thick scum upon it, is simply disgusting.
After a preliminary heating and skimming it is passed off into iron
pans, several in a row, and boiled and skimmed, and ladled from one
to the other till it reaches the last, which is nearest to the fire,
and there it boils with the greatest violence, seething and foaming,
bringing all the remaining scum to the surface.  After the
concentration has proceeded far enough, the action of the heat is
suspended, and the reddish-brown, oily-looking liquid is drawn into
the vacuum-pan till it is about a third full; the concentration is
completed by boiling the juice in vacuo at a temperature of 150
degrees, and even lower.  As the boiling proceeds, the sugar boiler
tests the contents of the pan by withdrawing a few drops, and
holding them up to the light on his finger; and, by certain minute
changes in their condition, he judges when it is time to add an
additional quantity.  When the pan is full, the contents have
thickened into the consistency of thick gruel by the formation of
minute crystals, and are then allowed to descend into an heater,
where they are kept warm till they can be run into "forms" or tanks,
where they are allowed to granulate.  The liquid, or molasses, which
remains after the first crystallization is returned to the vacuum
pan and reboiled, and this reboiling of the drainings is repeated
two or three times, with a gradually decreasing result in the
quality and quantity of the sugar.  The last process, which is used
for getting rid of the treacle, is a most beautiful one.  The mass
of sugar and treacle is put into what are called "centrifugal pans,"
which are drums about three feet in diameter and two feet high,
which make about 1,000 revolutions a minute.  These have false
interiors of wire gauze, and the mass is forced violently against
their sides by centrifugal action, and they let the treacle whirl
through, and retain the sugar crystals, which lie in a dry heap in
the centre.

The cane is being flumed in with great rapidity, and the factory is
working till late at night.  The cane from which the juice has been
expressed, called "trash," is dried and used as fuel for the furnace
which supplies the steam power.  The sugar is packed in kegs, and a
cooper and carpenter, as well as other mechanics, are employed.

Sugar is now the great interest of the islands.  Christian missions
and whaling have had their day, and now people talk sugar.  Hawaii
thrills to the news of a cent up or a cent down in the American
market.  All the interests of the kingdom are threatened by this
one, which, because it is grievously depressed and staggers under a
heavy import duty in the American market, is now clamorous in some
quarters for "annexation," and in others for a "reciprocity treaty,"
which last means the cession of the Pearl River lagoon on Oahu, with
its adjacent shores, to America, for a Pacific naval station.  There
are 200,000 acres of productive soil on the islands, of which only a
fifteenth is under cultivation, and of this large area 150,000 is
said to be specially adapted for sugar culture.  Herein is a
prospective Utopia, and people are always dreaming of the sugar-
growing capacities of the belt of rich disintegrated lava which
slopes upwards from the sea to the bases of the mountains.
Hitherto, sugar growing has been a very disastrous speculation, and
few of the planters at present do more than keep their heads above
water.

Were labour plentiful and the duties removed, fortunes might be
made; for the soil yields on an average about three times as much as
that of the State of Louisiana.  Two and a half tons to the acre is
a common yield, five tons, a frequent one, and instances are known
of the slowly matured cane of a high altitude yielding as much as
seven tons!  The magnificent climate makes it a very easy crop to
grow.  There is no brief harvest time with its rush, hurry, and
frantic demand for labour, nor frost to render necessary the hasty
cutting of an immature crop.  The same number of hands is kept on
all the year round.  The planters can plant pretty much when they
please, or not plant at all, for two or three years, the only
difference in the latter case being that the rattoons which spring
up after the cutting of the former crop are smaller in bulk.  They
can cut when they please, whether the cane be tasselled or not, and
they can plant, cut, and grind at one time!

It is a beautiful crop in any stage of growth, especially in the
tasselled stage.  Every part of it is useful--the cane pre-
eminently--the leaves as food for horses and mules, and the tassels
for making hats.  Here and elsewhere there is a plate of cut cane
always within reach, and the children chew it incessantly.  I fear
you will be tired of sugar, but I find it more interesting than the
wool and mutton of Victoria and New Zealand, and it is a most
important item of the wealth of this toy kingdom, which last year
exported 16,995,402 lbs. of sugar and 192,105 gallons of molasses.
{121}  With regard to molasses, the Government prohibits the
manufacture of rum, so the planters are deprived of a fruitful
source of profit.  It is really difficult to tear myself from the
subject of sugar, for I see the cane waving in the sun while I
write, and hear the busy hum of the crushing-mill.
                                       I.L.B.



LETTER IX.

ONOMEA, HAWAII.

This is such a pleasant house and household, Mrs. A. is as bright as
though she were not an invalid, and her room, except at meals, is
the gathering-place of the family.  The four boys are bright,
intelligent beings, out of doors, barefooted, all day, and with a
passion for horses, of which their father possesses about thirty.
The youngest, Ephy, is the brightest child for three years old that
I ever saw, but absolutely crazy about horses and mules.  He talks
of little else, and is constantly asking me to draw horses on his
slate.  He is a merry, audacious little creature, but came in this
evening quite subdued.  The sun was setting gloriously behind the
forest-covered slopes, flooding the violet distances with a haze of
gold, and, in a low voice, he said, "I've seen God."

There is the usual Chinese cook, who cooks and waits and looks good-
natured, and of course has his own horse, and his wife, a most
minute Chinese woman, comes in and attends to the rooms and to Mrs.
A., and sews and mends.  She wears her native dress--a large, stiff,
flat cane hat, like a tray, fastened firmly on or to her head; a
scanty loose frock of blue denim down to her knees, wide trousers of
the same down to her ancles, and slippers.  Her hair is knotted up;
she always wears silver armlets, and would not be seen without the
hat for anything.  There is not a bell in this or any house on the
islands, and the bother of servants is hardly known, for the
Chinamen do their work like automatons, and disappear at sunset.  In
a land where there are no carpets, no fires, no dust, no hot water
needed, no windows to open and shut--for they are always open--no
further service is really required.  It is a simple arcadian life,
and people live more happily than any that I have seen elsewhere.
It is very cheerful to live among people whose faces are not soured
by the east wind, or wrinkled by the worrying effort to "keep up
appearances," which deceive nobody; who have no formal visiting, but
real sociability; who regard the light manual labour of domestic
life as a pleasure, not a thing to be ashamed of; who are contented
with their circumstances, and have leisure to be kind, cultured, and
agreeable; and who live so tastefully, though simply, that they can
at any time ask a passing stranger to occupy the simple guest
chamber, or share the simple meal, without any of the soul-harassing
preparations which often make the exercise of hospitality a thing of
terror to people in the same circumstances at home.

People will ask you, "What is the food?"  We have everywhere bread
and biscuit made of California flour, griddle cakes with molasses,
and often cracked wheat, butter not very good, sweet potatoes,
boiled kalo, Irish potatoes, and poi.  I have not seen fish on any
table except at the Honolulu Hotel, or any meat but beef, which is
hard and dry as compared with ours.  We have China or Japan tea, and
island coffee.  Honolulu is the only place in which intoxicants are
allowed to be sold; and I have not seen beer, wine, or spirits in
any house.  Bananas are an important article of diet, and sliced
guavas, eaten with milk and sugar, are very good.  The cooking is
always done in detached cook houses, in and on American cooking
stoves.

As to clothing.  I wear my flannel riding dress for both riding and
walking, and a black silk at other times.  The resident ladies wear
prints and silks, and the gentlemen black cloth or dark tweed suits.
Flannel is not required, neither are puggarees or white hats or
sunshades at any season.  The changes of temperature are very
slight, and there is no chill when the sun goes down.  The air is
always like balm; the rain is tepid and does not give cold; in
summer it may be three or four degrees warmer.  Windows and doors
stand open the whole year.  A blanket is agreeable at night, but not
absolutely necessary.  It is a truly delightful climate and mode of
living, with such an abundance of air and sunshine.  My health
improves daily, and I do not consider myself an invalid.

Between working, reading aloud, talking, riding, and "loafing," I
have very little time for letter writing; but I must tell you of a
delightful fern-hunting expedition on the margin of the forest that
I took yesterday, accompanied by Mr. Thompson and the two elder
boys.  We rode in the mauka direction, outside cane ready for
cutting, with silvery tassels gleaming in the sun, till we reached
the verge of the forest, where an old trail was nearly obliterated
by a trailing matted grass four feet high, and thousands of woody
ferns, which conceal streams, holes, and pitfalls.  When further
riding was impossible, we tethered our horses and proceeded on foot.
We were then 1,500 feet above the sea by the aneroid barometer, and
the increased coolness was perceptible.  The mercury is about four
degrees lower for each 1,000 feet of ascent--rather more than this
indeed on the windward side of the islands.  The forest would be
quite impenetrable were it not for the remains of wood-hauling
trails, which, though grown up to the height of my shoulders, are
still passable.

Underneath the green maze, invisible streams, deep down, made sweet
music, sweeter even than the gentle murmur of the cool breeze among
the trees.  The forest on the volcano track, which I thought so
tropical and wonderful a short time ago, is nothing for beauty to
compare with this "garden of God."  I wish I could describe it, but
cannot; and as you know only our pale, small-leaved trees, with
their uniform green, I cannot say that it is like this or that.  The
first line of a hymn, "Oh, Paradise! oh, Paradise!" rings in my
brain, and the rustic exclamation we used to hear when we were
children, "Well, I never!" followed by innumerable notes of
admiration, seems to exhaust the whole vocabulary of wonderment.
The former cutting of some trees gives atmosphere, and the tumbled
nature of the ground shows everything to the best advantage.  There
were openings over which huge candle-nuts, with their pea-green and
silver foliage, spread their giant arms, and the light played
through their branches on an infinite variety of ferns.  There were
groves of bananas and plantains with shiny leaves 8 feet long, like
enormous hart's-tongue, the bright-leaved noni, the dark-leaved koa,
the mahogany of the Pacific; the great glossy-leaved Eugenia--a
forest tree as large as our largest elms; the small-leaved ohia, its
rose-crimson flowers making a glory in the forests, and its young
shoots of carmine red vying with the colouring of the New England
fall; and the strange lauhala hung its stiff drooping plumes, which
creak in the faintest breeze; and the superb breadfruit hung its
untempting fruit, and from spreading guavas we shook the ripe yellow
treasures, scooping out the inside, all juicy and crimson, to make
drinking cups of the rind; and there were trees that had surrendered
their own lives to a conquering army of vigorous parasites which had
clothed their skeletons with an unapproachable and indistinguishable
beauty, and over trees and parasites the tender tendrils of great
mauve morning glories trailed and wreathed themselves, and the
strong, strangling stems of the ie wound themselves round the tall
ohias, which supported their quaint yucca-like spikes of leaves
fifty feet from the ground.

There were some superb plants of the glossy tropical-looking bird's-
nest fern, or Asplenium Nidus, which makes its home on the stems and
branches of trees, and brightens the forest with its great shining
fronds.  I got a specimen from a koa tree.  The plant had nine
fronds, each one measuring from 4 feet 1 inch to 4 feet 7 inches in
length, and from 7 to 9 inches in breadth.  There were some very
fine tree-ferns (Cibotium Chamissoi?), two of which being
accessible, we measured, and found them seventeen and twenty feet
high, their fronds eight feet long, and their stems four feet ten
inches in circumference three feet from the ground.  They showed the
most various shades of green, from the dark tint of the mature
frond, to the pale pea green of those which were just uncurling
themselves.  I managed to get up into a tree for the first time in
my life to secure specimens of two beautiful parasitic ferns
(Polypodium tamariscinum and P. Hymenophylloides?).  I saw for the
first time, too, a lygodium and the large climbing potato-fern
(Polypodium spectrum), very like a yam in the distance, and the
Vittaria elongata, whose long grassy fronds adorn almost every tree.
The beautiful Microlepia tenuifolia abounded, and there were a few
plants of the loveliest fern I ever saw (Trichomanes meifolium), in
specimens of which I indulged sparingly, and almost grudgingly, for
it seemed unfitting that a form of such perfect beauty should be
mummied in a herbarium.  There was one fern in profusion, with from
90 to 130 pair of pinnae on each frond; and the fronds, though often
exceeding five feet in length, were only two inches broad
(Nephrolepis pectinata).  There were many prostrate trees, which
nature has entirely covered with choice ferns, specially the rough
stem of the tree-fern.  I counted seventeen varieties on one trunk,
and on the whole obtained thirty-five specimens for my collection.

The forest soon became completely impenetrable, the beautiful
Gleichenia Hawaiiensis forming an impassable network over all the
undergrowth.  And, indeed, without this it would have been risky to
make further explorations, for often masses of wonderful matted
vegetation sustained us temporarily over streams six or eight feet
below, whose musical tinkle alone warned us of our peril.  I shall
never again see anything so beautiful as this fringe of the
impassable timber belt.  I enjoyed it more than anything I have yet
seen; it was intoxicating, my eyes were "satisfied with seeing."  It
was a dream, a rapture, this maze of form and colour, this entangled
luxuriance, this bewildering beauty, through which we caught bright
glimpses of a heavenly sky above, while far away, below glade and
lawn, shimmered in surpassing loveliness the cool blue of the
Pacific.  To me, with my hatred of reptiles and insects, it is not
the least among the charms of Hawaii, that these glorious
entanglements and cool damp depths of a redundant vegetation give
shelter to nothing of unseemly shape and venomous proboscis or fang.
Here, in cool, dreamy, sunny Onomea, there are no horrid, drumming,
stabbing, mosquitoes as at Honolulu, to remind me of what I forget
sometimes, that I am not in Eden. {128}
                                   I.L.B.



LETTER X.

WAIPIO VALLEY, HAWAII.

There is something fearful in the isolation of this valley, open at
one end to the sea, and walled in on all others by palis or
precipices, from 1,000 to 2,000 feet in height, over the easiest of
which hangs the dizzy track, which after trailing over the country
for sixty difficult miles, connects Waipio with the little world of
Hilo.  The evening is very sombre, and darkness comes on early
between these high walls.  I am in a native house in which not a
word of English is spoken, and Deborah, among her own people, has
returned with zest to the exclusive use of her own tongue.  This is
more solitary than solitude, and tired as I am with riding and
roughing it, I must console myself with writing to you.  The
natives, after staring and giggling for some time, took this letter
out of my hand, with many exclamations, which, Deborah tells me, are
at the rapidity and minuteness of my writing.  I told them the
letter was to my sister, and they asked if I had your picture.  They
are delighted with it, and it is going round a large circle
assembled without.  They see very few foreign women here, and are
surprised that I have not brought a foreign man with me.

There was quite a bustle of small preparations before we left
Onomea.  Deborah was much excited, and I was not less so, for it is
such a complete novelty to take a five days' ride alone with
natives.  D. is a very nice native girl of seventeen, who speaks
English tolerably, having been brought up by Mr. and Mrs. Austin.
She was lately married to a white man employed on the plantation.
Mr. A. most kindly lent me a favourite mule, but declined to state
that she would not kick, or buck, or turn obstinate, or lie down in
the water, all which performances are characteristic of mules.  She
has, however, as he expected, behaved as the most righteous of her
species.  Our equipment was a matter for some consideration, as I
had no waterproof; but eventually I wore my flannel riding dress,
and carried my plaid in front of the saddle.  My saddle-bags, which
were behind, contained besides our changes of clothes, a jar of
Liebig's essence of beef, some potted beef, a tin of butter, a tin
of biscuits, a tin of sardines, a small loaf, and some roast yams.
Deborah looked very piquante in a bloomer dress of dark blue, with
masses of shining hair in natural ringlets falling over the collar,
mixing with her lei of red rose-buds.  She rode a powerful horse, of
which she has much need, as this is the most severe road on horses
on Hawaii, and it takes a really good animal to come to Waipio and
go back to Hilo.

We got away at seven in bright sunshine, and D.'s husband
accompanied us the first mile to see that our girths and gear were
all right.  It was very slippery, but my mule deftly gathered her
feet under her, and slid when she could not walk.  From Onomea to
the place where we expected to find the guide, we kept going up and
down the steep sides of ravines, and scrambling through torrents
till we reached a deep and most picturesque gulch, with a primitive
school-house at the bottom, and some grass-houses clustering under
palms and papayas, a valley scene of endless ease and perpetual
afternoon.  Here we found that D.'s uncle, who was to have been our
guide, could not go, because his horse was not strong enough, but
her cousin volunteered his escort, and went away to catch his horse,
while we tethered ours and went into the school-house.

This reminded me somewhat of the very poorest schools connected with
the Edinburgh Ladies' Highland School Association, but the teacher
had a remarkable paucity of clothing, and he seemed to have the
charge of his baby, which, much clothed, and indeed much muffled,
lay on the bench beside him.  For there were benches, and a desk,
and even a blackboard and primers down in the deep wild gulch, where
the music of living waters, and the thunderous roll of the Pacific,
accompanied the children's tuneless voices as they sang an Hawaiian
hymn.  I shall remember nothing of the scholars but rows of gleaming
white teeth, and splendid brown eyes.  I thought both teacher and
children very apathetic.  There were lamentably few, though the
pretty rigidly enforced law, which compels all children between the
ages of six and fifteen to attend school for forty weeks of the
year, had probably gathered together all the children of the
district.  They all wore coloured chemises and leis of flowers.
Outside, some natives presented us with some ripe papayas.

Mounting again, we were joined by two native women, who were
travelling the greater part of the way hither, and this made it more
cheerful for D.  The elder one had nothing on her head but her wild
black hair, and she wore a black holuku, a lei of the orange seeds
of the pandanus, orange trousers and big spurs strapped on her bare
feet.  A child of four, bundled up in a black poncho, rode on a
blanket behind the saddle, and was tied to the woman's waist, by an
orange shawl.  The younger woman, who was very pretty, wore a
sailor's hat, leis of crimson ohia blossoms round her hat and
throat, a black holuku, a crimson poncho, and one spur, and held up
a green umbrella whenever it rained.

We were shortly joined by Kaluna, the cousin, on an old, big, wall-
eyed, bare-tailed, raw-boned horse, whose wall-eyes contrived to
express mingled suspicion and fear, while a flabby, pendant, lower
lip, conveyed the impression of complete abjectness.  He looked like
some human beings who would be vicious if they dared, but the vice
had been beaten out of him long ago, and only the fear remained.  He
has a raw suppurating sore under the saddle, glueing the blanket to
his lean back, and crouches when he is mounted.  Both legs on one
side look shorter than on the other, giving a crooked look to
himself and his rider, and his bare feet are worn thin as if he had
been on lava.  I rode him for a mile yesterday, and when he
attempted a convulsive canter, with three short steps and a stumble
in it, his abbreviated off legs made me feel as if I were rolling
over on one side.  Kaluna beats him the whole time with a heavy
stick; but except when he strikes him most barbarously about his
eyes and nose he only cringes, without quickening his pace.  When I
rode him mercifully the true hound nature came out.  The sufferings
of this wretched animal have been the great drawback on this
journey.  I have now bribed Kaluna with as much as the horse is
worth to give him a month's rest, and long before that time I hope
the owl-hawks will be picking his bones.

The horse has come before the rider, but Kaluna is no nonentity.  He
is a very handsome youth of sixteen, with eyes which are remarkable,
even in this land of splendid eyes, a straight nose, a very fine
mouth, and beautiful teeth, a mass of wavy, almost curly hair, and a
complexion not so brown as to conceal the mantling of the bright
southern blood in his cheeks.  His figure is lithe, athletic, and as
pliable as if he were an invertebrate animal, capable of unlimited
doublings up and contortions, to which his thin white shirt and blue
cotton trousers are no impediment.  He is almost a complete savage;
his movements are impulsive and uncontrolled, and his handsome face
looks as if it belonged to a half-tamed creature out of the woods.
He talks loud, laughs incessantly, croons a monotonous chant, which
sounds almost as heathenish as tom-toms, throws himself out of his
saddle, hanging on by one foot, lingers behind to gather fruits, and
then comes tearing up, beating his horse over the ears and nose,
with a fearful yell and a prolonged sound like har-r-r-ouche,
striking my mule and threatening to overturn me as he passes me on
the narrow track.  He is the most thoroughly careless and
irresponsible being I ever saw, reckless about the horses, reckless
about himself, without any manners or any obvious sense of right and
propriety.  In his mouth this musical tongue becomes as harsh as the
speech of a cocatoo or parrot.  His manner is familiar.  He rides up
to me, pokes his head under my hat, and says, interrogatively,
"Cold!" by which I understand that the poor boy is shivering
himself.  In eating he plunges his hand into my bowl of fowl, or
snatches half my biscuit.  Yet I daresay he means well, and I am
thoroughly amused with him, except when he maltreats his horse.

It is a very strange life going about with natives, whose ideas, as
shown by their habits, are, to say the least of it, very peculiar.
Deborah speaks English fairly, having been brought up by white
people, and is a very nice girl.  But were she one of our own race I
should not suppose her to be more than eleven years old, and she
does not seem able to understand my ideas on any subject, though I
can be very much interested and amused with hearing hers.

We had a perfect day until the middle of the afternoon.  The
dimpling Pacific was never more than a mile from us as we kept the
narrow track in the long green grass; and on our left the blunt
snow-patched peaks of Mauna Kea rose from the girdle of forest,
looking so delusively near that I fancied a two-hours' climb would
take us to his lofty summit.  The track for twenty-six miles is just
in and out of gulches, from 100 to 800 feet in depth, all opening on
the sea, which sweeps into them in three booming rollers.  The
candle-nut or kukui (aleurites triloba) tree, which on the whole
predominates, has leaves of a rich deep green when mature, which
contrast beautifully with the flaky silvery look of the younger
foliage.  Some of the shallower gulches are filled exclusively with
this tree, which in growing up to the light to within 100 feet of
the top, presents a mass and density of leafage quite unique, giving
the gulch the appearance as if billows of green had rolled in and
solidified there.  Each gulch has some specialty of ferns and trees,
and in such a distance as sixty miles they vary considerably with
the variations of soil, climate, and temperature.  But everywhere
the rocks, trees, and soil are covered and crowded with the most
exquisite ferns and mosses, from the great tree-fern, whose bright
fronds light up the darker foliage, to the lovely maiden-hair and
graceful selaginellas which are mirrored in pools of sparkling
water.  Everywhere, too, the great blue morning glory opened to a
heaven not bluer than itself.

The descent into the gulches is always solemn.  You canter along a
bright breezy upland, and are suddenly arrested by a precipice, and
from the depths of a forest abyss a low plash or murmur rises, or a
deep bass sound, significant of water which must be crossed, and one
reluctantly leaves the upper air to plunge into heavy shadow, and
each experience increases one's apprehensions concerning the next.
Though in some gulches the kukui preponderates, in others the
lauhala whose aerial roots support it in otherwise impossible
positions, and in others the sombre ohia, yet there were some grand
clefts in which nature has mingled her treasures impartially, and
out of cool depths of ferns rose the feathery coco-palm, the
glorious breadfruit, with its green melon-like fruit, the large
ohia, ideal in its beauty,--the most gorgeous flowering tree I have
ever seen, with spikes of rose-crimson blossoms borne on the old
wood, blazing among its shining many-tinted leafage,--the tall
papaya with its fantastic crown, the profuse gigantic plantain, and
innumerable other trees, shrubs, and lianas, in the beauty and
bounteousness of an endless spring.  Imagine my surprise on seeing
at the bottom of one gulch, a grove of good-sized, dark-leaved, very
handsome trees, with an abundance of smooth round green fruit upon
them, and on reaching them finding that they were orange trees,
their great size, far exceeding that of the largest at Valencia,
having prevented me from recognizing them earlier!  In another, some
large shrubs with oval, shining, dark leaves, much crimped at the
edges, bright green berries along the stalks, and masses of pure
white flowers lying flat, like snow on evergreens, turned out to be
coffee!  The guava with its obtuse smooth leaves, sweet white
blossoms on solitary axillary stalks, and yellow fruit was
universal.  The novelty of the fruit, foliage, and vegetation is an
intense delight to me.  I should like to see how the rigid aspect of
a coniferous tree, of which there is not one indigenous to the
islands, would look by contrast.  We passed through a long thicket
of sumach, an exotic from North America, which still retains its old
habit of shedding its leaves, and its grey, wintry, desolate-looking
branches reminded me that there are less-favoured parts of the
world, and that you are among mist, cold, murk, slush, gales,
leaflessness, and all the dismal concomitants of an English winter.

It is wonderful that people should have thought of crossing these
gulches on anything with four legs.  Formerly, that is, within the
last thirty years, the precipices could only be ascended by climbing
with the utmost care, and descended by being lowered with ropes from
crag to crag, and from tree to tree, when hanging on by the hands
became impracticable to even the most experienced mountaineer.  In
this last fashion Mr. Coan and Mr. Lyons were let down to preach the
gospel to the people of the then populous valleys.  But within
recent years, narrow tracks, allowing one horse to pass another,
have been cut along the sides of these precipices, without any
windings to make them easier, and only deviating enough from the
perpendicular to allow of their descent by the sure-footed native-
born animals.  Most of them are worn by water and animals' feet,
broken, rugged, jagged, with steps of rock sometimes three feet
high, produced by breakage here and there.  Up and down these the
animals slip, jump, and scramble, some of them standing still until
severely spurred, or driven by some one from behind.  Then there are
softer descents, slippery with damp, and perilous in heavy rains,
down which they slide dexterously, gathering all their legs under
them.  On a few of these tracks a false step means death, but the
vegetation which clothes the pali below, blinds one to the risk.  I
don't think anything would induce me to go up a swinging zigzag--up
a terrible pali opposite to me as I write, the sides of which are
quite undraped.

All the gulches for the first twenty-four miles contain running
water.  The great Hakalau gulch we crossed early yesterday, has a
river with a smooth bed as wide as the Thames at Eton.  Some have
only small quiet streams, which pass gently through ferny grottoes.
Others have fierce strong torrents dashing between abrupt walls of
rock, among immense boulders into deep abysses, and cast themselves
over precipice after precipice into the ocean.  Probably, many of
these are the courses of fire torrents, whose jagged masses of a-a
have since been worn smooth, and channelled into holes by the action
of water.  A few are crossed on narrow bridges, but the majority are
forded, if that quiet conventional term can be applied to the
violent flounderings by which the horses bring one through.  The
transparency deceives them, and however deep the water is, they
always try to lift their fore feet out of it, which gives them a
disagreeable rolling motion.  (Mr. Brigham in his valuable monograph
on the Hawaiian volcanoes quoted below, {138} appears as much
impressed with these gulches as I am.)

We lunched in one glorious valley, and Kaluna made drinking cups
which held fully a pint, out of the beautiful leaves of the Arum
esculentum.  Towards afternoon turbid-looking clouds lowered over
the sea, and by the time we reached the worst pali of all, the south
side of Laupahoehoe, they burst on us in torrents of rain
accompanied by strong wind.  This terrible precipice takes one
entirely by surprise.  Kaluna, who rode first, disappeared so
suddenly that I thought he had gone over.  It is merely a dangerous
broken ledge, and besides that it looks as if there were only
foothold for a goat, one is dizzied by the sight of the foaming
ocean immediately below, and, when we actually reached the bottom,
there was only a narrow strip of shingle between the stupendous
cliff and the resounding surges, which came up as if bent on
destruction.  The path by which we descended looked a mere thread on
the side of the precipice.  I don't know what the word beetling
means, but if it means anything bad, I will certainly apply it to
that pali.

A number of disastrous-looking native houses are clustered under
some very tall palms in the open part of the gulch, but it is a most
wretched situation; the roar of the surf is deafening, the scanty
supply of water is brackish, there are rumours that leprosy is rife,
and the people are said to be the poorest on Hawaii.  We were warned
that we could not spend a night comfortably there, so wet, tired,
and stiff, we rode on another six miles to the house of a native
called Bola-Bola, where we had been instructed to remain.  The rain
was heavy and ceaseless, and the trail had become so slippery that
our progress was much retarded.  It was a most unpropitious-looking
evening, and I began to feel the painful stiffness arising from
prolonged fatigue in saturated clothes.  I indulged in various
imaginations as we rode up the long ascent leading to Bola-Bola's,
but this time they certainly were not of sofas and tea, and I never
aspired to anything beyond drying my clothes by a good fire, for at
Hilo some people had shrugged their shoulders, and others had
laughed mysteriously at the idea of our sleeping there, and some had
said it was one of the worst of native houses.

A single glance was enough.  It was a dilapidated frame-house,
altogether forlorn, standing unsheltered on a slope of the mountain,
with one or two yet more forlorn grass piggeries, which I supposed
might be the cook house, and eating-house near it.

A prolonged har-r-r-rouche from Kaluna brought out a man with a
female horde behind him, all shuffling into clothes as we
approached, and we stiffly dismounted from the wet saddles in which
we had sat for ten hours, and stiffly hobbled up into the littered
verandah, the water dripping from our clothes, and squeezing out of
our boots at every step.  Inside there was one room about 18 x 14
feet, which looked as if the people had just arrived and had thrown
down their goods promiscuously.  There were mats on the floor not
over clean, and half the room was littered and piled with mats
rolled up, boxes, bamboos, saddles, blankets, lassos, cocoanuts,
kalo roots, bananas, quilts, pans, calabashes, bundles of hard poi
in ti leaves, bones, cats, fowls, clothes.  A frightful old woman,
looking like a relic of the old heathen days, with bristling grey
hair cut short, her body tattooed all over, and no clothing but a
ragged blanket huddled round her shoulders; a girl about twelve,
with torrents of shining hair, and a piece of bright green calico
thrown round her, and two very good-looking young women in rose-
coloured chemises, one of them holding a baby, were squatting and
lying on the mats, one over another, like a heap of savages.

When the man found that we were going to stay all night he bestirred
himself, dragged some of the things to one side and put down a
shake-down of pulu (the silky covering of the fronds of one species
of tree-fern), with a sheet over it, and a gay quilt of orange and
red cotton.  There was a thin printed muslin curtain to divide off
one half of the room, a usual arrangement in native houses.  He then
helped to unsaddle the horses, and the confusion of the room was
increased by a heap of our wet saddles, blankets, and gear.  All
this time the women lay on the floor and stared at us.

Rheumatism seemed impending, for the air up there was chilly, and I
said to Deborah that I must make some change in my dress, and she
signed to Kaluna, who sprang at my soaked boots and pulled them off,
and my stockings too, with a savage alacrity which left it doubtful
for a moment whether he had not also pulled off my feet!  I had no
means of making any further change except putting on a wrapper over
my wet clothes.

Meanwhile the man killed and boiled a fowl, and boiled some sweet
potato, and when these untempting viands, and a calabash of poi were
put before us, we sat round them and eat; I with my knife, the
others with their fingers.  There was some coffee in a dirty bowl.
The females had arranged a row of pillows on their mat, and all lay
face downwards, with their chins resting upon them, staring at us
with their great brown eyes, and talking and laughing incessantly.
They had low sensual faces, like some low order of animal.  When our
meal was over, the man threw them the relics, and they soon picked
the bones clean.  It surprised me that after such a badly served
meal the man brought a bowl of water for our hands, and something
intended for a towel.

By this time it was dark, and a stone, deeply hollowed at the top,
was produced, containing beef fat and a piece of rag for a wick,
which burned with a strong flaring light.  The women gathered
themselves up and sat round a large calabash of poi, conveying the
sour paste to their mouths with an inimitable twist of the fingers,
laying their heads back and closing their eyes with a look of animal
satisfaction.  When they had eaten they lay down as before, with
their chins on their pillows, and again the row of great brown eyes
confronted me.  Deborah, Kaluna, and the women talked incessantly in
loud shrill voices till Kaluna uttered the word auwe with a long
groaning intonation, apparently signifying weariness, divested
himself of his clothes and laid down on a mat alongside our shake-
down, upon which we let down the dividing curtain and wrapped
ourselves up as warmly as possible.

I was uneasy about Deborah who had had a cough for some time, and
consequently took the outside place under the window which was
broken, and presently a large cat jumped through the hole and down
upon me, followed by another and another, till five wild cats had
effected an entrance, making me a stepping-stone to ulterior
proceedings.  Had there been a sixth I think I could not have borne
the infliction quietly.  Strips of jerked beef were hanging from the
rafters, and by the light which was still burning I watched the cats
climb up stealthily, seize on some of these, descend, and disappear
through the window, making me a stepping-stone as before, but with
all their craft they let some of the strips fall, which awoke
Deborah, and next I saw Kaluna's magnificent eyes peering at us
under the curtain.  Then the natives got up, and smoked and eat more
poi at intervals, and talked, and Kaluna and Deborah quarrelled,
jokingly, about the time of night she told me, and the moon through
the rain-clouds occasionally gave us delusive hopes of dawn, and I
kept moving my place to get out of the drip from the roof, and so
the night passed.  I was amused all the time, though I should have
preferred sleep to such nocturnal diversions.  It was so new, and so
odd, to be the only white person among eleven natives in a lonely
house, and yet to be as secure from danger and annoyance as in our
own home.

At last a pale dawn did appear, but the rain was still coming down
heavily, and our poor animals were standing dismally with their
heads down and their tails turned towards the wind.  Yesterday
evening I took a change of clothes out of the damp saddle-bags, and
put them into what I hoped was a dry place, but they were soaked,
wetter even than those in which I had been sleeping, and my boots
and Deborah's were so stiff, that we gladly availed ourselves of
Kaluna's most willing services.  The mode of washing was peculiar:
he held a calabash with about half-a-pint of water in it, while we
bathed our faces and hands, and all the natives looked on and
tittered.  This was apparently his idea of politeness, for no
persuasion would induce him to put the bowl down on the mat, and
Deborah evidently thought it was proper respect.  We had a
repetition of the same viands as the night before for breakfast,
and, as before, the women lay with their chins on their pillows and
stared at us.

The rain ceased almost as soon as we started, and though it has not
been a bright day, it has been very pleasant.  There are no large
gulches on to-day's journey.  The track is mostly through long
grass, over undulating uplands, with park-like clumps of trees, and
thickets of guava and the exotic sumach.  Different ferns, flowers,
and vegetation, with much less luxuriance and little water, denoted
a drier climate and a different soil.  There are native churches at
distances of six or seven miles all the way from Hilo, but they seem
too large and too many for the scanty population.

We moved on in single file at a jog-trot wherever the road admitted
of it, meeting mounted natives now and then, which led to a delay
for the exchange of nuhou; and twice we had to turn into the thicket
to avoid what here seems to be considered a danger.  There are many
large herds of semi-wild bullocks on the mountains, branded cattle,
as distinguished from the wild or unbranded, and when they are
wanted for food, a number of experienced vaccheros on strong shod
horses go up, and drive forty or fifty of them down.  We met such a
drove bound for Hilo, with one or two men in front and others at the
sides and behind, uttering loud shouts.  The bullocks are nearly mad
with being hunted and driven, and at times rush like a living
tornado, tearing up the earth with their horns.  As soon as the
galloping riders are seen and the crooked-horned beasts, you retire
behind a screen.  There must be some tradition of some one having
been knocked down and hurt, for reckless as the natives are said to
be, they are careful about this, and we were warned several times by
travellers whom we met, that there were "bullocks ahead."  The law
provides that the vaccheros shall station one of their number at the
head of a gulch to give notice when cattle are to pass through.

We jogged on again till we met a native who told us that we were
quite close to our destination; but there were no signs of it, for
we were still on the lofty uplands, and the only prominent objects
were huge headlands confronting the sea.  I got off to walk, as my
mule seemed footsore, but had not gone many yards when we came
suddenly to the verge of a pali, about 1,000 feet deep, with a
narrow fertile valley below, with a yet higher pali on the other
side, both abutting perpendicularly on the sea.  I should think the
valley is not more than three miles long, and it is walled in by
high inaccessible mountains.  It is in fact, a gulch on a vastly
enlarged scale.  The prospect below us was very charming, a fertile
region perfectly level, protected from the sea by sandhills, watered
by a winding stream, and bright with fishponds, meadow lands, kalo
patches, orange and coffee groves, figs, breadfruit, and palms.
There were a number of grass-houses, and a native church with a
spire, and another up the valley testified to the energy and
aggressiveness of Rome.  We saw all this from the moment we reached
the pali; and it enlarged, and the detail grew upon us with every
yard of the laborious descent of broken craggy track, which is the
only mode of access to the valley from the outer world.  I got down
on foot with difficulty; a difficulty much increased by the long
rowels of my spurs, which caught on the rocks and entangled my
dress, the simple expedient of taking them off not having occurred
to me!

A neat frame-house, with large stones between it and the river, was
our destination.  It belongs to a native named Halemanu, a great man
in the district, for, besides being a member of the legislature, he
is deputy sheriff.  He is a man of property, also; and though he
cannot speak a word of English, he is well educated in Hawaiian, and
writes an excellent hand.  I brought a letter of introduction to him
from Mr. Severance, and we were at once received with every
hospitality, our horses cared for, and ourselves luxuriously lodged.
We walked up the valley before dark to get a view of a cascade, and
found supper ready on our return.  This is such luxury after last
night.  There is a very light bright sitting-room, with papered
walls, and manilla matting on the floor, a round centre table with
books and a photographic album upon it, two rocking-chairs, an
office-desk, another table and chairs, and a Canadian lounge.  I
can't imagine in what way this furniture was brought here.  Our
bedroom opens from this, and it actually has a four-post bedstead
with mosquito bars, a lounge and two chairs, and the floor is
covered with native matting.  The washing apparatus is rather an
anomaly, for it consists of a basin and crash towel placed in the
verandah, in full view of fifteen people.  The natives all bathe in
the river.

Halemanu has a cook house and native cook, and an eating-room, where
I was surprised to find everything in foreign style--chairs, a table
with a snow white cover, and table napkins, knives, forks, and even
salt-cellars.  I asked him to eat with us, and he used a knife and
fork quite correctly, never, for instance, putting the knife into
his mouth.  I was amused to see him afterwards, sitting on a mat
among his family and dependants, helping himself to poi from a
calabash with his fingers.  He gave us for supper delicious river
fish fried, boiled kalo, and Waipio coffee with boiled milk.

It is very annoying only to be able to converse with this man
through an interpreter; and Deborah, as is natural, is rather
unwilling to be troubled to speak English, now that she is among her
own people.  After supper we sat by candlelight in the parlour, and
he showed me his photograph album.  At eight he took a large Bible,
put on glasses, and read a chapter in Hawaiian; after which he knelt
and prayed with profound reverence of manner and tone.  Towards the
end I recognized the Hawaiian words for "Our Father." {148}  Here in
Waipio there is something pathetic in the idea of this Fatherhood,
which is wider than the ties of kin and race.  Even here not one is
a stranger, an alien, a foreigner!  And this man, so civilized and
Christianized, only now in middle life, was, he said, "a big boy
when the first teachers came," and may very likely have witnessed
horrors in the heiau, or temple, close by, of which little is left
now.

This bedroom is thoroughly comfortable.  Kaluna wanted to sleep on
the lounge here, probably because he is afraid of akuas, or spirits,
but we have exiled him to a blanket on the parlour lounge.
                                        I.L.B.



LETTER X.--(continued.)

We were thoroughly rested this morning, and very glad of a fine day
for a visit to the great cascade which is rarely seen by foreigners.
My mule was slightly galled with the girth, and having a strong
fellow feeling with Elisha's servant, "Alas, master, for it was
borrowed!" I have bought for $20 a pretty, light, half-broken bay
mare, which I rode to-day and liked much.

After breakfast, which was a repetition of last night's supper, we
three, with Halemanu's daughter as guide, left on horseback for the
waterfall, though the natives tried to dissuade us by saying that
stones came down, and it was dangerous; also that people could not
go in their clothes, there was so much wading.  In deference to this
last opinion, D. rode without boots, and I without stockings.  We
rode through the beautiful valley till we reached a deep gorge
turning off from it, which opens out into a nearly circular chasm
with walls 2,000 feet in height, where we tethered our horses.  A
short time after leaving them, D. said, "She says we can't go
further in our clothes," but when the natives saw me plunge boldly
into the river in my riding dress, which is really not unlike a
fashionable Newport bathing suit, they thought better of it.  It was
a thoroughly rough tramp, wading ten times through the river, which
was sometimes up to our knees, and sometimes to our waists, and
besides the fighting among slippery rocks in rushing water, we had
to crawl and slide up and down wet, mossy masses of dislodged rock,
to push with eyes shut through wet jungles of Indian shot, guava,
and a thorny vine, and sometimes to climb from tree to tree at a
considerable height.  When, after an hour's fighting we arrived in
sight of the cascade, but not of the basin into which it falls, our
pretty guide declined to go further, saying that the wind was
rising, and that stones would fall and kill us, but being
incredulous on this point, I left them, and with great difficulty
and many bruises, got up the river to its exit from the basin, and
there, being unable to climb the rocks on either side, stood up to
my throat in the still tepid water till the scene became real to me.

I do not care for any waterfall but Niagara, nor do I care in itself
for this one, for though its first leap is 200 feet and its second
1,600, it is so frittered away and dissipated in spray, owing to the
very magnitude of its descent, that there is no volume of water
within sight to create mass or sound.  But no words can paint the
majesty of the surroundings, the caverned, precipitous walls of rock
coming down in one black plunge from the blue sky above to the dark
abyss of water below, the sullen shuddering sound with which pieces
of rock came hurtling down among the trees, the thin tinkle of the
water as it falls, the full rush of the river, the feathery growth
of ferns, gigantic below, but so diminished by the height above, as
only to show their presence by the green tinge upon the rocks, while
in addition to the gloom produced by the stupendous height of the
cliffs, there is a cool, green darkness of dense forest, and mighty
trees of strange tropical forms glass themselves in the black mirror
of the basin.  For one moment a ray of sunshine turned the upper
part of the spray into a rainbow, and never to my eyes had the bow
of promise looked so heavenly as when it spanned the black, solemn,
tree-shadowed abyss, whose deep, still waters only catch a sunbeam
on five days of the year.

I found the natives regaling themselves on papaya, and on live
fresh-water shrimps, which they find in great numbers in the river.
I remembered that white people at home calling themselves civilized,
eat live, or at least raw, oysters, but the sight of these active,
squirming shrimps struggling between the white teeth of my
associates was yet more repulsive.

We finished our adventurous expedition with limbs much bruised, as
well as torn and scratched, and before we emerged from the chasm saw
a rock dislodged, which came crashing down not far from us, carrying
away an ohia.  It is a gruesome and dowie den, but well worth a
visit.

We mounted again, and rode as far as we could up the valley, fording
the river in deep water several times, and coming down the other
side.  The coffee trees in full blossom were very beautiful, and
they, as well as the oranges, have escaped the blight which has
fallen upon both in other parts of the island.  In addition to the
usual tropical productions, there were some very fine fig trees and
thickets of the castor-oil plant, a very handsome shrub, when, as
here, it grows to a height of from ten to twenty-two feet.  The
natives, having been joined by some Waipio women, rode at full
gallop over all sorts of ground, and I enjoyed the speed of my mare
without any apprehension of being thrown off.  We rode among most
extensive kalo plantations, and large artificial fish-ponds, in
which hundreds of gold-fish were gleaming, and came back by the sea
shore, green with the maritime convolvulus, and the smooth-bottomed
river, which the Waipio folk use as a road.  Canoes glide along it,
brown-skinned men wade down it floating bundles of kalo after them,
and strings of laden horses and mules follow each other along its
still waters.  I hear that in another and nearly unapproachable
valley, a river serves the same purpose.  While we were riding up
it, a great gust lifted off its surface in fine spray, and almost
blew us from our horses.  Hawaii has no hurricanes, but at some
hours of the day Waipio is subject to terrific gusts, which really
justify the people in their objection to visiting the cascade.  Some
time ago, in one of these, this house was lifted up, carried twenty
feet, and deposited in its present position.

Supper was ready for us--kalo, yams, spatchcock, poi, coffee, rolls,
and Oregon kippered salmon; and when I told Halemanu that the
spatchcock and salmon reminded me of home, he was quite pleased, and
said he would provide the same for breakfast to-morrow.

The owner of the mare, which I have named "Bessie Twinker," had
willingly sold her to me, though I told him I could not pay him for
her until I reached Onomea.  I do not know what had caused my credit
to suffer during my absence, but D., after talking long with him
this evening, said to me, "He says he can't let you have the horse,
because when you've taken it away, he thinks you will never send him
the money."  I told her indignantly to tell him that English women
never cheated people, a broad and totally unsustainable assertion,
which had the effect of satisfying the poor fellow.

After Halemanu, Deborah, Kaluna, and a number of natives had eaten
their poi, Halemanu brought in a very handsome silver candlestick,
and expressed a wish that Deborah should interpret for us.  He asked
a great many sensible questions about England, specially about the
state of the poor, the extent of the franchise, and the influence of
religion.  When he heard that I had spent some years in Scotland, he
said, "Do you know Mr. Wallace?"  I was quite puzzled, and tried to
recall any man of that name who I had heard of as having visited
Hawaii, when a happy flash of comprehension made me aware of his
meaning, and I replied that I had seen his sword several times, but
that he died long before I knew Scotland, and indeed before I was
born; but that the Scotch held his memory in great veneration, and
were putting up a monument to him.  But for the mistake as to dates,
he seemed to have the usual notions as to the exploits of Wallace.
He deplores most deeply the dwindling of his people, and his manner
became very sad about it.  D. said, "He's very unhappy; he says,
soon there will be no more Kanakas."  He told me that this beautiful
valley was once very populous, and even forty years ago, when Mr.
Ellis visited it, there were 1,300 people here.  Now probably there
are not more than 200.

Here was the Puhonua, or place of refuge for all this part of the
island.  This, and the very complete one of Honaunau, on the other
side of Hawaii, were the Hawaiian "Cities of Refuge."  Could any
tradition of the Mosaic ordinance on this subject have travelled
hither?  These two sanctuaries were absolutely inviolable.  The
gates stood perpetually open, and though the fugitive was liable to
be pursued to their very threshold, he had no sooner crossed it than
he was safe from king, chief, or avenger.  These gates were wide,
and some faced the sea, and others the mountains.  Hither the
murderer, the manslayer, the tabu-breaker fled, repaired to the
presence of the idol, and thanked it for aiding him to reach the
place of security.  After a certain time the fugitives were allowed
to return to their families, and none dared to injure those to whom
the high gods had granted their protection.

In time of war, tall spears from which white flags were unfurled,
were placed at each end of the enclosure, and until the proclamation
of peace invited the vanquished to enter.  These flags were fixed a
short distance outside the walls, and no pursuing warrior, even in
the hot flush of victory, could pursue his routed foe one foot
beyond.  Within was the sacred pale of pahu tabu, and anyone
attempting to strike his victim there would have been put to death
by the priests and their adherents.  In war time the children, old
people, and many of the women of the neighbouring districts, were
received within the enclosure, where they awaited the issue of the
conflict in security, and were safe from violence in the event of
defeat.  These puhonuas contain pieces of stone weighing from two to
three tons, raised six feet from the ground, and the walls,
narrowing gradually towards the top, are fifteen feet wide at the
base and twelve feet high.  They are truly grand monuments of
humanity in the midst of the barbarous institutions of heathenism,
and it shows a considerable degree of enlightenment that even rebels
in arms and fugitives from invading armies were safe, if they
reached the sacred refuge, for the priests of Keawe knew no
distinctions of party.

In dreadful contrast to this place of mercy, there were some very
large heiaus (or temples) here, on whose hideous altars eighty human
sacrifices are said to have been offered at one time.  One of the
legends told me concerning this lovely valley is, that King Umi,
having vanquished the kings of the six divisions of Hawaii, was
sacrificing captives in one of these heiaus, when the voice of his
god, Kuahilo, was heard from the clouds, demanding more slaughter.
Fresh human blood streamed from the altars, but the insatiable demon
continued to call for more, till Umi had sacrificed all the captives
and all his own men but one, whom he at first refused to give up, as
he was a great favourite, but Kuahilo thundered from heaven, till
the favourite warrior was slain, and only the king and the
sacrificing priest remained.

This valley of the "vanquished waters" abounds in legends.  Some of
these are about a cruel monster, King Hooku, who lived here, and
whose memory, so far as he is remembered, is much execrated.  It is
told of him that if a man were said to have a handsome head he sent
some of his warriors to behead him, and then hacked and otherwise
disfigured the face for a diversion.  On one occasion he ordered a
man's arm to be cut off and brought to him, simply because it was
said to be more beautifully tattooed than his own.  It is fifty-four
years since the last human sacrifice was exposed on the Waipio
altars, but there are several old people here who must have been at
least thirty when Hawaii threw off idolatry for ever.  Halemanu has
again closed the evening with the simple worship of the true God.
                                     I.L.B.



LETTER XI.

HILO, HAWAII.

There is a rumour that the king is coming as the guest of Admiral
Pennock in the Benicia.  If it turns out to be true, it will turn
our quiet life upside down.

We met with fearful adventures in the swollen gulches between
Laupahoehoe and Onomea.  It is difficult to begin my letter with the
plain prose of our departure from Waipio, which we accomplished on
the morning after I last wrote.  On rising after a sound sleep, I
found that my potted beef, which I had carefully hung from a nail
the night before, had been almost carried away by small ants.  These
ants swarm in every house on low altitudes.  They assemble in
legions as if by magic, and by their orderly activity carry away all
that they do not devour, of all eatables which have not been placed
on tables which have rags dipped in a solution of corrosive
sublimate wound round their legs.

We breakfasted by lamplight, and because I had said that some of the
viands reminded me of home, our kind host had provided them at that
early hour.  He absolutely refused to be paid anything for the
accommodation of our party, and said he should be ashamed of himself
if he took anything from a lady travelling without a husband.

It was such a perfect morning.  The full moon hung over the
enclosing palis, gleaming on coffee and breadfruit groves, and on
the surface of the river, which was just quivering under a soft sea
breeze.  The dew was heavy, smoke curled idly from native houses,
the east was flushing with the dawn, and the valley looked the
picture of perfect peace.  A number of natives assembled to see us
start, and they all shook hands with us, exchanging alohas, and
presenting us with leis of roses and ohias.  D. looked very pretty
with a red hibiscus blossom in her shining hair.  You would have
been amused to see me shaking hands with men dressed only in malos,
or in the short blue shirt reaching to the waist, much worn by them
when at work.

I rode my mare with some pride of proprietorship, and our baggage
for a time was packed on the mule, and we started up the tremendous
pali at the tail of a string of twenty mules and horses laden with
kalo.  This was in the form of paiai, or hard food, which is
composed, as I think I mentioned before, of the root baked and
pounded, but without water.  It is put up in bundles wrapped in ti
leaves, of from twenty to thirty pounds each, secured with cocoanut
fibre, in which state it will keep for months, and much of the large
quantity raised in Waipio is exported to the plantations, the Waimea
ranches, and the neighbouring districts.  A square mile of kalo, it
is estimated, would feed 15,000 Hawaiians for a year.

It was a beautiful view from the top of the pali.  The white moon
was setting, the earliest sunlight was lighting up the dewy depths
of the lonely valley, reddening with a rich rose red the huge
headland which forms one of its sentinels; heavy snow had fallen
during the night on Mauna Kea, and his great ragged dome, snow-
covered down to the forests, was blushing like an Alpine peak at the
touch of the early sun.  It ripened into a splendid joyous day,
which redeemed the sweeping uplands of Hamakua from the dreariness
which I had thought belonged to them.  There was a fresh sea-breeze,
and the sun, though unclouded, was not too hot.  We halted for an
early lunch at the clean grass-house we had stopped at before, and
later in the afternoon at that of the woman with whom we had ridden
from Hakalau, who received us very cordially, and regaled us with
poi and pork.

In order to avoid the amenities of Bola Bola's we rode thirty-four
miles, and towards evening descended the tremendous steep, which
leads to the surf-deafened village of Laupahoehoe.  Halemanu had
given me a note of introduction to a widow named Honolulu, which
Deborah said began thus, "As I know that you have the only clean
house in L," and on presenting it we were made very welcome.
Besides the widow, a very redundant beauty, there were her two
brothers and two male cousins, and all bestirred themselves in our
service, the men in killing and cooking the supper, and the woman in
preparing the beds.  It was quite a large room, with doors at the
end and side, and fully a third was curtained off by a calico
curtain, with a gorgeous Cretonne pattern upon it.  I was delighted
to see a four-post bed, with mosquito bars, and a clean pulu
mattrass, with a linen sheet over it, covered with a beautiful quilt
with a quaint arabesque pattern on a white ground running round it,
and a wreath of green leaves in the centre.  The native women
exercise the utmost ingenuity in the patterns and colours of these
quilts.  Some of them are quite works of art.  The materials, which
are plain and printed cottons, cost about $8, and a complete quilt
is worth from $18 to $50.  The widow took six small pillows,
daintily covered with silk, out of a chest, the uses of which were
not obvious, as two large pillows were already on the bed.  It was
astonishing to see a native house so handsomely furnished in so poor
a place.  The mats on the floor were numerous and very fine.  There
were two tables, several chairs, a bureau with a swinging mirror
upon it, a basin, crash towels, a carafe and a kerosene lamp.  It is
all very well to be able to rough it, and yet better to enjoy doing
so, but such luxuries add much to one's contentment after eleven
hours in the saddle.

Honolulu wore a green chemise at first, but when supper was ready
she put a Macgregor tartan holuku over it.  The men were very
active, and cooked the fowl in about the same time that it takes to
pluck one at home.  They spread the finest mat I have seen in the
centre of the floor as a tablecloth, and put down on it bowls
containing the fowl and sweet potatoes, and the unfailing calabash
of poi.  Tea, coffee and milk were not procurable, and as the water
is slimy and brackish, I offered a boy a dime to get me a cocoanut,
and presently eight great, misshapen things were rolled down at the
door.  The outside is a smooth buff rind, underneath which is a
fibrous covering, enormously strong and about an inch thick, which
when stripped off reveals the nut as we see it, but of a very pale
colour.  Those we opened were quite young, and each contained nearly
three tumblers of almost effervescent, very sweet, slightly
acidulated, perfectly limpid water, with a strong flavour of
cocoanut.  It is a delicious beverage.  The meat was so thin and
soft that it could have been spooned out like the white of an egg if
we had had any spoons.  We all sat cross-legged round our meal, and
all Laupahoehoe crowded into the room and verandah with the most
persistent, unwinking, gimleting stare I ever saw.  It was really
unpleasant, not only to hear a Babel of talking, of which, judging
from the constant repetition of the words wahine haole, I was the
subject, but to have to eat under the focussed stare of twenty pair
of eyes.  My folding camp-knife appears an object of great interest,
and it was handed round, inside and outside the house.  When I
retired about seven, the assemblage was still in full session.

The stars were then bright, but when I woke the next morning a
strong breeze was blowing, the surf was roaring so loud as almost to
drown human voices, and rolling up in gigantic surges, and to judge
from appearances, the rain which was falling in torrents had been
falling for some hours.  There was much buzzing among the natives
regarding our prospects for the day.  I shall always think from
their tone and manner, and the frequent repetition of the names of
the three worst gulches, that the older men tried to dissuade us
from going; but Deborah, who was very anxious to be at home by
Sunday, said that the verdict was that if we started at once for our
ride of twenty-three miles we might reach Onomea before the freshet
came on.  This might have been the case had it not been for Kaluna.
Not only was his horse worn out, but nothing would induce him to
lead the mule, and she went off on foraging expeditions continually,
which further detained us.  Kaluna had grown quite polite in his
savage way.  He always insisted on putting on and taking off my
boots, carried me once through the Waipio river, helped me to pack
the saddle-bags, and even offered to brush my hair!  He frequently
brought me guavas on the road, saying, "eat," and often rode up,
saying interrogatively, "tired?" "cold?"  D. told me that he was
very tired, and I was very sorry for him, for he was so thinly and
poorly dressed, and the natives are not strong enough to bear
exposure to cold as we can, and a temperature at 68 degrees is cold
to them.  But he was quite incorrigible, and thrashed his horse to
the last.

We breakfasted on fowl, poi, and cocoanut milk, in presence of even
a larger number of spectators than the night before, one of them a
very old man looking savagely picturesque, with a red blanket tied
round his waist, leaving his lean chest and arms, which were
elaborately tattooed, completely exposed.

The mule had been slightly chafed by the gear, and in my anxiety
about a borrowed animal, of which Mr. Austin makes a great joke, I
put my saddle-bags on my own mare, in an evil hour, and not only
these, but some fine cocoanuts, tied up in a waterproof which had
long ago proved its worthlessness.  It was a grotesquely miserable
picture.  The house is not far from the beach, and the surf, beyond
which a heavy mist hung, was coming in with such a tremendous sound
that we had to shout at the top of our voices in order to be heard.
The sides of the great gulch rose like prison walls, cascades which
had no existence the previous night hurled themselves from the
summit of the cliffs directly into the sea, the rain, which fell in
sheets, not drops, covered the ground to the depth of two or three
inches, and dripped from the wretched, shivering horses, which stood
huddled together with their tails between their legs.  My thin
flannel suit was wet through even before we mounted.  I dispensed
with stockings, as I was told that wearing them in rain chills and
stiffens the limbs.  D., about whom I was anxious, as well as about
the mule, had a really waterproof cloak, and I am glad to say has
quite lost the cough from which she suffered before our expedition.
She does not care about rain any more than I do.

We soon reached the top of the worst and dizziest of all the palis,
and then splashed on mile after mile, down sliding banks, and along
rocky tracks, from which the soil had been completely carried, the
rain falling all the time.  In some places several feet of soil had
been carried away, and we passed through water-rents, the sides of
which were as high as our horses' heads, where the ground had been
level a few days before.  By noon the aspect of things became so bad
that I wished we had a white man with us, as I was uneasy about some
of the deepest gulches.  When four hours' journey from Onomea,
Kaluna's horse broke down, and he left us to get another, and we
rode a mile out of our way to visit Deborah's grandparents.

Her uncle carried us across some water to their cook-house, where,
happily, a kalo baking had just been accomplished, in a hole in the
ground, lined with stones, among which the embers were still warm.
In this very small hut, in which a man could hardly stand upright,
there were five men only dressed in malos, four women, two of them
very old, much tattooed, and huddled up in blankets, two children,
five pertinaciously sociable dogs, two cats, and heaps of things of
different kinds.  They are a most gregarious people, always visiting
each other, and living in each other's houses, and so hospitable
that no Hawaiian, however poor, will refuse to share his last
mouthful of poi with a stranger of his own race.  These people
looked very poor, but probably were not really so, as they had a
nice grass-house, with very fine mats, within a few yards.

A man went out, cut off the head of a fowl, singed it in the flame,
cut it into pieces, put it into a pot to boil, and before our feet
were warm the bird was cooked, and we ate it out of the pot with
some baked kalo.  D. took me out to see some mango trees, and a pond
filled with gold-fish, which she said had been hers when she was a
child.  She seemed very fond of her relatives, among whom she looked
like a fairy princess; and I think they admired her very much, and
treated her with some deference.  The object of our visit was to
procure a le of birds' feathers which they had been making for her,
and for which I am sure 300 birds must have been sacrificed.  It was
a very beautiful as well as costly ornament, {165} and most
ingeniously packed for travelling by being laid at full length
within a slender cylinder of bamboo.

We rode on again, somewhat unwillingly on my part, for though I
thought my apprehensions might be cowardly and ignorant, yet D. was
but a child, and had the attractive wilfulness of childhood, and she
was, I saw, determined to get back to her husband, and the devotion
and affection of the young wife were so pleasant to see, that I had
not the heart to offer serious opposition to her wishes, especially
as I knew that I might be exaggerating the possible peril.  I
gathered, however, from what she said, that her people wanted us to
remain until Monday, especially as none of them could go with us,
their horses being at some distance.  I thought it a sign of
difficulties ahead, that on one of the most frequented tracks in
Hawaii, we had not met a single traveller, though it was Saturday, a
special travelling day.

We crossed one gulch in which the water was strong, and up to our
horses' bodies, and came upon the incorrigible Kaluna, who, instead
of catching his horse, was recounting his adventures to a circle of
natives, but promised to follow us soon.  D. then said that the next
gulch was rather a bad one, and that we must not wait for Kaluna,
but ride fast, and try to get through it.  When we reached the pali
above it, we heard the roaring of a torrent, and when we descended
to its brink it looked truly bad, but D. rode in, and I waited on
the margin.  She got safely across, but when she was near the
opposite side her large horse plunged, slipped, and scrambled in a
most unpleasant way, and she screamed something to me which I could
not hear.  Then I went in, and

     "At the first plunge the horse sank low,
      And the water broke o'er the saddle bow:"

but the brave animal struggled through, with the water up to the top
of her back, till she reached the place where D.'s horse had looked
so insecure.  In another moment she and I rolled backwards into deep
water, as if she had slipped from a submerged rock.  I saw her fore
feet pawing the air, and then only her head was above water.  I
struck her hard with my spurs, she snorted, clawed, made a desperate
struggle, regained her footing, got into shallow water, and landed
safely.  It was a small but not an agreeable adventure.

We went on again, the track now really dangerous from denudation and
slipperiness.  The rain came down, if possible, yet more heavily,
and coursed fiercely down each pali track.  Hundreds of cascades
leapt from the cliffs, bringing down stones with a sharp rattling
sound.  We crossed a bridge over one gulch, where the water was
thundering down in such volume that it seemed as if it must rend the
hard basalt of the palis.  Then we reached the lofty top of the
great Hakalau gulch, the largest of all, with the double river, and
the ocean close to the ford.  Mingling with the deep reverberations
of the surf, I heard the sharp crisp rush of a river, and of "a
river that has no bridge."

The dense foliage, and the exigencies of the steep track, which had
become very difficult, owing to the washing away of the soil,
prevented me from seeing anything till I got down.  I found Deborah
speaking to a native, who was gesticulating very emphatically, and
pointing up the river.  The roar was deafening, and the sight
terrific.  Where there were two shallow streams a week ago, with a
house and good-sized piece of ground above their confluence, there
was now one spinning, rushing, chafing, foaming river, twice as wide
as the Clyde at Glasgow, the land was submerged, and, if I remember
correctly, the house only stood above the flood.  And, most fearful
to look upon, the ocean, in three huge breakers, had come quite in,
and its mountains of white surge looked fearfully near the only
possible crossing.  I entreated D. not to go on.  She said we could
not go back, that the last gulch was already impassable, that
between the two there was no house in which we could sleep, that the
river had a good bottom, that the man thought if our horses were
strong we could cross now, but not later, etc.  In short, she
overbore all opposition, and plunged in, calling to me, "spur, spur,
all the time."

Just as I went in, I took my knife and cut open the cloak which
contained the cocoanuts, one only remaining.  Deborah's horse I knew
was strong, and shod, but my unshod and untried mare, what of her?
My soul and senses literally reeled among the dizzy horrors of the
wide, wild tide, but with an effort I regained sense and self-
possession, for we were in, and there was no turning.  D., ahead,
screeched to me what I could not hear; she said afterwards it was
"spur, spur, and keep up the river;" the native was shrieking in
Hawaiian from the hinder shore, and waving to the right, but the
torrents of rain, the crash of the breakers, and the rush and hurry
of the river confused both sight and hearing.  I saw D.'s great
horse carried off his legs, my mare, too, was swimming, and shortly
afterwards, between swimming, struggling, and floundering, we
reached what had been the junction of the two rivers, where there
was foothold, and the water was only up to the seat of the saddles.

Remember, we were both sitting nearly up to our waists in water, and
it was only by screaming that our voices were heard above the din,
and to return or go on seemed equally perilous.  Under these
critical circumstances the following colloquy took place, on my
side, with teeth chattering, and on hers, with a sudden
forgetfulness of English produced by her first sense of the imminent
danger we were in.

Self.--"My mare is so tired, and so heavily weighted, we shall be
drowned, or I shall."

Deborah (with more reason on her side).--"But can't go back, we no
stay here, water higher all minutes, spur horse, think we come
through."

Self.--"But if we go on there is broader, deeper water between us
and the shore; your husband would not like you to run such a risk."

Deborah.--"Think we get through, if horses give out, we let go; I
swim and save you."

Even under these circumstances a gleam of the ludicrous shot through
me at the idea of this small fragile being bearing up my weight
among the breakers.  I attempted to shift my saddle-bags upon her
powerful horse, but being full of water and under water, the attempt
failed, and as we spoke both our horses were carried off their
vantage ground into deep water.

With wilder fury the river rushed by, its waters whirled dizzily,
and, in spite of spurring and lifting with the rein, the horses were
swept seawards.  It was a very fearful sight.  I saw Deborah's horse
spin round, and thought woefully of the possible fate of the bright
young wife, almost a bride; only the horses' heads and our own heads
and shoulders were above water; the surf was thundering on our left,
and we were drifting towards it "broadside on."  When I saw the
young girl's face of horror I felt increased presence of mind, and
raising my voice to a shriek, and telling her to do as I did, I
lifted and turned my mare with the rein, so that her chest and not
her side should receive the force of the river, and the brave
animal, as if seeing what she should do, struck out desperately.  It
was a horrible suspense.  Were we stemming the torrent, or was it
sweeping us back that very short distance which lay between us and
the mountainous breakers?  I constantly spurred my mare, guiding her
slightly to the left, the side grew nearer, and after exhausting
struggles, Deborah's horse touched ground, and her voice came
faintly towards me like a voice in a dream, still calling "Spur,
spur."  My mare touched ground twice, and was carried off again
before she fairly got to land some yards nearer the sea than the
bridle track.

When our tired horses were taking breath I felt as if my heart
stopped, and I trembled all over, for we had narrowly escaped death.
I then put our saddle-bags on Deborah's horse.  It was one of the
worst and steepest of the palis that we had to ascend; but I can't
remember anything about the road except that we had to leap some
place which we could not cross otherwise.  Deborah, then thoroughly
alive to a sense of risk, said that there was only one more bad
gulch to cross before we reached Onomea, but it was the most
dangerous of all, and we could not get across, she feared, but we
might go and look at it.  I only remember the extreme solitude of
the region, and scrambling and sliding down a most precipitous pali,
hearing a roar like cataract upon cataract, and coming suddenly down
upon a sublime and picturesque scene, with only standing room, and
that knee-deep in water, between a savage torrent and the cliff.
This gulch, called the Scotchman's gulch, I am told, because a
Scotchman was drowned there, must be at its crossing three-quarters
of a mile inland, and three hundred feet above the sea.  In going to
Waipio, on noticing the deep holes and enormous boulders, some of
them higher than a man on horseback, I had thought what a fearful
place it would be if it were ever full; but my imagination had not
reached the reality.  One huge compressed impetuous torrent, leaping
in creamy foam, boiling in creamy eddies, rioting in deep black
chasms, roared and thundered over the whole in rapids of the most
tempestuous kind, leaping down to the ocean in three grand broad
cataracts, the nearest of them not more than forty feet from the
crossing.  Imagine the Moriston at the Falls, four times as wide and
fifty times as furious, walled in by precipices, and with a
miniature Niagara above and below, and you have a feeble
illustration of it.

Portions of two or three rocks only could be seen, and on one of
these, about twelve feet from the shore, a nude native, beautifully
tattooed, with a lasso in his hands, was standing nearly up to his
knees in foam; and about a third of the way from the other side,
another native in deeper water, steadying himself by a pole.  A
young woman on horseback, whose near relative was dangerously ill at
Hilo, was jammed under the cliff, and the men were going to get her
across.  Deborah, to my dismay, said that if she got safely over we
would go too, as these natives were very skilful.  I asked if she
thought her husband would let her cross, and she said "No."  I asked
her if she were frightened, and she said "Yes;" but she wished so to
get home, and her face was as pale as a brown face can be.  I only
hope the man will prove worthy of her affectionate devotion.

Here, though people say it is a most perilous gulch, I was not
afraid for her life or mine, with the amphibious natives to help us;
but I was sorely afraid of being bruised, and scarred, and of
breaking the horses' legs, and I said I would not cross, but would
sleep among the trees; but the tumult drowned our voices, though the
Hawaiians by screeching could make themselves understood.  The
nearest man then approached the shore, put the lasso round the nose
of the woman's horse, and dragged it into the torrent; and it was
exciting to see a horse creeping from rock to rock in a cataract
with alarming possibilities in every direction.  But beasts may well
be bold, as they have not "the foreknowledge of death."  When the
nearest native had got the horse as far as he could, he threw the
lasso to the man who was steadying himself with the pole, and urged
the horse on.  There was a deep chasm between the two into which the
animal fell, as he tried to leap from one rock to another.  I saw
for a moment only a woman's head and shoulders, a horse's head, a
commotion of foam, a native tugging at the lasso, and then a violent
scramble on to a rock, and a plunging and floundering through deep
water to shore.

Then Deborah said she would go, that her horse was a better and
stronger one; and the same process was repeated with the same slip
into the chasm, only with the variation that for a second she went
out of sight altogether.  It was a terribly interesting and exciting
spectacle with sublime accompaniments.  Though I had no fear of
absolute danger, yet my mare was tired, and I had made up my mind to
remain on that side till the flood abated; but I could not make the
natives understand that I wished to turn, and while I was screaming
"No, no," and trying to withdraw my stiffened limbs from the
stirrups, the noose was put round the mare's nose, and she went in.
It was horrible to know that into the chasm as the others went I too
must go, and in the mare went with a blind plunge.  With violent
plunging and struggling she got her fore feet on the rock, but just
as she was jumping up to it altogether she slipped back snorting
into the hole, and the water went over my eyes.  I struck her with
my spurs, the men screeched and shouted, the hinder man jumped in,
they both tugged at the lasso, and slipping and struggling, the
animal gained the rock, and plunged through deep water to shore, the
water covering that rock with a rush of foam, being fully two feet
deep.

Kaluna came up just after we had crossed, undressed, made his
clothes into a bundle, and got over amphibiously, leaping, swimming,
and diving, looking like a water-god, with the horse and mule after
him.  His dexterity was a beautiful sight; but on looking back I
wondered how human beings ever devised to cross such a flood.  We
got over just in time.  Some travellers who reached Laupahoehoe
shortly after we left, more experienced than we were, suffered a two
days' detention rather than incur a similar risk.  Several mules and
horses, they say, have had their legs broken in crossing this gulch
by getting them fast between the rocks.

Shortly after this, Deborah uttered a delighted exclamation, and her
pretty face lighted up, and I saw her husband spurring along the top
of the next pali, and he presently joined us, and I exchanged my
tired mare for his fresh, powerful horse.  He knew that a freshet
was imminent, and believing that we should never leave Laupahoehoe,
he was setting off, provided with tackle for getting himself across,
intending to join us, and remain with us till the rivers fell.  The
presence of a responsible white man seemed a rest at once.  We had
several more gulches to cross, but none of them were dangerous; and
we rode the last seven miles at a great pace, though the mire and
water were often up to the horses' knees, and came up to Onomea at
full gallop, with spirit and strength enough for riding other twenty
miles.  Dry clothing, hot baths, and good tea followed delightfully
upon our drowning ride.  I remained over Sunday at Onomea, and
yesterday rode here with a native in heavy rain, and received a warm
welcome.  Our adventures are a nine days' wonder, and every one says
that if we had had a white man or an experienced native with us, we
should never have been allowed to attempt the perilous ride.  I feel
very thankful that we are living to tell of it, and that Deborah is
not only not worse but considerably better.  E--- will expect some
reflections; but none were suggested at the time, and I will not now
invent what I ought to have thought and felt.

Due honour must be given to the Mexican saddle.  Had I been on a
side-saddle, and encumbered with a riding-habit, I should have been
drowned.  I feel able now to ride anywhere and any distance upon it,
while Miss Karpe, who began by being much stronger than I was, has
never recovered from the volcano ride, and seems quite ill.

Last night Kilauea must have been tremendously active.  At ten P.M.,
from the upper verandah, we saw the whole western sky fitfully
illuminated, and the glare reddened the snow which is lying on Mauna
Loa, an effect of fire on ice which can rarely be seen.
                                  I.L.B.



LETTER XII.

HILO, February 22.

My sojourn here is very pleasant, owing to the kindness and
sociability of the people.  I think that so much culture and such a
variety of refined tastes can seldom be found in so small a
community.  There have been pleasant little gatherings for sewing,
while some gentlemen read aloud, fern-printing in the verandah,
microscopic and musical evenings, little social luncheons, and on
Sunday evenings what is colloquially termed, "a sing," at this most
social house.  One of the things I have specially enjoyed has been
spending an afternoon at the Rev. Titus Coan's.  He is not only one
of the most venerable of the remaining missionaries, but such an
authority on the Hawaiian volcanoes as to entitle him to be
designated "the high-priest of Pele!"  In his modest, quiet way he
told thrilling stories of the old missionary days.

As you know, the islands cast off idolatry in 1819, but it was not
till 1835 that Mr. and Mrs. Coan arrived in Hilo, where Mr. and Mrs.
Lyman had been toiling for some time, and had produced a marked
change on the social condition of the people.  Mr. C. was a fervid
speaker, and physically very robust, and when he had mastered the
language, he undertook much of the travelling and touring, and Mr.
Lyman took charge of the home mission station, and the boarding and
industrial school which he still indefatigably superintends.  There
were 15,000 natives then in the district, and its extremes were 100
miles apart.  Portions of it could only be reached with peril to
limbs and even life.  Horses were only regarded as wild animals in
those days, and Mr. C. traversed on foot the district I have just
returned from, not lazily riding down the gulch sides, but climbing,
or being let down by ropes from tree to tree, and from crag to crag.
In times of rain like last week, when it was impossible to ford the
rivers, he sometimes swam across, with a rope to prevent him from
being carried away, through others he rode on the broad shoulders of
a willing native, while a company of strong men locked hands and
stretched themselves across the torrent, between him and the
cataract, to prevent him from being carried over in case his bearer
should fall.  This experience was often repeated three or four times
a day.  His smallest weekly number of sermons was six or seven, and
the largest from twenty-five to thirty.  He often travelled in
drowning rain, crossed dangerous streams, climbed slippery
precipices, and frequently preached in wind and rain with all his
garments saturated.  On every occasion he received aid from the
natives, who were so kind and friendly, that when he used to sleep
in the woods at night, he hung his watch on a tree, knowing that it
was perfectly safe from pilfering or curious touch.  Indeed the
Christian teachers seem to have been regarded as tabu.

Before the end of that year, Mr. Coan had made the circuit of
Hawaii, a foot and canoe trip of 300 miles, in which he nearly
suffered canoe-wreck twice.  In all, he has admitted into the
Christian church by baptism, 12,000 persons, besides 4000 infants.
He gave a most interesting account of one great baptism.  The
greatest care was previously taken in selecting, teaching, watching,
and examining the candidates.  Those from the distant villages came
and spent several months here for preliminary instruction.  Many of
these were converts of two years' standing, a larger class had been
on the list for more than a year, and a smaller one for a lesser
period.  The accepted candidates were announced by name several
weeks previously, and friends and enemies everywhere were called
upon to testify all that they knew about them.  On the first Sunday
in July, 1838, 1705 persons, formerly heathens, were baptised.  They
were seated close together on the earth-floor in rows, with just
space between for one to walk, and Mr. Lyman and Mr. Coan passing
through them, sprinkled every bowed head, after which Mr. C.
admitted the weeping hundreds into the fellowship of the Universal
Church by pronouncing the words, "I baptise you all in the Name of
the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost."  After this,
2400 converts received the Holy Communion.  I give Mr. C.'s own
words concerning those who partook of it, "who truly and earnestly
repented of their sins, and steadfastly purposed to lead new lives."
"The old and decrepit, the lame, the blind, the maimed, the
withered, the paralytic, and those afflicted with divers diseases
and torments; those with eyes, noses, lips, and limbs consumed; with
features distorted, and figures depraved and loathsome:  these came
hobbling upon their staves, or led and borne by others to the table
of the Lord.  Among the throng you would have seen the hoary priest
of idolatry, with hands but recently washed from the blood of human
victims, together with thieves, adulterers, highway robbers,
murderers, and mothers whose hands reeked with the blood of their
own children.  It seemed like one of the crowds the Saviour
gathered, and over which He pronounced the words of healing."

Though the people cast off idolatry in 1819, before the arrival of
the missionaries, they were very indifferent to Christian teaching
until 1837, the year before the great baptism, when a great
religious stir began, and for four years affected all the islands.
I wish you could have heard Mr. C. and Mrs. Lyman tell of that
stirring time, when nearly all the large population of the Hilo and
Puna districts turned out to hear the Gospel, and how the young
people went up into the mountains and carried the news of the love
of God and the good life to come to the sick and old, who were
afterwards baptized, when often the only water which could be
obtained for the rite was that which dripped sparingly from the
roofs of caves.  The Hawaiian notions of a future state, where any
existed, were peculiarly vague and dismal, and Mr. Ellis says that
the greater part of the people seemed to regard the tidings of ora
loa ia Jesu (endless life by Jesus) as the most joyful news they had
ever heard, "breaking upon them," to use their own phrase, "like
light in the morning."  "Will my spirit never die, and can this poor
weak body live again?" an old chiefess exclaimed, and this delighted
surprise seemed the general feeling of the natives.  From less
difficult distances the sick and lame were brought on litters and on
the backs of men, and the infirm often crawled to the trail by which
the missionary was to pass, that they might hear of this good news
which had come to Hawaii-nei.

There were but these two preachers for the 15,000 people scattered
for 100 miles, who were all ravenous to hear, and could not wait for
the tardy modes of evangelization. "If we die," said they, "let us
die in the light."  So this strange thing fell out, that whole
villages from miles away gathered to the mission station.  Two-
thirds of the population of the district came in, and within the
radius of a mile the grass and banana houses clustered as thick as
they could stand.  Beautiful Hilo in a short time swelled from a
population of 1000 to 10,000; and at any hour of the day or night
the sound of the conch shell brought together from 3000 to 6000
worshippers.  It was a vast camp-meeting which continued for two
years, but there was no disorder, and a decent quiet ruled
throughout the strangely extemporized city.  A new morality, a new
social order, new notions on nearly all subjects, had to be
inculcated as well as a new religion.  Mrs. C. and Mrs. L. daily
assembled the women and children, and taught them the habits and
industries of civilization, to attend to their persons, to braid
hats, and to wear and make clothes.

During this time, on November 7, 1837, one of the striking phenomena
which make the islands remarkable occurred.  The crescent sand-
beach, said to be the most beautiful in the Pacific, the fringe of
palms, the far-reaching groves behind, and the great ocean, slept in
summer calm, as they sleep to-day.  Four sermons, as usual, had been
preached to audiences of 6000 people.  There had been a funeral, the
natives say, though Mr. C. does not remember it, and his text had
been "Be ye also ready," and larger throngs than usual had followed
the preachers to their homes.  The fatiguing day was over, the
natives were singing hymns in the still evening air, and Mr. C. "had
gathered his family for prayers" in the very room in which he told
me this story, when they were startled by "a sound as if a heavy
mountain had fallen on the beach."  There was at once a fearful cry,
wailing, and indescribable confusion.  The quiet ocean had risen in
a moment in a gigantic wave, which, rushing in with the speed of a
racehorse, and uplifting itself over the shore, swept everything
into promiscuous ruin; men, women, children, dogs, houses, food,
canoes, clothing, floated wildly on the flood, and hundreds of
people were struggling among the billows in the midst of their
earthly all.  Some were dashed on the shore, some were saved by
friends who hurried to their aid, some were carried out to sea by
the retiring water, and some stout swimmers sank exhausted; yet the
loss of life was not nearly so great as it would have been among a
less amphibious people.  Mr. C. described the roaring of the ocean,
the cries of distress, the shrieks of the perishing, the frantic
rush of hundreds to the shore, and the desolation of the whole
neighbourhood of the beach, as forming a scene of the most thrilling
and awful interest.

You will remember that I wrote from Kilauea regarding the terror
which the Goddess of the Crater inspired, and her high-priest was
necessarily a very awful personage.  The particular high-priest of
whom Mr. Coan told me was six feet five inches in height, and his
sister, who was co-ordinate with him in authority, had a scarcely
inferior altitude.  His chief business was to keep Pele appeased.
He lived on the shore, but often went up to Kilauea with sacrifices.
If a human victim were needed, he had only to point to a native, and
the unfortunate wretch was at once strangled.  He was not only the
embodiment of heathen piety, but of heathen crime.  Robbery was his
pastime.  His temper was so fierce and so uncurbed that no native
dared even to tread on his shadow.  More than once he had killed a
man for the sake of food and clothes not worth fifty cents.  He was
a thoroughly wicked savage.  Curiosity attracted him into one of the
Hilo meetings, and the bad giant fell under the resistless,
mysterious influence which was metamorphosing thousands of
Hawaiians.  "I have been deceived," he said, "I have deceived
others, I have lived in darkness, and did not know the true God.  I
worshipped what was no God.  I renounce it all.  The true God has
come.  He speaks.  I bow down to Him.  I wish to be His son."  The
priestess, his sister, came soon afterwards, and they remained here
several months for instruction.  They were then about seventy years
old, but they imbibed the New Testament spirit so thoroughly that
they became as gentle, loving, and quiet as little children.  After
a long probationary period they were baptized, and after several
years of pious and lowly living, they passed gently and trustfully
away.

The old church which was the scene of these earlier assemblages,
came down with a crash after a night of heavy rain, the large
timbers, which were planted in the moist earth after the fashion of
the country to support the framework, having become too rotten to
support the weight of the saturated thatch.  Without a day's loss of
time the people began a new church.  All were volunteers, some to
remove from the wreck of the old building such timbers as might
still be of service; some to quarry stone for a foundation, an
extravagance never before dreamed of by an islander; some to bring
sand in gourd-shells upon their heads, or laboriously gathered in
the folds of bark-cloth aprons; some to bring lime from the coral
reefs twenty feet under water; whilst the majority hurried to the
forest belt, miles away on the mountain side, to fell the
straightest and tallest trees.  Then 50 or 100 men, (for in that day
horses and oxen were known only as wild beasts of the wilderness,)
attached hawsers to the butt ends of logs, and dragged them away
through bush and brake, through broken ground and river beds, till
they deposited them on the site of the new church.  The wild,
monotonous chant, as the men hauled in the timber, lives in the
memories of the missionaries' children, who say that it seemed to
them as if the preparations for Solomon's temple could not have
exceeded the accumulations of the islanders!

I think that the greater number of the converts of those four years
must have died ere this.  In 1867 the old church at Hilo was divided
into seven congregations, six of them with native pastors.  To meet
the wants of the widely-scattered people, fifteen churches have been
built, holding from 500 up to 1000.  The present Hilo church, a very
pretty wooden one, cost about $14,000.  All these have been erected
mainly by native money and labour.  Probably the native Christians
on Hawaii are not much better or worse than Christian communities
elsewhere, but they do seem a singularly generous people.  Besides
liberally sustaining their own clergy, the Hilo Christians have
contributed altogether $100,000 for religious purposes.  Mr. Coan's
native congregation, sorely dwindled as it is, raises over $1200
annually for foreign missions; and twelve of its members have gone
as missionaries to the islands of Southern Polynesia.

Poor people!  It would be unfair to judge of them as we may
legitimately be judged of, who inherit the influences of ten
centuries of Christianity.  They have only just emerged from a
bloody and sensual heathenism, and to the instincts and volatility
of these dark Polynesian races, the restraining influences of the
Gospel are far more severe than to our cold, unimpulsive northern
natures.  The greatest of their disadvantages has been that some of
the vilest of the whites who roamed the Pacific had settled on the
islands before the arrival of the Christian teachers, dragging the
people down to even lower depths of depravity than those of
heathenism, and that there are still resident foreigners who corrupt
and destroy them.

I must tell you a story which the venerable Mrs. Lyman told me
yesterday.  In 1825, five years after the first missionaries landed,
Kapiolani, a female alii of high rank, while living at Kaiwaaloa
(where Captain Cook was murdered), became a Christian.  Grieving for
her people, most of whom still feared to anger Pele, she announced
that it was her intention to visit Kilauea, and dare the fearful
goddess to do her worst.  Her husband and many others tried to
dissuade her, but she was resolute, and taking with her a large
retinue, she took a journey of one hundred miles, mostly on foot,
over the rugged lava, till she arrived near the crater.  There a
priestess of Pele met her, threatened her with the displeasure of
the goddess if she persisted in her hostile errand, and prophesied
that she and her followers would perish miserably.  Then, as now,
ohelo berries grew profusely round the terminal wall of Kilauea, and
there, as elsewhere, were sacred to Pele, no one daring to eat of
them till he had first offered some of them to the divinity.  It was
usual on arriving at the crater to break a branch covered with
berries, and turning the face to the pit of fire, to throw half the
branch over the precipice, saying, "Pele, here are your ohelos.  I
offer some to you, some I also eat," after which the natives partook
of them freely.  Kapiolani gathered and eat them without this
formula, after which she and her company of eighty persons descended
to the black edge of Hale-mau-mau.  There, in full view of the fiery
pit, she thus addressed her followers:--"Jehovah is my God.  He
kindled these fires.  I fear not Pele.  If I perish by the anger of
Pele, then you may fear the power of Pele; but if I trust in
Jehovah, and he should save me from the wrath of Pele, when I break
through her tabus, then you must fear and serve the Lord Jehovah.
All the Gods of Hawaii are vain!  Great is Jehovah's goodness in
sending teachers to turn us from these vanities to the living God
and the way of righteousness!"  Then they sang a hymn.  I can fancy
the strange procession winding its backward way over the cracked,
hot, lava sea, the robust belief of the princess hardly sustaining
the limping faith of her followers, whose fears would not be laid to
rest until they reached the crater's rim without any signs of the
pursuit of an avenging deity.  It was more sublime than Elijah's
appeal on the soft, green slopes of Carmel, but the popular belief
in the Goddess of the Volcano survived this flagrant instance of her
incapacity, and only died out many years afterwards.

Besides these interesting reminiscences, I have been hearing most
thrilling stories from Mrs. Lyman and Mr. Coan of volcanoes,
earthquakes, and tidal waves.  Told by eye-witnesses, and on the
very spot where the incidents occurred, they make a profound, and, I
fear, an incommunicable impression.  I look on these venerable
people as I should on people who had seen the Deluge, or the burial
of Pompeii, and wonder that they eat and dress and live like other
mortals!  For they have felt the perpetual shudder of earthquakes,
and their eyes, which look so calm and kind, have seen the inflowing
of huge tidal waves, the dull red glow of lava streams, and the
leaping of fire cataracts into deep-lying pools, burning them dry in
a night time.  There were years in which there was no day in which
the smoke of underground furnaces was out of their sight, or night
which was not lurid with flames.  Once they traced a river of lava
burrowing its way 1500 feet below the surface, and saw it emerge,
break over a precipice, and fall hissing into the ocean.  Once from
their highest mountain a pillar of fire 200 feet in diameter lifted
itself for three weeks 1000 feet into the air, making night day, for
a hundred miles round, and leaving as its monument a cone a mile in
circumference.  We see a clothed and finished earth; they see the
building of an island, layer on layer, hill on hill, the naked and
deformed product of the melting, forging, and welding, which go on
perpetually in the crater of Kilauea.

I could fill many sheets with what I have heard, but must content
myself with telling you very little.  In 1855 the fourth recorded
eruption of Mauna Loa occurred.  The lava flowed directly Hilo-
wards, and for several months, spreading through the dense forests
which belt the mountain, crept slowly shorewards, threatening this
beautiful portion of Hawaii with the fate of the Cities of the
Plain.  Mr. C. made several visits to the eruption, and on each
return the simple people asked him how much longer it would last.
For five months they watched the inundation, which came a little
nearer every day.  "Should they fly or not?  Would their beautiful
homes become a waste of jagged lava and black sand, like the
neighbouring district of Puna, once as fair as Hilo?"  Such
questions suggested themselves as they nightly watched the nearing
glare, till the fiery waves met with obstacles which piled them up
in hillocks, eight miles from Hilo, and the suspense was over.  Only
gigantic causes can account for the gigantic phenomena of this lava-
flow.  The eruption travelled forty miles in a straight line, or
sixty, including sinuosities.  It was from one to three miles broad,
and from five to two hundred feet deep, according to the contours of
the mountain slopes over which it flowed.  It lasted for thirteen
months, pouring out a torrent of lava which covered nearly 300
square miles of land, and whose volume was estimated at thirty-eight
thousand millions of cubic feet!  In 1859 lava fountains 400 feet in
height, and with a nearly equal diameter, played on the summit of
Mauna Loa.  This eruption ran fifty miles to the sea in eight days,
but the flow lasted much longer, and added a new promontory to
Hawaii.

These magnificent overflows, however threatening, had done little
damage to cultivated regions, and none to human life; and people
began to think that the volcano was reformed.  But in 1868 terrors
occurred which are without precedent in island history.  While Mrs.
L. was giving me the narrative in her graphic but simple way, and
the sweet wind rustled through the palms, and brought the rich scent
of the ginger plant into the shaded room, she seemed to be telling
me some weird tale of another world.  On March 27, five years ago, a
series of earthquakes began, and became more startling from day to
day, until their succession became so rapid that "the island
quivered like the lid of a boiling pot nearly all the time between
the heavier shocks.  The trembling was like that of a ship struck by
a heavy wave."  Then the terminal crater of Mauna Loa (Mokuaweoweo)
sent up columns of smoke, steam, and red light, and it was shortly
seen that the southern slope of its dome had been rent, and that
four separate rivers of molten stone were pouring out of as many
rents, and were flowing down the mountain sides in diverging lines.
Suddenly the rivers were arrested, and the blue mountain dome
appeared against the still blue sky without an indication of fire,
steam, or smoke.  Hilo was much agitated by the sudden lull.  No one
was deceived into security, for it was certain that the strangely
pent-up fires must make themselves felt.

The earthquakes became nearly continuous; scarcely an appreciable
interval occurred between them; "the throbbing, jerking, and
quivering motions grew more positive, intense, and sharp; they were
vertical, rotary, lateral, and undulating," producing nausea,
vertigo, and vomiting.  Late in the afternoon of a lovely day, April
2, the climax came.  "The crust of the earth rose and sank like the
sea in a storm."  Rocks were rent, mountains fell, buildings and
their contents were shattered, trees swayed like reeds, animals were
scared, and ran about demented; men thought the judgment had come.
The earth opened in thousands of places, the roads in Hilo cracked
open, horses and their riders, and people afoot, were thrown
violently to the ground; "it seemed as if the rocky ribs of the
mountains, and the granite walls and pillars of the earth were
breaking up."  At Kilauea the shocks were as frequent as the ticking
of a watch.  In Kau, south of Hilo, they counted 300 shocks on this
direful day; and Mrs. L.'s son, who was in that district at the
time, says that the earth swayed to and fro, north and south, then
east and west, then round and round, up and down, in every
imaginable direction, everything crashing about them, "and the trees
thrashing as if torn by a strong rushing wind."  He and others sat
on the ground bracing themselves with hands and feet to avoid being
rolled over.  They saw an avalanche of red earth, which they
supposed to be lava, burst from the mountain side, throwing rocks
high into the air, swallowing up houses, trees, men, and animals;
and travelling three miles in as many minutes, burying a hamlet,
with thirty-one inhabitants and 500 head of cattle.  The people of
the valleys fled to the mountains, which themselves were splitting
in all directions, and collecting on an elevated spot, with the
earth reeling under them, they spent the night of April 2 in prayer
and singing.  Looking towards the shore, they saw it sink, and at
the same moment a wave, whose height was estimated at from forty to
sixty feet, hurled itself upon the coast, and receded five times,
destroying whole villages, and even strong stone houses, with a
touch, and engulfing for ever forty-six people who had lingered too
near the shore.

Still the earthquakes continued, and still the volcano gave no sign.
The nerves of many people gave way in these fearful days.  Some
tried to get away to Honolulu, others kept horses saddled on which
to fly, they knew not whither.  The hourly question was, "What of
the volcano?"  People put their ears to the quivering ground, and
heard, or thought they heard, the surgings of the imprisoned lava
sea rending its way among the ribs of the earth.

Five days after the destructive earthquake of April 2, the ground
south of Hilo burst open with a crash and roar which at once
answered all questions concerning the volcano.  The molten river,
after travelling underground for twenty miles, emerged through a
fissure two miles in length with a tremendous force and volume.  It
was in a pleasant pastoral region, supposed to be at rest for ever,
at the top of a grass-covered plateau sprinkled with native and
foreign houses, and rich in herds of cattle.  Four huge fountains
boiled up with terrific fury, throwing crimson lava, and rocks
weighing many tons, to a height of from 500 to 1000 feet.  Mr.
Whitney, of Honolulu, who was near the spot, says:--"From these
great fountains to the sea flowed a rapid stream of red lava,
rolling, rushing, and tumbling, like a swollen river, bearing along
in its current large rocks that made the lava foam as it dashed down
the precipice and through the valley into the sea, surging and
roaring throughout its length like a cataract, with a power and fury
perfectly indescribable.  It was nothing else than a RIVER OF FIRE
from 200 to 800 feet wide and twenty deep, with a SPEED VARYING FROM
TEN TO TWENTY-FIVE MILES AN HOUR!"  This same intelligent observer
noticed as a peculiarity of the spouting that the lava was ejected
by a ROTARY MOTION, and in the air both lava and stones always
rotated TOWARDS THE SOUTH.  At Kilauea I noticed that the lava was
ejected in a southerly direction.  From the scene of these fire
fountains, whose united length was about a mile, the river in its
rush to the sea divided itself into four streams, between which it
shut up men and beasts.  One stream hurried to the sea in four
hours, but the others took two days to travel ten miles.  The
aggregate width was a mile and a half.  Where it entered the sea it
extended the coast-line half a mile, but this worthless accession to
Hawaiian acreage was dearly purchased by the loss, for ages at
least, of 4000 acres of valuable pasture land, and a much larger
quantity of magnificent forest.  The whole south-east shore of
Hawaii sank from four to six feet, which involved the destruction of
several hamlets and the beautiful fringe of cocoa-nut trees.  Though
the region was very thinly peopled, 200 houses and 100 lives were
sacrificed in this week of horrors, and from the reeling mountains,
the uplifted ocean, and the fiery inundation, the terrified
survivors fled into Hilo, each with a tale of woe and loss.  The
number of shocks of earthquake counted was 2000 in two weeks, an
average of 140 a day; but on the other side of the island the number
was incalculable.
                                       I.L.B.



LETTER XIII.

HILO.  HAWAII.  February.

The quiet, dreamy, afternoon existence of Hilo is disturbed.  Two
days ago an official intimation was received that the American
Government had placed the U.S. ironclad "Benicia" at the disposal of
King Lunalilo for a cruise round Hawaii, and that he would arrive
here the following morning with Admiral Pennock and the U.S.
generals Scholfield and Alexander.

Now this monarchy is no longer an old-time chieftaincy, made up of
calabashes and poi, feather-cloaks, kahilis, and a little fuss, but
has a civilized constitutional king, the equal of Queen Victoria, a
civil list, etc., and though Lunalilo comes here trying to be a
private individual and to rest from Hookupus, state entertainments,
and privy councils, he brings with him a royal chamberlain and an
adjutant-general in attendance.  So the good people of Hilo have
been decorating their houses anew with ferns and flowers, furbishing
up their clothes, and holding mysterious consultations regarding
etiquette and entertainments, just as if royalty were about to drop
down in similar fashion on Bude or Tobermory.  There were amusing
attempts to bring about a practical reconciliation between the free-
and-easiness of Republican notions and the respect due to a
sovereign who reigns by "the will of the people" as well as by "the
grace of God," but eventually the tact of the king made everything
go smoothly.

At eight yesterday morning the "Benicia" anchored inside the reef,
and Hilo blossomed into a most striking display of bunting; the
Hawaiian colours, eight blue, red and white stripes, with the
English union in the corner, and the flaunting flag of America being
predominant.  My heart warmed towards our own flag as the soft
breeze lifted its rich folds among the glories of the tropical
trees.  Indeed, bunting to my mind never looked so well as when
floating and fainting among cocoa-nut palms and all the shining
greenery of Hilo, in the sunshine of a radiant morning.  It was
bright and warm, but the cool bulk of Mauna Kea, literally covered
with snow, looked down as winter upon summer.  Natives galloped in
from all quarters, brightly dressed, wreathed, and garlanded,
delighted in their hearts at the attention paid to their sovereign
by a great foreign power, though they had been very averse to this
journey, from a strange but prevalent idea that once on board a U.S.
ship the king would be kidnapped and conveyed to America.

Lieut.-Governor Lyman and Mr. Severance, the sheriff, went out to
the "Benicia," and the king landed at ten o'clock, being "graciously
pleased" to accept the Governor's house as his residence during his
visit.  The American officers, naval and military, were received by
the same loud, hospitable old whaling captain who entertained the
Duke of Edinburgh some years ago here, and to judge from the
hilarious sounds which came down the road from his house, they had
what they would call "a good time."  I had seen Lunalilo in state at
Honolulu, but it was much more interesting to see him here, and this
royalty is interesting in itself, as a thing on sufferance, standing
between this helpless nationality and its absorption by America.
The king is a very fine-looking man of thirty-eight, tall, well
formed, broad-chested, with his head well set on his shoulders, and
his feet and hands small.  His appearance is decidedly commanding
and aristocratic:  he is certainly handsome even according to our
notions.  He has a fine open brow, significant at once of brains and
straightforwardness, a straight proportionate nose, and a good
mouth.  The slight tendency to Polynesian overfulness about his lips
is concealed by a well-shaped moustache.  He wears whiskers cut in
the English fashion.  His eyes are large, dark-brown of course, and
equally of course, he has a superb set of teeth.  Owing to a slight
fulness of the lower eyelid, which Queen Emma also has, his eyes
have a singularly melancholy expression, very alien, I believe, to
his character.  He is remarkably gentlemanly looking, and has the
grace of movement which seems usual with Hawaiians.  When he landed
he wore a dark morning suit and a black felt hat.

As soon as he stepped on shore, the natives, who were in crowds on
the beach, cheered, yelled, and waved their hats and handkerchiefs,
and then a procession was formed, or rather formed itself, to escort
him to the governor's house.  A rabble of children ran in front,
then came the king, over whom the natives had thrown some beautiful
garlands of ohia and maile (Alyxia olivaeformis), with the governor
on one side and the sheriff on the other, the chamberlain and
adjutant-general walking behind.  Then a native staggering under the
weight of an enormous Hawaiian flag, the Hilo band, with my friend
Upa beating the big drum, and an irregular rabble (i.e. unorganised
crowd) of men, women, and children, going at a trot to keep up with
the king's rapid strides.  The crowd was unwilling to disperse even
when he entered the house, and he came out and made a short speech,
the gist of which was that he was delighted to see his native
subjects, and would hold a reception for them on the ensuing Monday,
when we shall see a most interesting sight, a native crowd gathered
from all Southern Hawaii for a hookupu, an old custom, signifying
the bringing of gift-offerings to a king or chief.

In the afternoon Dr. Wetmore and I rode to the beautiful Puna woods
on a botanising excursion.  We were galloping down to the beach
round a sharp corner, when we had to pull our horses almost on their
haunches to avoid knocking over the king, the American admiral, the
captain of the "Benicia," nine of their officers, and the two
generals.  When I saw the politely veiled stare of the white men it
occurred to me that probably it was the first time that they had
seen a white woman riding cavalier fashion!  We had a delicious
gallop over the sands to the Waiakea river, which we crossed, and
came upon one of the vast lava-flows of ages since, over which we
had to ride carefully, as the pahoehoe lies in rivers, coils,
tortuosities, and holes partially concealed by a luxuriant growth of
ferns and convolvuli.  The country is thickly sprinkled with cocoa-
nuts and bread-fruit trees, which merge into the dense, dark,
glorious forest, which tenderly hides out of sight hideous broken
lava, on which one cannot venture six feet from the track without
the risk of breaking one's limbs.  All these tropical forests are
absolutely impenetrable, except to axe and billhook, and after a
trail has been laboriously opened, it needs to be cut once or twice
a year, so rapid is the growth of vegetation.  This one, through the
Puna woods, only admits of one person at a time.  It was really
rapturously lovely.  Through the trees we saw the soft steel-blue of
the summer sky:  not a leaf stirred, not a bird sang, a hush had
fallen on insect life, the quiet was perfect, even the ring of our
horses' hoofs on the lava was a discord.  There was a slight
coolness in the air and a fresh mossy smell.  It only required some
suggestion of decay, and the rustle of a fallen leaf now and then,
to make it an exact reproduction of a fine day in our English
October.  The forest was enlivened by many natives bound for Hilo,
driving horses loaded with cocoa-nuts, bread-fruit, live fowls, poi
and kalo, while others with difficulty urged garlanded pigs in the
same direction, all as presents for the king.  We brought back some
very scarce parasitic ferns.



HILO, February 24.

I rode over by myself to Onomea on Saturday to get a little rest
from the excitements of Hilo.  A gentleman lent me a strong showy
mare to go out on, telling me that she was frisky and must be held
while I mounted; but before my feet were fairly in the stirrups, she
shook herself from the Chinaman who held her, and danced away.  I
rode her five miles before she quieted down.  She pranced, jumped,
danced, and fretted on the edge of precipices, was furious at the
scow and fords, and seemed demented with good spirits.  Onomea
looked glorious, and its serenity was most refreshing.  I rode into
Hilo the next day in time for morning service, and the mare, after a
good gallop, subsided into a staidness of demeanour befitting the
day.  Just as I was leaving, they asked me to take the news to the
sheriff that a man had been killed a few hours before.  He was
riding into Hilo with a child behind him, and they went over by no
means one of the worst of the palis.  The man and horse were killed,
but the child was unhurt, and his wailing among the deep ferns
attracted the attention of passers-by to the disaster.  The natives
ride over these dangerous palis so carelessly, and on such tired,
starved horses, that accidents are not infrequent.  Hilo had never
looked so lovely to me as in the pure bright calm of this Sunday
morning.

The verandahs of all the native houses were crowded with strangers,
who had come in to share in the jubilations attending the king's
visit.  At the risk of emulating "Jenkins," or the "Court Newsman,"
I must tell you that Lunalilo, who is by no means an habitual
churchgoer, attended Mr. Coan's native church in the morning, and
the foreign church at night, when the choir sang a very fine anthem.
I don't wish to write about his faults, which have doubtless been
rumoured in the English papers.  It is hoped that his new
responsibilities will assist him to conquer them, else I fear he may
go the way of several of the Hawaiian kings.  He has begun his reign
with marked good sense in selecting as his advisers confessedly the
best men in his kingdom, and all his public actions since his
election have shown both tact and good feeling.  If sons, as is
often asserted, take their intellects from their mothers, he should
be decidedly superior, for his mother, Kekauluohi, a chieftainess of
the highest rank, and one of the queens of Kamehameha II., who died
in London, was in 1839 chosen for her abilities by Kamehameha III.
as his kuhina nui, or premier, an officer recognised under the old
system of Hawaiian government as second only in authority to the
king, and without whose signature even his act was not legal.  As
Kaahumanu II. she continued to hold this important position until
her death in 1845.

But the present king does not come of the direct line of the
Hawaiian kings, but of a far older family.  His father is a
commoner, but Hawaiian rank is inherited through the mother.  He
received a good English education at the school which the
missionaries established for the sons of chiefs, and was noted as a
very bright scholar, with an early developed taste for literature
and poetry.  His disposition is said to be most amiable and genial,
and his affability endeared him especially to his own countrymen, by
whom he was called alii lokomaikai, "the kind chief."  In spite of
his high rank, which gave him precedence of all others on the
islands, he was ignored by two previous governments, and often
complained that he was never allowed any opportunity of becoming
acquainted with public affairs, or of learning whether he possessed
any capacity for business.  Thus, without experience, but with noble
and liberal instincts, and the highest and most patriotic
aspirations for the welfare and improvement of his "weak little
kingdom," he was unexpectedly called to the throne about three
months ago, amidst such an enthusiasm as had never before been
witnessed on Hawaii-nei, as the unanimous choice of the people.  He
called on Mr. Coan the day of his arrival; and when the flute band
of Mr. Lyman's school serenaded him, he made the youths a kind
address, in which he said he had been taught as they were, and hoped
hereafter to profit by the instruction he had received.

This has been a great day in Hilo.  The old native custom of hookupu
was revived, and it has been a most interesting spectacle.  I don't
think I ever enjoyed sight-seeing so much.  The weather has been
splendid, which was most fortunate, for many of the natives came in
from distances of from sixty to eighty miles.  From early daylight
they trooped in on their half broken steeds, and by ten o'clock
there were fully a thousand horses tethered on the grass by the sea.
Almost every house displayed flags, and the court-house, where the
reception was to take place, was most tastefully decorated.  It is a
very pretty two-storied frame building, with deep double verandahs,
and stands on a large lawn of fine manienie grass, {199} with roads
on three sides.  Long before ten, crowds had gathered outside the
low walls of the lawn, natives and foreigners galloped in all
directions, boats and canoes enlivened the bay, bands played, and
the foreigners, on this occasion rather a disregarded minority,
assembled in holiday dress in the upper verandah of the court-house.
Hawaiian flags on tall bamboos decorated the little gateways which
gave admission to the lawn, an enormous standard on the government
flagstaff could be seen for miles, and the stars and stripes waved
from the neighbouring plantations and from several houses in Hilo.
At ten punctually, Lunalilo, Governor Lyman, the sheriff of Hawaii,
the royal chamberlain, and the adjutant-general, walked up to the
court-house, and the king took his place, standing in the lower
verandah with his suite about him.  All the foreigners were either
on the upper balcony, or on the stairs leading to it, on which, to
get the best possible view of the spectacle, I stood for three
mortal hours.  The attendant gentlemen were well dressed, but wore
"shocking bad hats;" and the king wore a sort of shooting suit, a
short brown cut-away coat, an ash-coloured waistcoat and ash-
coloured trousers with a blue stripe.  He stood bareheaded.  He
dressed in this style in order that the natives might attend the
reception in every-day dress, and not run the risk of spoiling their
best clothes by Hilo torrents.  The dress of the king and his
attendants was almost concealed by wreaths of ohia blossoms and
festoons of maile, some of them two yards long, which had been
thrown over them, and which bestowed a fantastic glamour on the
otherwise prosaic inelegance of their European dress.  But indeed
the spectacle, as a whole, was altogether poetical, as it was an
ebullition of natural, national, human feeling, in which the heart
had the first place.  I very soon ceased to notice the incongruous
elements, which were supplied chiefly by the Americans present.
There were Republicans by birth and nature, destitute of traditions
of loyalty or reverence for aught on earth; who bore on their faces
not only republicanism, but that quintessence of puritan
republicanism which hails from New England; and these were subjects
of a foreign king, nay, several of them office-holders who had taken
the oath of allegiance, and from whose lips "His Majesty, Your
Majesty," flowed far more copiously than from ours which are "to the
manner born."

On the king's appearance, the cheering was tremendous,--regular
British cheering, well led, succeeded by that which is not British,
"three cheers and a tiger," but it was "Hi, hi, hi, hullah!"  Every
hat was off, every handkerchief in air, tears in many eyes,
enthusiasm universal, for the people were come to welcome the king
of their choice; the prospective restorer of the Constitution
"trampled upon" by Kamehameha V., "the kind chief," who was making
them welcome to his presence after the fashion of their old feudal
lords.  When the cheering had subsided, the eighty boys of
Missionary Lyman's School, who, dressed in white linen with crimson
leis, were grouped in a hollow square round the flagstaff, sang the
Hawaiian national anthem, the music of which is the same as ours.
More cheering and enthusiasm, and then the natives came through the
gate across the lawn, and up to the verandah where the king stood,
in one continuous procession, till 2400 Hawaiians had enjoyed one
moment of infinite and ever to be remembered satisfaction in the
royal presence.  Every now and then the white, pale-eyed,
unpicturesque face of a foreigner passed by, but these were few, and
the foreign school children were received by themselves after Mr.
Lyman's boys.  The Americans have introduced the villanous custom of
shaking hands at these receptions, borrowing it, I suppose, from a
presidential reception at Washington; and after the king had gone
through this ceremony with each native, the present was deposited in
front of the verandah, and the gratified giver took his place on the
grass.  Not a man, woman, or child came empty handed.  Every face
beamed with pride, wonder, and complacency, for here was a sovereign
for whom cannon roared, and yards were manned, of their own colour,
who called them his brethren.

The variety of costume was infinite.  All the women wore the native
dress, the sack or holuku, many of which were black, blue, green, or
bright rose colour, some were bright yellow, a few were pure white,
and others were a mixture of orange and scarlet.  Some wore very
pretty hats made from cane-tops, and trimmed with hibiscus blossoms
or passion-flowers; others wore bright-coloured handkerchiefs,
knotted lightly round their flowing hair, or wreaths of the
Microlepia tenuifolia.  Many had tied bandanas in a graceful knot
over the left shoulder.  All wore two, three, four, or even six
beautiful leis, besides long festoons of the fragrant maile.  Leis
of the crimson ohia blossoms were universal; but besides these there
were leis of small red and white double roses, pohas, {203} yellow
amaranth, sugar cane tassels like frosted silver, the orange
pandanus, the delicious gardenia, and a very few of orange blossoms,
and the great granadilla or passion-flower.  Few if any of the women
wore shoes, and none of the children had anything on their heads.

A string of 200 Chinamen passed by, "plantation hands," with boyish
faces, and cunning, almond-shaped eyes.  They were dressed in loose
blue denim trousers with shirts of the same, fastening at the side
over them, their front hair closely shaven, and the rest gathered
into pigtails, which were wound several times round their heads.
These all deposited money in the adjutant-general's hand.  The dress
of the Hawaiian men was more varied and singular than that of the
women, every kind of dress and undress, with leis of ohia and
garlands of maile covering all deficiencies.  The poor things came
up with pathetic innocence, many of them with nothing on but an old
shirt, and cotton trousers rolled up to the knees.  Some had red
shirts and blue trousers, others considered that a shirt was an
effective outer garment.  Some wore highly ornamental, dandified
shirts, and trousers tucked into high, rusty, mud-covered boots.  A
few young men were in white straw hats, white shirts, and white
trousers, with crimson leis round their hats and throats.  Some had
diggers' scarves round their waists; but the most effective costume
was sported by a few old men, who had tied crash towels over their
shoulders.

It was often amusing and pathetic at once to see them come up.
Obviously, when the critical moment arrived, they were as anxious to
do the right thing as a debutante is to back her train successfully
out of the royal presence at St. James's.  Some were so agitated at
last as to require much coaching from the governor as to how to
present their gifts and shake hands.  Some half dropped down on
their knees, others passionately and with tears kissed the king's
hand, or grasped it convulsively in both their own; while a few were
so embarrassed by the presents they were carrying that they had no
hands at all to shake, and the sovereign good-naturedly clapped them
on the shoulders.  Some of them, in shaking hands, adroitly slipped
coins into the king's palm, so as to make sure that he received
their loving tribute.  There had been a hui, or native meeting,
which had passed resolutions, afterwards presented to Lunalilo,
setting forth that whereas he received a great deal of money in
revenue from the haoles, they, his native people, would feel that he
did not love them if he would not receive from their own hands
contributions in silver for his support.  So, in order not to wound
their feelings, he accepted these rather troublesome cash donations.

One woman, sorely afflicted with quaking palsy, dragged herself
slowly along.  One hand hung by her side helpless, and the other
grasped a live fowl so tightly that she could not loosen it to shake
hands, whereupon the king raised the helpless arm, which called
forth much cheering.  There was one poor cripple who had only the
use of his arms.  His knees were doubled under him, and he trailed
his body along the ground.  He had dragged himself two miles "to lie
for a moment at the king's feet," and even his poor arms carried a
gift.  He looked hardly like a human shape, as his desire was
realised; and, I doubt not, would have been content then and there
to die.  There were ancient men, tattooed all over, who had passed
their first youth when the idols were cast away, and who remembered
the old days of tyranny when it was an offence, punishable with
death, for a man to let his shadow fall on the king; and when none
of "the swinish multitude" had any rights which they could sustain
against their chiefs.  These came up bewildered, trembling, almost
falling on their knees, hardly daring to raise their eyes to the
king's kind, encouraging face, and bathed his hand with tears while
they kissed it.  Numbers of little children were led up by their
parents; there were babies in arms, and younglings carried on
parents' backs, and the king stooped and shook hands with all, and
even pulled out the babies' hands from under their mufflings, and
the old people wept, and cheers rent the air.

Next in interest to this procession of beaming faces, and the blaze
of colour, was the sight of the presents, and the ungrudging
generosity with which they were brought.  Many of the women
presented live fowls tied by the legs, which were deposited, one
upon another, till they formed a fainting, palpitating heap under
the hot sun.  Some of the men brought decorated hogs tied by one
leg, which squealed so persistently in the presence of royalty, that
they were removed to the rear.  Hundreds carried nets of sweet
potatoes, eggs, and kalo, artistically arranged.  Men staggered
along in couples with bamboos between them, supporting clusters of
bananas weighing nearly a hundredweight.  Others brought yams,
cocoa-nuts, oranges, onions, pumpkins, early pineapples, and even
the great delicious granadilla, the fruit of the large passion-
flower.  A few maidens presented the king with bouquets of choice
flowers, and costly leis of the yellow feathers of the Melithreptes
Pacifica.  There were fully two tons of kalo and sweet potatoes in
front of the court house, hundreds of fowls, and piles of bananas,
eggs, and cocoa-nuts.  The hookupu was a beautiful sight, all the
more so that not one of that radiant, loving, gift-offering throng
came in quest of office, or for any other thing that he could
obtain.  It was just the old-time spirit of reverence for the man
who typifies rule, blended with the extreme of personal devotion to
the prince whom a united people had placed upon the throne.  The
feeling was genuine and pathetic in its intensity.  It is said that
the natives like their king better, because he was truly, "above
all," the last of a proud and imperious house, which, in virtue of a
pedigree of centuries, looked down upon the nobility of the
Kamehamehas.

When the last gift was deposited, the lawn in front of the court-
house was one densely-packed, variegated mass of excited, buzzing
Hawaiians.  While the king was taking a short rest, two ancient and
hideous females, who looked like heathen priestesses, chanted a
monotonous and heathenish-sounding chant or mele, in eulogy of some
ancient idolater.  It just served to remind me that this attractive
crowd was but one generation removed from slaughter-loving gods and
human sacrifices.

The king and his suite re-appeared in the upper balcony, where all
the foreigners were assembled, including the two venerable
missionaries and a French priest of benign aspect, and his
appearance was the signal for a fresh outburst of enthusiasm.
Advancing to the front, he made an extemporaneous speech, of which
the following is a literal translation:--

"To all present I tender my warmest aloha.  This day, on which you
are gathered to pay your respects to me, I will remember to the day
of my death.  (Cheers.)  I am filled with love for you all, fellow-
citizens (makaainana), who have come here on this occasion, and for
all the people, because by your unanimous choice I have been made
your King, a young sovereign, to reign over you, and to fill the
very distinguished office which I now occupy.  (Cheers.)  You are
parents to me, and I will be your Father.  (Tremendous cheering.)
Formerly, in the days of our departed ancestors, you were not
permitted to approach them; they and you were kept apart; but now we
meet and associate together.  (Cheers.)  I urge you all to persevere
in the right, to forsake the ignorant ways of the olden time.  There
is but one God, whom it is our duty to obey.  Let us forsake every
kind of idolatry.

"In the year 1820 Rev. Messrs. Bingham, Thurston, and others came to
these Islands and proclaimed the Word of God.  It is their teachings
which have enabled you to be what you are to-day.  Now they have all
gone to that spirit land, and only Mrs. Thurston remains.  We are
greatly indebted to them.  (Cheers.)  There are also among us here
(alluding to Revs. Coan and Lyman) old and grey-haired fathers,
whose examples we should endeavour to imitate, and obey their
teachings.

"I am very glad to see the young men of the present time so well
instructed in knowledge--perhaps some of them are your children.
You must persevere in your search of wisdom and in habits of
morality.  Do not be indolent.  (Cheers.)  Those who have striven
hard after knowledge and good character, are the ones who deserve
and shall receive places of trust hereafter under the government.

"At the present time I have four foreigners as my ministerial
advisers.  But if, among these young men now standing before me, and
under this flag, there are any who shall qualify themselves to fill
these positions, then I will select them to fill their places.
(Loud cheers.)  Aloha to you all."

His manner as a speaker was extremely good, with sufficient
gesticulation for the emphasis of particular points.  The address
was frequently interrupted by applause, and when at its conclusion
he bowed gracefully to the crowd and said, "My aloha to you all,"
the cheering and enthusiasm were absolutely unbounded.  And so the
great hookupu ended, and the assemblage broke up into knots to
discuss the royal speech and the day's doings.
                                     I.L.B.



LETTER XIV.

HILO.  HAWAII.

The king "signified his intention to honour Mr. and Mrs. Severance
with his company" on the evening of the day after the reception, and
this involved a regular party and supper.  You can hardly imagine
the difficulties connected with "refreshments," where few, if any,
of the materials which we consider necessary for dishes suitable for
such occasions can be procured at the stores, and even milk and
butter are scarce commodities.  I had won a reputation as a cook by
making a much appreciated Bengal curry, and an English "roly-poly"
pudding, and when I offered my services, Mrs. S. kindly accepted
them, and she and I, with the Chinese cook and a Chinese prisoner to
assist us, have been cooking for a day and a half.  I wanted to make
a gigantic trifle, a dish not known here, and we hunted every store,
hoping to find almonds and raspberry jam among the "assorted
notions," but in vain; however, grated cocoa-nut supplied the place
of the first, and a kind friend sent a pot of the last.  The
Chinamen were very diverting.  The cook looked on, and laughed
constantly, and perhaps was a little jealous:  at all events when he
thought we had spoilt some cakes in the oven, he capered into Mrs.
S.'s room, gesticulating, and exclaiming satirically, "Lu, Lu! cakes
so good, cakes so fine!"  No intoxicants were to be used on the
occasion, Hilo notions being rigid on this subject; but I hope it
was not a crime that I clandestinely used two glasses of sherry,
without which my trifle would have been a failure.  We worked hard,
and made trifle, sponge cake, pound cake, spiced cake, dozens of
cocoa-nut cakes and drops; custards, and sandwiches of potted meat,
and enjoyed our preparations so much that we found it hard to
exchange kitchen for social duties, and go to "Father Lyman," who
entertained the king and a number of Hilo folk in the evening.

Their rooms, not very large, were quite full.  When the king
entered, the company received him standing, and the flute band in
the verandah played the national anthem, and afterwards at intervals
during the evening sang some Hawaiian songs of the king's
composition.  I was presented to him, and as he is very courteous to
strangers, he talked to me a good deal.  He is a very gentlemanly,
courteous, unassuming man, hardly assuming enough in fact, and
apparently very intelligent and well read.  I was exceedingly
pleased with him.  He spoke a good deal of Queen Emma's reception in
England, and of her raptures with Venice, and some other cities of
the continent.  He said he had the greatest desire to visit some
parts of Europe, Great Britain specially, because he thought that by
coming in contact with some of our leading statesmen, he might gain
a more accurate knowledge than he possessed of the principles of
constitutional government.  He said he hoped that in two years
Hawaii-nei would be so settled as to allow of his travelling, and
that in the meantime he was studying French with a view to enjoying
the continent.

He asked a great many questions regarding things at home, especially
concerning the limitation of the power of the Crown.  He cannot
reconcile the theoretical right of the sovereign to choose his
advisers with his practically submitting to receive them from a
Parliamentary majority.  He seemed to find a difficulty in
understanding that the sovereign's right to refuse his assent to a
Bill which had passed both Houses was by no means the same thing in
practice as the possession of a veto.  He said that in his reading
of our constitutional history, the power of the sovereign seemed
almost absolute, while if he understood facts rightly, the throne
was more of an "ornament," or "figure-head," than a power at all.
He asked me if it was true that Republican feeling was spreading
very much in England, and if I thought that the monarchy would
survive the present sovereign, on whose prudence and exalted virtues
he seemed to think it rested.  He said he thought his little kingdom
had aped the style of the great monarchies too much, and that he
should like to abolish a good many high sounding titles, sinecure
offices, the household troops, and some of the "imitation pomp" of
his court.  He said he had never enjoyed anything so much since his
accession as the hookupu of the morning, and asked me what I thought
of it.  I was glad to be able to answer truthfully that I had never
seen a state pageant or ceremonial that I had enjoyed half so much,
or that had impressed me so favourably.  He has a very musical
voice, and a natural nobility and refinement of manner, with an
obvious tact and good feeling, rather, I should think, the result of
amiable and gentlemanly instincts than of training or consideration,
all which combine to make him interesting, altogether apart from his
position as a Polynesian sovereign.

Where there are no servants, a party involves the hosts and their
friends in the bustle of personal preparation, but all worked with a
will, and by sunset the decorations were completed.  All the Chinese
lamps in Hilo were hung in the front verandah, and seats were placed
in the front and side verandahs, on which the drawing-room opens by
four doors, so there was plenty of room, though there were thirty
people.  The side verandah was enclosed by a drapery of flags, and
the whole was tastefully decorated with festoons and wreaths of
ferns.  The king arrived early with his attendants, and was received
by the host and hostess, and like a perfectly civilized guest, he
handed Mrs. S. into the room.  The great wish of the genial
entertainers was to prevent stiffness and give the king a really
social evening, so the "chair game," magical music, and a refined
kind of blind man's buff, better suited to the occasion, but less
"jolly" than the old riotous game, were shortly introduced.
Lunalilo only looked on at first, and then entered into the games
with a heartiness and zest which showed that he at least enjoyed the
evening.  Supper was served at nine.  Several nests of Japanese
tables had been borrowed, and these, dispersed about the room and
verandah, broke up the guests into little social knots.  Three Hilo
ladies and I were the waitresses, and I was pleased to see that the
good things were thoroughly appreciated, and that the trifle was
universally popular.  After supper there was a little dancing, and
as few of the Hilo people knew any dance correctly, it was very
amusing for the onlookers.  There was a great deal of promenading in
the verandah, and a great deal of talking and merriment, which were
enjoyed by a crowd of natives who stood the whole evening outside
the garden fence.  I don't think that any of the Hilo people are so
unhappy as to possess an evening dress, and the pretty morning
dresses of the ladies, and the thick boots, easy morning coats, and
black ties of the gentlemen, gave a jolly "break-down" look to the
affair, which would have been deemed inadmissible in less civilized
society.

Some of my photographs of some of our eminent literary and
scientific men were lying on the table, and the king in looking at
them showed a surprising amount of knowledge of what they had
written or done, quite entitling him to unite in Stanley's
"Communion of Educated Men."  I had previously asked him for his
signature for my autograph collection, and he said he had composed a
stanza for me which he thought I might like to have in addition.  He
called with it on the following afternoon, apologising for his
dress, a short jacket and blue trowsers, stuffed into boots
plastered with mud up to the knees.  I was surprised when he asked
me if the lines were correctly spelt, for he speaks English
remarkably well.  They are simply a kind wish, unaffectedly
expressed.

                            HILO.  HAWAII, Feb. 26.

     "Wheresoe'er thou may'st roam,
      Wheresoe'er thou mak'st thy home,
      May God thy footsteps guide,
      Watch o'er thee and provide.
      This is my earnest prayer for thee,
      Welcome, stranger, from over the sea."
                                        LUNALILO R.

It startles one sometimes to hear American vulgarisms uttered in his
harmonious tones.  The American admiral and generals had just
arrived from the volcano, stiff, sore, bruised, jaded, "done," and
the king said, "I guess the Admiral's about used up."  He is really
remarkably attractive, but I am sorry to observe a look of
irresolution about his mouth, indicative of a facility of
disposition capable of being turned to the worst account.  I think
from what I have heard that the Hawaiian kings have fallen victims
rather to unscrupulous foreigners, than to their own bad instincts.

My last day has been taken up with farewell visits, and I finish
this on board the "Kilauea."  Miss Karpe and I had to ride two
miles, to a point at which it was possible to embark without risk, a
heavy surf having for three weeks rendered it impossible for loaded
boats to communicate with the shore at Hilo.  My clothes were soaked
when we reached the rocks, and Upa, very wet, carried us into a wet
whale-boat, with water up to our ancles, which brought us over a
heavy sickening swell into this steamer, which is dirty as well as
wet.  I told Upa to lead my mare, and ride his own horse, but the
last I saw of him was on the mare's back, racing a troop of natives
along the beach. {215}
                                  I.L.B.



LETTER XV.

WAIMEA.  HAWAII.

There is no limit to the oddities of the steam-ship "Kilauea."  She
lay rolling on the Hilo swell for two hours, and two hours after we
sailed her machinery broke down, and we lay-to for five hours, in
what they here call a heavy gale and sea.  It was a miserable night.
No privacy:  the saloon both hot and wet, almost every one sick.  I
lay in my berth in my soaked clothes watching the proceedings of a
gigantic cockroach, and listening, not without amusement, to the
awful groans of a Chinaman, and a "rough customer" from California,
who occupied the next berths.

In the middle of the night the water came in great dashes through
the skylight upon the table, and soon the saloon was afloat to the
depth of from four to six inches.  When the "Kilauea" rolled, and
the water splashed in simultaneously, we were treated to vigorous
"douches" in our berths, which soon saturated the pillows,
mattresses, and our clothing.  One sea put out the lamp, and a
ship's lantern, making "darkness visible," was swung in its stead.
In an English ship there would have been a great fuss and a great
flying about of stewards, or pretence of mending matters, but when
the passengers shouted for our good steward, the serene creature
came in with a melancholy smile on his face, said nothing, but
quietly sat down on the transom, with his bare feet in the water,
contemplating it with a comic air of helplessness.  Breakfast, of
course, could not be served, but a plate was put at one end of the
table for the silent old Scotch captain, who tucked up his feet and
sat with his oilskins and sou'-wester on, while the charming
steward, with trousers rolled up to his knees, waded about,
pacifying us by bringing us excellent curry as we sat on the edges
of our berths, and putting on a sweetly apologetic manner, as if
penitent for the gross misbehaviour of the ship.  Such a man would
reconcile me to far greater discomfort than that of the "Kilauea."
I wonder if he is ever unamiable, or tired, or perturbed?

The next day was fine, and we were all much on deck to dry our
clothes in the sun.  The southern and leeward coasts of Hawaii as
far as Kawaaloa are not much more attractive than coal-fields.
Contrasted with the shining shores of Hilo, they are as dust and
ashes; long reaches of black lava and miles of clinkers marking the
courses of lava-flows, whose black desolation and deformity nature,
as yet, has done almost nothing to clothe.  Cocoa-nut trees usually,
however, fringe the shore, but were it not for the wonderful colour
of the ocean, like liquid transparent turquoise, revealing the coral
forests shelving down into purple depths, and the exciting proximity
of sharks, it would have been wearisome.  After leaving the bay
where Captain Cook met his death, we passed through a fleet of
twenty-seven canoes, each one hollowed out of the trunk of a single
tree, from fifteen to twenty-five feet long, about twenty inches
deep, hardly wide enough for a fat man, and high and pointed at both
ends.  On one side there is an outrigger formed of two long bent
sticks, to the outer ends of which is bound a curved beam of light
wood, which skims along the surface of the water, rendering the
canoe secure from an upset on that side, while the weight of the
outrigger makes an upset on the other very unlikely.  In calms they
are paddled, and shoot over the water with great rapidity, but
whenever there is any breeze a small sprit-sail is used.  They are
said to be able to stand very rough water, but they are singularly
precarious and irresponsible looking contrivances, and for these, as
well as for all other seas, I should much prefer a staunch whale-
boat.  We sailed for some hours along a lava coast, streamless,
rainless, verdureless, blazing under the fierce light of a tropical
sun, and some time after noon anchored in the scorching bay of
Kawaihae.

A foreign store, a number of native houses, a great heiau, or
heathen temple on a height, a fringe of cocoa-nut palms, and a
background of blazing hills, flaring with varieties of red, hardly
toned down by any attempt at vegetation, a crystalline atmosphere
palpitating with heat, deep, rippleless, clear water, with coral
groves below, and a view of the three great Hawaiian mountains, are
the salient features of this outlet of Hawaiian commerce.  But ah!
how soft and mild and blue the sky was, looking inland, where, for
the first time, I saw far aloft, above solid masses of white cloud,
sky hung, strangely uplifted, the great volcanic domes of Mauna Kea,
Mauna Loa, and Hualalai, looking as if they had all passed into an
endless repose.

This bay, which affords excellent holding ground, and is screened by
highlands from the sudden and violent gusts of wind, called
"mumuku," which sweep down between the mountains with almost
irresistible fury, used to be a great place of call for whalers, who
purchased large quantities of "recruits" here; yams in the earlier
days, and more lately Irish potatoes, which flourish in the thirsty
soil.  But whaling in the North Pacific seems to be nearly "played
out," and the arrival of a whaler is not a common occurrence.

Shortly before we arrived I found that the sailing of the San
Francisco steamer is put off for a week, so I took advantage of a
kind invitation I received some time ago to visit Waimea, and go
from thence to Waimanu, a wonderful valley beyond Waipio, very
little visited by foreigners.  A gentleman and lady rode up here
with me, and I got a horse on the beach with a native bullock saddle
on him, an uncouth contrivance of wood not covered with hide, and a
strong lassoing horn.  The great wooden stirrups could not be
shortened, but I soon found myself able, in true savage fashion, to
gallop up and down hill without any.

The chief object of interest on this ride is the great heiau, which
stands on a bare steep hill above the sea, not easy of access.  It
was the last heathen temple built on Hawaii.  On entering the huge
pile, which stood gaunt and desolate in the thin red air, the story
of the old bloody heathenism of the islands flashed upon my memory.
The entrance is by a narrow passage between two high walls, and it
was by this that the sacrificing priests dragged the human victims
into the presence of Tairi, a hideous wooden idol, crowned with a
helmet, and covered with red feathers, the favourite war-god of
Kamehameha the Great, by whom this temple was built, before he
proceeded to the conquest of Oahu.

The shape is an irregular parallelogram, 224 feet long, and 100
wide.  At each end, and on the mauka side, the walls, which are very
solid and compact, though built of lava stones without mortar, are
twenty feet high, and twelve feet wide at the bottom, but narrow
gradually towards the top, where they are finished with a course of
smooth stones six feet broad.  On the sea side, the wall, which has
been partly thrown down, was not more than six or seven feet high,
and there were paved platforms for the accommodation of the alii, or
chiefs, and the people in their orders.  The upper terrace is
spacious, and paved with flat smooth stones which were brought from
a considerable distance, the greater part of the population of the
island having been employed on the building.  At the south end there
was an inner court, where the principal idol stood, surrounded by a
number of inferior deities, for the Hawaiians had "gods many, and
lords many."  Here also was the anu, a lofty frame of wickerwork,
shaped like an obelisk, hollow, and five feet square at its base.
Within this, the priest, who was the oracle of the god, stood, and
of him the king used to inquire concerning war or peace, or any
affair of national importance.  It appears that the tones of the
oracular voice were more distinct than the meaning of the
utterances.  However, the supposed answers were generally acted
upon.

On the outside of this inner court was the lele, or altar, on which
human and other sacrifices were offered.  On the day of the
dedication of the temple to Tairi, vast offerings of fruit, dogs,
and hogs were presented, and eleven human beings were immolated on
the altar.  These victims were taken from among captives, or those
who had broken Tabu, or had rendered themselves obnoxious to the
chiefs, and were often blind, maimed, or crippled persons.
Sometimes they were dispatched at a distance with a stone or club,
and their bodies were dragged along the narrow passage up which I
walked shuddering; but oftener they were bound and taken alive into
the heiau to be slain in the outer court.  The priests, in slaying
these sacrifices, were careful to mangle the bodies as little as
possible.  From two to twenty were offered at once.  They were laid
in a row with their faces downwards on the altar before the idol, to
whom they were presented in a kind of prayer by the priest, and, if
offerings of hogs were presented at the same time, these were piled
upon them, and the whole mass was left to putrify.

The only dwellings within the heiau were those of the priests, and
the "sacred house" of the king, in which he resided during the
seasons of strict Tabu.  A doleful place this heiau is, haunted not
only by the memories of almost unimaginable terrors, but by the sore
thought that generations of Hawaiians lived and died in the
unutterable darkness of this ignorant worship, passing in long
procession from these grim rites into the presence of the Father
whose infinite compassions they had never known.

Every hundred feet of ascent from the rainless, fervid beach of
Kawaihae increased the freshness of the temperature, and rendered
exercise more delightful.  From the fringe of palms along the coast
to the damp hills north of Waimea, a distance of ten miles, there is
not a tree or stream, though the scorched earth is deeply scored by
the rush of fierce temporary torrents.  Hitherto, I have only
travelled over the green coast which faces the trade winds, where
clouds gather and shed their rains, and this desert, which occupies
a great part of leeward Hawaii, displeases me.  It lies burning in
the fierce splendours of a zone, which, until now, I had forgotten
was the torrid zone, unwatered and unfruitful, red and desolate
under the sun.  The island is here only twenty-two miles wide, and
strong winds sweep across it, whirling up its surface in great brown
clouds, so that the uplands in part appear a smoking plain, backed
by naked volcanic cones.  No water, no grass, no ferns.  Some
thornless thistles, a little brush of sapless-looking indigo, and
some species of compositae struggle for a doleful existence.  There
is nothing tropical about it but the intense heat.  The red soil
becomes suffused with a green tinge ten miles from the beach, and at
the summit of the ascent the desert blends with this beautiful
Waimea plain, one of the most marked features of Hawaii.  The air
became damp and cool; miles of fine smooth green grass stretched out
before us; high hills, broken, pinnacled, wooded, and cleft with
deep ravines, rose on our left; we heard the clash and music of
falling water:  to the north it was like the Munster Thal, to the
south altogether volcanic.  The tropics had vanished.  There were
frame houses sheltered from the winds by artificial screens of
mulberry trees, and from the incursions of cattle by rough walls of
lava stones five feet high; a mission and court house, a native
church, much too large for the shrunken population, and other
indications of an inhabited region.  Except for the woods which
clothe the hills, the characteristic of the scenery is baldness.

On clambering over the wall which surrounds my host's kraal of
dwellings, I heard in the dusk strange sweet voices crying rudely
and emphatically, "Who are you?  What do you want?" and was relieved
to find that the somewhat inhospitable interrogation only proceeded
from two Australian magpies.  Mr. S--- is a Tasmanian, married to a
young half-white lady:  and her native mother and seven or eight
dark girls are here, besides a number of natives and Chinese, and
half Chinese, who are employed about the place.  Sheep are the
source of my host's wealth.  He has 25,000 at three stations on
Mauna Kea, and, at an altitude of 6000 feet they flourish, and are
free from some of the maladies to which they are liable elsewhere.
Though there are only three or four sheep owners on the islands,
they exported 288,526 lbs. of wool last year. {223}  Mr. S--- has
also 1000 head of cattle and 50 horses.

The industry of Waimea is cattle raising, and some feeble attempts
are being made to improve the degenerate island breed by the
importation of a few short-horn cows from New Zealand.  These plains
afford magnificent pasturage as well as galloping ground.  They are
a very great thoroughfare.  The island, which is an equilateral
triangle, about 300 miles in "circuit," can only be crossed here.
Elsewhere, an impenetrable forest belt, and an impassable volcanic
wilderness, compel travellers to take the burning track of adamant
which snakes round the southern coast, when they are minded to go
from one side of Hawaii to the other.  Waimea also has the singular
distinction of a road from the beach, which is traversed on great
occasions by two or three oxen and mule teams, and very rarely by a
more ambitious conveyance.  There are few hours of day or night in
which the tremulous thud of shoeless horses galloping on grass is
not heard in Waimea.

The altitude of this great table-land is 2500 feet, and the air is
never too hot, the temperature averaging 64 degrees Fahrenheit.
There is mist or rain on most days of the year for a short time, and
the mornings and evenings are clear and cool.  The long sweeping
curves of the three great Hawaiian mountains spring from this level.
The huge bulk of Mauna Kea without shoulders or spurs, rises
directly from the Waimea level on the south to the altitude of
14,000 feet, and his base is thickly clustered with tufa-cones of a
bright red colour, from 300 to 1000 feet in height.  Considerably
further back, indeed forty miles away, the smooth dome of Mauna Loa
appears very serene now, but only thirteen years ago the light was
so brilliant, from one of its tremendous eruptions, that here it was
possible to read a newspaper by it, and during its height candles
were unnecessary in the evenings!  Nearer the coast, and about
thirty miles from here, is the less conspicuous dome of the dead
volcano of Hualalai.  If all Hawaii, south of Waimea, were submerged
to a depth of 8000 feet, three nearly equi-distant, dome-shaped
volcanic islands would remain, the highest of which would have an
altitude of 6000 feet.  To the south of these plains violent
volcanic action is everywhere apparent, not only in tufa cones, but
in tracts of ashes, scoriae, and volcanic sand.  Near the centre
there are some very curious caves, possibly "lava bubbles," which
were used by the natives as places of sepulture.  The Kohala hills,
picturesque, wooded, and abrupt, bound Waimea on the north, with
their exquisite grassy slopes, and bring down an abundance of water
to the plain, but owing to the lightness of the soil and the
evaporation produced by the tremendous winds, the moisture
disappears within two miles of the hills, and an area of rich soil,
ten miles by twelve, which, if irrigated, would be invaluable, is
nothing but a worthless dusty desert, perpetually encroaching on the
grass.  As soon as the plains slope towards the east, the vegetation
of the tropics reappears, and the face of the country is densely
covered with a swampy and impenetrable bush hardly at all explored,
which shades the sources of the streams which fall into the Waipio
and Waimanu Valleys, and is supposed to contain water enough to
irrigate the Saharas of leeward Hawaii.

The climate of the plain is most invigorating.  If there were waggon
roads and obtainable comforts, Waimea, with its cool equable
temperature, might become the great health resort of invalids from
the Pacific coast.  But Hawaii is not a place for the sick or old;
for, if people cannot ride on horseback, they can have neither
society nor change.  Mr. Lyons, one of the most famous of the early
missionaries, still clings to this place, where he has worked for
forty years.  He is an Hawaiian poet; and, besides translating some
of our best hymns, has composed enough to make up the greater part
of a bulky volume, which is said to be of great merit.  He says that
the language lends itself very readily to rhythmical expression.  He
was indefatigable in his youth, and was four times let down the pali
by ropes to preach in the Waimanu Valley.  Neither he nor his wife
can mount a horse now, and it is very dreary for them, as the
population has receded and dwindled from about them.  Their house is
made lively, however, by some bright little native girls, who board
with them, and receive an English and industrial education.

The moral atmosphere of Waimea has never been a wholesome one.  The
region was very early settled by a class of what may be truly termed
"mean whites," the "beach-combers" and riff-raff of the Pacific.
They lived infamous lives, and added their own to the indigenous
vices of the islands, turning the district into a perfect sink of
iniquity, in which they were known by such befitting aliases as
"Jake the Devil," etc.  The coming of the missionaries, and the
settlement of moral, orderly whites on Hawaii, have slowly created a
public opinion averse to flagrant immorality, and the outrageous
license of former years would now meet with legal penalties.  Many
of the old settlers are dead, and others have drifted to regions
beyond restraining influences, but still "the Waimea crowd" is not
considered up to the mark.  Most of the present set of foreigners
are Englishmen who have married native women.  It was in such
quarters as this that the great antagonistic influence to the
complete Christianization of the natives was created, and it is from
such suspicious sources that the aspersions on missionary work are
usually derived.

Waimea has its own beauty--the grand breezy plain, the gigantic
sweep of the mountain curves, the incessant changes of colour, and
the morning view of Mauna Kea, with the pure snow on its ragged
dome, rose-flushed in the early sunlight.  I don't agree with
Disraeli that "happiness is atmosphere;" yet constant sunshine, and
a climate which never threatens one with discomfort or ills,
certainly conduce to equable cheerfulness.

I am quite interested with a native lady here, the first I have met
with who has been able to express her ideas in English.  She is
extremely shrewd and intelligent, very satirical, and a great mimic.
She very cleverly burlesques the way in which white people express
their admiration of scenery, and, in fact, ridicules admiration of
scenery for itself.  She evidently thinks us a sour, morose,
worrying, forlorn race.  "We," she said, "are always happy; we never
grieve long about anything; when any one dies we break our hearts
for some days, and then we are happy again.  We are happy all day
long, not like white people, happy one moment, gloomy another:
we've no cares, the days are too short.  What are haoles always
unhappy about?"  Perhaps she expresses the general feeling of her
careless, pleasure-loving, mirth-loving people, who, whatever
commands they disobey, fulfil the one, "Take no thought for the
morrow."   The fabrication of the beautiful quilts I before wrote of
is a favourite occupation of native women, and they make all their
own and their husbands' clothes; but making leis, going into the
woods to collect materials for them, talking, riding, bathing,
visiting, and otherwise amusing themselves, take up the greater part
of their time.  Perhaps if we white women always wore holukus of one
shape, we should have fewer gloomy moments!
                                         I.L.B.



LETTER XVI.

WAIMANU VALLEY.  HAWAII.

I am sitting at the door of a grass lodge, at the end of all things,
for no one can pass further by land than this huge lonely cleft.
About thirty natives are sitting about me, all staring, laughing,
and chattering, and I am the only white person in the region.  We
have all had a meal, sitting round a large calabash of poi and a
fowl, which was killed in my honour, and roasted in one of their
stone ovens.  I have forgotten my knife, and have had to help myself
after the primitive fashion of aborigines, not without some fear,
for some of them I am sure are in an advanced stage of leprosy.  The
brown tattooed limbs of one man are stretched across the mat, the
others are sitting cross-legged, making lauhala leis.  One man is
making fishing-lines of a beautifully white and marvellously
tenacious fibre, obtained from an Hawaiian "flax" plant (possibly
Urtica argentea), very different from the New Zealand Phormium
tenax.  Nearly all the people of the valley are outside, having come
to see the wahine haole:  only one white woman, and she a resident
of Hawaii, having been seen in Waimanu before.  I am really alone,
miles of mountain and gulch lie between me and the nearest whites.
This is a wonderful place:  a ravine about three miles long and
three-quarters of a mile wide, without an obvious means of ingress,
being walled in by precipices from 2000 to 4000 feet high.  Five
cascades dive from the palis at its head, and unite to form a placid
river about up to a horse's body here, and deep enough for a horse
to swim in a little below.  Dense forests of various shades of green
fill up the greater part of the valley, concealing the basins into
which the cascades leap, and the grey basalt of the palis is mostly
hidden by greenery.  At the open end, two bald bluffs, one of them
2000 feet in height, confront the Pacific, and its loud booming surf
comes up to within one hundred yards of the house where I am
writing, but is banked off by a heaped-up barrier of colossal
shingle.

Hot and silent, a sunset world of an endless afternoon, it seems a
palpable and living dream.  And a few of these people, I understand,
have dreamed away their lives here, never having been beyond their
valley, at least by land.  But it is a dream of ceaseless speech and
rippling laughter.  They are the merriest people I have yet seen,
and doubtless their isolated life is dear to them.

I wish I could sketch this most picturesque scene.  In the verandah,
which is formed of mats, two handsome youths, and five women in
green, red, and orange chemises, all with leis of ferns round their
hair, are reclining on the ground.  Outside of this there is a
pavement of large lava stones, and groups in all colours, wreathed
and garlanded, including some much disfigured old people, crouching
in red and yellow blankets, are sitting and lying there.  Some are
fondling small dogs; and a number of large ones, with a whole tribe
of amicable cats, are picking bones.  Surf-boards, paddles, saddles,
lassos, spurs, gear, and bundles of ti leaves are lying about.
Thirteen horses are tethered outside, some of which brought the
riders who escorted me triumphantly from the head of the valley.
The foreheads of the precipices opposite are reddening in the
sunset, and between them and me horses and children are constantly
swimming across the broad, still stream which divides the village
into two parts; and now and then a man in a malo, and children who
have come up the river swimming, with their clothes in one hand,
increase the assemblage.

All are intently watching me, but are as kind and good-natured as
possible; and my guide from Waipio is discoursing to them about me.
He knows a little abrupt, disjointed, almost unintelligible English,
and comes up every now and then with an interrogation in his manner,
"Father? mother? married? watch?  How came?"  "You" appears beyond
his efforts.  "Kilauea?  Lunalilo?"  Then he goes back and orates
rapidly, gesticulating emphatically.  A very handsome, pleasant-
looking man, with a red sash round his waist, who, I understand from
signs, is the schoolmaster, emerged from the throng, and sat down
beside me; but his English appears limited to these words, "How
old?"  When I told him by counting on my fingers he laughed
heartily, and said "Too old," and he told the others, and they all
laughed.  I have photographs of Queen Victoria and Mr. Coan in my
writing-book, and when I exhibited them they crowded round me
clapping their hands, and screaming with delight when they
recognized Mr. Coan.  The king's handwriting was then handed round
amidst reverent "ahs" and "ohs," or what sounded like them.  This
letter was also passed round and examined lengthwise, sidewise, and
upside down.  They shrieked with satirical laughter when I pressed
some fragile ferns in my blotting-book.  The natives think it quite
idiotic in us to attach any value to withered leaves.  My inkstand
with its double-spring lids has been a great amusement.  Each one
opened both, and shut them again, and a chorus of "maikai, maikai,"
(good) ran round the circle.  They seem so simple and good that at
last I have trusted them with my watch, which excites unbounded
admiration, probably because of its small size.  It is now on its
travels; but I am not the least anxious about it.  A man pointed to
a hut some distance on the other side of the river, and appeared
interrogative, and on my replying affirmatively, he mounted a horse
and carried off the watch in the direction indicated.  Mr. Ellis
came to this valley in a canoe, and he mentions that when he
preached, the natives, who seemed to be very indifferent to the
general truths of Christianity, became very deeply interested when
they heard of Ora loa ia Jesu (endless life by Jesus).  While I was
up the valley the poor people made a wonderful bed of seven fine
mats, one over the other, on one side of the house, and screened it
off with a flaring muslin curtain; but on the other side there are
ten pillows in a row, so that I wonder how many are to occupy the
den during the night.  I am now writing inside the house, with a
hollowed stone, with some beef fat and a wick in it, for a light,
and two youths seem delegated to attend upon me.  One holds my ink,
and if I look up, the other rushes for something that I am supposed
to want.  They insist on thinking that I am cold because my clothes
are wet, and have thrown over me several folds of tapa, made from
the inner bark of the wauti or cloth plant (Broussonetia
papyrifera).  They brought me a kalo leaf containing a number of
living freshwater shrimps, and were quite surprised when I did not
eat them.



WAIPIO, March 5th.

It seems fully a week since I left Waimea yesterday morning, so many
new experiences have been crowded into the time.  I will try to
sketch my expedition while my old friend Halemanu is preparing
dinner.  The morning opened gloriously.  The broad Waimea plains
were flooded with red and gold, and the snowy crest of Mauna Kea was
cloudless.  We breakfasted by lamp light (the days of course are
short in this latitude), and were away before six.  My host kindly
provided me with a very fine horse and some provisions in a leather
wallet, and with another white man and a native accompanied me as
far as this valley, where they had some business.  The morning
deepened into gorgeousness.  A blue mist hung in heavy folds round
the violet bases of the mountains, which rose white and sharp into
the rose-flushed sky; the dew lay blue and sparkling on the short
crisp grass; the air was absolutely pure, and with a suspicion of
frost in it.  It was all very fair, and the horses enjoyed the
morning freshness, and danced and champed their bits as though they
disliked being reined in.  We rode over level grass-covered ground,
till we reached the Hamakua bush, fringed with dead trees, and full
of ohias and immense fern trees, some of them with a double tier of
fronds, far larger and finer than any that I saw in New Zealand.
There are herds of wild goats, cattle, and pigs on the island, and
they roam throughout this region, trampling, grubbing, and rending,
grinding the bark of the old trees and eating up the young ones.
This ravaging is threatening at no distant date to destroy the
beauty and alter the climate of the mountainous region of Hawaii.
The cattle are a hideous breed--all bones, hide, and horns.

We were at the top of the Waipio pali at eight, and our barefooted
horses, used to the soft pastures of Waimea, refused to carry us
down its rocky steep, so we had to walk.  I admired this lonely
valley far more than before.  It was full of infinite depths of
blue--blue smoke in lazy spirals curled upwards; it was eloquent in
a morning silence that I felt reluctant to break.  Against its dewy
greenness the beach shone like coarse gold, and its slow silver
river lingered lovingly, as though loth to leave it, and be merged
in the reckless loud-tongued Pacific.  Across the valley, the track
I was to take climbed up in thready zigzags, and disappeared round a
bold headland.  It was worth a second visit just to get a glimpse of
such a vision of peace.

Halemanu, with hospitable alacrity, soon made breakfast ready, after
which Mr. S., having arranged for my further journey, left me here,
and for the first time I found myself alone among natives ignorant
of English.  For the Waimanu trip it is essential to have a horse
bred in the Waimanu Valley and used to its dizzy palis, and such a
horse was procured, and a handsome native, called Hananui, as guide.
We were away by ten, and galloped across the valley till we came to
the nearly perpendicular pali on the other side.  The sight of this
air-hung trail from Halemanu's house has turned back several
travellers who were bent on the trip, but I had been told that it
was quite safe on a Waimanu horse; and keeping under my fears as
best I could, I let Hananui precede me, and began the ascent, which
is visible from here for an hour.  The pali is as nearly
perpendicular as can be.  Not a bush or fern, hardly a tuft of any
green thing, clothes its bare, scathed sides.  It terminates
precipitously on the sea at a height of 2000 feet.  Up this shelving
wall, something like a sheep track, from thirty to forty-six inches
broad, goes in great swinging zigzags, sometimes as broken steps of
rock breast high, at others as a smooth ledge with hardly foothold,
in three places carried away by heavy rains--altogether the most
frightful track that imagination can conceive. {235}  It was most
unpleasant to see the guide's horse straining and scrambling,
looking every now and then as if about to fall over backwards.  My
horse went up wisely and nobly, but slipping, jumping, scrambling,
and sending stones over the ledge, now and then hanging for a second
by his fore feet.  The higher we went the narrower and worse it
grew.  The girth was loose, so as not to impede the horse's
respiration, the broad cinch which usually passes under the body
having been fastened round his chest, and yet it was once or twice
necessary to run the risk of losing my balance by taking my left
foot out of the stirrup to press it against the horse's neck to
prevent it from being crushed, while my right hung over the
precipice.  We came to a place where the path had been carried away,
leaving a declivity of loose sand and gravel.  You can hardly
realize how difficult it was to dismount, when there was no margin
outside the horse.  I somehow slid under him, being careful not to
turn the saddle, and getting hold of his hind leg, screwed myself
round carefully behind him.  It was alarming to see these sure-
footed creatures struggle and slide in the deep gravel as though
they must go over, and not less so to find myself sliding, though I
was grasping my horse's tail.

Between the summit and Waimanu, a distance of ten miles, there are
nine gulches, two of them about 900 feet deep, all very beautiful,
owing to the broken ground, the luxuriant vegetation, and the bright
streams, but the kona, or south wind, was blowing, bringing up the
hot breath of the equatorial belt, and the sun was perfectly
unclouded, so that the heat of the gorges was intense.  They succeed
each other occasionally with very great rapidity.  Between two of
the deepest and steepest there is a ridge not more than fifty yards
wide.

Soon after noon we simultaneously stopped our horses.  The Waimanu
Valley lay 2500 feet (it is said) below us, and the trail struck off
into space.  It was a scene of loneliness to which Waipio seems the
world.  In a second the eye took in the twenty grass lodges of its
inhabitants, the five cascades which dive into the dense forests of
its upper end, its river like a silver ribbon, and its meadows of
living green.  In ten seconds a bird could have spanned the ravine
and feasted on its loveliness, but we could only tip over the dizzy
ridge that overhangs the valley, and laboriously descend into its
heat and silence.  The track is as steep and broken as that which
goes up from hence, but not nearly so narrow, and without its
elements of terror, for kukuis, lauhalas, ohias, and ti trees, with
a lavish growth of ferns and trailers, grow luxuriantly in every
damp rift of rock, and screen from view the precipices of the pali.
The valley looks as if it could only be reached in a long day's
travel, so very far it is below, but the steepness of the track
makes it accessible in an hour from the summit.  As we descended,
houses and a church which had looked like toys at first, dilated on
our sight, the silver ribbon became a stream, the specks on the
meadows turned into horses, the white wavy line on the Pacific beach
turned into a curling wave, and lower still, I saw people, who had
seen us coming down, hastily shuffling into clothes.

There were four houses huddled between the pali and the river, and
six or eight, with a church and schoolhouse on the other side; and
between these and the ocean a steep narrow beach, composed of large
stones worn as round and smooth as cannon balls, on which the surf
roars the whole year round.  The pali which walls in the valley on
the other side is inaccessible.  The school children and a great
part of the population had assembled in front of the house which I
described before.  There was a sort of dyke of rough lava stones
round it, difficult to climb, but the natives, though they are very
kind, did not, on this or any similar occasion, offer me any help,
which neglect, I suppose, arises from the fact that the native women
never need help, as they are as strong, fearless, and active as the
men, and rival them in swimming and other athletic sports.  An old
man, clothed only with his dark skin, was pounding baked kalo for
poi, in front of the house; a woman with flowers in her hair, but
apparently not otherwise clothed, was wading up to her waist in the
river, pushing before her a light trumpet-shaped basket used for
catching shrimps, and the other women wore the usual bright-coloured
chemises.

I wanted to make the most of the six hours of daylight left, and we
remounted our horses and rode for some distance up the river, which
is the highway of the valley, all the children swimming on our right
and left, each holding up a bundle of clothes with one hand, and two
canoes paddled behind us.  The river is still and clear, with a
smooth bottom, but comes halfway up a horse's body, and riders take
their feet out of the stirrups, bring them to a level with the
saddle, lean slightly back, and hold them against the horse's neck.
Equestrians following this fashion, canoes gliding, children and
dogs swimming, were a most amusing picture.  Several of the children
swim to and from school every day.  I was anxious to get rid of this
voluntary escort, and we took a gallop over the soft springy grass
till we reached some very pretty grass houses, under the shade of
the most magnificent bread-fruit trees on Hawaii, loaded with fruit.
There were orange trees in blossom, and coffee trees with masses of
sweet white flowers lying among their flaky branches like snow, and
the unfailing cocoa-nut rising out of banana groves, and clusters of
gardenia smothering the red hibiscus.  Here Hananui adopted a
showman's air; he made me feel as if I were one of Barnum's
placarded monsters.  I had nothing to do but sit on my horse and be
stared at.  I felt that my bleached face was unpleasing, that my
eyes and hair were faded, and that I had a great deal to answer for
in the way of colour and attire.  From the way in which he asked me
unintelligible questions, I gathered that the people were
catechizing him about me, and that he was romancing largely at my
expense.  They brought me some bananas and cocoa-nut milk, which
were most refreshing.

Beyond the houses the valley became a jungle of Indian shot (Canna
indica), eight or nine feet high, guavas and ohias, with an
entangled undergrowth of ferns rather difficult to penetrate, and
soon Hananui, whose soul was hankering after the delights of
society, stopped, saying, "Lios (horses) no go."   "We'll try," I
replied, and rode on first.  He sat on his horse laughing
immoderately, and then followed me.  I see that in travelling with
natives it is essential to have a definite plan of action in one's
own mind, and to verge on self-assertion in carrying it out.  We
fought our way a little further, and then he went out of sight
altogether in the jungle, his horse having floundered up to his
girths in soft ground, on which we dismounted and tethered the
horses.  H. had never been any further, and as I failed to make him
understand that I desired to visit the home of the five cascades, I
had to reverse our positions and act as guide.  We crept along the
side of a torrent among exquisite trees, moss, and ferns, till we
came to a place where it divided.  There were three horses tethered
there, some wearing apparel lying on the rocks, and some human
footprints along one of the streams, which decided me in favour of
the other.  H. remonstrated by signs, as doubtless he espied an
opportunity for much gossip in the other direction, but on my
appearing persistent, he again laughed and followed me.

From this point it was one perfect, rapturous, intoxicating, supreme
vision of beauty, and I felt, as I now believe, that at last I had
reached a scene on which foreign eyes had never looked.  The glories
of the tropical forest closed us in with their depth, colour, and
redundancy.  Here the operations of nature are rapid and decisive.
A rainfall of eleven feet in a year and a hothouse temperature force
every plant into ceaseless activity, and make short work of decay.
Leafage, blossom, fruitage, are simultaneous and perennial.  The
river, about as broad as the Cam at Cambridge, leaped along, clear
like amber, pausing to rest awhile in deep bright pools, where fish
were sporting above the golden sand, a laughing, sparkling, rushing,
terrorless stream, "without mysteries or agonies," broken by rocks,
green with mosses and fragile ferns, and in whose unchilled waters,
not more than three feet deep, wading was both safe and pleasant.
It was not possible to creep along its margin, the forest was so
dense and tangled, so we waded the whole way, and wherever the water
ran fiercely my unshod guide helped me.  One varied, glorious maze
of vegetation came down to it, and every green thing leant lovingly
towards it, or stooped to touch it, and over its whole magic length
was arched and interlaced the magnificent large-leaved ohia, whose
millions of spikes of rose-crimson blossoms lit up the whole arcade,
and the light of the afternoon sun slanted and trickled through
them, dancing in the mirthful water, turning its far-down sands to
gold, and brightening the many-shaded greens of candlenut and
breadfruit.  It shone on majestic fern-trees, on the fragile
Polypodium tamariscinum, which clung tremblingly to the branches of
the ohia, on the beautiful lygodium, which adorned the uncouth trunk
of the breadfruit; on shining banana leaves and glossy trailing
yams; on gigantic lianas, which, climbing to the tops of the largest
trees, descended in vast festoons, passing from tree to tree, and
interlacing the forest with a living network; and on lycopodiums of
every kind, from those which wrapped the rocks in feathery green to
others hardly distinguishable from ferns.  But there were twilight
depths too, where no sunlight penetrated the leafy gloom, damp and
cool:  dreamy shades, in which the music of the water was all too
sweet, and the loveliness too entrancing, creating that sadness,
hardly "akin to pain," which is latent in all intense enjoyment.
Here and there a tree had fallen across the river, from which grew
upwards and trailed downwards, fairy-like, semi-transparent mosses
and ferns, all glittering with moisture and sunshine, and now and
then a scarlet tropic bird heightened the effect by the flash of his
plumage.

After an hour of wading we emerged into broad sunny daylight at the
home of the five cascades, which fall from a semicircular precipice
into three basins.  It is not, however, possible to pass from one to
the other.  This great gulf is a grand sight, with its dark deep
basin from which it seemed so far to look up to the heavenly blue,
and the water falling calmly and unhurriedly, amidst innumerable
rainbows, from a height of 3000 feet.  The sides were draped with
ferns flourishing under the spray, and at the base the rock was very
deeply caverned.  I enjoyed a delicious bath, relying on sun and
wind to dry my clothes, and then reluctantly waded down the river.
At its confluence with another stream, still arched by ohias, a man
and two women appeared rising out of the water, like a vision of the
elder world in the days of Fauns, and Naiads, and Hamadryads.  The
water was up to their waists, and leis of ohia blossoms and ferns,
and masses of unbound hair fantastically wreathed with moss, fell
over their faultless forms, and their rich brown skin gleamed in the
slant sunshine.  They were catching shrimps with trumpet-shaped
baskets, perhaps rather a prosaic occupation.  They joined us, and
we waded down together to the place where they had left their
horses.  The women slipped into their holukus, and the man insisted
on my riding his barebacked horse to the place where we had left our
own, and then we all galloped over the soft grass.

Waimanu had turned out to meet us about thirty people on horseback,
all of whom shook hands with me, and some of them threw over me
garlands of ohia, pandanus, and hibiscus.  Where our cavalcade
entered the river, a number of children and dogs and three canoes
awaited us, and thus escorted I returned triumphantly to the house.
The procession on the river of paddling canoes, swimming children,
and dogs, and more than thirty riders, with their feet tucked up
round their horses' necks, all escorting a "pale face," was
grotesque and enchanting, and I revelled in this lapse into
savagery, and enjoyed heartily the kindliness and goodwill of this
unsophisticated people.

When darkness spread over the valley, clear voices ascended in a
weird recitative, the room filled up with people, pipes circulated
freely, poi was again produced, and calabashes of cocoa-nut milk.
The meles were long, and I crept within my curtain and lay down, but
the drowsiness which legitimately came over me after riding thirty
miles and wading two, was broken in upon by two monstrous
cockroaches really as large as mice, with fierce-looking antennae
and prominent eyes, both of which mounted guard on my pillow.  On
rising to drive them away, I found to my dismay that they were but
the leaders of a host, which only made a temporary retreat, rustling
over the mat and dried grass with the crisp tread of mice, and
scaring away sleep for some hours.  Worse than these were the
mosquitoes, also an imported nuisance, which stabbed and stung
without any preliminary droning; and the heat was worse still, for
thirteen human beings were lying on the floor and the door was shut.
Had I known that two of these were lepers, I should have felt far
from comfortable.  As it was, I got up soon after midnight, and
cautiously stepping among the sleeping forms, went out of doors.
Everything favoured reflection, but I think the topics to which my
mind most frequently reverted were my own absolute security--a lone
white woman among "savages," and the civilizing influence which
Christianity has exercised, so that even in this isolated valley,
gouged out of a mountainous coast, there was nothing disagreeable or
improper to be seen.  The night was very still, but the sea was
moaning; the river rippled very gently as it brushed past the reeds;
there was a hardly perceptible vibration in the atmosphere, which
suggested falling water and quivering leaves; and the air was full
of a heavy, drowsy fragrance, the breath of orange flowers, perhaps,
and of the night-blowing Cereus, which had opened its ivory urn to
the moon.  I should have liked to stay out all night in the vague,
delicious moonlight, but the dew was heavy, and moreover I had not
any boots on, so I reluctantly returned to the grass house, which
was stifling with heat and smells of cocoa-nut oil, tobacco, and the
rancid smoke from beef fat.

Before sunrise this morning my horse was saddled, and a number of
natives had assembled.  Hananui had disappeared, but the man who
lent me his bare-backed horse yesterday was ready to act as guide.
My boots could not then be found, so I adopted the native fashion of
riding with bare feet.  We again rode up the river in that slow and
solemn fashion in which horses walk in water, galloped over a
stretch of grass, crossed a bright stream several times, and then
entered a dense jungle of Indian shot, plantains, and sadlerias,
with breadfruit, kukui, and ohia rising out of it.  There were
thousands of plantains, a fruit resembling the banana, but that it
requires cooking.  The Indian shot, the yellow-blossomed variety,
was of a gigantic size.  Its hard, black seeds put into a bladder
furnish the chic-chac, which in many places is used as an
accompaniment to the utterly abominable and heathenish tom-tom.
Here guavas as large as oranges and as yellow as lemons ripened and
fell unheeded.  Sometimes deep down we heard the rush of water, and
Paalau got down and groped for it on his hands and knees; sometimes
we heard a noise as of hippopotami, but nothing could be seen but
the tips of ears, as a herd of happy, unbroken horses, scared by our
approach, crashed away through the jungle.  Clear rapid streams,
fern-fringed, sometimes offered us a few yards of highway, but the
jungle ever grew more dense, the forest trees larger, the lianas
more tangled, the streams more sunk and rocky, and though the horses
shut their eyes and boldly pushed through the tangle, we were fairly
foiled when within half a mile from the head of the valley.  I
thoroughly appreciated the unsightly leather guards which are here
used to cover the stirrups and feet, as without them I could not
have ridden ten yards.  We were so hemmed in that it was difficult
to dismount, but I bound some wild kalo leaves round my feet, and
managed to get over some broken rock to a knoll, from which I
obtained a superb view of the wonderful cleft.  Palis 3000 feet in
height walled in its head with a complete inaccessibility.  It lay
in cool dewy shadow till the sudden sun flushed its precipices with
pink, and a broad bar of light revealed the great chasm in which it
terminates, while far off its portals opened upon the red eastern
sky.  This little lonely world had become so very dear to me, that I
found it hard to leave it.

There was some stir near the sea, for a man was about to build a
grass house, and they were preparing a stone pavement for it.
Thirty people sat on the ground in a line from the beach, and passed
stones from hand to hand, as men pass buckets at a fire.  It seemed
a very attractive occupation, and I could hardly get Hananui to
leave it.  The natives are most gregarious and social in their
habits.  They assemble together for everything that has to be made
or done, and their occupations and amusements are shared by both
sexes.  In old days it is said that a king of Hawaii assembled most
of the adults of the then populous island, and formed a human chain
three miles long to pass up stones for the building of the great
Heiau in Kona.  It is said that this valley had 2000 inhabitants
forty years ago, but they have dwindled to 117.  The former estimate
is probably not an excessive one, for nearly the whole valley is
suitable for the culture of kalo, and a square mile of kalo will
feed 15,000 natives for a year.

Two women were shrimping in the river, the children were swimming to
school, blue smoke curled up into the still air, kalo was baking
among the stones, and a group of women sat sewing and making leis on
the ground.  The Waimanu day had begun; and it was odd to think that
through the long summer years days dawned like this, and that the
people of the valley grew grey and old in shrimping and sewing and
kalo baking.  All Waimanu shook hands with me, the kindly "Aloha"
filled the air, and the women threw garlands over us both.  I could
hardly induce my host to accept a dollar and a half for my
entertainment.  From the dizzy summit of the pali, where the sun was
high and hot, I looked my last on the dark, cool valley, slumbering
in an endless calm, the deepest, greenest, quaintest cleft on all
the island.

The sun was fierce and bright, the ocean had a metallic glint, the
hot breath of the kona was scorching.  My hands, swollen from
mosquito bites, could not be stuffed into my gloves, and inflamed
under the sun, and my wet boots baked and stiffened on my feet.
Hananui plaited a crown of leaves for my hot head, which I found a
great relief.  I was still minded to linger, for one side of each
glorious gulch was cool with shadow and dripping with dew.  The blue
morning glories were yet unwilted, rivulets dropped down into ferny
grottoes and lingered there, rose ohia blossoms lighted shady
places, orange flowers gleamed like stars amidst the dense leafage,
and the crimped-leaved coffee shrubs were white with their mimic
snow.  It was my last tropical dream, and I was rudely roused by
finding myself on the unsightly verge of the great bluff on the
north side of this valley, which plunges to the sea with an
uncompromising perpendicular dip of 2000 feet, and carries on its
dizzy brow a shelving trail not more than two feet wide!

I felt that I must go back and live and die in Waimanu rather than
descend that scathed steep, and being stupid with terror flung
myself from my horse, forgetting that it was much safer to trust to
his four feet than to my two, and to an animal without "nerves,"
dizziness, or "the fore-knowledge of death," than to my palsied,
cowardly self.  I had intended to go into details of the horrible
descent, but the "pilikia" is over now, and Halemanu claps me on the
shoulder with an approving smile, ejaculating, "Maikai, maikai"
(good).  Besides, my returning senses inform me that I have not
tasted food since yesterday, and some delicious river fishes are
smoking on the table. . . . .
                                       I.L.B.



LETTER XVII.

STR. KILAUEA.

. . .  I have been spending the day at Lahaina on Maui, on my way
from Kawaihae to Honolulu.  Lahaina is thoroughly beautiful and
tropical looking, with its white latticed houses peeping out from
under coco palms, breadfruit, candlenut, tamarinds, mangoes,
bananas, and oranges, with the brilliant green of a narrow strip of
sugar-cane for a background, and above, the flushed mountains of
Eeka, riven here and there by cool green chasms, rise to a height of
6000 feet.  Beautiful Lahaina!  It is an oasis in a dazzling desert,
straggling for nearly two miles along the shore, but compressed into
a width of half a mile.  It was a great missionary centre, as well
as a great whaling station, but the whalers have deserted it, and
missions are represented now only by the seminary of Lahainaluna on
the hillside.  An old palace, the remains of a fort, a custom-house,
and a native church are the most conspicuous buildings.  The stores
and dwellings of the foreign residents are scattered along the
shore, and the light frame house, with its green verandah, buried
amid gorgeous exotics and shaded by candlenut and breadfruit, looks
as seemly and in keeping as in far-off Massachusetts, under hickory
and elm.  The grass houses of the natives cluster along the waters'
edge, or in lanes dark with mangoes and bananas, and fragrant with
gardenia fringing the cane-fields.  These, with adobe houses and
walls, the flush of the soil, the gaudy dresses of the natives, the
masses of brilliant exotics, the intense blue of the sea, and the
dry blaze of the tropical heat, give a decided individuality to the
capital of Maui.  The heat of Lahaina is a dry, robust, bracing,
joyous heat.  The mercury stood at 80 degrees, the usual temperature
of the "flare" or sea level on the leeward side of the islands; but
I strolled through the cane-fields and along the glaring beach
without suffering the least inconvenience from the sun, and found
the unusual precaution of a white umbrella perfectly needless.

The beach is formed of pure white broken coral; the sea is blue with
the calm, pure blue of turquoise, but crystalline in its purity, and
breaks for ever over the environing coral reef with a low deep
music.  Blue water stretched to the far horizon, the sky was blazing
blue, the leafage was almost dazzling to the eye, the mountainous
island of Molokai floated like a great blue morning glory on the yet
bluer sea; a sweet, soft breeze rustled through the palms, lazy
ripples plashed lightly on the sand; humanity basked, flower-clad,
in sunny indolence; everything was redundant, fervid, beautiful.
How can I make you realize the glorious, bountiful, sun-steeped
tropics under our cold grey skies, and amidst our pale, monotonous,
lustreless greens?

Yet Molokai is only enchanting in the distance, for its blue petals
enfold 400 lepers doomed to endless isolation, and 300 more are
shortly to be weeded out and sent thither.  In to-day's paper
appeared the painful notice, "All lepers are required to report
themselves to the Government health officer within fourteen days
from this date for inspection, and final banishment to Molokai."  It
is hoped that leprosy may be "stamped out" by these stringent
measures, but the leprous taint must be strong in many families, and
the social, gregarious natives smoke each other's pipes and wear
each other's clothes, and either from fatalism or ignorance have
disregarded all precautions regarding this woful disease; and now
that measures are being taken for the isolation of lepers, they are
concealing them under mats and in caves and woods.  This forlorn
malady, called here Chinese leprosy, in the cases that I have seen,
confers nothing of the white, scaly look attributed to Syrian
leprosy; but the face is red, puffed, bloated, and shining, and the
eyes glazed, and I am told that in its advanced stage the swollen
limbs decay and drop off.  It is a fresh item of the infinite curse
which has come upon this race, and with Molokai in sight the
Hesperides vanished, and I ceased to believe that the Fortunate
Islands exist here or elsewhere on this weary earth.

My destination was the industrial training and boarding school for
girls, taught and superintended by two English ladies of Miss
Sellon's sisterhood, Sisters Mary Clara and Phoebe; and I found it
buried under the shade of the finest candlenut trees I have yet
seen.  A rude wooden cross in front is a touching and fitting emblem
of the Saviour, for whom these pious women have sacrificed friends,
sympathy, and the social intercourse and amenities which are within
daily reach of our workers at home.  The large house, which is
either plastered stone or adobe, contains the dormitories, visitors'
room, and oratory, and three houses at the back, all densely shaded,
are used as schoolroom, cook-house, laundry, and refectory.  There
is a playground under some fine tamarind trees, and an adobe wall
encloses, without secluding, the whole.  The visitors' room is about
twelve feet by eight feet, very bare, with a deal table and three
chairs in it, but it was vacant, and I crossed to the large, shady,
airy schoolroom, where I found the senior sister engaged in
teaching, while the junior was busy in the cook-house.  These ladies
in eight years have never left Lahaina.  Other people may think it
necessary to leave its broiling heat and seek health and recreation
on the mountains, but their work has left them no leisure, and their
zeal no desire, for a holiday.  A very solid, careful English
education is given here, as well as a thorough training in all
housewifely arts, and in the more important matters of modest dress
and deportment, and propriety in language.  There are thirty-seven
boarders, native and half-native, and mixed native and Chinese,
between the ages of four and eighteen.  They provide their own
clothes, beds, and bedding, and I think pay forty dollars a year.
The capitation grant from Government for two years was 2325 dollars.
Sister Phoebe was my cicerone, and I owe her one of the pleasantest
days I have spent on the islands.  The elder Sister is in middle
life, but though fragile-looking, has a pure complexion and a lovely
countenance; the younger is scarcely middle-aged, one of the
brightest, bonniest, sweetest-looking women I ever saw, with fun
dancing in her eyes and round the corners of her mouth; yet the
regnant expression on both faces was serenity, as though they had
attained to "the love which looketh kindly, and the wisdom which
looketh soberly on all things."

I never saw such a mirthful-looking set of girls.  Some were cooking
the dinner, some ironing, others reading English aloud; but each
occupation seemed a pastime, and whenever they spoke to the Sisters
they clung about them as if they were their mothers.  I heard them
read the Bible and an historical lesson, as well as play on a piano
and sing, and they wrote some very difficult passages from dictation
without any errors, and in a flowing, legible handwriting that I am
disposed to envy.  Their accent and intonation were pleasing, and
there was a briskness and emulation about their style of answering
questions, rarely found in country schools with us, significant of
intelligence and good teaching.  All but the younger girls spoke
English as fluently as Hawaiian.  I cannot convey a notion of the
blitheness and independence of manner of these children.  To say
that they were free and easy would be wrong; it was rather the
manner of very frolicsome daughters to very indulgent mothers or
aunts.  It was a family manner rather than a school manner, and the
rule is obviously one of love.  The Sisters are very wise in
adapting their discipline to the native character and circumstances.
The rigidity which is customary in similar institutions at home
would be out of place, as well as fatal here, and would ultimately
lead to a rebound of a most injurious description.  Strict obedience
is of course required, but the rules are few and lenient, and there
is no more pressure of discipline than in a well-ordered family.
The native amusements generally are objectionable, but Hawaiians are
a dancing people, and will dance, or else indulge in less innocent
pastimes; so the Sisters have taught them various English dances,
and I never saw anything prettier or more graceful than their style
of dancing.  There is no uniform dress.  The girls wear pretty print
frocks, made in the English style, and several of them wore the
hibiscus in their shining hair.  Some of the older girls were
beautiful in face as well as graceful in figure, but there was a
snaky undulation about their movements which I never saw among
Europeans.  All looked bubbling over with fun and frolic, and there
was a refinement and intelligence about their expression which
contrasted favourably with that of the ordinary female face on the
islands.

There are two dormitories, excellently ventilated, with a four-post
bed, with mosquito-bars, for each girl, and the beds were covered
with those brilliant-coloured quilts in which the natives delight,
and in which they exercise considerable ingenuity as well as
individuality of taste.  One Sister sleeps in each dormitory, and
these highly-educated and refined women have no place of retirement
except a very plain oratory; and having taken the vow of poverty,
they have of course no possessions, none of the books, pictures, and
knick-knacks wherewith others adorn their surroundings.  Their whole
lives, with the exception of the time passed in the oratory, are
spent with the girls, and in visiting the afflicted at their homes,
and this through eight blazing years, with the mercury always at 80
degrees!

The Hawaiian women have no notions of virtue as we understand it,
and if there is to be any future for this race it must come through
a higher morality.  Consequently the removal of these girls from
evil and impure surroundings, the placing them under the happiest
influences in favour of purity and goodness, the forming and
fostering of industrious and housewifely habits, and the raising
them in their occupations and amusements above those which are
natural to their race, are in themselves a noble, and in some
degree, a hopeful work, but it admits of neither pause nor
relaxation.  Those who carry it on are truly "the lowest in the
meanest task," for they have undertaken not only the superintendence
of menial work (so called), but the work itself, in teaching by
example and instruction the womanly industries of home.  They have
no society, until lately no regular Liturgical worship, and of
necessity a very infrequent celebration of the Holy Communion; and
they have undergone the trial which arose very naturally out of the
ecclesiastical relations of the American missionaries, of being
regarded as enemies, or at least dangerous interlopers, by the
excellent men who had long resided on the islands as Christian
teachers, and with whose views on such matters as dress and
recreation their own are somewhat at variance.  In the first
instance, the habit they wore, their designations, the presence of
Miss Sellon, the fame of whose Ritualistic tendencies had reached
the islands, and their manifest connection with a section of the
English Church which is regarded here with peculiar disfavour,
roused a strongly antagonistic feeling regarding their work and the
drift of their religious teaching.  They are not connected with what
is known at home as the "Honolulu Mission." {256}
                                    I.L.B.



LETTER XVIII.

HAWAIIAN HOTEL, HONOLULU.  March 20th.

Oahu, with its grey pinnacles, its deep valleys, its cool chasms,
its ruddy headlands, and volcanic cones, all clothed in green by the
recent rains, looked unspeakably lovely as we landed by sunrise in a
rose-flushed atmosphere, and Honolulu, shady, dew-bathed, and
brilliant with flowers, deserved its name, "The Paradise of the
Pacific."  The hotel is pleasant, and Mrs. D.'s presence makes it
sweet and homelike; but in a very few days I have lost much of the
health I gained on Hawaii, and the "Rolling Moses" and the Rocky
Mountains can hardly come too soon.  For Honolulu is truly a
metropolis, gay, hospitable, and restless, and this hotel
centralizes the restlessness.  Visiting begins at breakfast time,
when it ends I know not, and receiving and making visits, court
festivities, entertainments given by the commissioners of the great
powers, riding parties, picnics, verandah parties, "sociables," and
luncheon and evening parties on board the ships of war, succeed each
other with frightful rapidity.  This is all on the surface, but
beneath and better than this is a kindness which leaves no stranger
to a sense of loneliness, no want uncared for, and no sorrow
unalleviated.  This, more than its beauty and its glorious climate,
makes Honolulu "Paradise" for the many who arrive here sick and
friendless.  I notice that the people are very intimate with each
other, and generally address each other by their Christian names.
Very many are the descendants of the clerical and secular members of
the mission, and these, besides being naturally intimate, are
further drawn and held together by a society called "The Cousins'
Society," the objects of which are admirable.  The people take an
intense interest in each other, and love each other unusually.
Possibly they may hate each other as cordially when occasion offers.
It is a charming town, and the society is delightful.  I wish I were
well enough to enjoy it.

For people in the early stages of consumption this climate is
perfect, owing to its equability, as also for bronchial affections.
Unlike the health resorts of the Mediterranean, Algeria, Madeira,
and Florida, where great summer heats or an unhealthy season compel
half-cured invalids to depart in the spring, to return the next
winter with fresh colds to begin the half-cure process again, people
can live here until they are completely cured, as the climate is
never unhealthy, and never too hot.  Though the regular trades,
which blow for nine months of the year, have not yet set in, and the
mercury stands at 80 degrees, there is no sultriness:  a tremulous
sea-breeze and a mountain breeze fan the town, and the purple
nights, when the stars hang out like lamps, and the moon gives a
light which is almost golden, are cool and delicious.  Roughly
computed, the annual mean temperature is 75 degrees 55', with a
divergence in either direction of only 7 degrees 55'.  As a general
rule the temperature is cooler by four degrees for every thousand
feet of altitude, so that people can choose their climate to suit
themselves without leaving the islands.

I am gradually learning a little of the topography of this island
and of Honolulu, but the last is very intricate.  The appearance of
Oahu from the sea is deceptive.  It looks hardly larger than Arran,
but it is really forty-six miles long by twenty-five broad, and is
530 square miles in extent.  Diamond Hill, or Leahi, is the most
prominent object south of the town, beyond the palm groves of
Waikiki.  It is red and arid, except when, as now, it is verdure-
tinged by recent rains.  Its height is 760 feet, and its crater
nearly as deep, but its cone is rapidly diminishing.  Some years
ago, when the enormous quantity of thirty-six inches of rain fell in
one week, the degradation of both exterior and interior was
something incredible, and the same process is being carried on
slowly or rapidly at all times.  The Punchbowl, immediately behind
Honolulu, is a crater of the same kind, but of yet more brilliant
colouring:  so red is it indeed, that one might suppose that its
fires had but just died out.  In 1786 an observer noted it as being
composed of high peaks; but atmospheric influences have reduced it
to the appearance of a single wasting tufa cone, similar to those
which stud the northern slopes of Mauna Kea.  There are a number of
shore craters on the island, and six groups of tufa cones, but from
the disintegration of the lava, and the great depth of the soil in
many places, it is supposed that volcanic action ceased earlier than
on Maui or Hawaii.  The shores are mostly fringed with coral reefs,
often half a mile in width, composed of cemented coral fragments,
shells, sand, and a growing species of zoophyte.  The ancient reefs
are elevated thirty, forty, and even 100 feet in some places,
forming barriers which have changed lagoons into solid ground.
Honolulu was a bay or lagoon, protected from the sea by a coral reef
a mile wide; but the elevation of this reef twenty-five feet has
furnished a site for the capital, by converting the bay into a low
but beautifully situated plain.

The mountainous range behind is a rocky wall with outlying ridges,
valleys of great size cutting the mountain to its core on either
side, until the culminating peaks of Waiolani and Konahuanui, 4000
feet above the sea, seem as if rent in twain to form the Nuuanu
Valley.  The windward side of this range is fertile, and is dotted
over with rice and sugar plantations, but the leeward side has not a
trace of the redundancy of the tropics, and this very barrenness
gives a unique charm to the exotic beauty of Honolulu.

To me it is daily a fresh pleasure to stroll along the shady streets
and revel among palms and bananas, to see clusters of the granadilla
and night-blowing cereus mixed with the double blue pea, tumbling
over walls and fences, while the vermilion flowers of the Erythrina
umbrosa, like spikes of red coral, and the flaring magenta
Bougainvillea (which is not a flower at all, but an audacious freak
of terminal leaves) light up the shade, and the purple-leaved
Dracaena which we grow in pots for dinner-table ornament, is as
common as a weed.

Besides this hotel, and the handsome but exaggerated and
inappropriate Government buildings not yet finished, there are few
"imposing edifices" here.  The tasteful but temporary English
Cathedral, the Kaiwaiaho Church, diminished once to suit a dwindled
population, but already too large again; the prison, a clean, roomy
building, empty in the daytime, because the convicts are sent out to
labour on roads and public works; the Queen's Hospital for Curables,
for which Queen Emma and her husband became mendicants in Honolulu;
the Court House, a staring, unshaded building; and the Iolani
Palace, almost exhaust the category.  Of this last, little can be
said, except that it is appropriate and proportioned to a kingdom of
56,000 souls, which is more than can be said of the income of the
king, the salaries of the ministers, and some other things.  It
stands in pleasure-grounds of about an acre in extent, with a fine
avenue running through them, and is approached by a flight of steps
which leads to a tolerably spacious hall, decorated in the European
style.  Portraits of Louis Philippe and his queen, presented by
themselves, and of the late Admiral Thomas, adorn the walls.  The
Hawaiians have a profound respect for this officer's memory, as it
was through him that the sovereignty of the islands was promptly
restored to the native rulers, after the infamous affair of its
cession to England, as represented by Lord George Paulet.  There are
also some ornamental vases and miniature copies of some of
Thorwaldsen's works.  The throne-room takes up the left wing of the
palace.  This unfortunately resembles a rather dreary drawing-room
in London or New York, and has no distinctive features except a
decorated chair, which is the Hawaiian throne.  There is an Hawaiian
crown also, neither grand nor costly, but this I have not seen.  At
present the palace is only used for state receptions and
entertainments, for the king is living at his private residence of
Haemoeipio, not far off.

Miss W. kindly introduced me to Queen Emma, or Kaleleonalani, the
widowed queen of Kamehameha IV., whom you will remember as having
visited England a few years ago, when she received great attention.
She has one-fourth of English blood in her veins, but her complexion
is fully as dark as if she were of unmixed Hawaiian descent, and her
features, though refined by education and circumstances, are also
Hawaiian; but she is a very pretty, as well as a very graceful
woman.  She was brought up by Dr. Rooke, an English physician here,
and though educated at the American school for the children of
chiefs, is very English in her leanings and sympathies, an attached
member of the English Church, and an ardent supporter of the
"Honolulu Mission."  Socially she is very popular, and her exceeding
kindness and benevolence, with her strongly national feeling as an
Hawaiian, make her much beloved by the natives.

The winter palace, as her town house is called, is a large shady
abode, like an old-fashioned New England house externally, but with
two deep verandahs, and the entrance is on the upper one.  The lower
floor seemed given up to attendants and offices, and a native woman
was ironing clothes under a tree.  Upstairs, the house is like a
tasteful English country house, with a pleasant English look, as if
its furniture and ornaments had been gradually accumulating during a
series of years, and possessed individual histories and
reminiscences, rather than as if they had been ordered together as
"plenishings" from stores.  Indeed, it is the most English-looking
house I have seen since I left home, except Bishopscourt at
Melbourne.  If there were a bell I did not see it; and we did not
ring, for the queen received us at the door of the drawing-room,
which was open.  I had seen her before in European dress, driving a
pair of showy black horses in a stylish English phaeton; but on this
occasion she was not receiving visitors formally, and was indulging
in wearing the native holuku, and her black wavy hair was left to
its own devices.  She is rather below the middle height, very young-
looking for her age, which is thirty-seven, and very graceful in her
movements.  Her manner is indeed very fascinating from a combination
of unconscious dignity with ladylike simplicity.  Her expression is
sweet and gentle, with the same look of sadness about her eyes that
the king has, but she has a brightness and archness of expression
which give a great charm to her appearance.  She has sorrowed much:
first, for the death, at the age of four, of her only child, the
Prince of Hawaii, who when dying was baptized into the English
Church by the name of Albert Edward, Queen Victoria and the Prince
of Wales being his sponsors; and secondly, for the premature death
of her husband, to whom she was much attached.  She speaks English
beautifully, only hesitating now and then for the most correct form
of expression.  She spoke a good deal and with great pleasure of
England; and described Venice and the emotions it excited in her so
admirably, that I should like to have heard her describe all Europe.

A few days afterwards I went to a garden party at her house.  It was
a very pretty sight, and the "everybody" of Honolulu was there to
the number of 250.  I must describe it for the benefit of ----, who
persists in thinking that coloured royalty must necessarily be
grotesque.  People arrived shortly before sunset, and were received
by Queen Emma, who sat on the lawn, with her attendants about her,
very simply dressed in black silk.  The king, at whose entrance the
band played the national anthem, stood on another lawn, where
presentations were made by the chamberlain; and those who were
already acquainted with him had an opportunity for a few minutes'
conversation.  He was dressed in a very well-made black morning
suit, and wore the ribbon and star of the Austrian order of Francis
Joseph.  His simplicity was atoned for by the superlative splendour
of his suite; the governor of Oahu, and the high chief Kalakaua, who
was a rival candidate for the throne, being conspicuously
resplendent.  The basis of the costume appeared to be the Windsor
uniform, but it was smothered with epaulettes, cordons, and lace;
and each dignitary has a uniform peculiar to his office, so that the
display of gold lace was prodigious.  The chiefs are so raised above
the common people in height, size, and general nobility of aspect,
that many have supposed them to be of a different race; and the alii
who represented the dwindled order that night were certainly superb
enough in appearance to justify the supposition.  Beside their
splendour and stateliness, the forty officers of the English and
American war-ships, though all in full-dress uniform, looked
decidedly insignificant; and I doubt not that the natives who were
assembled outside the garden railings in crowds were not behind me
in making invidious comparisons.

Chairs and benches were placed under the beautiful trees, and people
grouped themselves on these, and promenaded, flirted, talked
politics and gossip, or listened to the royal band, which played at
intervals, and played well.  The dress of the ladies, whether white
or coloured, was both pretty and appropriate.  Most of the younger
women were in white, and wore natural flowers in their hair; and
many of the elder ladies wore black or coloured silks, with lace and
trains.  There were several beautiful leis of the gardenia, which
filled all the garden with their delicious odour.  Tea and ices were
handed round on Sevres china by footmen and pages in appropriate
liveries.  What a wonderful leap from calabashes and poi, malos and
paus, to this correct and tasteful civilization!  As soon as the
brief amber twilight of the tropics was over, the garden was
suddenly illuminated by myriads of Chinese lanterns, and the effect
was bewitching.  The upper suite of rooms was thrown open for those
who preferred dancing under cover; but I think that the greater part
of the assemblage chose the shady walks and purple night.  Supper
was served at eleven, and the party broke up soon afterwards; but I
must confess that, charming as it was, I left before eight, for
society makes heavier demands on any strength than the rough open-
air life of Hawaii.

The dwindling of the race is a most pathetic subject.  Here is a
sovereign chosen amidst an outburst of popular enthusiasm, with a
cabinet, a legislature, and a costly and elaborate governing
machinery, sufficient in Yankee phrase to "run" an empire of several
millions, and here are only 49,000 native Hawaiians; and if the
decrease be not arrested, in a quarter of a century there will not
be an Hawaiian to govern.  The chiefs, or alii, are a nearly extinct
order; and, with a few exceptions, those who remain are childless.
In riding through Hawaii I came everywhere upon traces of a once
numerous population, where the hill slopes are now only a wilderness
of guava scrub, and upon churches and school-houses all too large,
while in some hamlets the voices of young children were altogether
wanting.  This nation, with its elaborate governmental machinery,
its churches and institutions, has to me the mournful aspect of a
shrivelled and wizened old man dressed in clothing much too big, the
garments of his once athletic and vigorous youth.  Nor can I divest
myself of the idea that the laughing, flower-clad hordes of riders
who make the town gay with their presence, are but like butterflies
fluttering out their short lives in the sunshine,

       ".  .  .  a wreck and residue,
        Whose only business is to perish."

The statistics on this subject are perfectly appalling.  If we
reduce Captain Cook's estimate of the native population by one-
fourth, it was 300,000 in 1779.  In 1872 it was only 49,000.  The
first official census was in 1832, when the native population was
130,000.  This makes the decrease 80,000 in forty years, or at the
rate of 2000 a year, and fixes the period for the final extinction
of the race in 1897, if that rate were to continue.  It is a pity,
for many reasons, that it is dying out.  It has shown a singular
aptitude for politics and civilization, and it would have been
interesting to watch the development of a strictly Polynesian
monarchy starting under passably fair conditions.  Whites have
conveyed to these shores slow but infallible destruction on the one
hand, and on the other the knowledge of the life that is to come;
and the rival influences of blessing and cursing have now been fifty
years at work, producing results with which most reading people are
familiar.

I have not heard the subject spoken of, but I should think that the
decrease in the population must cause the burden of taxation to
press heavily on that which remains.  Kings, cabinet ministers, an
army, a police, a national debt, a supreme court, and common
schools, are costly luxuries or necessaries.  The civil list is
ludicrously out of proportion to the resources of the islands, and
the heads of the four departments--Foreign Relations, Interior,
Finance, and Law(Attorney-General)--receive $5,000 a year each!
Expenses and salaries have been increasing for the last thirty
years.  For schools alone every man between twenty-one and sixty
pays a tax of two dollars annually, and there is an additional
general tax for the same purpose.  I suppose that there is not a
better educated country in the world.  Education is compulsory; and
besides the primary schools, there are a number of academies, all
under Government supervision, and there are 324 teachers, or one for
every twenty-seven children.  There is a Board of Education, and
Kamakau, its president, reported to the last biennial session of the
legislature that out of 8931 children between the ages of six and
fifteen, 8287 were actually attending school!  Among other direct
taxes, every quadruped that can be called a horse, above two years
old, pays a dollar a year, and every dog a dollar and a half.  Does
not all this sound painfully civilized?  If the influence of the
tropics has betrayed me into rhapsody and ecstacy in earlier
letters, these dry details will turn the scale in favour of prosaic
sobriety!

I have said little about Honolulu, except of its tropical beauty.
It does not look as if it had "seen better days."  Its wharves are
well cared for, and its streets and roads are very clean.  The
retail stores are generally to be found in two long streets which
run inland, and in a splay street which crosses both.  The upper
storekeepers, with a few exceptions, are Americans, but one street
is nearly given up to Chinamen's stores, and one of the wealthiest
and most honourable merchants in the town is a Chinaman.  There is
an ice factory, and icecream is included in the daily bill of fare
here, and iced water is supplied without limit, but lately the
machinery has only worked in spasms, and the absence of ice is
regarded as a local calamity, though the water supplied from the
waterworks is both cool and pure.  There are two good photographers
and two booksellers.  I don't think that plateglass fronts are yet
to be seen.  Many of the storekeepers employ native "assistants;"
but the natives show little aptitude for mercantile affairs, or
indeed for the "splendid science" of money-making generally, and in
this respect contrast with the Chinamen, who, having come here as
Coolies, have contrived to secure a large share of the small traffic
of the islands.  Most things are expensive, but they are good.  I
have seen little of such decided rubbish as is to be found in the
cheap stores of London and Edinburgh, except in tawdry artificial
flowers.  Good black silks are to be bought, and are as essential to
the equipment of a lady as at home.  Saddles are to be had at most
of the stores, from the elaborate Mexican and Californian saddle,
worth from 30 to 50 dollars, to a worthless imitation of the English
saddle, dear at five.  Boots and shoes, perhaps because in this
climate they are a mere luxury, are frightfully dear, and so are
books, writing paper, and stationery generally; a sheet of Bristol
board, which we buy at home for 6d., being half a dollar here.  But
it is quite a pleasure to make purchases in the stores.  There is so
much cordiality and courtesy that, as at this hotel, the bill
recedes into the background, and the purchaser feels the indebted
party.

The money is extremely puzzling.  These islands, like California,
have repudiated greenbacks, and the only paper currency is a small
number of treasury notes for large amounts.  The coin in circulation
is gold and silver, but gold is scarce, which is an incovenience to
people who have to carry a large amount of money about with them.
The coinage is nominally that of the United States, but the dollars
are Mexican, or French 5 franc pieces, and people speak of "rials,"
which have no existence here, and of "bits," a Californian slang
term for 12.5 cents, a coin which to my knowledge does not exist
anywhere.  A dime, or 10 cents, is the lowest coin I have seen, and
copper is not in circulation.  An envelope, a penny bottle of ink, a
pencil, a spool of thread, cost 10 cents each; postage-stamps cost 2
cents each for inter-island postage, but one must buy five of them,
and dimes slip away quickly and imperceptibly.  There is a loss on
English money, as half-a-crown only passes for a half-dollar,
sixpence for a dime, and so forth; indeed, the average loss seems to
be about twopence in the shilling.

There are four newspapers:  the Honolulu Gazette, the Pacific
Commercial Advertiser, Ka Nupepa Kuokoa (the "Independent Press"),
and a lately started spasmodic sheet, partly in English and partly
in Hawaiian, the Nuhou (News). {270}  The two first are moral and
respectable, but indulge in the American sins of personalities and
mutual vituperation.  The Nuhou is scurrilous and diverting, and
appears "run" with a special object, which I have not as yet
succeeded in unravelling from its pungent but not always
intelligible pages.  I think perhaps the writing in each paper has
something of the American tendency to hysteria and convulsions,
though these maladies are mild as compared with the "real thing" in
the Alta California, which is largely taken here.  Besides these
there are monthly sheets called The Friend, the oldest paper in the
Pacific, edited by good "Father Damon," and the Church Messenger,
edited by Bishop Willis, partly devotional and partly devoted to the
Honolulu Mission.  All our popular American and English literature
is read here, and I have hardly seen a table without "Scribner's" or
"Harper's Monthly" or "Good Words."

I have lived far too much in America to feel myself a stranger
where, as here, American influence and customs are dominant; but the
English who are in Honolulu just now, in transitu from New Zealand,
complain bitterly of its "Yankeeism," and are very far from being at
home, and I doubt not that Mr. M---, whom you will see, will not
confirm my favourable description.  It is quite true that the
islands are Americanized, and with the exception of the Finance
Minister, who is a Scotchman, Americans "run" the Government and
fill the Chief Justiceship and other high offices of State.  It is,
however, perfectly fair, for Americans have civilized and
Christianized Hawaii-nei, and we have done little except make an
unjust and afterwards disavowed seizure of the islands.

On looking over this letter I find it an olla podrida of tropical
glories, royal festivities, finance matters, and odds and ends in
general.  I dare say you will find it dull after my letters from
Hawaii, but there are others who will prefer its prosaic details to
Kilauea and Waimanu; and I confess that, amidst the general
lusciousness of tropical life, I myself enjoy the dryness and
tartness of statistics, and hard uncoloured facts.
                                      I.L.B.



LETTER XIX.

HAWAIIAN HOTEL, HONOLULU.

My latest news of you is five months old, and though I have not the
slightest expectation that I shall hear from you, I go up to the
roof to look out for the "Rolling Moses" with more impatience and
anxiety than those whose business journeys are being delayed by her
non-arrival.  If such an unlikely thing were to happen as that she
were to bring a letter, I should be much tempted to stay five months
longer on the islands rather than try the climate of Colorado, for I
have come to feel at home, people are so very genial, and suggest so
many plans for my future enjoyment, the islands in their physical
and social aspects are so novel and interesting, and the climate is
unrivalled and restorative.

Honolulu has not yet lost the charm of novelty for me.  I am never
satiated with its exotic beauties, and the sight of a kaleidoscopic
whirl of native riders is always fascinating.  The passion for
riding, in a people who only learned equitation in the last
generation, is most curious.  It is very curious, too, to see women
incessantly enjoying and amusing themselves in riding, swimming, and
making leis.  They have few home ties in the shape of children, and
I fear make them fewer still by neglecting them for the sake of
riding and frolic, and man seems rather the help-meet than the
"oppressor" of woman; though I believe that the women have abandoned
that right of choosing their husbands, which, it is said, that they
exercised in the old days.  Used to the down-trodden look and
harrassed care-worn faces of the over-worked women of the same class
at home, and in the colonies, the laughing, careless faces of the
Hawaiian women have the effect upon me of a perpetual marvel.  But
the expression generally has little of the courteousness, innocence,
and childishness of the negro physiognomy.  The Hawaiians are a
handsome people, scornful and sarcastic-looking even with their
mirthfulness; and those who know them say that they are always
quizzing and mimicking the haoles, and that they give everyone a
nickname, founded on some personal peculiarity.

The women are free from our tasteless perversity as to colour and
ornament, and have an instinct of the becoming.  At first the
holuku, which is only a full, yoke nightgown, is not attractive, but
I admire it heartily now, and the sagacity of those who devised it.
It conceals awkwardness, and befits grace of movement; it is fit for
the climate, is equally adapted for walking and riding, and has that
general appropriateness which is desirable in costume.  The women
have a most peculiar walk, with a swinging motion from the hip at
each step, in which the shoulder sympathises.  I never saw anything
at all like it.  It has neither the delicate shuffle of the
Frenchwoman, the robust, decided jerk of the Englishwoman, the
stately glide of the Spaniard, or the stealthiness of the squaw; and
I should know a Hawaiian woman by it in any part of the world.  A
majestic wahine with small, bare feet, a grand, swinging, deliberate
gait, hibiscus blossoms in her flowing hair, and a le of yellow
flowers falling over her holuku, marching through these streets, has
a tragic grandeur of appearance, which makes the diminutive, fair-
skinned haole, tottering along hesitatingly in high-heeled shoes,
look grotesque by comparison.

On Saturday, our kind host took Mrs. D. and myself to the market,
where we saw the natives in all their glory.  The women, in squads
of a dozen at a time, their Pa-us streaming behind them, were
cantering up and down the streets, and men and women were thronging
into the market-place; a brilliant, laughing, joking crowd, their
jaunty hats trimmed with fresh flowers, and leis of the crimson ohia
and orange lauhala falling over their costumes, which were white,
green, black, scarlet, blue, and every other colour that can be dyed
or imagined.  The market is a straggling, open space, with a number
of shabby stalls partially surrounding it, but really we could not
see the place for the people.  There must have been 2000 there.

Some of the stalls were piled up with wonderful fish, crimson,
green, rose, blue, opaline--fish that have spent their lives in
coral groves under the warm, bright water.  Some of them had
wonderful shapes too, and there was one that riveted my attention
and fascinated me.  It was, I thought at first, a heap, composed of
a dog fish, some limpets, and a multitude of water snakes, and other
abominable forms; but my eyes slowly informed me of the fact, which
I took in reluctantly and with extreme disgust, that the whole
formed one living monster, a revolting compound of a large paunch
with eyes, and a multitude of nervy, snaky, out-reaching, twining,
grasping, tentacular arms, several feet in length, I should think,
if extended, but then lying in a crowded undulating heap; the
creature was dying, and the iridescence was passing over what seemed
to be its body in waves of colour, such as glorify the last hour of
the dolphin.  But not the colours of the rainbow could glorify this
hideous, abominable form, which ought to be left to riot in ocean
depths, with its loathsome kindred.  You have read "Les Travailleurs
du Mer," and can imagine with what feelings I looked upon a living
Devil-fish!  The monster is much esteemed by the natives as an
article of food, and indeed is generally relished.  I have seen it
on foreign tables, salted, under the name of squid. {276}

We passed on to beautiful creatures, the kihi-kihi, or sea-cock,
with alternate black and yellow transverse bands on his body; the
hinalea, like a glorified mullet, with bright green, longitudinal
bands on a dark shining head, a purple body of different shades, and
a blue spotted tail with a yellow tip.  The Ohua too, a pink scaled
fish, shaped like a trout; the opukai, beautifully striped and
mottled; the mullet and flying fish as common here as mackerel at
home; the hala, a fine pink-fleshed fish, the albicore, the bonita,
the manini striped black and white, and many others.  There was an
abundance of opilu or limpets, also the pipi, a small oyster found
among the coral; the ula, as large as a clawless lobster, but more
beautiful and variegated; and turtles which were cheap and
plentiful.  Then there were purple-spiked sea urchins, black-spiked
sea eggs or wana, and ina or eggs without spikes, and many other
curiosities of the bright Pacific.  It was odd to see the pearly
teeth of a native meeting in some bright-coloured fish, while the
tail hung out of his mouth, for they eat fish raw, and some of them
were obviously at the height of epicurean enjoyment.  Seaweed and
fresh-water weed are much relished by Hawaiians, and there were four
or five kinds for sale, all included in the term limu.  Some of this
was baked, and put up in balls weighing one pound each.  There were
packages of baked fish, and dried fish, and of many other things
which looked uncleanly and disgusting; but no matter what the
package was, the leaf of the Ti tree was invariably the wrapping,
tied round with sennet, the coarse fibre obtained from the husk of
the cocoa-nut.  Fish, here, averages about ten cents per pound, and
is dearer than meat; but in many parts of the islands it is cheap
and abundant.

There is a ferment going on in this kingdom, mainly got up by the
sugar planters and the interests dependent on them, and two
political lectures have lately been given in the large hall of the
hotel in advocacy of their views; one, on annexation, by Mr.
Phillips, who has something of the oratorical gift of his cousin,
Wendell Phillips; and the other, on a reciprocity treaty, by Mr.
Carter.  Both were crowded by ladies and gentlemen, and the first
was most enthusiastically received.  Mrs. D. and I usually spend our
evenings in writing and working in the verandah, or in each other's
rooms; but I have become so interested in the affairs of this little
state, that in spite of the mosquitos, I attended both lectures, but
was not warmed into sympathy with the views of either speaker.

I daresay that some of my friends here would quarrel with my
conclusions, but I will briefly give the data on which they are
based.  The census of 1872 gives the native population at 49,044
souls; of whom, 700 are lepers; and it is DECREASING at the rate of
from 1,200 to 2,000 a year, while the excess of native males over
females on the islands is 3,216.  The foreign population is 5,366,
and it is INCREASING at the rate of 200 a year; and the number of
half-castes of all nations has INCREASED at the rate of 140 a year.
The Chinese, who came here originally as plantation coolies,
outnumber all the other nationalities together, excluding the
Americans; but the Americans constitute the ruling and the monied
class.  Sugar is the reigning interest on the islands, and it is
almost entirely in American hands.  It is burdened here by the
difficulty of procuring labour, and at San Francisco by a heavy
import duty.  There are thirty-five plantations on the islands, and
there is room for fifty more.  The profit, as it is, is hardly worth
mentioning, and few of the planters do more than keep their heads
above water.  Plantations which cost $50,000 have been sold for
$15,000; and others, which cost $150,000 have been sold for $40,000.
If the islands were annexed, and the duty taken off, many of these
struggling planters would clear $50,000 a year and upwards.  So, no
wonder that Mr. Phillips's lecture was received with enthusiastic
plaudits.  It focussed all the clamour I have heard on Hawaii and
elsewhere, exalted the "almighty dollar," and was savoury with the
odour of coming prosperity.  But he went far, very far; he has
aroused a cry among the natives "Hawaii for the Hawaiians," which,
very likely, may breed mischief; for I am very sure that this brief
civilization has not quenched the "red fire" of race; and his hint
regarding the judicious disposal of the king in the event of
annexation, was felt by many of the more sober whites to be highly
impolitic.

The reciprocity treaty, very lucidly advocated by Mr. Carter, and
which means the cession of a lagoon with a portion of circumjacent
territory on this island, to the United States, for a Pacific naval
station, meets with more general favour as a safer measure; but the
natives are indisposed to bribe the great Republic to remit the
sugar duties by the surrender of a square inch of Hawaiian soil;
and, from a British point of view, I heartily sympathise with them.
Foreign, i.e. American, feeling is running high upon the subject.
People say that things are so bad that something must be done, and
it remains to be seen whether natives or foreigners can exercise the
strongest pressure on the king.  I was unfavourably impressed in
both lectures by the way in which the natives and their interests
were quietly ignored, or as quietly subordinated to the sugar
interest.

It is never safe to forecast destiny; yet it seems most probable
that sooner or later in this century, the closing catastrophe must
come.  The more thoughtful among the natives acquiesce helplessly
and patiently in their advancing fate; but the less intelligent, as
I had some opportunity of hearing at Hilo, are becoming restive and
irritable, and may drift into something worse if the knowledge of
the annexationist views of the foreigners is diffused among them.
Things are preparing for change, and I think that the Americans will
be wise in their generation if they let them ripen for many years to
come.  Lunalilo has a broken constitution, and probably will not
live long.  Kalakaua will probably succeed him, and "after him the
deluge," unless he leaves a suitable successor, for there are no
more chiefs with pre-eminent claims to the throne.  The feeling
among the people is changing, the feudal instinct is disappearing,
the old despotic line of the Kamehamehas is extinct; and king-making
by paper ballots, introduced a few months ago, is an approximation
to president-making, with the canvassing, stumping, and wrangling,
incidental to such a contested election.  Annexation, or peaceful
absorption, is the "manifest destiny" of the islands, with the
probable result lately most wittily prophesied by Mark Twain in the
New York Tribune, but it is impious and impolitic to hasten it.
Much as I like America, I shrink from the day when her universal
political corruption and her unrivalled political immorality shall
be naturalised on Hawaii-nei. . . .  Sunday evening.  The "Rolling
Moses" is in, and Sabbatic quiet has given place to general
excitement.  People thought they heard her steaming in at 4 a.m.,
and got up in great agitation.  Her guns fired during morning
service, and I doubt whether I or any other person heard another
word of the sermon.  The first batch of letters for the hotel came,
but none for me; the second, none for me; and I had gone to my room
in cold despair, when some one tossed a large package in at my
verandah door, and to my infinite joy I found that one of my benign
fellow-passengers in the Nevada, had taken the responsibility of
getting my letters at San Francisco and forwarding them here.  I
don't know how to be grateful enough to the good man.  With such
late and good news, everything seems bright; and I have at once
decided to take the first schooner for the leeward group, and remain
four months longer on the islands.
                                     I.L.B.



LETTER XX.

KOLOA, KAUAI, March 23rd.

I am spending a few days on some quaint old mission premises, and
the "guest house," where I am lodged, is a dobe house, with walls
two feet thick, and a very thick grass roof comes down six feet all
round to shade the windows.  It is itself shaded by date palms and
algarobas, and is surrounded by hibiscus, oleanders, and the datura
arborea(?), which at night fill the air with sweetness.  I am the
only guest, and the solitude of the guest house in which I am
writing is most refreshing to tired nerves.  There is not a sound
but the rustling of trees.

The first event to record is that the trade winds have set in, and
though they may yet yield once or twice to the kona, they will soon
be firmly established for nine months.  They are not soft airs as I
supposed, but riotous, rollicking breezes, which keep up a constant
clamour, blowing the trees about, slamming doors, taking liberties
with papers, making themselves heard and felt everywhere, flecking
the blue Pacific with foam, lowering the mercury three degrees,
bringing new health and vigour with them,--wholesome, cheery,
frolicsome north-easters.  They brought me here from Oahu in
eighteen hours, for which I thank them heartily.

You will think me a Sybarite for howling about those eighteen hours
of running to leeward, when the residents of Kauai, if they have to
go to Honolulu in the intervals between the quarterly trips of the
Kilauea, have to spend from three to nine days in beating to
windward.  These inter-island voyages of extreme detention, rolling
on a lazy swell in tropical heat, or beating for days against the
strong trades without shelter from the sun, and without anything
that could be called accommodation, were among the inevitable
hardships to which the missionaries' wives and children were exposed
in every migration for nearly forty years.

When I reached the wharf at Honolulu the sight of the Jenny, the
small sixty-ton schooner by which I was to travel, nearly made me
give up this pleasant plan, so small she looked, and so cumbered
with natives and their accompaniments of mats, dogs, and calabashes
of poi.  But she is clean, and as sweet as a boat can be which
carries through the tropics cattle, hides, sugar, and molasses.  She
is very low in the water, her deck is the real "fisherman's walk,
two steps and overboard;" and on this occasion was occupied solely
by natives.  The Attorney General and Mrs. Judd were to have been my
fellow voyagers, but my disappointment at their non-appearance was
considerably mitigated by the fact that there was not stowage room
for more than one white passenger!  Mrs. Dexter pitied me heartily,
for it made her quite ill to look down the cabin hatch; but I
convinced her that no inconveniences are legitimate subjects for
sympathy which are endured in the pursuit of pleasure.  There was
just room on deck for me to sit on a box, and the obliging,
gentlemanly master, who, with his son and myself, were the only
whites on board, sat on the taffrail.

The Jenny spread her white duck sails, glided gracefully away from
the wharf, and bounded through the coral reef; the red sunlight
faded, the stars came out, the Honolulu light went down in the
distance, and in two hours the little craft was out of sight of land
on the broad, crisp Pacific.  It was so chilly, that after admiring
as long as I could, I dived into the cabin, a mere den, with a
table, and a berth on each side, in one of which I lay down, and the
other was alternately occupied by the captain and his son.  But
limited as I thought it, boards have been placed across on some
occasions, and eleven whites have been packed into a space six feet
by eight!  The heat and suffocation were nearly intolerable, the
black flies swarming, the mosquitos countless and vicious, the fleas
agile beyond anything, and the cockroaches gigantic.  Some of the
finer cargo was in the cabin, and large rats, only too visible by
the light of a swinging lamp, were assailing it, and one with a
portentous tail ran over my berth more than once, producing a
stampede among the cockroaches each time.  I have seldom spent a
more miserable night, though there was the extreme satisfaction of
knowing that every inch of canvas was drawing.

Towards morning the short jerking motion of a ship close hauled,
made me know that we were standing in for the land, and at daylight
we anchored in Koloa Roads.  The view is a pleasant one.  The rains
have been abundant, and the land, which here rises rather gradually
from the sea, is dotted with houses, abounds in signs of
cultivation, and then spreads up into a rolling country between
precipitous ranges of mountains.  The hills look something like
those of Oahu, but their wonderful greenness denotes a cooler
climate and more copious rains, also their slopes and valleys are
densely wooded, and Kauai obviously has its characteristic features,
one of which must certainly be a superabundance of that most
unsightly cactus, the prickly pear, to which the motto nemo me
impune lacessit most literally applies.

I had not time to tell you before that this trip to Kauai was
hastily arranged for me by several of my Honolulu friends, some of
whom gave me letters of introduction, while others wrote forewarning
their friends of my arrival.  I am often reminded of Hazael's
question, "Is thy servant a dog that he should do this thing?"
There is no inn or boarding house on the island, and I had hitherto
believed that I could not be concussed into following the usual
custom whereby a traveller throws himself on the hospitality of the
residents.  Yet, under the influence of Honolulu persuasions, I am
doing this very thing, but with an amount of mauvaise honte and
trepidation, which I will not voluntarily undergo again.

My first introduction was to Mrs. Smith, wife of a secular member of
the Mission, and it requested her to find means of forwarding me a
distance of twenty-three miles.  Her son was at the landing with a
buggy, a most unpleasant index of the existence of carriage roads,
and brought me here; and Mrs. Smith most courteously met me at the
door.  When I presented my letter I felt like a thief detected in a
first offence, but I was at once made welcome, and my kind hosts
insist on my remaining with them for some days.  Their house is a
pretty old-fashioned looking tropical dwelling, much shaded by
exotics, and the parlour is homelike with new books.  There are two
sons and two daughters at home, all, as well as their parents,
interesting themselves assiduously in the welfare of the natives.
Six bright-looking native girls are receiving an industrial training
in the house.  Yesterday being Sunday, the young people taught a
Sunday school twice, besides attending the native church, an act of
respect to Divine service in Hawaiian which always has an influence
on the native attendance.

We have had some beautiful rides in the neighbourhood.  It is a
wild, lonely, picturesque coast, and the Pacific moans along it,
casting itself on it in heavy surges, with a singularly dreary
sound.  There are some very fine specimens of the phenomena called
"blow-holes" on the shore, not like the "spouting cave" at Iona,
however.  We spent a long time in watching the action of one, though
not the finest.  At half tide this "spouting horn" throws up a
column of water over sixty feet in height from a very small orifice,
and the effect of the compressed air rushing through a crevice near
it, sometimes with groans and shrieks, and at others with a hollow
roar like the warning fog-horn on a coast, is magnificent, when, as
to-day, there is a heavy swell on the coast.

Kauai is much out of the island world, owing to the infrequent
visits of the Kilauea, but really it is only twelve hours by steam
from the capital.  Strangers visit it seldom, as it has no active
volcano like Hawaii, or colossal crater like Maui, or anything
sensational of any kind.  It is called the "Garden Island," and has
no great wastes of black lava and red ash like its neighbours.  It
is queerly shaped, almost circular, with a diameter of from twenty-
eight to thirty miles, and its area is about 500 square miles.
Waialeale, its highest mountain, is 4,800 feet high, but little is
known of it, for it is swampy and dangerous, and a part of it is a
forest-covered and little explored tableland, terminating on the sea
in a range of perpendicular precipices 2,000 feet in depth, so steep
it is said, that a wild cat could not get round them.  Owing to
these, and the virtual inaccessibility of a large region behind
them, no one can travel round the island by land, and small as it
is, very little seems to be known of portions of its area.

Kauai has apparently two centres of formation, and its mountains are
thickly dotted with craters.  The age and density of the vegetation
within and without those in this Koloa district, indicate a very
long cessation from volcanic action.  It is truly an oddly contrived
island.  An elevated rolling region, park-like, liberally ornamented
with clumps of ohia, lauhala, hau, (hibiscus) and koa, and
intersected with gullies full of large eugenias, lies outside the
mountain spurs behind Koloa.  It is only the tropical trees,
specially the lauhala or "screw pine," the whimsical shapes of
outlying ridges, which now and then lie like the leaves in a book,
and the strange forms of extinct craters, which distinguish it from
some of our most beautiful park scenery, such as Windsor Great Park
or Belvoir.  It is a soft tranquil beauty, and a tolerable road
which owes little enough to art, increases the likeness to the sweet
home scenery of England.  In this part of the island the ground
seems devoid of stones, and the grass is as fine and smooth as a
race course.

The latest traces of volcanic action are found here.  From the Koloa
Ridge to, and into the sea, a barren uneven surface of pahoehoe
extends, often bulged up in immense bubbles, some of which have
partially burst, leaving caverns, one of which, near the shore, is
paved with the ancient coral reef!

The valleys of Kauai are long, and widen to the sea, and their dark
rich soil is often ten feet deep.  On the windward side the rivers
are very numerous and picturesque.  Between the strong winds and the
lightness of the soil, I should think that like some parts of the
Highlands, "it would take a shower every day."  The leeward side,
quite close to the sea, is flushed and nearly barren, but there is
very little of this desert region.  Kauai is less legible in its
formation than the other islands.  Its mountains, from their
impenetrable forests, dangerous breaks, and swampiness, are
difficult of access, and its ridges are said to be more utterly
irregular, its lavas more decomposed, and its natural sections more
completely smothered under a profuse vegetation than those of any
other island in the tropical Pacific.  Geologists suppose, from the
degradation of its ridges, and the absence of any recent volcanic
products, that it is the oldest of the group, but so far as I have
read, none of them venture to conjecture how many ages it has taken
to convert its hard basalt into the rich soil which now sustains
trees of enormous size.  If this theory be correct, the volcanoes
must have gone on dying out from west to east, from north to south,
till only Kilauea remains, and its energies appear to be declining.
The central mountain of this island is built of a heavy ferruginous
basalt, but the shore ridges contain less iron, are more porous, and
vary in their structure from a compact phonolite, to a ponderous
basalt.

The population of Kauai is a widely scattered one of 4,900, and as
it is an out of the world region the people are probably better, and
less sophisticated.  They are accounted rustics, or "pagans," in the
classical sense, elsewhere.  Horses are good and very cheap, and the
natives of both sexes are most expert riders.  Among their feats,
are picking up small coins from the ground while going at full
gallop, or while riding at the same speed wringing off the heads of
unfortunate fowls, whose bodies are buried in the earth.

There are very few foreigners, and they appear on the whole a good
set, and very friendly among each other.  Many of them are actively
interested in promoting the improvement of the natives, but it is
uphill work, and ill-rewarded, at least on earth.  The four sugar
plantations employ a good deal of Chinese labour, and I fear that
the Chinamen are stealthily tempting the Hawaiians to smoke opium.

All the world over, however far behind aborigines are in the useful
arts, they exercise a singular ingenuity in devising means for
intoxicating and stupifying themselves.  On these islands
distillation is illegal, and a foreigner is liable to conviction and
punishment for giving spirits to a native Hawaiian, yet the natives
contrive to distil very intoxicating drinks, specially from the root
of the ti tree, and as the spirit is unrectified it is both fiery
and unwholesome.  Licences to sell spirits are confined to the
capital.  In spite of the notoriously bad effect of alcohol in the
tropics, people drink hard, and the number of deaths which can be
distinctly traced to spirit drinking is quite startling.

The prohibition on selling liquor to natives is the subject of
incessant discussions and "interpellations" in the national
legislature.  Probably all the natives agree in regarding it as a
badge of the "inferiority of colour;" but I have been told generally
that the most intelligent and thoughtful among them are in favour of
its continuance, on the ground that if additional facilities for
drinking were afforded, the decrease in the population would be
accelerated.  In the printed "Parliamentary Proceedings," I see that
petitions are constantly presented praying that the distillation of
spirits may be declared free, while a few are in favour of "total
prohibition."  Another prayer is "that Hawaiians may have the same
privileges as white people in buying and drinking spirituous
liquors."

A bill to repeal the invidious distinction was brought into the
legislature not long since; but the influence of the descendants of
the missionaries and of an influential part of the white community
is so strongly against spirit drinking, as well as against the sale
of drink to the natives, that the law remains on the Statute-book.

The tone in which it was discussed is well indicated by the language
of Kalakaua, the present king's rival:  "The restrictions imposed by
this law do the people no good, but rather harm; for instead of
inculcating the principles of honour, they teach them to steal
behind the bar, the stable, and the closet, where they may be
sheltered from the eyes of the law.  The heavy licence imposed on
the liquor dealers, and the prohibition against selling to the
natives are an infringement of our civil rights, binding not only
the purchaser but the dealer against acquiring and possessing
property.  Then, Mr. President, I ask, where lies virtue, where lies
justice?  Not in those that bind the liberty of this people, by
refusing them the privilege that they now crave, of drinking
spirituous liquors without restriction.  Will you by persisting that
this law remain in force make us a nation of hypocrites? or will you
repeal it, that honour and virtue may for once be yours, O Hawaii."
A committee of the Assembly, in reporting on the question of the
prohibition of the sale of intoxicants to anybody, through its
chairman, Mr. Carter, stated, "Experience teaches that such
prohibition could not be enforced without a strong public sentiment
to indorse it, and such a sentiment does not prevail in this
community, as is evidenced by the fact that the sale of intoxicating
drinks to natives is largely practised in defiance of law and the
executive, and that the manufacture of intoxicating drinks, though
prohibited, is carried on in every district of the kingdom."  So the
question which is rising in every country ruled or colonised by
Anglo-Saxons, is also agitated here with very strong feeling on both
sides.

I was led to this digression by seeing, for the first time, some
very fine plants of the Piper methysticum.  This is awa, truly a
"plant of renown" throughout Polynesia.  Strange tales are told of
it.  It is said to produce profound sleep, with visions more
enchanting than those of opium or hasheesh, and that its repetition,
instead of being deleterious, is harmless and even wholesome.  Its
sale is prohibited, except on the production of evidence that it has
been prescribed as a drug.  Nevertheless no law on the islands is so
grossly violated.  It is easy to GIVE it, and easy to grow it, or
dig it up in the woods, so that, in spite of the legal restrictions,
it is used to an enormous extent.  It was proposed absolutely to
prohibit the sale of it, though the sum paid for the licence is no
inconsiderable item in the revenue of a kingdom, which, like many
others, is experiencing the difficulty of "making both ends meet;"
but the committee which sat upon the subject reported "that such
prohibition is not practicable, unless its growth and cultivation
are prevented.  So long as public sentiment permits the open
violation of the existing laws regulating its sale without rebuke,
so long will it be of little use to attempt prohibition."  One
cannot be a day on the islands without hearing wonderful stories
about awa; and its use is defended by some who are strongly opposed
to the use as well as abuse of intoxicants.  People who like "The
Earl and the Doctor" delight themselves in the strongly sensuous
element which pervades Polynesian life, delight themselves too, in
contemplating the preparation and results of the awa beverage; but
both are to me extremely disgusting, and I cannot believe that a
drink, which stupifies the senses, and deprives a human being of the
power to exercise reason and will, is anything but hurtful to the
moral nature.

While passing the Navigator group, one of my fellow-passengers, who
had been for some time in Tutuila, described the preparation of awa
poetically, the root "being masticated by the pearly teeth of dusky
flower-clad maidens;" but I was an accidental witness of a nocturnal
"awa drinking" on Hawaii, and saw nothing but very plain prose.  I
feel as if I must approach the subject mysteriously.  I had no time
to tell you of the circumstance when it occurred, when also I was
completely ignorant that it was an illegal affair; and, now with a
sort of "guilty knowledge" I tremble to relate what I saw, and to
divulge that though I could not touch the beverage, I tasted the
root, which has an acrid pungent taste, something like horse-radish,
with an aromatic flavour in addition, and I can imagine that the
acquired taste for it must, like other acquired tastes, be perfectly
irresistible, even without the additional gratification of the
results which follow its exercise.

In the particular instance which I saw, two girls who were not
beautiful, and an old man who would have been hideous but for a set
of sound regular teeth, were sitting on the ground masticating the
awa root, the process being contemplated with extreme interest by a
number of adults.  When, by careful chewing, they had reduced the
root to a pulpy consistence, they tossed it into a large calabash,
and relieved their mouths of superfluous saliva before preparing a
fresh mouthful.  This went on till a considerable quantity was
provided, and then water was added, and the mass was kneaded and
stirred with the hands till it looked like soap suds.  It was then
strained; and after more water had been added it was poured into
cocoa-nut calabashes, and handed round.  Its appearance eventually
was like weak, frothy coffee and milk.  The appearance of purely
animal gratification on the faces of those who drank it, instead of
being poetic, was of the low gross earth.  Heads thrown back, lips
parted with a feeble sensual smile, eyes hazy and unfocussed, arms
folded on the breast, and the mental faculties numbed and sliding
out of reach.

Those who drink it pass through the stage of idiocy into a deep
sleep, which it is said can be reproduced once without an extra
dose, by bathing in cold water.  Confirmed awa drinkers might be
mistaken for lepers, for they are covered with whitish scales, and
have inflamed eyes and a leathery skin, for the epidermis is
thickened and whitened, and eventually peels off.  The habit has
been adopted by not a few whites, specially on Hawaii, though, of
course, to a certain extent clandestinely.  Awa is taken also as a
medicine, and was supposed to be a certain cure for corpulence.

The root and base of the stem are the parts used, and it is best
when these are fresh.  It seems to exercise a powerful fascination,
and to be loved and glorified as whisky is in Scotland, and wine in
southern Europe.  In some of the other islands of Polynesia, on
festive occasions, when the chewed root is placed in the calabash,
and the water is poured on, the whole assemblage sings appropriate
songs in its praise; and this is kept up until the decoction has
been strained to its dregs.  But here, as the using it as a beverage
is an illicit process, a great mystery attends it.  It is said that
awa drinking is again on the increase, and with the illicit
distillation of unwholesome spirits, and the illicit sale of
imported spirits and the opium smoking, the consumption of
stimulants and narcotics on the islands is very considerable. {295}

To turn from drink to climate.  It is strange that with such a heavy
rainfall, dwellings built on the ground and never dried by fires
should be so perfectly free from damp as they are.  On seeing the
houses here and in Honolulu, buried away in dense foliage, my first
thought was, "how lovely in summer, but how unendurably damp in
winter," forgetting that I arrived in the nominal winter, and that
it is really summer all the year.  Lest you should think that I am
perversely exaggerating the charms of the climate, I copy a sentence
from a speech made by Kamehameha IV., at the opening of an Hawaiian
agricultural society:--

"Who ever heard of winter on our shores?  Where among us shall we
find the numberless drawbacks which, in less favoured countries, the
labourer has to contend with?  They have no place in our beautiful
group, which rests like a water lily on the swelling bosom of the
Pacific.  The heaven is tranquil above our heads, and the sun keeps
his jealous eye upon us every day, while his rays are so tempered
that they never wither prematurely what they have warmed into life."
{296}  The kindness of my hosts is quite overwhelming.  They will
not hear of my buying a horse, but insist on my taking away with me
the one which I have been riding since I came, the best I have
ridden on the islands, surefooted, fast, easy, and ambitious.  I
have complete sympathy with the passion which the natives have for
riding.  Horses are abundant and cheap on Kauai:  a fairly good one
can be bought for $20.  I think every child possesses one.  Indeed
the horses seem to outnumber the people.

The eight native girls who are being trained and educated here as a
"family school" have their horses, and go out to ride as English
children go for a romp into a play-ground.  Yesterday Mrs. S. said,
"Now, girls, get the horses," and soon two little creatures of eight
and ten came galloping up on two spirited animals.  They had not
only caught and bridled them, but had put on the complicated Mexican
saddles as securely as if men had done it; and I got a lesson from
them in making the Mexican knot with the thong which secures the
cinch, which will make me independent henceforward.

These children can all speak English, and their remarks are most
original and amusing.  They have not a particle of respect of
manner, as we understand it, but seem very docile.  They are naive
and fascinating in their manners, and the most joyous children I
ever saw.  When they are not at their lessons, or household
occupations, they are dancing on stilts, acting plays of their own
invention, riding or bathing, and they laugh all day long.  Mrs. S.
has trained nearly seventy since she has been here.  If there were
nothing else they see family life in a pure and happy form, which
must in itself be a moral training, and by dint of untiring
watchfulness they are kept aloof from the corrupt native
associations.  Indeed they are not allowed to have any intercourse
with natives, for, according to one of the missionaries who has
spent many years on the islands:  "None know or can conceive without
personal observation the nameless taint that pervades the whole
garrulous talk and gregarious life of all heathen peoples, and above
which our poor Hawaiian friends have not yet risen."  Of this
universal impurity of speech every one speaks in the strongest
terms, and careful white parents not only seclude their children in
early years from unrestrained intercourse with the natives, but
prevent them from acquiring the Hawaiian tongue.  In this respect
the training of native girls involves a degree of patient
watchfulness which must at times press heavily on those who
undertake it, as the carefulness of years might fail of its result,
if it were intermitted for one afternoon.
                                   I.L.B.



LETTER XXI.

MAKAUELI, KAUAI.

After my letters from Hawaii, and their narratives of volcanoes,
freshets, and out of the world valleys, you will think my present
letters dull, so I must begin this one pleasantly, by telling you
that though I have no stirring adventures to relate, I am enjoying
myself and improving again in health, and that the people are
hospitable, genial, and cultivated, and that Kauai, though
altogether different from Hawaii, has an extreme beauty altogether
its own, which wins one's love, though it does not startle one into
admiration like that of the Hawaiian gulches.  Is it because that,
though the magic of novelty is over it, there is a perpetual
undercurrent of home resemblance?  The dash of its musical waters
might be in Cumberland; its swelling uplands, with their clumps of
trees, might be in Kent; and then again, steep, broken, wooded
ridges, with glades of grass, suggest the Val Moutiers; and broader
sweeps of mountain outline, the finest scenery of the Alleghanies.

But yet the very things which have a certain tenderness of
familiarity, are in a foreign setting.  The great expanse of restful
sea, so faintly blue all day, and so faintly red in the late
afternoon, is like no other ocean in its unutterable peace; and this
joyous, riotous trade-wind, which rustles the trees all day, and
falls asleep at night, and cools the air, seems to come from some
widely different laboratory than that in which our vicious east
winds, and damp west winds, and piercing north winds, and
suffocating south winds are concocted.  Here one cannot ride "into
the teeth of a north-easter," for such the trade-wind really is,
without feeling at once invigorated, and wrapped in an atmosphere of
balm.  It is not here so tropical looking as in Hawaii, and though
there are not the frightful volcanic wildernesses which make a
thirsty solitude in the centre of that island, neither are there
those bursts of tropical luxuriance which make every gulch an
epitome of Paradise:  I really cannot define the difference, for
here, as there, palms glass themselves in still waters, bananas
flourish, and the forests are green with ferns.

We took three days for our journey of twenty-three miles from Koloa,
the we, consisting of Mrs. ---, the widow of an early missionary
teacher, venerable in years and character, a native boy of ten years
old, her squire, a second Kaluna, without Kaluna's good qualities,
and myself.  Mrs. --- is not a bold horsewoman, and preferred to
keep to a foot's pace, which fretted my ambitious animal, whose
innocent antics alarmed her in turn.  We only rode seven miles the
first day, through a park-like region, very like Western Wisconsin,
and just like what I expected and failed to find in New Zealand.
Grass-land much tumbled about, the turf very fine and green, dotted
over with clumps and single trees, with picturesque, rocky hills,
deeply cleft by water-courses were on our right, and on our left the
green slopes blended with the flushed, stony soil near the sea, on
which indigo and various compositae are the chief vegetation.  It
was hot, but among the hills on our right, cool clouds were coming
down in frequent showers, and the white foam of cascades gleamed
among the ohias, whose dark foliage at a distance has almost the
look of pine woods.

Our first halting place was one of the prettiest places I ever saw,
a buff frame-house, with a deep verandah festooned with passion
flowers, two or three guest houses also bright with trailers,
scattered about under the trees near it, a pretty garden, a
background of grey rocky hills cool with woods and ravines, and over
all the vicinity, that air of exquisite trimness which is
artificially produced in England, but is natural here.

Kaluna the Second soon showed symptoms of being troublesome.  The
native servants were away, and he was dull, and for that I pitied
him.  He asked leave to go back to Koloa for a "sleeping tapa,"
which was refused, and either out of spite or carelessness, instead
of fastening the horses into the pasture, he let them go, and the
following morning when we were ready for our journey they were lost.
Then he borrowed a horse, and late in the afternoon returned with
the four animals, who were all white with foam and dust, and this
escapade detained us another night.  Subsequently, after disobeying
orders, he lost his horse, which was a borrowed one, deserted his
mistress, and absconded!

The slopes over which we travelled were red, hot, and stony, cleft
in one place however, by a green, fertile valley, full of rice and
kalo patches, and native houses, with a broad river, the Hanapepe,
flowing quietly down the middle, which we forded near the sea, where
it was half-way up my horse's sides.  After plodding all day over
stony soil in the changeless sunshine, as the shadows lengthened, we
turned directly up towards the mountains and began a two hours
ascent.  It was delicious.  They were so cool, so green, so varied,
their grey pinnacles so splintered, their precipices so abrupt,
their ravines so dark and deep, and their lower slopes covered with
the greenest and finest grass; then dark ohias rose singly, then in
twos and threes, and finally mixed in dense forest masses, with the
pea-green of the kukui.

It became yet lovelier as the track wound through deep wooded
ravines, or snaked along the narrow tops of spine-like ridges; the
air became cooler, damper, and more like elixir, till at a height of
1500 feet we came upon Makaueli, ideally situated upon an unequalled
natural plateau, a house of patriarchal size for the islands, with a
verandah festooned with roses, fuchsias, the water lemon, and other
passion flowers, and with a large guest-house attached.  It stands
on a natural lawn, with abrupt slopes, sprinkled with orange trees
burdened with fruit, ohias, and hibiscus.  From the back verandah
the forest-covered mountains rise, and in front a deep ravine widens
to the grassy slopes below and the lonely Pacific,--as I write, a
golden sea, on which the island of Niihau, eighteen miles distant,
floats like an amethyst.

The solitude is perfect.  Except the "quarters" at the back, I think
there is not a house, native or foreign, within six miles, though
there are several hundred natives on the property.  Birds sing in
the morning, and the trees rustle throughout the day; but in the
cool evenings the air is perfectly still, and the trickle of a
stream is the only sound.

The house has the striking novelty of a chimney, and there is a fire
all day long in the dining-room.

I must now say a little about my hosts and try to give you some idea
of them.  I heard their history from Mr. Damon, and thought it too
strange to be altogether true until it was confirmed by themselves.
{303}  The venerable lady at the head of the house emigrated from
Scotland to New Zealand many years ago, where her husband was
unfortunately drowned, and she being left to bring up a large
family, and manage a large property, was equally successful with
both.  Her great ambition was to keep her family together, something
on the old patriarchal system; and when her children grew up, and it
seemed as if even their very extensive New Zealand property was not
large enough for them, she sold it, and embarking her family and
moveable possessions on board a clipper-ship, owned and commanded by
one of her sons-in-law, they sailed through the Pacific in search of
a home where they could remain together.

They were strongly tempted by Tahiti, but some reasons having
decided them against it, they sailed northwards and put into
Honolulu.  Mr. Damon, who was seaman's chaplain, on going down to
the wharf one day, was surprised to find their trim barque, with
this immense family party on board, with a beautiful and brilliant
old lady at its head, books, pictures, work, and all that could add
refinement to a floating home, about them, and cattle and sheep of
valuable breeds in pens on deck.  They then sailed for British
Columbia, but were much disappointed with it, and in three months
they re-appeared at Honolulu, much at a loss regarding their future
prospects.

The island of Niihau was then for sale, and in a very short time
they purchased it of Kamehameha V. for a ridiculously low price, and
taking their wooden houses with them, established themselves for
seven years.  It is truly isolated, both by a heavy surf and a
disagreeable sea-passage, and they afterwards bought this beautiful
and extensive property, made a road, and built the house.  Only the
second son and his wife live now on Niihau, where they are the only
white residents among 350 natives.  It has an area of 70,000 acres,
and could sustain a far larger number of sheep than the 20,000 now
upon it.  It is said that the transfer of the island involved some
hardships, owing to a number of the natives having neglected to
legalise their claims to their kuleanas, but the present possessors
have made themselves thoroughly acquainted with the language, and
take the warmest interest in the island population.  Niihau is
famous for its very fine mats, and for necklaces of shells six yards
long, as well as for the extreme beauty and variety of the shells
which are found there.

The household here consists first and foremost of its head, Mrs. ---
, a lady of the old Scotch type, very talented, bright, humorous,
charming, with a definite character which impresses its force upon
everybody; beautiful in her old age, disdaining that servile
conformity to prevailing fashion which makes many old people at once
ugly and contemptible:  speaking English with a slight, old-
fashioned, refined Scotch accent, which gives naivete to everything
she says, up to the latest novelty in theology and politics:
devoted to her children and grandchildren, the life of the family,
and though upwards of seventy, the first to rise, and the last to
retire in the house.  She was away when I came, but some days
afterwards rode up on horseback, in a large drawn silk bonnet, which
she rarely lays aside, as light in her figure and step as a young
girl, looking as if she had walked out of an old picture, or one of
Dean Ramsay's books.

Then there are her eldest son, a bachelor, two widowed daughters
with six children between them, three of whom are grown up young
men, and a tutor, a young Prussian officer, who was on Maximilian's
staff up to the time of the Queretaro disaster, and is still
suffering from Mexican barbarities.  The remaining daughter is
married to a Norwegian gentleman, who owns and resides on the next
property.  So the family is together, and the property is large
enough to give scope to the grandchildren as they require it.

They are thoroughly Hawaiianised.  The young people all speak
Hawaiian as easily as English, and the three young men, who are
superb young fellows, about six feet high, not only emulate the
natives in feats of horsemanship, such as throwing the lasso, and
picking up a coin while going at full gallop, but are surf-board
riders, an art which it has been said to be impossible for
foreigners to acquire.

The natives on Niihau and in this part of Kauai, call Mrs. ---
"Mama."  Their rent seems to consist in giving one or more days'
service in a month, so it is a revival of the old feudality.  In
order to patronise native labour, my hosts dispense with a Chinese,
and employ a native cook, and native women come in and profess to do
some of the housework, but it is a very troublesome arrangement, and
ends in the ladies doing all the finer cooking, and superintending
the coarser, setting the table, trimming the lamps, cutting out and
"fixing" all the needlework, besides planning the indoor and outdoor
work which the natives are supposed to do.  Having related their
proficiency in domestic duties, I must add that they are splendid
horsewomen, one of them an excellent shot, and the other has enough
practical knowledge of seamanship, as well as navigation, to enable
her to take a ship round the world!  It is a busy life, owing to the
large number of natives daily employed, and the necessity of looking
after the native lunas, or overseers.  Dr. Smith at Koloa, twenty-
two miles off, is the only doctor on the island, and the natives
resort to this house in great numbers for advice and medicine in
their many ailments.  It is much such a life as people lead at
Raasay, Applecross, or some other remote Highland place, only that
people who come to visit here, unless they ride twenty-two miles,
must come to the coast in the Jenny instead of being conveyed by one
of David Hutcheson's luxurious steamers.  If the Clansman were "put
on," probably the great house would not contain the strangers who
would arrive!

We were sitting in the library one morning when Mr. M., of Timaru,
N.Z., rode up with an introduction, and was of course cordially
welcomed.  He goes on to England, where you will doubtless cross-
question him concerning my statements.  During his visit a large
party of us made a delightful expedition to the Hanapepe Falls, one
of the "lions" of Kauai.  It is often considered too "rough" for
ladies, and when Mrs. --- and I said we were going, I saw Mr. M.
look as if he thought we should be a dependent nuisance; I was
amused afterwards with his surprise at Mrs. ---'s courageous
horsemanship, and at his obvious confusion as to whether he should
help us, which question he wisely decided in the negative.

If "happiness is atmosphere," we were surely happy.  The day was
brilliant, and as cool as early June at home, but the sweet, joyous
trade-wind could not be brewed elsewhere than on the Pacific.  The
scenery was glorious, and mountains, trees, frolicsome water, and
scarlet birds, all rioted as if in conscious happiness.  Existence
was a luxury, and reckless riding a mere outcome of the animal
spirits of horses and riders, and the thud of the shoeless feet as
the horses galloped over the soft grass was sweeter than music.  I
could hardly hold my horse at all, and down hills as steep as the
east side of Arthur's Seat, over knife-like ridges too narrow for
two to ride abreast, and along side-tracks only a foot wide, we rode
at full gallop, till we pulled up at the top of a descent of 2,000
feet with a broad, rapid river at its feet, emerging from between
colossal walls of rock to girdle a natural lawn of the bright
manienie grass.  There had been a "drive" of horses, and numbers of
these, with their picturesque saddles, were picketed there, while
their yet more picturesque, scarlet-shirted riders lounged in the
sun.

It was a difficult two hours' ride from thence to the Falls, worthy
of Hawaii, and since my adventures in the Hilo gulches I cannot
cross running water without feeling an amount of nervousness which I
can conceal, but cannot reason myself out of.  In going and
returning, we forded the broad, rugged river twenty-six times,
always in water up to my horse's girths, and the bottom was so rocky
and full of holes, and the torrent so impetuous, that the animals
floundered badly and evidently disliked the whole affair.  Once it
had been possible to ride along the edge, but the river had torn
away what there was of margin in a freshet, so that we had to cross
perpetually, to attain the rough, boulder-strewn strips which lay
between the cliffs and itself.  Sometimes we rode over roundish
boulders like those on the top of Ben Cruachan, or like those of the
landing at Iona, and most of those under the rush of the bright
foaming water were covered with a silky green weed, on which the
horses slipped alarmingly.  My companions always took the lead, and
by the time that each of their horses had struggled, slipped, and
floundered in and out of holes, and breasted and leapt up steep
banks, I was ready to echo Mr. M.'s exclamation regarding Mrs. ---,
"I never saw such riding; I never saw ladies with such nerve."  I
certainly never saw people encounter such difficulties for the sake
of scenery.  Generally, a fall would be regarded as practically
inaccessible which could only be approached in such a way.

I will not inflict another description of similar scenery upon you,
but this, though perhaps exceeding all others in beauty, is not only
a type, perhaps the finest type, of a species of canon very common
on these islands, but is also so interesting geologically that you
must tolerate a very few words upon it.

The valley for two or three miles from the sea is nearly level, very
fertile, and walled in by palis 250 feet high, much grooved
vertically, and presenting fine layers of conglomerate and grey
basalt; and the Hanapepe winds quietly through the region which it
fertilises, a stream several hundred feet wide, with a soft, smooth
bottom.  But four miles inland the bed becomes rugged and
declivitous, and the mountain walls close in, forming a most
magnificent canon from 1,000 to 2,500 feet deep.  Other canons of
nearly equal beauty descend to swell the Hanapepe with their clear,
cool, tributaries, and there are "meetings of the waters" worthier
of verse than those of Avoca.  The walls are broken and highly
fantastic, narrowing here, receding there, their strangely-arched
recesses festooned with the feathery trichomanes, their clustering
columns and broken buttresses suggesting some old-world minster, and
their stately tiers of columnar basalt rising one above another in
barren grey into the far-off blue sky.  The river in carving out the
gorge so grandly has most energetically removed all rubbish, and
even the tributaries of the lateral canons do not accumulate any
"wash" in the main bed.  The walls as a rule rise clear from the
stream, which, besides its lateral tributaries, receives other
contributions in the form of waterfalls, which hurl themselves into
it from the cliffs in one leap.

After ascending it for four miles all further progress was barred by
a pali which curves round from the right, and closes the chasm with
a perpendicular wall, over which the Hanapepe precipitates itself
from a height of 326 feet, forming the Koula Falls.  At the summit
is a very fine entablature of curved columnar basalt, resembling the
clam shell cave at Staffa, and two high, sharp, and impending peaks
on the other side form a stately gateway for a stream which enters
from another and broader valley; but it is but one among many small
cascades, which round the arc of the falls flash out in foam among
the dark foliage, and contribute their tiny warble to the diapason
of the waterfall.  It rewards one well for penetrating the deep gash
which has been made into the earth.  It seemed so very far away from
all buzzing, frivolous, or vexing things, in the cool, dark abyss
into which only the noon-day sun penetrates.  All beautiful things
which love damp; all exquisite, tender ferns and mosses; all shade-
loving parasites flourish there in perennial beauty.  And high above
in the sunshine, the pea-green candle-nut struggles with the dark
ohia for precarious roothold on rocky ledges, and dense masses of
Eugenia, aflame with crimson flowers, and bananas, and all the leafy
wealth born of heat and damp fill up the clefts which fissure the
pali.  Every now and then some scarlet tropic bird flashed across
the shadow, but it was a very lifeless and a very silent scene.  The
arches, buttresses, and columns suggest a temple, and the deep tone
of the fall is as organ music.  It is all beauty, solemnity, and
worship.

It was sad to leave it and to think how very few eyes can ever feast
themselves on its beauty.  We came back again into gladness and
sunshine, and to the vulgar necessity of eating, which the natives
ministered to by presenting us with a substantial meal of stewed
fowls and sweet potatoes at the nearest shanty.  There must have
been something intoxicating in the air, for we rode wildly and
recklessly, galloping down steep hills (which on principle I object
to), and putting our horses to their utmost speed.  Mine ran off
with me several times, and once nearly upset Mr. M.'s horse, as he
probably will tell you.

The natives annoy me everywhere by their inhumanity to their horses.
To-day I became an object of derision to them for hunting for sow-
thistles, and bringing back a large bundle of them to my excellent
animal.  They starve their horses from mere carelessness or
laziness, spur them mercilessly, when the jaded, famished things
almost drop from exhaustion, ride them with great sores under the
saddles, and with their bodies deeply cut with the rough girths; and
though horses are not regarded as more essential in any part of the
world, they neglect and maltreat them in every way, and laugh
scornfully if one shows any consideration for them.  Except for
short shopping distances in Honolulu, I have never seen a native man
or woman walking.  They think walking a degradation, and I have seen
men take the trouble to mount horses to go 100 yards.

I have no time to tell you of a three days' expedition which five of
us made into the heart of the nearer mountainous district, attended
by some mounted natives.  Mr. K., from whose house we started, has
the finest mango grove on the islands.  It is a fine foliaged tree,
but is everywhere covered with a black blight, which gives the
groves the appearance of being in mourning, as the tough, glutinous
film covers all the older leaves.  The mango is an exotic fruit, and
people think a great deal of it, and send boxes of mangoes as
presents to their friends.  It is yellow, with a reddish bloom,
something like a magnum bonum plum, three times magnified.  The only
way of eating it in comfort is to have a tub of water beside you.
It should be eaten in private by any one who wants to retain the
admiration of his friends.  It has an immense stone, and a
disproportionately small pulp.  I think it tastes strongly of
turpentine at first, but this is a heresy.

Beyond Waielva and its mango groves there is a very curious sand
bank about 60 feet high, formed by wind and currents, and of a
steep, uniform angle from top to bottom.  It is very coarse sand,
composed of shells, coral, and lava.  When two handfuls are slapped
together, a sound like the barking of a dog ensues, hence its name,
the Barking Sands.  It is a common amusement with strangers to slide
their horses down the steep incline, which produces a sound like
subterranean thunder, which terrifies unaccustomed animals.  Besides
this phenomenon, the mirage is often seen on the dry, hot soil, and
so perfectly, too, that strangers have been known to attempt to ride
round the large lake which they saw before them.

Pleasant as our mountain trip was, both in itself, and as a specimen
of the way in which foreigners recreate themselves on the islands, I
was glad to get back to the broad Waimea, on which long shadows of
palms reposed themselves in the slant sunshine, and in the short red
twilight to arrive at this breezy height, and be welcomed by a
blazing fire.

Mrs. ---, in speaking of the mode of living here, was telling me
that on a recent visit to England she felt depressed the whole time
by what appeared to her "the scarcity" in the country.  I never knew
the meaning of the Old Testament blessing of "plenty" and "bread to
the full" till I was in abundant Victoria, and it is much the same
here.  At home we know nothing of this, which was one of the
chiefest of the blessings promised in the Old Testament.  Its
GENIALISING effect is very obvious.  A man feels more practically
independent, I think, when he can say to all his friends, "Drop in
to dinner whenever you like," than if he possessed the franchise six
times over; and people can indulge in hospitality and exercise the
franchise, too, here, for meat is only twopence a pound, and bananas
can be got for the gathering.  The ever-increasing cost of food with
us makes free-hearted hospitality an impossibility, and withers up
all those kindly instincts which find expression in housing and
feeding both friends and strangers.
                                   I.L.B.



LETTER XXII.

LIHUE.  KAUAI.

I rode from Makaueli to Dr. Smith's, at Koloa, with two native
attendants, a luna to sustain my dignity, and an inferior native to
carry my carpet-bag.  Horses are ridden with curb-bits here, and I
had only brought a light snaffle, and my horse ran away with me
again on the road, and when he stopped at last, these men rode
alongside of me, mimicking me, throwing themselves back with their
feet forwards, tugging at their bridles, and shrieking with
laughter, exclaiming Maikai!  Maikai!  (good).

I remained several days at Koloa, and would gladly have accepted the
hospitable invitation to stay as many weeks, but for a cowardly
objection to "beating to windward" in the Jenny.  The scenery in the
Koloa woods is exquisitely beautiful.  Such supreme beauty produces
on me some of the effects which fine music has upon those who have
an exquisite sense of it.  It speaks in a language of its own, like
music, and is equally untranslatable.

One day, the girls asked me to go with them to the forests and
return by moonlight, but they only spoke of them as the haunts of
ferns, because they supposed that I should think nothing of them
after the forests of Australia and New Zealand!  They were not like
the tropical woods of Hawaii, and owe more to the exceeding
picturesqueness of the natural scenery.  Hawaii is all domes and
humps, Kauai all peaks and sierras.  There were deep ravines, along
which bright fern-shrouded streams brawled among wild bananas,
overarched by Eugenias, with their gory blossoms:  walls of peaks,
and broken precipices, grey ridges rising out of the blue forest
gloom, high mountains with mists wreathing their spiky summits, for
a background:  gleams of a distant silver sea:  and the nearer many-
tinted woods were not matted together in jungle fashion, but
festooned and adorned with numberless lianas, and even the prostrate
trunks of fallen trees took on new beauty from the exquisite ferns
which covered them.  Long cathedral aisles stretched away in far-off
vistas, and so perfect at times was the Gothic illusion, that I
found myself listening for anthems and the roll of organs.  So cool
and moist it was, and triumphantly redundant in vagaries of form and
greenery, it was a forest of forests, and it became a necessity to
return the next day, and the next; and I think if I had remained at
Koloa I should have been returning still.

This place is outside the beauty, among cane-fields, and is much
swept by the trade winds.  Mr. Rice, my host, is the son of an
esteemed missionary, and he and his wife take a deep interest in the
natives.  When he brought her here as a bride a few months ago, the
natives were so delighted that he had married an island lady who
could speak Hawaiian, that they gave them an ahaaina, or native
feast, on a grand scale.  The food was cooked in Polynesian style,
by being wrapped up in greens called luau, and baked underground.
There were two bullocks, nineteen hogs, a hundred fowls, any
quantity of poi and fruit, and innumerable native dishes.  Five
hundred natives, profusely decorated with leis of flowers and maile,
were there, and each brought a gift for the bride.  After the feast
they chaunted meles in praise of Mr. Rice, and Mrs. Rice played to
them on her piano, an instrument which they had not seen before, and
sang songs to them in Hawaiian.  Mr. and Mrs. R. teach in and
superintend a native Sunday-school, and have enlisted twenty native
teachers, and in order to keep up the interest and promote cordial
feeling, they and the other teachers meet once a month for a regular
teachers' meeting, taking the houses in rotation.  Refreshments are
served afterwards, and they say that nothing can be more agreeable
than the good feeling at the meetings, and the tact and graceful
hospitality which prevail at the subsequent entertainments.

The Hawaiians are a most pleasant people to foreigners, but many of
their ways are altogether aggravating.  Unlike the Chinamen, they
seldom do a thing right twice.  In my experience, they have almost
never saddled and bridled my horse quite correctly.  Either a strap
has been left unbuckled, or the blanket has been wrinkled under the
saddle.  They are too easy to care much about anything.  If any
serious loss arises to themselves or others through their
carelessness, they shrug their shoulders, and say, "What does it
matter?"  Any trouble is just a pilikia.  They can't help it.  If
they lose your horse from neglecting to tether it, they only laugh
when they find you are wanting to proceed on your journey.  Time,
they think, is nothing to any one.  "What's the use of being in a
hurry?"  Their neglect of their children, a cause from which a large
proportion of the few born perish, is a part of this universal
carelessness.  The crime of infanticide, which formerly prevailed to
a horrible extent, has long been extinct; but the love of pleasure
and the dislike of trouble which partially actuated it, are
apparently still stronger among the women than the maternal
instinct, and they do not take the trouble necessary to rear their
infants.  They give their children away, too, to a great extent, and
I have heard of instances in which children have been so passed from
hand to hand, that they are quite ignorant of their real parents.
It is an odd caprice in some cases, that women who have given away
their own children are passionately attached to those whom they have
received as presents, but I have nowhere seen such tenderness
lavished upon infants as upon the pet dogs that the women carry
about with them.  Though they are so deficient in adhesiveness to
family ties, that wives seek other husbands, and even children
desert their parents for adoptive homes, the tie of race is
intensely strong, and they are remarkably affectionate to each
other, sharing with each other food, clothing, and all that they
possess.  There are no paupers among them but the lunatics and the
lepers, and vagrancy is unknown.  Happily on these sunny shores no
man or woman can be tempted into sin by want.

With all their faults, and their intolerable carelessness, all the
foreigners like them, partly from the absolute security which they
enjoy among them.  They are so thoroughly good-natured, mirthful,
and friendly, and so ready to enter heart and soul into all haole
diversions, that the islands would be dreary indeed if the dwindling
race became extinct.

Among the many misfortunes of the islands, it has been a fortunate
thing that the missionaries' families have turned out so well, and
that there is no ground for the common reproach that good men's sons
turn out reprobates.

The Americans show their usual practical sagacity in missionary
matters.  In 1853, when these islands were nominally Christianised,
and a native ministry consisting of fifty-six pastors had been
established, the American Board of Missions, which had expended
during thirty-five years nine hundred and three thousand dollars in
Christianising the group, and had sent out 149 male and female
missionaries, resolved that it should not receive any further aid
either in men or money.

In the early days, the King and chiefs had bestowed lands upon the
Mission, on which substantial mission premises had been erected, and
on withdrawing from the islands, the Board wisely made over these
lands to the Mission families as freehold property.  The result has
been that, instead of a universal migration of the young people to
America, numbers of them have been attached to Hawaiian soil.  The
establishment at an early date of Punahou College, at which for a
small sum both boys and girls receive a first-class English
education, also contributed to retain them on the islands, and
numbers of the young men entered into sugar-growing, cattle-raising,
storekeeping, and other businesses here.  At Honolulu and Hilo a
large proportion of the residents of the upper class are
missionaries' children; most of the respectable foreigners on Kauai
are either belonging to, or intimately connected with, the Mission
families; and they are profusely scattered through Maui and Hawaii
in various capacities, and are bound to each other by ties of
extreme intimacy and friendliness, as well as by marriage and
affinity.  This "clan" has given society what it much wants--a sound
moral core, and in spite of all disadvantageous influences, has
successfully upheld a public opinion in favour of religion and
virtue.  The members of it possess the moral backbone of New
England, and its solid good qualities, a thorough knowledge of the
language and habits of the natives, a hereditary interest in them, a
solid education, and in many cases much general culture.

In former letters I have mentioned Mr. Coan and Mr. Lyons as
missionaries.  I must correct this, as there have been no actual
missionaries on the islands for twenty years.  When the Board
withdrew its support, many of the missionaries returned to America;
some, especially the secular members, went into other positions on
the group, while the two first-mentioned and two or three besides,
remained as pastors of native congregations.

I venture to think that the Board has been premature in transferring
the islands to a native pastorate at such a very early stage of
their Christianity.  Such a pastorate must be too feeble to uphold a
robust Christian standard.  As an adjunct it would be essential to
the stability of native Christianity, but it is not possible that it
can be trusted as the sole depository of doctrine and discipline,
and even were it all it ought to be, it would lack the power to
repress the lax morality which is ruining the nation.  Probably each
year will render the overhaste of this course more apparent, and it
is likely that some other mode of upholding pure Christianity will
have to be adopted, when the venerable men who now sustain and guide
the native pastors by their influence shall have been gathered to
their rest.
                                   I.L.B.



LETTER XXIII.

LIHUE.  KAUAI, April 17.

Before leaving Kauai I must tell you of a solitary expedition I have
just made to the lovely valley of Hanalei.  It was only a three days
"frolic," but an essentially "good time."  Mr. Rice provided me with
a horse and a very pleasing native guide.  I did not leave till two
in the afternoon, as I only intended to ride fifteen miles, and, as
the custom is, ask for a night's lodging at a settler's house.
However, as I drew near Mr. B.'s ranch, I felt my false courage
oozing out of the tips of my fingers, and as I rode up to the door,
certain obnoxious colonial words, such as "sundowners," and
"bummers," occurred to me, and I felt myself a "sundowner" when the
host came out and asked me to dismount.  He said he was sorry his
wife was away, but he would do his best for me in her absence, and
took me down to a room where a very rough-looking man was tenderly
nursing a baby a year old, which was badly burned or scalded, and
which began to cry violently at my entrance, and required the united
efforts of the two bereaved men to pacify it.  They had the charge
of it between them.  I took it while they went to make some tea, and
it kicked, roared, and fought until they came back.  By that time I
had prepared a neat little speech, saying that I was not the least
tired, and would only trouble them for a glass of water; and, having
covered my cowardice successfully, I went on, having been urged by
the hospitable ranchman to be sure to stay for the night at his
father-in-law's house, a few miles further on.  I saw that the
wishes of the native went in the same direction, but after my one
experience I assured myself that I had not the necessary nerve for
this species of mendicancy, and went on as fast as the horse could
gallop wherever the ground admitted of it, the scenery becoming more
magnificent as the dark, frowning mountains of Hanalei loomed
through the gathering twilight.

But they were fifteen miles off, and on the way we came to a broad,
beautiful ravine, through which a broad, deep river glided into the
breakers.  I had received some warnings about this, but it was
supposed that we could cross in a ferry scow, of which, however, I
only found the bones.  The guide and the people at the ferryman's
house talked long without result, but eventually, by many signs, I
contrived to get them to take me over in a crazy punt, half full of
water, and the horses swam across.  Before we reached the top of the
ravine, the last redness of twilight had died from off the
melancholy ocean, the black forms of mountains looked huge in the
darkness, and the wind sighed so eerily through the creaking
lauhalas, as to add much to the effect.  It became so very dark that
I could only just see my horse's ears, and we found ourselves
occasionally in odd predicaments, such as getting into crevices, or
dipping off from steep banks; and it was in dense darkness that we
arrived above what appeared to be a valley with twinkling lights,
lying at the foot of a precipice, and walled in on all sides but one
by lofty mountains.  It was rather queer, diving over the wooded
pali on a narrow track, with nothing in sight but the white jacket
of the native, who had already indicated that he was at the end of
his resources regarding the way, but just as a river gleamed
alarmingly through the gloom, a horseman on a powerful horse brushed
through the wood, and on being challenged in Hawaiian replied in
educated English, and very politely turned with me, and escorted me
over a disagreeable ferry in a scow without rails, and to my
destination, two miles beyond.

Yesterday, when I left, the morning was brilliant, and after
ascending the pali, I stayed for some time on an eminence which
commands the valley, presented by Mr. Wyllie to Lady Franklin, in
compliment to her admiration of its loveliness.  Hanalei has been
likened by some to Paradise, and by others to the Vale of Caschmir.
Everyone who sees it raves about it.  "See Hanalei and die," is the
feeling of the islanders, and certainly I was not disappointed, nor
should I be with Paradise itself were it even a shade less fair!  It
has every element of beauty, and in the bright sunshine, with the
dark shadows on the mountains, the waterfalls streaking their wooded
sides, the river rushing under kukuis and ohias, and then lingering
lovingly amidst living greenery, it looked as if the curse had never
lighted there.

Its mouth, where it opens on the Pacific, is from two to three miles
wide, but the boundary mountains gradually approach each other, so
that five miles from the sea a narrow gorge of wonderful beauty
alone remains.  The crystal Hanalei flows placidly to the sea for
the last three or four miles, tired by its impetuous rush from the
mountains, and mirrors on its breast hundreds of acres of cane,
growing on a plantation formerly belonging to Mr. Wyllie, an
enterprising Ayrshire man, and one of the ablest and most
disinterested foreigners who ever administered Hawaiian affairs.
Westward of the valley there is a region of mountains, slashed by
deep ravines.  The upper ridges are densely timbered, and many of
the ohias have a circumference of twenty-five feet, three feet from
the ground.  It was sad to turn away for ever from the loveliness of
Hanalei, even though by taking another route, which involved a ride
of forty miles, I passed through and in view of, most entrancing
picturesqueness.  Indeed, for mere loveliness, I think that part of
Kauai exceeds anything that I have seen.

The atmosphere and scenery were so glorious that it was possible to
think of nothing all day, but just allow oneself passively to drink
in sensations of exquisite pleasure.  I wish all the hard-worked
people at home, who lead joyless lives in sunless alleys, could just
have one such day, and enjoy it as I did, that they might know how
fair God's earth is, and how far fairer His Paradise must be, if
even from this we cannot conceive "of the things which He hath
prepared for them that love Him."  I never before felt so sad for
those whose lives are passed amidst unpropitious surroundings, or so
thankful for my own capacity of enjoying nature.

Just as we were coming up out of a deep river, a native riding about
six feet from me was caught in a quicksand.  He jumped off, but the
horse sank half way up its body.  I wanted to stay and see it
extricated, for its struggles only sank it deeper, but the natives
shrugged their shoulders, and said in Hawaiian, "only a horse," and
something they always say when anything happens, equivalent to
"What's the odds?"  It was a joyously-exciting day, and I was
galloping down a grass hill at a pace which I should not have
assumed had white people been with me, when a native rode up to me
and said twice over, "maikai! paniola," and laughed heartily.  When
my native came up, he pointed to me and again said "paniola;" and
afterwards we were joined by two women, to whom my guide spoke of me
as paniola; and on coming to the top of a hill they put their horses
into a gallop, and we all rode down at a tremendous, and, as I
should once have thought, a break-neck speed, when one of the women
patted me on the shoulder, exclaiming, "maikai! maikai! paniola."  I
thought they said "spaniola," taking me for a Spaniard, but on
reaching Lihue, and asking the meaning of the word, Mrs. Rice said,
"Oh, lassoing cattle, and all that kind of thing."  I was disposed
to accept the inference as a compliment; but when I told Mrs. R.
that the word had been applied to myself, she laughed very much, and
said she would have toned down its meaning had she known that!

We rode through forests lighted up by crimson flowers, through
mountain valleys greener than Alpine meadows, descended steep palis,
and forded deep, strong rivers, pausing at the beautiful Wailua
Falls, which leap in a broad sheet of foam and a heavy body of water
into a dark basin, walled in by cliffs so hard that even the ferns
and mosses which revel in damp, fail to find roothold in the naked
rock.  Both above and below, this river passes through a majestic
canon, and its neighbourhood abounds in small cones, some with
crateriform cavities at the top, some broken down, and others,
apparently of great age, wooded to their summits.  A singular ridge,
called Mauna Kalalea, runs along this part of the island,
picturesque beyond anything, and, from its abruptness and peculiar
formation, it deceives the eye into judging it to be as high as the
gigantic domes of Hawaii.  Its peaks are needle-like, or else blunt
projections of columnar basalt, rising ofttimes as terraces.  At a
beautiful village called Anahola the ridge terminates abruptly, and
its highest portion is so thin that a large patch of sky can be seen
through a hole which has been worn in it.

I reached Lihue by daylight, having established my reputation as a
paniola by riding forty miles in 7.5 hours, "very good time" for the
islands.  I hope to return here in August, as my hospitable friends
will not allow me to leave on any other condition.  The kindness I
have received on Kauai is quite overwhelming, and I shall remember
its refined and virtuous homes as long as its loveliness and
delicious climate.


HAWAIIAN HOTEL.  HONOLULU.  April 23rd.

I have nothing new to add.  Mr. Dexter is so far recovered that I
fear I shall not find my friends here on my return.  People are in
the usual fever about the mail, and I must close this.
                                I.L.B.



LETTER XXIV.

ULUPALAKUA.  MAUI.  May 12th.

It is three weeks since I left the Hawaiian Hotel and its green mist
of algarobas, but my pleasant visits in this island do not furnish
much that will interest you.  There was great excitement on the
wharf at Honolulu the evening I left.  It was crowded with natives,
the king's band was playing, old hags were chanting meles, and
several of the royal family, and of the "upper ten thousand" were
there, taking leave of the Governess of Hawaii, the Princess
Keelikolani, the late king's half-sister.  The throng and excitement
were so great, that we were outside the reef before I got a good
view of this lady, the largest and the richest woman on the islands.
Her size and appearance are most unfortunate, but she is said to be
good and kind.  She was dressed in a very common black holuku, with
a red bandana round her throat, round which she wore a le of immense
oleanders, as well as round her hair, which was cut short.  She had
a large retinue, and her female attendants all wore leis of
oleander.  They spread very fine mats on the deck, under pulu beds,
covered with gorgeous quilts, on which the Princess and her suite
slept, and in the morning the beds were removed, breakfast was
spread on the mats, and she, some of her attendants, and two or
three white men who received invitations, sat on the deck round it.
It was a far less attractive meal than that which the serene steward
served below.  The calabashes, which contained the pale pink poi,
were of highly polished kou wood, but there were no foreign
refinements.  The other dishes were several kinds of raw fish, dried
devil-fish, boiled kalo, sweet potatoes, bananas, and cocoa-nut
milk.

I had a very uncomfortable night on a mattress on the deck, which
was overcrowded with natives, and some of the native women and two
foreigners had got a whiskey bottle, and behaved disgracefully.  We
went round by the Leper Island.

I landed at Maaleia, on the leeward side of the sandy isthmus which
unites East and West Maui, got a good horse, and, with Mr. G---,
rode across to the residence of "Father Alexander," at Wailuku, a
flourishing district of sugar plantations.  Mr. and Mrs. Alexander
were among the early missionaries, and still live on the mission
premises.  Several of their sons are settled on the island in the
sugar business, and it was to the Heiku plantation, fifteen miles
off, of which Mr. S. Alexander is manager, that I went on the
following day, still escorted by Mr. G---.  Here we heard that
captains of schooners which had arrived from Hawaii, report that a
light is visible on the terminal crater of Mauna Loa, 14,000 feet
above the sea, that Kilauea, the flank crater, is unusually active,
and that several severe shocks of earthquake have been felt.  This
is exciting news.

Behind Wailuku is the Iao valley, up which I rode with two island
friends, and spent a day of supreme, satisfied admiration.  At Iao
people may throw away pen and pencil in equal despair.  The trail
leads down a gorge dark with forest trees, and then opens out into
an amphitheatre, walled in by precipices, from three to six thousand
feet high, misty with a thousand waterfalls, plumed with kukuis, and
feathery with ferns.  A green-clad needle of stone, one thousand
feet in height, the last refuge of an army routed when the Wailuku
(waters of destruction) ran red with blood, keeps guard over the
valley.  Other needles there are; and mimic ruins of bastions and
ramparts and towers came and passed mysteriously:  and the shining
fronts of turrets gleamed through trailing mists, changing into
drifting visions of things that came and went, in sunshine and
shadow, mountains raising battered peaks into a cloudless sky, green
crags moist with ferns, and mists of water that could not fall, but
frittered themselves away on slopes of maiden-hair, and depths of
forest and ferns through which bright streams warble through the
summer years.  Clouds boiling up from below drifted at times across
the mountain fronts, or lay like snow masses in the unsunned chasms:
and over the grey crags and piled up pinnacles, and glorified green
of the marvellous vision, lay a veil of thin blue haze, steeping the
whole in a serenity which seemed hardly to belong to earth.

The track from Wailuku to Heiku is over a Sahara in miniature, a
dreary expanse of sand and shifting sandhills, with a dismal growth
in some places of thornless thistles and indigo, and a tremendous
surf thunders on the margin.  Trackless, glaring, choking, a guide
is absolutely necessary to a stranger, for the footprints or wheel-
marks of one moment are obliterated the next.  I crossed the isthmus
three times, and the third time was quite as incapable of shaping my
course across it as the first, and though I had recklessly declined
a guide, was only too thankful for the one who was forced upon me.
It is a hateful ride, yet anything so hideous and aggressively
odious is a salutary experience in a land of so much beauty.  Sand,
sand, sand!  Sand-hills, smooth and red; sand plains, rippled,
whites and glaring; sand drifts shifting; sand clouds whirling; sand
in your eyes, nose, and mouth; sand stinging your face like pin
points; sand hiding even your horse's ears; sand rippling like
waves, hissing like spin-drift, malignant, venomous!  You can only
open one eye at a time for a wink at where you are going.  Looking
down upon it from Heiku, you can see nothing all day but the dense
brown clouds of a perpetual sand-storm.

My charming hostess and her husband made Heiku so fascinating, that
I only quitted it hoping to return.  The object which usually
attracts strangers to Maui is the great dead volcano of Haleakala,
"The house of the sun," and I was fortunate in all the circumstances
of my ascent.  My host at Heiku provided me with a horse and native
attendant, and I rode over the evening before to the house of his
brother, Mr. J. Alexander, who accompanied me, and his intelligent
and cultured society was one of the pleasures of the day.

People usually go up in the afternoon, camp near the summit, light a
fire, are devoured by fleas, roast and freeze alternately till
morning, and get up to see the grand spectacle of the sunrise, but I
think our plan preferable, of leaving at two in the morning.  The
moon had set.  It was densely dark, and it was raining on one side
of the road, though quite fine on the other.  By the lamplight which
streamed from our early breakfast table, I only saw wet mules and
horses, laden with gear for a mountain ascent, a trim little
Japanese, who darted about helping, my native, who was picturesquely
dressed in a Mexican poncho, Mr. Alexander, who wore something which
made him unrecognisable; and myself, a tatterdemalion figure,
wearing a much-worn green topcoat of his over my riding suit, and a
tartan shawl arranged so as to fall nearly to my feet.  Then we went
forth into the darkness.  The road soon degenerated into a wood
road, then into a bridle track, then into a mere trail ascending all
the way; and at dawn, when the rain was over, we found ourselves
more than half-way up the mountain, amidst rocks, scoriae, tussocks,
ohelos, a few common compositae, and a few coarse ferns and woody
plants, which became coarser and scantier the higher we went up, but
never wholly ceased; for, at the very summit, 10,200 feet high,
there are some tufts of grass, and stunted specimens of a common
asplenium in clefts.  Many people suffer from mountain sickness on
this ascent, but I suffered from nothing but the excruciating cold,
which benumbed my limbs and penetrated to my bones; and though I
dismounted several times and tried to walk, uphill exercise was
impossible in the rarefied air.  The atmosphere was but one degree
below the freezing-point, but at that height, a brisk breeze on
soaked clothes was scarcely bearable.

The sunrise turned the densely packed clouds below into great rosy
masses, which broke now and then, showing a vivid blue sea, and
patches of velvety green.  At seven, after toiling over a last steep
bit, among scoriae, and some very scanty and unlovely vegetation, we
reached what was said to be the summit, where a ragged wall of rock
shut out the forward view.  Dismounting on some cinders, we stepped
into a gap, and from thence looked down into the most gigantic
crater on the earth.  I confess that with the living fires of
Kilauea in my memory, I was at first disappointed with the deadness
of a volcano of whose activity there are no traditions extant.
Though during the hours which followed, its majesty and wonderment
grew upon me, yet a careful study of the admirable map of the
crater, a comparison of the heights of the very considerable cones
which are buried within it, and the attempt to realize the figures
which represent its circumference, area, and depth, not only give a
far better idea of it than any verbal description, but impress its
singular sublimity and magnitude upon one far more forcibly than a
single visit to the actual crater.

I mentioned in one of my first letters that East Maui, that part of
the island which lies east of the isthmus of perpetual dust-storms,
consists of a mountain dome 10,000 feet in height, with a monstrous
base.  Its slopes are very regular, varying from eight to ten
degrees.  Its lava-beds differ from those of Kauai and Oahu in being
lighter in colour, less cellular, and more impervious to water.  The
windward side of the mountain is gashed and slashed by streams,
which in their violence have excavated large pot-holes, which serve
as reservoirs, and it is covered to a height of over 2000 feet by a
luxuriant growth of timber.  On the leeward side, several black and
very fresh-looking streams of lava run into the sea, and the whole
coast for some height above the shore shows most vigorous volcanic
action.  Elsewhere the rock is red and broken, and lateral cones
abound near the base.

The ascent from Makawao, though it is over rather a desolate tract
of land, has in its lower stages such a dismal growth of pining koa
and spurious sandal-wood, and in its upper ones so much ohelo scrub,
with grass and common aspleniums quite up to the top, that as one
sits lazily on one's sure-footed horse, the fact that one is
ascending a huge volcano is not forced upon one by any overmastering
sterility and nakedness.  Somehow, one expects to pass through some
ulterior stage of blackness up to the summit.  It is no such thing;
and the great surprise of Haleakala to me was, that when according
to calculation there should have been a summit, an abyss of vast
dimensions opened below.  The mountain top has been in fact blown
off, and one is totally powerless to imagine what the forces must
have been which rent it asunder.

The crater was clear of fog and clouds, and lighted in every part by
the risen sun.  The whole, with its contents, can be seen at a
single glance, though its girdling precipices are nineteen miles in
extent.  Its huge, irregular floor is 2000 feet below; New York
might be hidden away within it, with abundant room to spare; and
more than one of the numerous subsidiary cones which uplift
themselves solitary or in clusters through the area, attain the
height of Arthur's Seat at Edinburgh.  On the north and east are the
Koolau and Kaupo Gaps, as deep as the crater, through which oceans
of lava found their way to the sea.  It looks as if the volcanic
forces, content with rending the mountain top in twain, had then
passed into an endless repose.

The crater appears to be composed of a hard grey clinkstone, much
fissured; but lower down the mountain, the rock is softer, and has a
bluish tinge.  The internal cones are of very regular shape, and
most of them look as if their fires had only just gone out, with
their sides fiercely red, and their central cavities lined with
layers of black ash.  They are all composed of cinders of light
specific gravity, and much of the ash is tinged with the hydrated
oxide of iron.  Very few of the usual volcanic products are present.
{335}  Small quantities of sulphur, in a very impure form, exist
here and there, but there are no sulphur or steam-cracks, or hot
springs on any part of the mountain.  With its cold ashes and dead
force, it is a most tremendous spectacle of the power of fire.

Some previous travellers had generously left some faggots on the
summit, and we made a large fire for warmth, and I rolled my blanket
round me, and sat with my feet among the hot embers, but all to no
purpose.  The wind was strong and keen, and the fierce splendour of
the tropic sun conveyed no heat.  Mr. A. went away investigating,
the native rolled himself in his poncho and fell asleep by the fire,
and I divided the time between glimpses into the awful desolation of
the crater, snatched between the icy gusts of wind, and the
enjoyment of the wonderful cloud scenery which to everybody is a
great charm of the view from Haleakala.  The day was perfect; for
first we had an inimitable view of the crater and all that could be
seen from the mountain-top, and then an equally inimitable view of
Cloudland.  There was the gaunt, hideous, desolate abyss, with its
fiery cones, its rivers and surges of black lava and grey ash,
crossing and mingling all over the area, mixed with splotches of
colour and coils of satin rock, its walls dark and frowning,
everywhere riven and splintered, and clouds perpetually drifting in
through the great gaps, and filling up the whole crater with white
swirling masses, which in a few minutes melted away in the sunshine,
leaving it all as sharply definite as before.  Before noon clouds
surrounded the whole mountain, not in the vague flocculent,
meaningless masses one usually sees, but in Arctic oceans, where
lofty icebergs, floes and pack, lay piled on each other, glistening
with the frost of a Polar winter; then alps on alps, and peaks of
well remembered ranges gleaming above glaciers, and the semblance of
forests in deep ravines loaded with new fallen snow.  Snow-drifts,
avalanches, oceans held in bondage of eternal ice, and all this
massed together, shifting, breaking, glistering, filling up the
broad channel which divides Maui from Hawaii, and far away above the
lonely masses, rose, in turquoise blue, like distant islands, the
lofty Hawaiian domes of Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa, with snow on Mauna
Kea yet more dazzling than the clouds.  There never was a stranger
contrast than between the hideous desolation of the crater below,
and those blue and jewelled summits rising above the shifting
clouds.

After some time the scene shifted, and through glacial rifts
appeared as in a dream the Eeka mountains which enfold the Iao
valley, broad fields of cane 8000 feet below, the flushed palm-
fringed coast, and the deep blue sea sleeping in perpetual calm.
But according to the well-known fraud which isolated altitudes
perpetrate upon the eye, it appeared as if we were looking up at our
landscape, not down; and no effort of the eye or imagination would
put things at their proper levels.

But gradually the clouds massed themselves, the familiar earth
disappeared, and we were "pinnacled in mid-heaven" in unutterable
isolation, blank forgotten units, in a white, wonderful, illuminated
world, without permanence or solidity.  Our voices sounded thin in
the upper air.  The keen, incisive wind that swept the summit, had
no kinship with the soft breezes which were rustling the tasselled
cane in the green fields of earth which had lately gleamed through
the drift.  It was a new world and without sympathy, a solitude
which could be felt.  Was it nearer God, I wonder, because so far
from man and his little works and ways?  At least they seemed little
there, in presence of the tokens of a catastrophe which had not only
blown off a mountain top, and scattered it over the island, but had
disembowelled the mountain itself to a depth of 2000 feet.

Soon after noon we began to descend; and in a hollow of the
mountain, not far from the ragged edge of the crater, then filled up
with billows of cloud, we came upon what we were searching for; not,
however, one or two, but thousands of silverswords, their cold,
frosted silver gleam making the hill-side look like winter or
moonlight.  They can be preserved in their beauty by putting them
under a glass shade, but it must be of monstrous dimensions, as the
finer plants measure 2 ft. by 18 in. without the flower stalk.  They
exactly resemble the finest work in frosted silver, the curve of
their globular mass of leaves is perfect; and one thinks of them
rather as the base of an epergne for an imperial table, or as a
prize at Ascot or Goodwood, than as anything organic.  A particular
altitude and temperature appear essential to them, and they are not
found straggling above or below a given line.

We reached Makawao very tired, soon after dark, to be heartily
congratulated on our successful ascent, and bearing no worse traces
of it than lobster-coloured faces, badly blistered.

After accepting sundry hospitalities I rode over here, skirting the
mountain at a height of 2000 feet, a most tedious ride, only
enlivened by the blaze of nasturtiums in some of the shallow
gulches.  It is very pretty here, and I wish all invalids could
revel in the sweet changeless air.  The name signifies "ripe bread-
fruit of the gods."  The plantation is 2000 feet above the sea, and
is one of the finest on the islands; and owing to the slow maturity
of the cane at so great a height, the yield is from five to six tons
an acre.  Water is very scarce; all that is used in the boiling-
house and elsewhere has been carefully led into concrete tanks for
storage, and even the walks in the proprietor's beautiful garden are
laid with cement for the same purpose.  He has planted many thousand
Australian eucalyptus trees on the hillside in the hope of procuring
a larger rainfall, so that the neighbourhood has quite an exotic
appearance.

The coast is black and volcanic-looking below, jutting into the sea
in naked lava promontories, which nature has done nothing to drape.
Concerning a river of specially black lava, which runs into the sea
to the south of this house, the following legend is told:--

"A withered old woman stopped to ask food and hospitality at the
house of a dweller on this promontory, noted for his penuriousness.
His kalo patches flourished, cocoa-nuts and bananas shaded his hut,
nature was lavish of her wealth all round him.  But the withered hag
was sent away unfed, and as she turned her back on the man she said,
'I will return to-morrow.'

"This was Pele, the goddess of the volcano, and she kept her word,
and came back the next day in earthquakes and thunderings, rent the
mountain, and blotted out every trace of the man and his dwelling
with a flood of fire."


Maui is very "foreign" and civilised, and although it has a native
population of over 12,000, the natives are much crowded on
plantations, and one encounters little of native life.  There is a
large society composed of planters' and merchants' families, and the
residents are profuse in their hospitality.  It is not infrequently
taken undue advantage of, and I have heard of planters compelled to
feign excuses for leaving their houses, in order to get rid of
unintroduced and obnoxious visitors, who have quartered themselves
on them for weeks at a time.  It is wonderful that their patient
hospitality is not worn out, even though, as they say, they
sometimes "entertain angels unawares."
                                     I.L.B.



LETTER XXV.

KALAIEHA.  HAWAII.

My departure from Ulupalakua illustrates some of the uncertainties
of island travelling.  On Monday night my things were packed, and my
trunk sent off to the landing; but at five on Tuesday, Mr. Whipple
came to my door to say that the Kilauea was not in Lahaina roads,
and was probably laid up for repairs.  I was much disappointed, for
the mild climate had disagreed with me, and I was longing for the
roystering winds and unconventional life of windward Hawaii, and
there was not another steamer for three weeks.

However, some time afterwards, I was unpacking, and in the midst of
a floor littered with ferns, photographs, books, and clothes, when
Mrs. W. rushed in to say that the steamer was just reaching the
landing below, and that there was scarcely the barest hope of
catching her.  Hopeless as the case seemed, we crushed most of my
things promiscuously into a carpet bag, Mr. W. rode off with it, a
horse was imperfectly saddled for me, and I mounted him, with my
bag, straps, spurs, and a package of ferns in one hand, and my plaid
over the saddle, while Mrs. W. stuffed the rest of my possessions
into a clothes bag, and the Chinaman ran away frantically to catch a
horse on which to ride down with them.

I galloped off after Mr. W., though people called to me that I could
not catch the boat, and that my horse would fall on the steep broken
descent.  My saddle slipped over his neck, but he still sped down
the hill with the rapid "racking" movement of a Narraganset pacer.
First a new veil blew away, next my plaid was missing, then I passed
my trunk on the ox-cart which should have been at the landing; but
still though the heat was fierce, and the glare from the black lava
blinding, I dashed heedlessly down, and in twenty minutes had ridden
three miles down a descent of 2,000 feet, to find the Kilauea
puffing and smoking with her anchor up; but I was in time, for her
friendly clerk, knowing that I was coming, detained the scow.  You
will not wonder at my desperation when I tell you that half-way
down, a person called to me, "Mauna Loa is in action!"

While I was slipping off the saddle and bridle, Mr. W. arrived with
the carpet-bag, yet more over-heated and shaking with exertion than
I was, then the Chinaman with a bag of oddments, next a native who
had picked up my plaid and ferns on the road, and another with my
trunk, which he had rescued from the ox-cart; so I only lost my veil
and two brushes, which are irreplaceable here.

The quiet of the nine hours' trip in the Kilauea restored my
equanimity, and prepared me to enjoy the delicious evening which
followed.  The silver waters of Kawaihae Bay reflected the full
moon, the three great mountains of Hawaii were cloudless as I had
not before seen them, all the asperity of the leeward shore was
softened into beauty, and the long shadows of bending palms were as
still and perfect as the palms themselves.  But there was a new
sight above the silver water, for the huge dome of Mauna Loa, forty
miles away, was burning red and fitfully.  A horse and servant
awaited me, and we were soon clattering over the hard sand by the
shining sea, and up the ascent which leads to the windy table-lands
of Waimea.  The air was like new life.  At a height of 500 feet we
met the first whiff of the trades, the atmosphere grew cooler and
cooler, the night-wind fresher, the moonlight whiter; wider the
sweeping uplands, redder the light of the burning mountain, till I
wrapped my plaid about me, but still was chilled to the bone, and
when the four hours' ride was over, soon after midnight, my limbs
were stiff with tropical cold.  And this, within 20 degrees of the
equator, and only 2,500 feet above the fiery sea-shore, with its
temperature of 80 degrees, where Sydney Smith would certainly have
desired to "take off his flesh, and sit in his bones!"

I delight in Hawaii more than ever, with its unconventional life,
great upland sweeps, unexplored forests, riotous breezes, and
general atmosphere of freedom, airiness, and expansion.  As I find
that a lady can travel alone with perfect safety, I have many
projects in view, but whatever I do or plan to do, I find my eyes
always turning to the light on the top of Mauna Loa.  I know that
the ascent is not feasible for me, and that so far as I am concerned
the mystery must remain unsolved; but that glory, nearly 14,000 feet
aloft, rising, falling, "a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of
fire by night," uplifted in its awful loneliness above all human
interests, has an intolerable fascination.  As the twilight deepens,
the light intensifies, and often as I watch it in the night, it
seems to flare up and take the form of a fiery palm-tree.  No one
has ascended the mountain since the activity began a month ago; but
the fire is believed to be in "the old traditional crater of
Mokuaweoweo, in a region rarely visited by man."

A few days ago I was so fortunate as to make the acquaintance of Mr.
W. L. Green (now Minister of The Interior), an English resident in
Honolulu, a gentleman of wide scientific and literary culture, one
of whose objects in visiting Hawaii is the investigation of certain
volcanic phenomena.  He asked me to make the ascent of Mauna Kea
with him, and we have satisfactorily accomplished it to-day.

The interior of the island, in which we have spent the last two
days, is totally different, not only from the luxuriant windward
slopes, but from the fiery leeward margin.  The altitude of the
central plateau is from 5,000 to 6,000 feet, there is not a single
native dwelling on it, or even a trail across it, it is totally
destitute of water, and sustains only a miserable scrub of mamane,
stunted ohias, pukeawe, ohelos, a few compositae, and some of the
hardiest ferns.  The transient residents of this sheep station, and
those of another on Hualalai, thirty miles off, are the only human
inhabitants of a region as large as Kent.  Wild goats, wild geese
(Bernicla sandvicensis), and the Melithreptes Pacifica, constitute
its chief population.  These geese are web-footed, though water does
not exist.  They build their nests in the grass, and lay two or
three white eggs.

Our track from Waimea lay for the first few miles over light soil,
destitute of any vegetation, across dry glaring rocky beds of
streams, and round the bases of numerous tufa cones, from 200 to
1500 feet in height, with steep smooth sides, composed of a very red
ash.  We crossed a flank of Mauna Kea at a height of 6000 feet, and
a short descent brought us out upon this vast tableland, which lies
between the bulbous domes of Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa, and Hualalai, the
loneliest, saddest, dreariest expanse I ever saw.

The air was clear and the sun bright, yet nothing softened into
beauty this formless desert of volcanic sand, stones, and lava, on
which tufts of grass and a harsh scrub war with wind and drought for
a loveless existence.  Yet, such is the effect of atmosphere, that
Mauna Loa, utterly destitute of vegetation, and with his sides
scored and stained by the black lava-flows of ages, looked like a
sapphire streaked with lapis lazuli.  Nearly blinded by scuds of
sand, we rode for hours through the volcanic wilderness; always the
same rigid mamane, (Sophora Chrysophylla?) the same withered grass,
and the same thornless thistles, through which the strong wind swept
with a desolate screech.

The trail, which dips 1000 feet, again ascends, the country becomes
very wild, there are ancient craters of great height densely wooded,
wooded ravines, the great bulk of Mauna Kea with his ragged crest
towers above tumbled rocky regions, which look as if nature,
disgusted with her work, had broken it to pieces in a passion; there
are living and dead trees, a steep elevation, and below, a broad
river of most jagged and uneven a-a.  The afternoon fog, which
serves instead of rain, rolled up in dense masses, through which we
heard the plaintive bleating of sheep, and among blasted trees and
distorted rocks we came upon Kalaieha.

I have described the "foreign residences" elsewhere.  Here is one of
another type, in which a wealthy sheep-owner's son, married to a
very pretty native woman, leads for some months in the year from
choice, a life so rough, that most people would think it a hardship
to lead it from necessity.  There are two apartments, a loft and a
"lean-to."  The hospitable owners gave me their sleeping-room, which
was divided from the "living-room" by a canvass partition.  This
last has a rude stone chimney split by an earthquake, holding fire
enough to roast an ox.  Round it the floor is paved with great rough
stones.  A fire of logs, fully three feet high, was burning, but
there was a faulty draught, and it emitted a stinging smoke.  I
looked for something to sit upon, but there was nothing but a high
bench, or chopping-block, and a fixed seat in the corner of the
wall.  The rest of the furniture consisted of a small table, some
pots, a frying-pan, a tin dish and plates, a dipper, and some tin
pannikins.  Four or five rifles and "shot-guns," and a piece of raw
meat, were hanging against the wall.  A tin bowl was brought to me
for washing, which served the same purpose for every one.  The oil
was exhausted, so recourse was had to the native expedient of a jar
of beef fat with a wick in it.

We were most hospitably received, but the native wife, as is usually
the case, was too shy to eat with us or even to appear at all.  Our
host is a superb young man, very frank and prepossessing looking, a
thorough mountaineer, most expert with the lasso and in hunting wild
cattle.  The "station" consists of a wool shed, a low grass hut, a
hut with one side gone, a bell-tent, and the more substantial cabin
in which we are lodged.  Several saddled horses were tethered
outside, and some natives were shearing sheep, but the fog shut out
whatever else there might be of an outer world.  Every now and then
a native came in and sat on the floor to warm himself, but there
were no mats as in native houses.  It was intolerably cold.  I
singed my clothes by sitting in the chimney, but could not warm
myself.  A fowl was stewed native fashion, and some rice was boiled,
and we had sheep's milk and some ice cold water, the drip, I think,
from a neighbouring cave, as running and standing water are unknown.

There are 9000 sheep here, but they require hardly any attendance
except at shearing time, and dogs are not used in herding them.
Indeed, labour is much dispensed with, as the sheep are shorn
unwashed, a great contrast to the elaborate washings of the flocks
of the Australian Riverina.  They come down at night of their own
sagacity, in close converging columns, sleep on the gravel about the
station, and in the early morning betake themselves to their feeding
grounds on the mountain.

Mauna Kea, and the forests which skirt his base, are the resort of
thousands of wild cattle, and there are many men nearly as wild, who
live half savage lives in the woods, gaining their living by
lassoing and shooting these animals for their skins.  Wild black
swine also abound.

The mist as usual disappeared at night, leaving a sky wonderful with
stars, which burned blue and pale against the furnace glare on the
top of Mauna Loa, to which we are comparatively near.  I woke at
three from the hopeless cold, and before five went out with Mr.
Green to explore the adjacent lava.  The atmosphere was perfectly
pure, and suffused with rose-colour, not a cloud-fleece hung round
the mountain tops, hoar-frost whitened the ground, the pure white
smoke of the volcano rose into the reddening sky, and the air was
elixir.  It has been said and written that there are no steam-cracks
or similar traces of volcanic action on Mauna Kea, but in several
fissures I noticed ferns growing belonging to an altitude 4000 feet
lower, and on putting my arm down, found a heat which compelled me
to withdraw it, and as the sun rose these cracks steamed in all
directions.  There are caves full of ferns, lava bubbles in reality,
crust over crust, each from twelve to eighteen inches thick, rolls
of lava cooled in coils, and hideous a-a streams on which it is
impossible to walk two yards without the risk of breaking one's
limbs or cutting one's boots to pieces.

While we breakfasted a young man in rags, without shoes or
stockings, but with the accent and address of a gentleman, came in,
a man of good family and education in England, but who had "gone to
the bad out here," and had joined a gang of bullock-catchers.  Why
do people persist in sending "ne'er-do-weels" to such regions
without a definite occupation?  It is certain ruin.

I will not weary you with the details of our mountain ascent.  Our
host provided ourselves and the native servant with three strong
bullock-horses, and accompanied us himself.  The first climb is
through deep volcanic sand slashed by deep clefts, showing bands of
red and black ash.  We saw no birds, but twice started a rout of
wild black hogs, and once came upon a wild bull of large size with
some cows and a calf, all so tired with tramping over the lava that
they only managed to keep just out of our way.  They usually keep
near the mountain top in the daytime for fear of the hunters, and
come down at night to feed.  About 11,000 were shot and lassoed last
year.  Mr. S--- says that they don't need any water but that of the
dew-drenched grass, and that horses reared on the mountains refuse
to drink, and are scared by the sight of pools or running streams.
Unlike horses I saw at Waikiki, which shut their eyes and plunged
their heads into water up to their ears, in search of a saltish weed
which grows in the lagoons.

The actual forest, which is principally koa, ceases at a height of
about 6000 feet, but a deplorable vegetation beginning with mamane
scrub, and ending with withered wormwood and tufts of coarse grass,
straggles up 3000 feet higher, and a scaly orange lichen is found in
rare pitches at a height of 11,000 feet.

The side of Mauna Kea towards Waimea is precipitous and
inaccessible, but to our powerful mountain horses the ascent from
Kalaieha presented no difficulty.

We rode on hour after hour in intense cold, till we reached a height
where the last stain of lichen disappeared, and the desolation was
complete and oppressive.  This area of tufa cones, dark and grey
basalt, clinkers, scoriae, fine ash, and ferruginous basalt, is
something gigantic.  We were three hours in ascending through it,
and the eye could at no time take in its limit, for the mountain
which from any point of view below appears as a well defined dome
with a ragged top, has at the summit the aspect of a ridge, or
rather a number of ridges, with between 20 and 30 definite peaks,
varying in height from 900 to 1400 feet.  Among these cones are
large plains of clinkers and fine gravel, but no lava-streams, and
at a height of 12,000 feet the sides of some of the valleys are
filled up with snow, of a purity so immaculate and a brilliancy so
intense as the fierce light of the tropical sun beat upon it, that I
feared snow-blindness.  We ascended one of the smaller cones which
was about 900 feet high, and found it contained a crater of nearly
the same depth, with a very even slope, and lined entirely with red
ash, which at the bottom became so bright and fiery-looking that it
looked as if the fires, which have not burned for ages, had only
died out that morning.

After riding steadily for six hours, our horses, snorting and
panting, and plunging up to their knees in fine volcanic ash, and
halting, trembling and exhausted, every few feet, carried us up the
great tufa cone which crowns the summit of this vast fire-flushed,
fire-created mountain, and we dismounted in deep snow on the crest
of the highest peak in the Pacific, 13,953 feet above the sea.  This
summit is a group of six red tufa cones, with very little apparent
difference in their altitude, and with deep valleys filled with red
ash between them.  The terminal cone on which we were has no cavity,
but most of those forming the group, as well as the thirty which I
counted around and below us, are truncated cones with craters
within, and with outer slopes, whose estimated angle is about 30
degrees.  On these slopes the snow lay heavily.  In coming up we had
had a superb view of Mauna Loa, but before we reached the top, the
clouds had congregated, and lay in glistening masses all round the
mountain about half-way up, shutting out the smiling earth, and
leaving us alone with the view of the sublime desolation of the
volcano.

We only remained an hour on the top, and came down by a very
circuitous route, which took us round numerous cones, and over miles
of clinkers varying in size from a ton to a few ounces, and past a
lake the edges of which were frozen, and which in itself is a
curiosity, as no other part of the mountain "holds water."  Not far
off is a cave, a lava-bubble, in which the natives used to live when
they came up here to quarry a very hard adjacent phonolite for their
axes and other tools.  While the others poked about, I was glad to
make it a refuge from the piercing wind.  Hundreds of unfinished
axes lie round the cave entrance, and there is quite a large mound
of unfinished chips.

This is a very interesting spot to Hawaiian antiquaries.  They
argue, from the amount of the chippings, that this mass of phonolite
was quarried for ages by countless generations of men, and that the
mountain top must have been upheaved, and the island inhabited, in a
very remote past.  The stones have not been worked since Captain
Cook's day; yet there is not a weather-stain upon them, and the air
is so dry and rarified that meat will keep fresh for three months.
I found a mass of crystals of the greenish volcanic glass, called
olivine, imbedded in a piece of phonolite which looked as blue and
fresh as if only quarried yesterday.

We travelled for miles through ashes and scoriae, and then descended
into a dense afternoon fog; but Mr. S. is a practised mountaineer,
and never faltered for a moment, and our horses made such good speed
that late in the afternoon we were able to warm ourselves by a
gallop, which brought us in here ravenous for supper before dark,
having ridden for thirteen hours.  I hope I have made it clear that
the top of this dead volcano, whether cones or ravines, is deep soft
ashes and sand.

To-morrow morning I intend to ride the thirty miles to Waimea with
two native women, and the next day to go off on my adventurous
expedition to Hilo, for which I have bought for $45 a big, strong,
heavy horse, which I have named Kahele.  He has the poking head and
unmistakable gait of a bullock horse, but is said to be "a good
traveller."
                                     I.L.B.



LETTER XXVI.

"MY CAMP," HAWAIIAN SLOPES.  May 21.

This is the height of enjoyment in travelling.  I have just encamped
under a lauhala tree, with my saddle inverted for a pillow, my horse
tied by a long lariat to a guava bush, my gear, saddle-bags, and
rations for two days lying about, and my saddle blanket drying in
the sun.  Overhead the sun blazes, and casts no shadow; a few fleecy
clouds hover near him, and far below, the great expanse of the
Pacific gleams in a deeper blue than the sky.  Far above, towers the
rugged and snow-patched, but no longer mysterious dome of Mauna Loa;
while everywhere, ravines, woods, waterfalls, and stretches of lawn-
like grass delight the eye.  All green that I have ever seen, of
English lawns in June, or Alpine valleys, seems poor and colourless
as compared with the dazzling green of this sixty-five miles.  It is
a joyous green, a glory.  Whenever I look up from my writing, I ask,
Was there ever such green?  Was there ever such sunshine?  Was there
ever such an atmosphere?  Was there ever such an adventure?  And
Nature--for I have no other companion, and wish for none--answers,
"No."  The novelty is that I am alone, my conveyance my own horse;
no luggage to look after, for it is all in my saddle-bags; no guide
to bother, hurry, or hinder me; and with knowledge enough of the
country to stop when and where I please.  A native guide, besides
being a considerable expense, is a great nuisance; and as the trail
is easy to find, and the rivers are low, I resolved for once to
taste the delights of perfect independence!  This is a blessed
country, for a lady can travel everywhere in absolute security.

My goal is the volcano of Kilauea, with various diverging
expeditions, involving a ride of about 350 miles; but my health has
so wonderfully improved, that it is easier to me now to ride forty
miles in a day than ten some months ago.

You have no idea of the preparations required for such a ride, and
the importance which "littles" assume.  Food for two days had to be
taken, and all superfluous weight to be discarded, as every pound
tells on a horse on a hard journey.  My saddle-bags contain, besides
"Sunday clothes," dress for any "gaieties" which Hilo may offer; but
I circumscribed my stock of clothes as much as possible, having
fallen into the rough-and-ready practice of washing them at night,
and putting them on unironed in the morning.  I carry besides, a
canvas bag on the horn of my saddle, containing two days' provender,
and a knife, horse-shoe nails, glycerine, thread, twine, leather
thongs, with other little et ceteras, the lack of which might prove
troublesome, a thermometer and aneroid in a leather case, and a
plaid.  I have discarded, owing to their weight, all the well-meant
luxuries which were bestowed upon me, such as drinking cups, flasks,
etnas, sandwich cases, knife cases, spoons, pocket mirrors, etc.
The inside of a watchcase makes a sufficient mirror, and I make a
cup from a kalo leaf.  All cases are a mistake,--at least I think
so, as I contemplate my light equipment with complacency.

Yesterday's dawn was the reddest I have seen on the mountains, and
the day was all the dawn promised.  A three-mile gallop down the
dewy grass, and slackened speed through the bush, brought me once
again to the breezy slopes of Hamakua, and the trail I travelled in
February, with Deborah and Kaluna.  Though as green then as now, it
was the rainy season, a carnival of rain and mud.  Somehow the
summer does make a difference, even in a land without a winter.  The
temperature was perfect.  It was dreamily lovely.  No song of birds,
or busy hum of insects, accompanied the rustle of the lauhala leaves
and the low murmur of the surf.  But there is no hot sleep of noon
here--the delicious trades keep the air always wakeful.

When the gentleman who guided me through the bush left me on the
side of a pali, I discovered that Kahele, though strong, gentle, and
sure-footed, possesses the odious fault known as balking, and
expressed his aversion to ascend the other side in a most
unmistakable manner.  He swung round, put his head down, and no
amount of spurring could get him to do anything but turn round and
round, till the gentleman, who had left me, returned, beat him with
a stick, and threw stones at him, till he got him started again.

I have tried coaxing him, but without result, and have had prolonged
fights with him in nearly every gulch, and on the worst pali of all
he refused for some time to breast a step, scrambled round and round
in a most dangerous place, and slipped his hind legs quite over the
edge before I could get him on.

His sociability too is ridiculously annoying.  Whenever he sees
natives in the distance, he neighs, points his ears, holds up his
heavy head, quickens his pace, and as soon as we meet them, swings
round and joins them, and can only be extricated after a pitched
battle.  On a narrow bridge I met Kaluna on a good horse, improved
in manners, appearance, and English, and at first he must have
thought that I was singularly pleased to see him, by my turning
round and joining him at once; but presently, seeing the true state
of the case, he belaboured Kahele with a heavy stick.  The animal is
very gentle, and companionable, and I dislike to spur him; besides,
he seems insensible to it; so the last time I tried Rarey's plan,
and bringing his head quite round, twisted the bridle round the horn
of the saddle, so that he had to turn round and round for my
pleasure, rather than to indulge his own temper, a process which
will, I hope, conquer him mercifully.

But in consequence of these battles, and a halt which I made, as
now, for no other purpose than to enjoy my felicitous circumstances,
the sun was sinking in a mist of gold behind Mauna Loa long before I
reached the end of my day's journey.  It was extremely lovely.  A
heavy dew was falling, odours of Eden rose from the earth, colours
glowed in the sky, and the dewiest and richest green was all round.
It was eerie, but delightful.  There were several gulches to cross
after the sun had set, and a silence, which was almost audible,
reigned in their leafy solitudes.  It was quite dark when I reached
the trail which dips over the great pali of Laupahoehoe, 700 feet in
height; but I found myself riding carelessly down what I hardly
dared to go up, carefully and in company, four months before.  But
whatever improvement time has made in my health and nerves, it has
made none in this wretched zoophyte village.

Leading Kahele, I groped about till I found the house of the widow
Honolulu, with whom I had lodged before, and presently all the
natives assembled to stare at me.  After rubbing my horse and
feeding him on a large bundle of ti leaves that I had secured on the
road, I took my own meal as a spectacle.  Two old crones seized on
my ankles, murmuring lomi, lomi, and subjected them to the native
process of shampooing.  They had unrestrained curiosity as to the
beginning and end of my journey.  I said "Waimea, Hamakua," when
they all chorused, "Maikai;" for a ride of forty miles was not bad
for a wahine haole.  I said, "Wai, lio," (water for the horse), when
they signified that there was only some brackish stuff unfit for
drinking.

In spite of the garrulous assemblage, I was asleep before eight, and
never woke till I found myself in a blaze of sunshine this morning,
and in perfect solitude.  I got myself some breakfast, and then
looked about the village for some inhabitants, but found none,
except an unhappy Portuguese with one leg, and an old man who looked
like a leper, to whom I said, "Ko" (cane) "lio" (horse), exhibiting
a rial at the same time, on which he cut me a large bundle, and I
sat on a stone and watched Kahele as he munched it for an hour and a
half.

It was very hot and serene down there between those palis 700 and
800 feet high.  The huts of the village were all shut, and not a
creature stirred.  The palms above my head looked is if they had
always been old, and there was no movement among their golden
plumes.  The sea itself rolled shorewards more silently and lazily
than usual.  An old dog slept in the sunshine, and whenever I moved,
by a great effort, opened one eye.  The man who cut the cane fell
asleep on the grass.  Kahele ate as slowly as if he had resolved to
try my patience, and be revenged on me for my conquest of him
yesterday, and his heavy munching was the only vital sound.  I got
up and walked about to assure myself that I was awake, saddled and
bridled the horse, and mounted the great southward pali, thankful to
reach the breeze and the upper air in full possession of my
faculties, after the torpor and paralysis of the valley below.

Never were waters so bright or stretches of upland lawns so joyous
as to-day, or the forest entanglements so entrancing.  The beautiful
Eugenia malaccensis is now in full blossom, and its stems and
branches are blazing in all the gulches, with bunches of rose-
crimson stamens borne on short spikelets.


HILO.  HAWAII, May 24th.

Once more I am in dear beautiful Hilo.  Death entered my Hawaiian
"home" lately, and took "Baby Bell" away, and I miss her sweet
angel-presence at every turn; but otherwise there are no changes,
and I am very happy to be under the roof of these dear friends
again, and indeed each tree, flower, and fern in Hilo is a friend.
I would not even wish the straggling Pride of India, and over-
abundant lantana, away from this fairest of the island Edens.  I
wish I could transport you here this moment from our sour easterly
skies to this endless summer and endless sunshine, and shimmer of a
peaceful sea, and an atmosphere whose influences are all cheering.
Though from 13 to 16 feet of rain fall here in the year the air is
not damp.  Wet clothes hung up in the verandah even during rain, dry
rapidly, and a substance so sensitive to damp as botanical paper
does not mildew.

I met Deborah on horseback near Onomea, and she told me that the
Austins were expecting me, and so I spent three days very pleasantly
with them on my way here.
                                     I.L.B.


That old Kilauea has just come in, and has brought the English mail,
and a United States mail, an event which sets Hilo agog.  Then for a
few hours its still, drowsy life becomes galvanized, and people
really persuade themselves that they have something to do, and all
the foreigners write letters hastily, or add postscripts to those
already written, and lose the mail, and rush down frantically to the
beach to send their late letters by favour of the obliging purser.
The mail to-day was an event to me, as it has brought your long-
looked-for letters.



LETTER XXVII.

HILO.  June 1.

Mr. and Mrs. Severance and I have just returned from a three-days'
expedition to Puna in the south of Hawaii, and I preferred their
agreeable company even to solitude!  My sociable Kahele was also
pleased, and consequently behaved very well.  We were compelled to
ride for twenty-three miles in single file, owing to the extreme
narrowness of the lava track, which has been literally hammered down
in some places to make it passable even for shod horses.  We were a
party of four, and a very fat policeman on a very fat horse brought
up the rear.

At some distance from Hilo there is a glorious burst of tropical
forest, and then the track passes into green grass dotted over with
clumps of the pandanus and the beautiful eugenia.  In that hot dry
district the fruit was already ripe, and we quenched our thirst with
it.  The "native apple," as it is called, is of such a brilliant
crimson colour as to be hardly less beautiful than the flowers.  The
rind is very thin, and the inside is white, juicy, and very slightly
acidulated.  We were always near the sea, and the surf kept bursting
up behind the trees in great snowy drifts, and every opening gave us
a glimpse of deep blue water.  The coast the whole way is composed
of great blocks of very hard black lava, more or less elevated, upon
which the surges break in perpetual thunder.

Suddenly the verdure ceased, and we emerged upon a hideous scene,
one of the many lava flows from Kilauea, an irregular branching
stream, about a mile broad.  It is suggestive of fearful work on the
part of nature, for here the volcano has not created but destroyed.
The black tumbled sea mocked the bright sunshine, all tossed,
jagged, spiked, twirled, thrown heap on heap, broken, rifted,
upheaved in great masses, burrowing in ravines of its own making,
full of broken bubble caves, and torn by a-a streams.  Close to the
track crystals of olivine lie in great profusion, and in a few of
the crevices there are young plants of a fern which everywhere has
the audacity to act as the herald of vegetation.

Beyond this desert the country is different in its features from the
rest of the island, a green smiling land of Beulah, varied by lines
of craters covered within and without with vegetation.  For thirty
miles the track passes under the deep shade of coco palms, of which
Puna is the true home; and from under their feathery shadow, and
from amidst the dark leafage of the breadfruit, gleamed the rose-
crimson apples of the eugenia, and the golden balls of the guava.  I
have not before seen this exquisite palm to advantage, for those
which fringe the coast have, as compared with these, a look of
tattered, sombre, harassed antiquity.  Here they stood in thousands,
young as well as old, their fronds gigantic, their stems curving
every way, and the golden light, which is peculiar to them, toned
into a golden green.  They were loaded with fruit in all stages,
indeed it is produced in such abundance that thousands of nuts lie
unheeded on the ground.  Animals, including dogs and cats, revel in
the meat, and in the scarcity of good water the milk is a useful
substitute.

Late in the afternoon we reached our destination, a comfortable
frame house, on one of those fine natural lawns in which Hawaii
abounds.  A shower at seven each morning keeps Puna always green.
Our kind host, a German, married to a native woman, served our meals
in a house made of grass and bamboo; but the wife and children, as
is usual in these cases, never appeared at table, and contented
themselves with contemplating us at a great distance.

The next afternoon we rode to one of the natural curiosities of
Puna, which gave me intense pleasure.  It lies at the base of a cone
crowned with a heiau and a clump of coco palms.  Passing among
bread-fruit and guavas into a palm grove of exquisite beauty, we
came suddenly upon a lofty wooded cliff of hard basaltic rock, with
ferns growing out of every crevice in its ragged but perpendicular
sides.  At its feet is a cleft about 60 feet long, 16 wide, and 18
deep, full of water at a temperature of 90 degrees.  This has an
absolute transparency of a singular kind, and perpetrates wonderful
optical illusions.  Every thing put into it is transformed.  The
rocks, broken timber, and old cocoa nuts which lie below it, are a
frosted blue; the dusky skins of natives are changed to alabaster;
and as my companion, in a light print holuku, swam to and fro, her
feet and hands became like polished marble tinged with blue, and her
dress floated through the water as if woven of blue light.
Everything about this spring is far more striking and beautiful than
the colour in the blue grotto of Capri.  It is heaven in the water,
a jewelled floor of marvels, "a sea of glass," "like unto sapphire,"
a type, perhaps, of that on which the blessed stand before the
throne of God.  Above, the feathery palms rose into the crystalline
blue, and made an amber light below, and all fair and lovely things
were mirrored in the wonderful waters.  The specific gravity must be
much greater than that of ordinary water, for it did not seem
possible to sink, or even be thoroughly immersed in it.  The mercury
in the air was 79 degrees, but on coming out of the water we felt
quite chilly.

I like Puna.  It is like nothing else, but something about it made
us feel as if we were dwelling in a castle of indolence.  I
developed a capacity for doing nothing, which horrified me, and
except when we energised ourselves to go to the hot spring, my
companions and I were content to dream in the verandah, and watch
the lengthening shadows, and drink cocoa-nut milk, till the abrupt
exit of the sun startled us, and we saw the young moon carrying the
old one tenderly, and a fitful glare 60 miles away, where the solemn
fires of Mauna Loa are burning at a height of nearly 14,000 feet.


HILO.

There are many "littles," but few "mickles" here.  It is among the
last that two foreign gentlemen have successfully accomplished the
ascent of Mauna Loa, and the mystery of its fires is solved.  I
write "successfully," as they went up and down in safety, but they
were involved in a series of pilikias:  girths, stirrup-leathers,
and cruppers slipping and breaking, and their sufferings on the
summit from cold and mountain sickness appear to have been nearly
incapacitating.  Although much excited, they are collected enough to
pronounce it "the most sublime sight ever seen."  They, as well as
several natives who have passed by Kilauea, report it as in full
activity, which bears against the assertion that the flank crater
becomes quiet when the summit crater is active.

Another and sadder "mickle" has been the departure of ten lepers for
Molokai.  The Kilauea, with the Marshal, and Mr. Wilder who embodies
the Board of Health, has just left the bay, taking away forty lepers
on this cruise; and the relations of those who have been taken from
Hilo are still howling on the beach.  When one hears the wailing,
and sees the temporary agony of the separated relatives, one longs
for "the days of the Son of Man," and that his healing touch, as of
old in Galilee, might cleanse these unfortunates.  Nine of the
lepers were sent on board from the temporary pest-house, but their
case, though deeply commiserated, has been overshadowed by that of
the talented half-white, "Bill Ragsdale," whom I mentioned in one of
my earlier letters, and who is certainly the most "notorious" man in
Hilo.  He has a remarkable gift of eloquence, both in English and
Hawaiian:  a combination of pathos, invective, and sarcasm; and his
manner, though theatrical, is considered perfect by his native
admirers.  His moral character, however, has been very low, which
makes the outburst of feeling at his fate the more remarkable.

Yesterday, he wrote a letter to Sheriff Severance, giving himself up
as a leper to be dealt with by the law, expressing himself as ready
to be expatriated to-day, but requesting that he might not be put
into the leper-house, and that he might go on board the steamer
alone.  The fact of his giving himself up excited much sympathy, as,
in his case, the signs of the malady are hardly apparent, and he
might have escaped suspicion for some time.

He was riding about all this morning, taking leave of people, and of
the pleasant Hilo lanes, which he will never see again, and just as
the steamer was weighing anchor, walked down to the shore as
carefully dressed as usual, decorated with leis of ohia and
gardenia, and escorted by nearly the whole native population.  On my
first landing here, the glee club, singing and flower-clad, went out
to meet him; now tears and sobs accompanied him, and his countrymen
and women clung to him, kissing him, to the last moment, whilst all
the foreigners shook hands as they offered him their good wishes.
He made a short speech in native, urging quiet submission to the
stringent measures which government is taking in order to stamp out
leprosy, and then said a few words in English.  His last words, as
he stepped into the boat, were to all:  "Aloha, may God bless you,
my brothers," and then the whale boat took him the first stage
towards his living grave.  He took a horse, a Bible, and some legal
books with him; and, doubtless, in consideration of the prominent
positions he has filled, specially that of interpreter to the
Legislature, unusual indulgence will be granted to him.

At the weekly prayer meeting held this evening in the foreign
church, the medical officer gave a very pathetic account of his
interview with him this morning, in which he had feelingly requested
the prayers of the church.  It was with unusual fervour afterwards
that prayer was offered, not for him only, but for "all those who,
living, have this day been consigned to the oblivion of the grave,
and for the five hundred of our fellow-subjects now suffering on
Molokai."  A noble instance of devotion has just been given by
Father Damiens, a Belgian priest, who has gone to spend his life
amidst the hideous scenes, and the sickness and death of the ghastly
valley of Kalawao.
                                    I.L.B.



A CHAPTER ON THE LEPER SETTLEMENT ON MOLOKAI.

In 1865, the Hawaiian Legislature, recognizing the disastrous fact
that leprosy is at once contagious and incurable, passed an act to
prevent its spread, and eventually the Board of Health established a
leper settlement on the island of Molokai for the isolation of
lepers.  In carrying out the painful task of weeding out and exiling
the sufferers, the officials employed met with unusual difficulties;
and the general foreign community was not itself aware of the
importance of making an attempt to "stamp out" the disease, until
the beginning of Lunalilo's reign, when the apparently rapid spread
of leprosy, and sundry rumours that others than natives were
affected by it, excited general alarm, and not unreasonably, for
medical science, after protracted investigation, knows less of
leprosy than of cholera.  Nor are medical men wholly agreed as to
the manner in which infection is communicated; and, as the white
residents on the islands associate very freely and intimately with
the natives, eating poi out of their calabashes, and sleeping in
their houses and on their mats, there was just cause for uneasiness.

The natives themselves have been, and still are, perfectly reckless
about the risk of contagion, and although the family instinct among
them is singularly weak, the gregarious or social instinct is
singularly strong, and it has been found impossible to induce them
to give up smoking the pipes, wearing the clothes, and sleeping on
the mats of lepers, which three things are universally regarded by
medical men as undoubted sources of infection.  At the beginning of
1873, it was estimated that nearly 400 lepers were scattered up and
down the islands, living among their families and friends, and the
healthy associated with them in complete apathy or fatalism.
However bloated the face and glazed the eyes, or however swollen or
decayed the limbs were, the persons so afflicted appeared neither to
scare nor disgust their friends, and, therefore, Hawaii has
absolutely needed the coercive segregation of these living foci of
disease.  When the search for lepers was made, the natives hid their
friends away under mats, and in forests and caves, till the peril of
separation was over, and if they sought medical advice, they
rejected foreign educated aid in favour of the highly paid services
of Chinese and native quacks, who professed to work a cure by means
of loathsome ointments and decoctions, and abominable broths worthy
of the witches' cauldron.

However, as the year passed on, lepers were "informed against," and
it became the painful duty of the sheriffs of the islands, on the
statement of a doctor that any individual was truly a leper, to
commit him for life to Molokai.  Some, whose swollen faces and
glassy goggle eyes left no room for hope of escape, gave themselves
up; and few, who, like Mr. Ragsdale, might have remained among their
fellows almost without suspicion, surrendered themselves in a way
which reflects much credit upon them.  Mr. Park, the Marshal, and
Mr. Wilder, of the Board of Health, went round the islands
repeatedly in the Kilauea, and performed the painful duty of
collecting the victims, with true sympathy and kindness.  The woe of
those who were taken, the dismal wailings of those who were left,
and the agonised partings, when friends and relatives clung to the
swollen limbs and kissed the glistering bloated faces of those who
were exiled from them for ever, I shall never forget.

There were no individual distinctions made among the sufferers.
Queen Emma's cousin, a man of property, and Mr. Ragsdale, the most
influential lawyer among the half-whites, shared the same doom as
poor Upa, the volcano guide, and stricken Chinamen and labourers
from the plantations.  Before the search slackened, between three
and four hundred men, women, and children were gathered out from
among their families, and placed on Molokai.

Between 1866 and April 1874, eleven hundred and forty-five lepers,
five hundred and sixty of whom were sent from Kahili in the spring
of 1872, have arrived on Molokai, of which number four hundred and
forty-two have died, the majority of the deaths having occurred
since the beginning of Lunalilo's reign, when the work of
segregation was undertaken in earnest.  At the present time the
number on the island is 703, including 22 children.  These
unfortunates are necessarily pauperised, and the small Hawaiian
kingdom finds itself much burdened by their support.  The strain on
the national resources is very great, and it is not surprising that
officials called upon to meet such a sad emergency should be
assailed in all quarters of the globe by sentimental criticism and
misstatements regarding the provision made for the lepers on
Molokai.  Most of these are unfounded, and the members of the Board
of Health deserve great credit both for their humanity and for their
prompt and careful attention to the complaints made by the
sufferers.

At present the two obvious blots on the system are, the insufficient
house accommodation, involving a herding together which is repulsive
to foreign, though not to native, ideas; and the absence of a
resident physician to prescribe for the ailments from which leprosy
is no exemption.  Molokai, the island of exile, is Molokai aina
pali, "the land of precipices," in the old native meles, and its
walls of rock rise perpendicularly from the sea to a height varying
from 1000 to 2500 feet, in extreme grandeur and picturesqueness, and
are slashed, as on Hawaii, by gulches opening out on natural lawns
on the sea level.  The place chosen for the centralization and
segregation of leprosy is a most singular plain of about 20,000
acres, hemmed in between the sea and a precipice 2000 feet high,
passable only where a zigzag bridle track swings over its face, so
narrow and difficult that it has been found impossible to get cattle
down over it, so that the leper settlement below has depended for
its supplies of fresh meat upon vessels.  The settlement is
accessible also by a very difficult landing at Kalaupapa on the
windward side of Molokai.

Three miles inland from Kalaupapa is the leper village of Kalawao,
which may safely be pronounced one of the most horrible spots on all
the earth; a home of hideous disease and slow coming death, with
which science in despair has ceased to grapple; a community of
doomed beings, socially dead, "whose only business is to perish;"
wifeless husbands, husbandless wives, children without parents, and
parents without children; men and women who have "no more a portion
for ever in anything that is done under the sun," condemned to watch
the repulsive steps by which each of their doomed fellows passes
down to a loathsome death, knowing that by the same they too must
pass.

A small stone church near the landing, and another at Kalawao, tell
of the extraordinary devotion of a Catholic priest, who, with every
prospect of advancement in his Church, and with youth, culture, and
refinement to hold him back from the sacrifice, is in this hideous
valley, a self exiled man, for Christ's sake.  It was singular to
hear the burst of spontaneous admiration which his act elicited.  No
unworthy motives were suggested, all envious speech was hushed; it
was almost forgotten by the most rigid Protestants that Father
Damiens, who has literally followed the example of Christ by "laying
down his life for the brethren," is a Romish priest, and an
intuition, higher than all reasoning, hastened to number him with
"the noble army of martyrs."

In Kalawao are placed not only the greater number of the lepers, but
the hospital buildings.  Most of the victims are of the poorer
classes and live in brown huts; but two of rank, Mrs. Napela and the
Hon. P. Y. Kaeo, Queen Emma's cousin, have neat wooden cottages on
the way from the landing, with every comfort which their means can
provide for them.  The hospital buildings are about twelve in
number, well and airily situated on a height; they are built of wood
thoroughly whitewashed, and are enclosed by a fence.  Although it is
hoped that a leper hospital is not to be a permanent institution of
the kingdom, the soft green grass of the enclosure has been
liberally planted with algaroba trees, which in a year or two will
form a goodly shade, and water has been brought in from a distance
at considerable expense, so that an abundant supply is always at
hand.  The lepers are dying fast, and the number of advanced cases
in the hospital averages forty.  In the centre of the hospital
square there are the office buildings, including the dispensary,
which is well supplied with medicines, so that in the absence of a
doctor, common ailments may be treated by an intelligent English
leper.  The superintendent's office, where the accounts and
statistics of the settlement are kept, and where the leper governor
holds his leper court, and the post-office, are also within the
enclosure; but the true governor and law-giver is Death.

When Mr. Ragsdale left Hilo as a leper, the course he was likely to
take on Molokai could not be accurately forecasted; and it was felt
that the presence in the leper community of a man of his gift of
eloquence and influence might either be an invaluable assistance to
the government, or else a serious embarrassment.  In every position
he had hitherto occupied, he had acquired and retained a remarkable
notoriety; and no stranger could visit the islands without hearing
of poor "Bill Ragsdale's" gifts, and the grievous failings by which
they were accompanied.

Hitherto the hopes of his well wishers have been fulfilled, and the
government has found in him a most energetic as well as prudent
agent.  "It is better to be first in Britain than second in Rome;"
and probably this unfortunate man, superintendent of the leper
settlement, and popularly known as "Governor Ragsdale," has found a
nobler scope for his ambition among his doomed brethren than in any
previous position.  His remarkable power of influencing his
countrymen is at present used for their well being; and though his
authority is practically almost absolute, owing to the isolation of
the community, and its position almost outside the operation of law,
he has hitherto used it with good faith and moderation.  He is
nominally assisted in his duties by a committee of twenty chosen
from among the lepers themselves; but from his superior education
and native mental ascendancy, all immediate matters in the
settlement are decided by his judgment alone.

The rations of food are ample and of good quality, and
notwithstanding the increase in the number of lepers, and the
difficulty of communication, there has not been any authenticated
case of want.  Each leper receives weekly 21 lbs. of paiai, and from
5 to 6 of beef, and when these fail to be landed, 9 lbs. of rice, 1
lb. of sugar, and 4 lbs. of salmon.  Soap and clothing are also
supplied; but, for all beyond these necessaries, the lepers are
dependent on their own industry, if they are able to exercise it,
and the kindness of their friends.  Coffee, tobacco, pipes, extra
clothing, knives, toys, books, pictures, working implements and
materials, have all been possessed by them in happier days; and
though packages of such things have been sent by the charitable for
distribution by Father Damiens, it is not possible for island
benevolence fully to meet an emergency and needs so disproportionate
to the population and resources of the kingdom.  Besides the two
Catholic churches, there are a Protestant chapel, with a pastor,
himself a leper, who is a regularly ordained minister of the
Hawaiian Board, and two school-houses, where the twenty-two children
of the settlement receive instruction in Hawaiian from a leper
teacher.  There is a store, too, where those who are assisted by
their friends can purchase small luxuries, which are sold at just
such an advance on cost as is sufficient to clear the expense of
freight.  The taste for ornament has not died out in either sex, and
women are to be seen in Kalawao, hideous and bloated beyond
description, decorated with leis of flowers, and looking for
admiration out of their glazed and goggle eyes.

King Kalakaua and Queen Kapiolani have paid a visit to the
settlement, and were received with hearty alohas, and the music of a
leper band.  The king made a short address to the lepers, the
substance of which was "that his heart was grieved with the
necessity which had separated these, his subjects, from their homes
and families, a necessity which they themselves recognised and
acquiesced in, and it should be the earnest desire of himself and
his government to render their condition in exile as comfortable as
possible."   While he spoke, though it is supposed that a merciful
apathy attends upon leprosy, his hideous audience showed signs of
deep feeling, and many shed tears at his thoughtfulness in coming to
visit those, who, to use their own touching expression, were
"already in the grave."

The account which follows is from the pen of a gentleman who
accompanied the king, and visited the hospital on the same occasion,
in company with two members of the Board of Health.

"As our party stepped on shore, we found the lepers assembled to the
number of two or three hundred--there are 697 all told in the
settlement--for they had heard in advance of our coming, and our
ears were greeted with the sound of lively music.  This proceeded
from the 'band,' consisting of a drum, a fife, and two flutes,
rather skilfully played upon by four young lads, whose visages were
horribly marked and disfigured with leprosy.  The sprightly airs
with which these poor creatures welcomed the arrival of the party,
sounded strangely incongruous and out of place, and grated harshly
upon our feelings.  And then as we proceeded up the beach, and the
crowd gathered about us, eager and anxious for a recognition or a
kind word of greeting--oh, the repulsive and sickening libels and
distorted caricatures of the human face divine upon which we looked!
And as they evidently read the ill-concealed aversion in our
countenances, they withdrew the half-proffered hand, and slunk back
with hanging heads.  They felt again that they were lepers, the
outcasts of society, and must not contaminate us with their touch.
A few cheerful words of inquiry from the physician, Dr. Trousseau,
addressed to individuals as to their particular cases, broke the
embarrassment of this first meeting, and soon the crowd were
chatting and laughing just like any other crowd of thoughtless
Hawaiians, and with but few exceptions, these unfortunate exiles
showed no signs of the settled melancholy that would naturally be
looked for from people so hopelessly situated.  Very happy were they
when spoken to, and quite ready to answer any questions.  We saw
numbers whom we had known in years past, and who, having
disappeared, we had thought dead.  One we had known as a
Representative, and a very intelligent one, too, in the Legislature
of 1868.  On greeting him as an old-time acquaintance, he observed,
'Yes, we meet again--in this living grave!'  He is a man of no
little consideration among the people, being entrusted by the Board
of Health with the care of the store which is kept here for the sale
of such goods as the people require.  All do not appear to be lepers
who are leprous.  We saw numbers who might pass along our streets
any day without being suspected of the taint.  They had it, however,
in one way or another.  Sometimes on the extremities only, eating
away the flesh and rotting the bones of the hands or feet; and
sometimes only appearing in black and indurated spots on the skin,
noticed only on a somewhat close examination.  This last sort is
said to be the worst, as being most surely fatal and easiest
transmitted.  We saw women who had the disease in this stage,
walking about, whom it was difficult to believe were lepers.

"If our sensibilities were shocked at the sight of the crowd of
lepers we had met at the beach, walking about in physical strength
and activity, how shall we describe our sensations in looking upon
these loathsome creatures in the hospital, in whom it was indeed
hard to recognise anything human?  The rooms were cleanly kept and
well ventilated, but the atmosphere within was pervaded with the
sickening odour of the grave.  At each end, squatted or lying prone
on their respective mats or mattresses, were the yet breathing
corpses of lepers in the last stages of various forms of the
disease, who glanced inquisitively at us for a moment out of their
ghoul-like eyes--those who were not already beyond seeing--and then
withdrew within their dreadful selves.  Was there ever a more
pitiful sight?

"In one room we saw a sight that will ever remain fixed indelibly on
the tablets of memory.  A little blue-eyed, flaxen haired child,
apparently three or four years old, a half-caste, that looked up at
us with an expression of timorous longing to be caressed and loved;
but alas, in its glassy eyes and transparent cheeks were the
unmistakable signs of the curse--the sin of the parents visited upon
the child!

"In another room was one--a mass of rotting flesh, with but little
semblance of humanity remaining--who was dying, and whose breath
came hurried and obstructed.  A few hours at most, and his troubles
would be over, and his happy release arrive.  There had been
fourteen deaths in the settlement during the previous fortnight.  On
the day of our visit there were fifty-eight inmates of the
hospital."

Though the lifting of the veil of mystery which hangs over the death
valley of Molokai discloses some of the most woeful features of the
curse, it is a relief to know the worst, and that the poor leprous
outcasts in their "living grave" are not outside the pale of
humanity and a judicious philanthropy.  All that can be done for
them is to encourage their remaining capacities for industry, and to
smooth, as far as is possible, the journey of death.  The Hawaiian
Government is doing its best to "stamp out" the disease, and to
provide for the comfort of those who are isolated; and, with the
limited means at its disposal, has acted with an efficiency and
humanity worthy of the foremost of civilised countries.



LETTER XXVIII.

HILO.  June 2nd.

Often since I finished my last letter has Hazael's reply to Elisha
occurred to me, "Is thy servant a dog, that he should do this
thing?"  For in answer to people who have said, "I hope nothing will
induce you to attempt the ascent of Mauna Loa," I always said, "Oh,
dear, no!  I should never dream of it;" or, "Nothing would persuade
me to think of it!"

This morning early, Mr. Green came in, on his way to Kilauea, to
which I was to accompany him, and on my casually remarking that I
envied him his further journey, he at once asked me to join him, and
I joyfully accepted the invitation!  For, indeed, my heart has been
secretly set on going, and I have had to repeat to myself fifty
times a day, "no, I must not think of it, for it is impossible."

Mr. Green is going up well equipped with a tent, horses, a baggage
mule, and a servant, and is confident of being able to get a guide
and additional mules fifty miles from Hilo.  I had to go to the
Union School examination where the Hilo world was gathered, but I
could think of nothing but the future; and I can hardly write sense,
the prospect of the next week is so exciting, and the time for
making preparations is so short.  It is an adventurous trip anyhow,
and the sufferings which our predecessors have undergone, from
Commodore Wilkes downwards, make me anxious not to omit any
precaution.  The distance which has to be travelled through an
uninhabited region, the height and total isolation of the summit,
the uncertainty as to the state of the crater, and the duration of
its activity, with the possibility of total failure owing to fog or
strong wind, combine to make our ascent an experimental trip.

The news of the project soon spread through the village, and as the
ascent has only once been performed by a woman, the kindly people
are profuse in offers of assistance, and in interest in the journey,
and every one is congratulating me on my good fortune in having Mr.
Green for my travelling companion.  I have hunted all the beach
stores through for such essentials as will pack into small compass,
and every one said "So you are going to 'the mountain;' I hope
you'll have a good time;" or, "I hope you'll have the luck to get
up."

Among the friends of my hosts all sorts of useful articles were
produced, a camp kettle, a camping blanket, a huge Mexican poncho, a
cardigan, capacious saddlebags, etc.  Nor was Kahele forgotten, for
the last contribution was a bag of oats!  The greatest difficulty
was about warm clothing, for in this perfect climate, woollen
underclothing is not necessary as in many tropical countries, but it
is absolutely essential on yonder mountain, and till late in the
afternoon the best intentions and the most energetic rummaging in
old trunks failed to produce it.  At last Mrs. ---, wife of an old
Scotch settler, bestowed upon me the invaluable loan of a stout
flannel shirt, and a pair of venerable worsted stockings, much
darned, knitted in Fifeshire a quarter of a century ago.  When she
brought them, the excellent lady exclaimed, "Oh, what some people
will do!" with an obvious personal reference.

She tells us that her husband, who owns the ranch on the mountain at
which we are to stay the last night, has been obliged to forbid any
of his natives going up as guides, and that she fears we shall not
get a guide, as the native who went up with Mr. Whyte suffered so
dreadfully from mountain sickness, that they were obliged to help
him down, and he declares that he will not go up again.  Mr. Whyte
tells us that he suffered himself from vomiting and vertigo for
fourteen hours, and severely from thirst also, as the water froze in
their canteens; but I am almost well now, and as my capacity for
"roughing it" has been severely tested, I hope to "get on" much
better.  A party made the ascent nine months ago, and the members of
it also suffered severely, but I see no reason why cautious people,
who look well to their gear and clothing, and are prudent with
regard to taking exercise at the top, should suffer anything worse
than the inconveniences which are inseparable from nocturnal cold at
a high elevation.

My preparations are completed to-night, the last good wishes have
been spoken, and we intend to leave early tomorrow morning.
                                     I.L.B.



LETTER XXIX. {381}

CRATER HOUSE, KILAUEA.  June 4th.

Once more I write with the splendours of the quenchless fires in
sight, and the usual world seems twilight and commonplace by the
fierce glare of Halemaumau, and the fitful glare of the other and
loftier flame, which is burning ten thousand feet higher in lonely
Mokua-weo-weo.

Mr. Green and I left Hilo soon after daylight this morning, and made
about "the worst time" ever made on the route.  We jogged on slowly
and silently for thirty miles in Indian file, through bursts of
tropical beauty, over an ocean of fern-clad pahoehoe, the air hot
and stagnant, the horses lazy and indifferent, till I was awoke from
the kind of cautious doze into which one falls on a sure-footed
horse, by a decided coolness in the atmosphere, and Kahele breaking
into a lumbering gallop, which he kept up till we reached this
house, where, in spite of the exercise, we are glad to get close to
a large wood fire.  Although we are shivering, the mercury is 57
degrees, but in this warm and equable climate, one's sensations are
not significant of the height of the thermometer.

It is very fascinating to be here on the crater's edge, and to look
across its deep three miles of blackness to the clouds of red light
which Halemaumau is sending up, but altogether exciting to watch the
lofty curve of Mauna Loa upheave itself against the moon, while far
and faint, we see, or think we see, that solemn light, which ever
since my landing at Kawaihae has been so mysteriously attractive.
It is three days off yet.  Perhaps its spasmodic fires will die out,
and we shall find only blackness.  Perhaps anything, except our
seeing it as it ought to be seen!  The practical difficulty about a
guide increases, and Mr. Gilman cannot help us to solve it.  And if
it be so cold at 4000 feet, what will it be at 14,000?


KILAUEA.  June 5th.

I have no room in my thoughts for anything but volcanoes, and it
will be so for some days to come.  We have been all day in the
crater, in fact, I left Mr. Green and his native there, and came up
with the guide, sore, stiff, bruised, cut, singed, grimy, with my
thick gloves shrivelled off by the touch of sulphurous acid, and my
boots nearly burned off.  But what are cuts, bruises, fatigue, and
singed eyelashes, in comparison with the awful sublimities I have
witnessed to-day?  The activity of Kilauea on Jan. 31 was as child's
play to its activity to-day:  as a display of fireworks compared to
the conflagration of a metropolis.  THEN, the sense of awe gave way
speedily to that of admiration of the dancing fire fountains of a
fiery lake; NOW, it was all terror, horror, and sublimity,
blackness, suffocating gases, scorching heat, crashings, surgings,
detonations; half seen fires, hideous, tortured, wallowing waves.  I
feel as if the terrors of Kilauea would haunt me all my life, and be
the Nemesis of weak and tired hours.

We left early, and descended the terminal wall, still as before,
green with ferns, ohias, and sandalwood, and bright with clusters of
turquoise berries, and the red fruit and waxy blossoms of the ohelo.
The lowest depression of the crater, which I described before as a
level fissured sea of iridescent lava, has been apparently partially
flooded by a recent overflow from Halemaumau, and the same agency
has filled up the larger rifts with great shining rolls of black
lava, obnoxiously like boa-constrictors in a state of repletion.  In
crossing this central area for the second time, with a mind less
distracted by the novelty of the surroundings, I observed
considerable deposits of remarkably impure sulphur, as well as
sulphates of lime and alum in the larger fissures.  The presence of
moisture was always apparent in connexion with these formations.
The solidified surges and convolutions in which the lava lies, the
latter sometimes so beautifully formed as to look like coils of wire
rope, are truly wonderful.  Within the cracks there are
extraordinary coloured growths, orange, grey, buff, like mineral
lichens, but very hard and brittle.

The recent lava flow by which Halemaumau has considerably heightened
its walls, has raised the hill by which you ascend to the brink of
the pit to a height of fully five hundred feet from the basin, and
this elevation is at present much more fiery and precarious than the
former one.  It is dead, but not cold, lets one through into cracks
hot with corrosive acid, rings hollow everywhere, and its steep
acclivities lie in waves, streams, coils, twists, and tortuosities
of all kinds, the surface glazed and smoothish, and with a metallic
lustre.

Somehow, I expected to find Kilauea as I had left it in January,
though the volumes of dense white smoke which are now rolling up
from it might have indicated a change; but after the toilsome,
breathless climbing of the awful lava hill, with the crust becoming
more brittle, and the footing hotter at each step, instead of
laughing fire fountains tossing themselves in gory splendour above
the rim, there was a hot, sulphurous, mephitic chaos, covering, who
knows what, of horror?

So far as we could judge, the level of the lake had sunk to about 80
feet below the margin, and the lately formed precipice was
overhanging it considerably.  About seven feet back from the edge of
the ledge, there was a fissure about eighteen inches wide, emitting
heavy fumes of sulphurous acid gas.  Our visit seemed in vain, for
on the risky verge of this crack we could only get momentary
glimpses of wallowing fire, glaring lurid through dense masses of
furious smoke which were rolling themselves round in the abyss as if
driven by a hurricane.

After failing to get a better standpoint, we suffered so much from
the gases, that we coasted the north, till we reached the south
lake, one with the other on my former visit, but now separated by a
solid lava barrier about three hundred feet broad, and eighty high.
Here there was comparatively little smoke, and the whole mass of
contained lava was ebullient and incandescent, its level marked the
whole way round by a shelf or rim of molten lava, which adhered to
the side, as ice often adheres to the margin of rapids, when the
rest of the water is liberated and in motion.  There was very little
centripetal action apparent.  Though the mass was violently agitated
it always took a southerly direction, and dashed itself with fearful
violence against some lofty, undermined cliffs which formed its
southern limit.  The whole region vibrated with the shock of the
fiery surges.  To stand there was "to snatch a fearful joy," out of
a pain and terror which were unendurable.  For two or three minutes
we kept going to the edge, seeing the spectacle as with a flash,
through half closed eyes, and going back again; but a few trials, in
which throats, nostrils, and eyes were irritated to torture by the
acid gases, convinced us that it was unsafe to attempt to remain by
the lake, as the pain and gasping for breath which followed each
inhalation, threatened serious consequences.

With regard to the north lake we were more fortunate, and more
persevering, and I regard the three hours we spent by it as
containing some of the most solemn, as well as most fascinating,
experiences of my life.  The aspect of the volcano had altogether
changed within four months.  At present there are two lakes
surrounded by precipices about eighty feet high.  Owing to the smoke
and confusion, it is most difficult to estimate their size even
approximately, but I think that the diameter of the two cannot be
less than a fifth of a mile.

Within the pit or lake by which we spent the morning, there were no
fiery fountains, or regular plashings of fiery waves playing in
indescribable beauty in a faint blue atmosphere, but lurid, gory,
molten, raging, sulphurous, tormented masses of matter, half seen
through masses as restless, of lurid smoke.  Here, the violent
action appeared centripetal, but with a southward tendency.
Apparently, huge bulging masses of a lurid-coloured lava were
wallowing the whole time one over another in a central whirlpool,
which occasionally flung up a wave of fire thirty or forty feet.
The greatest intensity of action was always preceded by a dull
throbbing roar, as if the imprisoned gases were seeking the vent
which was afforded them by the upward bulging of the wave and its
bursting into spray.  The colour of the lava which appeared to be
thrown upwards from great depths, was more fiery and less gory than
that nearer the surface.  Now and then, through rifts in the smoke
we saw a convergence of the whole molten mass into the centre, which
rose wallowing and convulsed to a considerable height.  The awful
sublimity of what we did see, was enhanced by the knowledge that it
was only a thousandth part of what we did not see, mere momentary
glimpses of a terror and fearfulness which otherwise could not have
been borne.

A ledge, only three or four feet wide, hung over the lake, and
between that and the comparative terra firma of the older lava,
there was a fissure of unknown depth, emitting hot blasts of
pernicious gases.  The guide would not venture on the outside ledge,
but Mr. Green, in his scientific zeal, crossed the crack, telling me
not to follow him, but presently, in his absorption with what he
saw, called to me to come, and I jumped across, and this remained
our perilous standpoint. {388}

Burned, singed, stifled, blinded, only able to stand on one foot at
a time, jumping back across the fissure every two or three minutes
to escape an unendurable whiff of heat and sulphurous stench, or
when splitting sounds below threatened the disruption of the ledge:
lured as often back by the fascination of the horrors below; so we
spent three hours.

There was every circumstance of awfulness to make the impression of
the sight indelible.  Sometimes dense volumes of smoke hid
everything, and yet, upwards, from out "their sulphurous canopy"
fearful sounds rose, crashings, thunderings, detonations, and we
never knew then whether the spray of some hugely uplifted wave might
not dash up to where we stood.  At other times the smoke partially
lifting, but still swirling in strong eddies, revealed a central
whirlpool of fire, wallowing at unknown depths, to which the lava,
from all parts of the lake, slid centrewards and downwards as into a
vortex, where it mingled its waves with indescribable noise and
fury, and then, breaking upwards, dashed itself to a great height in
fierce, gory, gouts and clots, while hell itself seemed opening at
our feet.  At times, again, bits of the lake skinned over with a
skin of a wonderful silvery, satiny sheen, to be immediately
devoured; and as the lurid billows broke, they were mingled with
misplaced patches as if of bright moonlight.  Always changing,
always suggesting force which nothing could repel, agony
indescribable, mystery inscrutable, terror unutterable, a thing of
eternal dread, revealed only in glimpses!

It is natural to think that St. John the Evangelist, in some Patmos
vision, was transported to the brink of this "bottomless pit," and
found in its blackness and turbulence of agony the fittest emblems
of those tortures of remorse and memory, which we may well believe
are the quenchless flames of the region of self-chosen exile from
goodness and from God.  As natural, too, that all Scripture phrases
which typify the place of woe should recur to one with the force of
a new interpretation, "Who can dwell with the everlasting burnings?"
"The smoke of their torment goeth up for ever and ever," "The place
of hell," "The bottomless pit," "The vengeance of eternal fire," "A
lake of fire burning with brimstone."  No sight can be so fearful as
this glimpse into the interior of the earth, where fires are for
ever wallowing with purposeless force and aimless agony.

Beyond the lake there is a horrible region in which dense volumes of
smoke proceed from the upper ground, with loud bellowings and
detonations, and we took our perilous way in that direction, over
very hot lava which gave way constantly.  It is near this that the
steady fires are situated which are visible from this house at
night.  We came first upon a solitary "blowing cone," beyond which
there was a group of three or four, but it is not from these that
the smoke proceeds, but from the extensive area beyond them, covered
with smoke and steam cracks, and smoking banks, which are probably
formed of sulphur deposits.  I only visited the solitary cone, for
the footing was so precarious, the sight so fearful, and the
ebullitions of gases so dangerous, that I did not dare to go near
the others, and never wish to look upon their like again.

The one I saw was of beehive shape, about twelve feet high, hollow
inside, and its walls were about two feet thick.  A part of its
imperfect top was blown off, and a piece of its side blown out, and
the side rent gave one a frightful view of its interior, with the
risk of having lava spat at one at intervals.  The name "Blowing
Cone" is an apt one, if the theory of their construction be correct.
It is supposed that when the surface of the lava cools rapidly owing
to enfeebled action below, the gases force their way upwards through
small vents, which then serve as "blow holes" for the imprisoned
fluid beneath.  This, rapidly cooling as it is ejected, forms a ring
on the surface of the crust, which, growing upwards by accretion,
forms a chimney, eventually nearly or quite closed at the top, so as
to form a cone.  In this case the cone is about eighty feet above
the present level of the lake, and fully one hundred yards distant
from its present verge.

The whole of the inside was red and molten, full of knobs, and great
fiery stalactites.  Jets of lava at a white heat were thrown up
constantly, and frequently the rent in the side spat out lava in
clots, which cooled rapidly, and looked like drops of bottle green
glass.  The glimpses I got of the interior were necessarily brief
and intermittent.  The blast or roar which came up from below was
more than deafening; it was stunning:  and accompanied with heavy
subterranean rumblings and detonations.  The chimney, so far as I
could see, opened out gradually downwards to a great width, and
appeared to be about forty feet deep; and at its base there was an
abyss of lashing, tumbling, restless fire, emitting an ominous
surging sound, and breaking upwards with a fury which threatened to
blow the cone and the crust on which it stands, into the air.

The heat was intense, and the stinging sulphurous gases which were
given forth in large quantities, most poisonous.  The group of cones
west of this one, was visited by Mr. Green; but he found it
impossible to make any further explorations.  He has seen nearly all
the recent volcanic phenomena, but says that these cones present the
most "infernal" appearance he has ever witnessed.  We returned for a
last look at Halemaumau, but the smoke was so dense, and the sulphur
fumes so stifling, that, as in a fearful dream, we only heard the
thunder of its hidden surges.  I write thunder, and one speaks of
the lashing of its waves; but these are words pertaining to the
familiar earth, and have no place in connection with Kilauea.  The
breaking lava has a voice all its own, full of compressed fury.  Its
sound, motion, and aspect are all infernal.  Hellish, is the only
fitting term.

We are dwelling on a cooled crust all over Southern Hawaii, the
whole region is recent lava, and between this and the sea there are
several distinct lines of craters thirty miles long, all of which at
some time or other have vomited forth the innumerable lava streams
which streak the whole country in the districts of Kau, Puna, and
Hilo.  In fact, Hawaii is a great slag.  There is something very
solemn in the position of this crater-house:  with smoke and steam
coming out of every pore of the ground, and in front the huge
crater, which to-night lights all the sky.  My second visit has
produced a far deeper impression even than the first, and one of awe
and terror solely.

Kilauea is altogether different from the European volcanoes which
send lava and stones into the air in fierce sudden spasms, and then
subside into harmlessness.  Ever changing, never resting, the force
which stirs it never weakening, raging for ever with tossing and
strength like the ocean:  its labours unfinished and possibly never
to be finished, its very unexpectedness adds to its sublimity and
terror, for until you reach the terminal wall of the crater, it
looks by daylight but a smoking pit in the midst of a dreary stretch
of waste land.

Last night I thought the Southern Cross out of place; to-night it
seems essential, as Calvary over against Sinai.  For Halemaumau
involuntarily typifies the wrath which shall consume all evil:  and
the constellation, pale against its lurid light, the great love and
yearning of the Father, "who spared not His own Son but delivered
Him up for us all," that, "as in Adam all die, even so in Christ
shall all be made alive."


AINEPO, HAWAII, June 5th.

We had a great fright last evening.  We had been engaging mules, and
talking over our plans with our half-Indian host, when he opened the
door and exclaimed, "There's no light on Mauna Loa; the fire's gone
out."  We rushed out, and though the night was clear and frosty, the
mountain curve rose against the sky without the accustomed wavering
glow upon it.  "I'm afraid you'll have your trouble for nothing,"
Mr. Gilman unsympathisingly remarked; "anyhow, its awfully cold up
there," and rubbing his hands, reseated himself at the fire.  Mr. G.
and I stayed out till we were half-frozen, and I persuaded myself
and him that there was a redder tinge than the moonlight above the
summit, but the mountain has given no sign all day, so that I fear
that I "evolved" the light out of my "inner consciousness."

Mr. Gilman was eloquent on the misfortunes of our predecessors, lent
me a pair of woollen socks to put on over my gloves, told me
privately that if anyone could succeed in getting a guide it would
be Mr. Green, and dispatched us at eight this morning with a lurking
smile at our "fool's errand," thinly veiled by warm wishes for our
success.  Mr. Reid has two ranches on the mountain, seven miles
distant from each other, and was expected every hour at the crater-
house on his way to Hilo, but it was not known from which he was
coming, and as it appeared that our last hope of getting a guide lay
in securing his good will, Mr. G., his servant, and packmule took
the lower trail, and I, with a native, a string of mules, and a
pack-horse, the upper.  Our plans for intercepting the good man were
well laid and successful, but turned out resultless.

This has been an irresistibly comical day, and it is just as well to
have something amusing interjected between the sublimities of
Kilauea, and whatever to-morrow may bring forth.  When our
cavalcades separated, I followed the guide on a blind trail into the
little-known regions on the skirts of Mauna Loa.  We only travelled
two miles an hour, and the mules kept getting up rows, kicking, and
entangling their legs in the lariats, and one peculiarly malign
animal dealt poor Kahele a gratuitous kick on his nose, making it
bleed.

It is strange, unique country, without any beauty.  The seaward view
is over a great stretch of apparent table-land, spotted with
craters, and split by cracks emitting smoke or steam.  The whole
region is black with streams of spiked and jagged lava, meandering
over it, with charred stumps of trees rising out of them.

The trail, if such it could be called, wound among koa and
sandalwood trees occasionally, but habitually we picked our way over
waves, coils, and hummocks of pahoehoe surrounded by volcanic sand,
and with only a few tufts of grass, abortive ohelos, and vigorous
sow thistles (much relished by Kahele) growing in their crevices.
Horrid cracks, 50 or 60 feet wide, probably made by earthquakes,
abounded, and a black chasm of most infernal aspect dogged us on the
left.  It was all scrambling up and down.  Sometimes there was long,
ugly grass, a brownish green, coarse and tufty, for a mile or more.
Sometimes clumps of wintry-looking, dead trees, sometimes clumps of
attenuated living ones; but nothing to please the eye.  We saw
neither man nor beast the whole way, except a wild bull, which,
tearing down the mountain side, crossed the trail just in front of
us, causing a stampede among the mules, and it was fully an hour
before they were all caught again.

The only other incident was an earthquake, the most severe, the men
here tell me, that has been experienced for two years.  One is
prepared for any caprices on the part of the earth here, yet when
there was a fearful internal throbbing and rumbling, and the trees
and grass swayed rapidly, and great rocks and masses of soil were
dislodged, and bounded down the hillside, and the earth reeled, and
my poor horse staggered and stopped short; far from rising to the
magnitude of the occasion, I thought I was attacked with vertigo,
and grasped the horn of my saddle to save myself from falling.
After a moment of profound stillness, there was again a subterranean
sound like a train in a tunnel, and the earth reeled again with such
violence that I felt as if the horse and myself had gone over.  Poor
K. was nervous for some time afterwards.  The motion was as violent
as that of a large ship in a mid-Atlantic storm.  There were four
minor shocks within half an hour afterwards.

After crawling along for seven hours, and for the last two in a
dripping fog, so dense that I had to keep within kicking range of
the mules for fear of being lost, we heard the lowing of domestic
cattle, and came to a place where felled trees, very difficult for
the horses to cross, were lying.  Then a rude boundary wall
appeared, inside of which was a small, poor-looking grass house,
consisting of one partially-divided room, with a small, ruinous-
looking cook-house, a shed, and an unfinished frame house.  It
looked, and is, a disconsolate conclusion of a wet day's ride.  I
rode into the corral, and found two or three very rough-looking
whites and half-whites standing, and addressing one of them, I found
he was Mr. Reid's manager there.  I asked if they could give me a
night's lodging, which seemed a diverting notion to them; and they
said they could give me the rough accommodation they had, but it was
hard even for them, till the new house was put up.  They brought me
into this very rough shelter, a draughty grass room, with a bench,
table, and one chair in it.  Two men came in, but not the native
wife and family, and sat down to a calabash of poi and some strips
of dried beef, food so coarse, that they apologised for not offering
it to me.  They said they had sent to the lower ranch for some
flour, and in the meantime they gave me some milk in a broken bowl,
their "nearest approach to a tumbler," they said.  I was almost
starving, for all our food was on the pack-mule.  This is the place
where we had been told that we could obtain tea, flour, beef, and
fowls!

By some fatality my pen, ink, and knitting were on the pack-mule; it
was very cold, the afternoon fog closed us in, and darkness came on
prematurely, so that I felt a most absurd sense of ennui, and went
over to the cook-house, where I found Gandle cooking, and his native
wife with a heap of children and dogs lying round the stove.  I
joined them till my clothes were dry, on which the man, who in spite
of his rough exterior, was really friendly and hospitable, remarked
that he saw I was "one of the sort who knew how to take people as I
found them."

This regular afternoon mist which sets in at a certain altitude,
blotting out the sun and sky, and bringing the horizon within a few
yards, makes me certain after all that the mists of rainless Eden
were a phenomenon, the loss of which is not to be regretted.

Still the afternoon hung on, and I went back to the house feeling
that the most desirable event which the future could produce would
be--a meal.  Now and then the men came in and talked for a while,
and as the darkness and cold intensified, they brought in an
arrangement extemporised out of what looked like a battered tin
bath, half full of earth, with some lighted faggots at the top,
which gave out a little warmth and much stinging smoke.  Actual,
undoubted, night came on without Mr. Green, of whose failure I felt
certain, and without food, and being blinded by the smoke, I rolled
myself in a blanket and fell asleep on the bench, only to wake in a
great fright, believing that the volcano house was burning over my
head, and that a venerable missionary was taking advantage of the
confusion to rob my saddle-bags, which in truth one of the men was
moving out of harm's way, having piled up the fire two feet high.

Presently a number of voices outside shouted Haole! and Mr. Green
came in shaking the water from his waterproof, with the welcome
words, "Everything's settled for to-morrow."  Mr. Reid threw cold
water on the ascent, and could give no help; and Mr. G. being thus
left to himself, after a great deal of trouble, has engaged as guide
an active young goat-hunter, who, though he has never been to the
top of the mountain, knows other parts of it so well that he is sure
he can take us up.  Mr. G. also brings an additional mule and pack-
horse, so that our equipment is complete, except in the matter of
cruppers, which we have been obliged to make for ourselves out of
goats' hair rope, and old stockings.  If Mr. G. has an eye for the
picturesque, he must have been gratified as he came in from the fog
and darkness into the grass room, with the flaring fire in the
middle, the rifles gleaming on the wall, the two men in very rough
clothing, and myself huddled up in a blanket sitting on the floor,
where my friend was very glad to join us.

Mr. Green has brought nothing but tea from Kapapala, but Gandle has
made some excellent rolls, besides feasting us on stewed fowl,
dough-nuts, and milk!  Little comfort is promised for to-night, as
Gandle says with a twinkle of kindly malice in his eye, that we
shall not "get a wink of sleep, for the place swarms with fleas."
They are a great pest of the colder regions of the islands, and like
all other nuisances, are said to have been imported!  Gandle and the
other man have entertained us with the misfortunes of our
predecessors, on which they seem to gloat with ill-omened
satisfaction.
                                       I.L.B.



LETTER XXIX.--Continued.

KAPAPALA, June 8th.

The fleas at Ainepo quite fulfilled Mr. Gandle's prognostications,
and I was glad when the cold stars went out one by one, and a red,
cloudless dawn broke over the mountain, accompanied by a heavy dew
and a morning mist, which soon rolled itself up into rosy folds and
disappeared, and there was a legitimate excuse for getting up.  Our
host provided us with flour, sugar, and dough-nuts, and a hot
breakfast, and our expedition, comprising two natives who knew not a
word of English, Mr. G. who does not know very much more Hawaiian
than I do, and myself, started at seven.  We had four superb mules,
and two good pack-horses, a large tent, and a plentiful supply of
camping blankets.  I put on all my own warm clothes, as well as most
of those which had been lent to me, which gave me the squat, padded,
look of a puffin or Esquimaux, but all, and more were needed long
before we reached the top.  The mules were beyond all praise.  They
went up the most severe ascent I have ever seen, climbing steadily
for nine hours, without a touch of the spur, and after twenty-four
hours of cold, thirst, and hunger, came down again as actively as
cats.  The pack-horses too were very good, but from the comparative
clumsiness with which they move their feet they were very severely
cut.

We went off, as usual, in single file, the guide first, and Mr. G.
last.  The track was passably legible for some time, and wound
through long grass, and small koa trees, mixed with stunted ohias
and a few common ferns.  Half these koa trees are dead, and all,
both living and dead, have their branches covered with a long hairy
lichen, nearly white, making the dead forest in the slight mist look
like a wood in England when covered with rime on a fine winter
morning.  The koa tree has a peculiarity of bearing two distinct
species of leaves on the same twig, one like a curved willow leaf,
the other that of an acacia.

After two hours ascent we camped on the verge of the timber line,
and fed our animals, while the two natives hewed firewood, and
loaded the spare pack-horse with it.  The sky was by that time
cloudless, and the atmosphere brilliant, and both remained so until
we reached the same place twenty-eight hours later, so that the
weather favoured us in every respect, for there is "weather" on the
mountain, rains, fogs, and wind storms.  The grass only grows
sparsely in tufts above this place, and though vegetation exists up
to a height of 10,000 feet on this side, it consists, for the most
part, of grey lichens, a little withered grass, and a hardy
asplenium.

At this spot the real business of the ascent begins, and we
tightened our girths, distributed the baggage as fairly as possible,
and made all secure before remounting.

We soon entered on vast uplands of pahoehoe which ground away the
animals' feet, a horrid waste, extending upwards for 7000 feet.  For
miles and miles, above and around, great billowy masses, tossed and
twisted into an infinity of fantastic shapes, arrest and weary the
eye, lava in all its forms, from a compact phonolite, to the
lightest pumice stone, the mere froth of the volcano, exceeding in
wildness and confusion the most extravagant nightmare ever inflicted
on man.  Recollect the vastness of this mountain.  The whole south
of this large island, down to, and below the water's edge, is
composed of its slopes.  Its height is nearly three miles, its base
is 180 miles in circumference, so that Wales might be packed away
within it, leaving room to spare.  Yet its whole huge bulk, above a
height of about 8000 feet, is one frightful desert, at once the
creation and the prey of the mightiest force on earth.

Struggling, slipping, tumbling, jumping, ledge after ledge was
surmounted, but still, upheaved against the glittering sky, rose new
difficulties to be overcome.  Immense bubbles have risen from the
confused masses, and bursting, have yawned apart.  Swift-running
streams of more recent lava have cleft straight furrows through the
older congealed surface.  Massive flows have fallen in, exposing
caverned depths of jagged outlines.  Earthquakes have riven the
mountain, splitting its sides and opening deep crevasses, which must
be leapt or circumvented.  Horrid streams of a-a have to be
cautiously skirted, which after rushing remorselessly over the
kindlier lava have heaped rugged pinnacles of brown scoriae into
impassable walls.  Winding round the bases of tossed up, fissured
hummocks of pahoehoe, leaping from one broken hummock to another,
clambering up acclivities so steep that the pack-horse rolled
backwards once, and my cat-like mule fell twice, moving cautiously
over crusts which rang hollow to the tread; stepping over deep
cracks, which, perhaps, led down to the burning fathomless sea,
traversing hilly lakes ruptured by earthquakes, and split in cooling
into a thousand fissures, painfully toiling up the sides of mounds
of scoriae frothed with pumice-stone, and again for miles
surmounting rolling surfaces of billowy ropy lava--so passed the
long day, under the tropic sun, and the deep blue sky.

Towards afternoon, clouds heaped themselves in brilliant snowy
masses, all radiance and beauty to us, all fog and gloom below,
girdling the whole mountain, and interposing their glittering screen
between us and the dark timber belt, the black smoking shores of
Kau, and the blue shimmer of the Pacific.  From that time, for
twenty-four hours, the lower world, and "works and ways of busy men"
were entirely shut out, and we were alone with this trackless and
inanimate region of horror.

For the first time our guide hesitated as to the right track, for
the faint suspicion of white smoke, which had kept alive our hope
that the fire was still burning, had ceased to be visible.  We
called a halt while he reconnoitred, tried to eat some food, found
that our pulses were beating 100 a minute, bathed our heads,
specially our temples, with snow, as we had been advised to do by
the oldest mountaineer on Hawaii, and heaped on yet more clothing.
In fact, I tied a double woollen scarf over all my face but my eyes,
and put on a French soldier's overcoat, with cape and hood, which
Mr. Green had brought in case of emergency.  The cold had become
intense.  We had not wasted words at any time, and on remounting,
preserved as profound a silence as if we were on a forlorn hope,
even the natives intermitting their ceaseless gabble.

Upwards still, in the cold bright air, coating the edges of deep
cracks, climbing endless terraces, the mules panting heavily, our
breath coming as if from excoriated lungs,--so we surmounted the
highest ledge.  But on reaching the apparent summit we were to all
appearance as far from the faint smoke as ever, for this magnificent
dome, whose base is sixty miles in diameter, is crowned by a ghastly
volcanic table-land, creviced, riven, and ashy, twenty-four miles in
circumference.  A table-land, indeed, of dark grey lava, blotched by
outbursts, and torn by streams of brown a-a, full of hideous
crevasses and fearful shapes, as if a hundred waves of lava had
rolled themselves one on another, and had congealed in confused
heaps, and been tortured in all directions by the mighty power which
had upheaved the whole.



Our guide took us a little wrong once, but soon recovered himself
with much sagacity.  "Wrong" on Mauna Loa means being arrested by an
impassable a-a stream, and our last predecessors had nearly been
stopped by getting into one in which they suffered severely.

These a-a streams are very deep, and when in a state of fusion move
along in a mass 20 feet high sometimes, with very solid walls.
Professor Alexander, of Honolulu, supposes them to be from the
beginning less fluid than pahoehoe, and that they advance very
slowly, being full of solid points, or centres of cooling:  that a-
a, in fact, grains like sugar.  Its hardness is indescribable.  It
is an aggregate of upright, rugged, adamantine points, and at a
distance, a river of it looks like a dark brown Mer de Glace.

At half-past four we reached the edge of an a-a stream, about as
wide as the Ouse at Huntingdon Bridge, and it was obvious that
somehow or other we must cross it:  indeed, I know not if it be
possible to reach the crater without passing through one or another
of these obstacles.  I should have liked to have left the animals
there, but it was represented as impossible to proceed on foot, and
though this was a decided misrepresentation, Mr. Green plunged in.
I had resolved that he should never have any bother in consequence
of his kindness in taking me with him, and, indeed, everyone had
enough to do in taking care of himself and his own beast, but I
never found it harder to repress a cry for help.  Not that I was in
the least danger, but there was every risk of the beautiful mule
being much hurt, or breaking her legs.  The fear shown by the
animals was pathetic; they shrank back, cowered, trembled, breathed
hard and heavily, and stumbled and plunged painfully.  It was
sickening to see their terror and suffering, the struggling and
slipping into cracks, the blood and torture.  The mules with their
small legs and wonderful agility were more frightened than hurt, but
the horses were splashed with blood up to their knees, and their
poor eyes looked piteous.

We were then, as we knew, close to the edge of the crater, but the
faint smoke wreath had disappeared, and there was nothing but the
westering sun hanging like a ball over the black horizon of the
desolate summit.  We rode as far as a deep fissure filled with
frozen snow, with a ledge beyond, threw ourselves from our mules,
jumped the fissure, and more than 800 feet below yawned the
inaccessible blackness and horror of the crater of Mokuaweoweo, six
miles in circumference, and 11,000 feet long by 8,000 wide.  The
mystery was solved, for at one end of the crater, in a deep gorge of
its own, above the level of the rest of the area, there was the
lonely fire, the reflection of which, for six weeks, has been seen
for 100 miles.

Nearly opposite us, a thing of beauty, a perfect fountain of pure
yellow fire, unlike the gory gleam of Kilauea, was regularly playing
in several united but independent jets, throwing up its glorious
incandescence, to a height, as we afterwards ascertained, of from
150 to 300 feet, and attaining at one time 600!  You cannot imagine
such a beautiful sight.  The sunset gold was not purer than the
living fire.  The distance which we were from it, divested it of the
inevitable horrors which surround it.  It was all beauty.  For the
last two miles of the ascent, we had heard a distant vibrating roar:
there, at the crater's edge, it was a glorious sound, the roar of an
ocean at dispeace, mingled with the hollow murmur of surf echoing in
sea caves, booming on, rising and falling, like the thunder music of
windward Hawaii.

We sat on the ledge outside the fissure for some time, and Mr. Green
actually proposed to pitch the tent there, but I dissuaded him, on
the ground that an earthquake might send the whole thing tumbling
into the crater; nor was this a whimsical objection, for during the
night there were two such falls, and after breakfast, another quite
near us.

We had travelled for two days under a strong impression that the
fires had died out, so you can imagine the sort of stupor of
satisfaction with which we feasted on the glorious certainty.  Yes,
it was glorious, that far-off fire-fountain, and the lurid cracks in
the slow-moving, black-crusted flood, which passed calmly down from
the higher level to the grand area of the crater.

This area, over two miles long, and a mile and a half wide, with
precipitous sides 800 feet deep, and a broad second shelf about 300
feet below the one we occupied, at that time appeared a dark grey,
tolerably level lake, with great black blotches, and yellow and
white stains, the whole much fissured.  No steam or smoke proceeded
from any part of the level surface, and it had the unnaturally dead
look which follows the action of fire.  A ledge, or false beach,
which must mark a once higher level of the lava, skirts the lake, at
an elevation of thirty feet probably, and this fringed the area with
various signs of present volcanic action, steaming sulphur banks,
and heavy jets of smoke.  The other side, above the crater, has a
ridgy broken look, giving the false impression of a mountainous
region beyond.  At this time the luminous fountain, and the red
cracks in the river of lava which proceeded from it, were the only
fires visible in the great area of blackness.  In former days people
have descended to the floor of the crater, but owing to the breaking
away of the accessible part of the precipice, a descent now is not
feasible, though I doubt not that a man might even now get down, if
he went up with suitable tackle, and sufficient assistance.

The one disappointment was that this extraordinary fire-fountain was
not only 800 feet below us, but nearly three-quarters of a mile from
us, and that it was impossible to get any nearer to it.  Those who
have made the ascent before have found themselves obliged either to
camp on the very spot we occupied, or a little below it.

The natives pitched the tent as near to the crater as was safe, with
one pole in a crack, and the other in the great fissure, which was
filled to within three feet of the top with snow and ice.  As the
opening of the tent was on the crater side, we could not get in or
out without going down into this crevasse.  The tent walls were held
down with stones to make it as snug as possible, but snug is a word
of the lower earth, and has no meaning on that frozen mountain top.
The natural floor was of rough slabs of lava, laid partly edgewise,
so that a newly macadamised road would have been as soft a bed.  The
natives spread the horse blankets over it, and I arranged the
camping blankets, made my own part of the tent as comfortable as
possible by putting my inverted saddle down for a pillow, put on my
last reserve of warm clothing, took the food out of the saddle bags,
and then felt how impossible it was to exert myself in the rarified
air, or even to upbraid Mr. Green for having forgotten the tea, of
which I had reminded him as often as was consistent with politeness!

This discovery was not made till after we had boiled the kettle, and
my dismay was softened by remembering that as water boils up there
at 187 degrees, our tea would have been worthless.  In spite of my
objection to stimulants, and in defiance of the law against giving
liquor to natives, I made a great tin of brandy toddy, of which all
partook, along with tinned salmon and dough-nuts.  Then the men
piled faggots on the fire and began their everlasting chatter, and
Mr. Green and I, huddled up in blankets, sat on the outer ledge in
solemn silence, to devote ourselves to the volcano.

The sun was just setting:  the tooth-like peaks of Mauna Kea, cold
and snow slashed, which were blushing red, the next minute turned
ghastly against a chilly sky, and with the disappearance of the sun
it became severely cold; yet we were able to remain there till 9.30,
the first people to whom such a thing has been possible, so
supremely favoured were we by the absence of wind.

When the sun had set, and the brief red glow of the tropics had
vanished, a new world came into being, and wonder after wonder
flashed forth from the previously lifeless crater.  Everywhere
through its vast expanse appeared glints of fire--fires bright and
steady, burning in rows like blast furnaces; fires lone and
isolated, unwinking like planets, or twinkling like stars; rows of
little fires marking the margin of the lowest level of the crater;
fire molten in deep crevasses; fire in wavy lines; fire, calm,
stationary, and restful:  an incandescent lake two miles in length
beneath a deceptive crust of darkness, and whose depth one dare not
fathom even in thought.  Broad in the glare, giving light enough to
read by at a distance of three-quarters of a mile, making the moon
look as blue as an ordinary English sky, its golden gleam changed to
a vivid rose colour, lighting up the whole of the vast precipices of
that part of the crater with a rosy red, bringing out every detail
here, throwing cliffs and heights into huge black masses there,
rising, falling, never intermitting, leaping in lofty jets with
glorious shapes like wheatsheaves, coruscating, reddening, the most
glorious thing beneath the moon was the fire-fountain of
Mokuaweoweo.

By day the cooled crust of the lake had looked black and even sooty,
with a fountain of molten gold playing upwards from it; by night it
was all incandescent, with black blotches of cooled scum upon it,
which were perpetually being devoured.  The centre of the lake was
at a white heat, and waves of white hot lava appeared to be
wallowing there as in a whirlpool, and from this centre the fountain
rose, solid at its base, which is estimated at 150 feet in diameter,
but thinning and frittering as it rose high into the air, and
falling from the great altitude to which it attained, in fiery
spray, which made a very distinct clatter on the fiery surface
below.  When one jet was about half high, another rose so as to keep
up the action without intermission; and in the lower part of the
fountain two subsidiary curved jets of great volume continually
crossed each other.  So, "alone in its glory," perennial, self-born,
springing up in sparkling light, the fire-fountain played on as the
hours went by.

From the nearer margin of this incandescent lake there was a mighty
but deliberate overflow, a "silent tide" of fire, passing to the
lower level, glowing under and amidst its crust, with the brightness
of metal passing from a furnace.  In the bank of partially cooled
and crusted lava which appears to support the lake, there were rifts
showing the molten lava within.  In one place heavy white vapour
blew off in powerful jets from the edge of the lake, and elsewhere
there were frequent jets and ebullitions of the same, but there was
not a trace of vapour over the burning lake itself.  The crusted
large area, with its blowing cones, blotches and rifts of fire, was
nearly all visible, and from the thickness and quietness of the
crust it was obvious that the ocean of lava below was comparatively
at rest, but a dark precipice concealed a part of the glowing and
highly agitated lake, adding another mystery to its sublimity.

It is probable that the whole interior of this huge dome is fluid,
for the eruptions from this summit crater do not proceed from its
filling up and running over, but from the mountain sides being
unable to bear the enormous pressure; when they give way, high or
low, and bursting, allow the fiery contents to escape.  So, in 1855,
the mountain side split open, and the lava gushed forth for thirteen
months in a stream which ran for 60 miles, and flooded Hawaii for
300 square miles. {411}

From the camping ground, immense cracks parallel with the crater,
extend for some distance, and the whole of the compact grey stone of
the summit is much fissured.  These cracks, like the one by which
our tent was pitched, contain water resting on ice.  It shows the
extreme difference of climate on the two sides of Hawaii, that while
vegetation straggles up to a height of 10,000 feet on the windward
side in a few miserable blasted forms, it absolutely ceases at a
height of 7,000 feet on the leeward.

It was too cold to sit up all night; so by the "fire light" I wrote
the enclosed note to you with fingers nearly freezing on the pen,
and climbed into the tent.

It is possible that tent life in the East, or in the Rocky
Mountains, with beds, tables, travelling knick-knacks of all
descriptions, and servants who study their master's whims, may be
very charming; but my experience of it having been of the make-shift
and non-luxurious kind, is not delectable.  A wooden saddle, without
stuffing, made a very fair pillow; but the ridges of the lava were
severe.  I could not spare enough blankets to soften them, and one
particularly intractable point persisted in making itself felt.  I
crowded on everything attainable, two pairs of gloves, with Mr.
Gilman's socks over them, and a thick plaid muffled up my face.  Mr.
Green and the natives, buried in blankets, occupied the other part
of the tent.  The phrase, "sleeping on the brink of a volcano," was
literally true, for I fell asleep, and fear I might have been
prosaic enough to sleep all night, had it not been for fleas which
had come up in the camping blankets.  When I woke, it was light
enough to see that the three muffled figures were all asleep,
instead of spending the night in shiverings and vertigo, as it
appears that others have done.  Doubtless the bathing of our heads
several times with snow and ice-water had been beneficial.

Circumstances were singular.  It was a strange thing to sleep on a
lava-bed at a height of nearly 14,000 feet, far away from the
nearest dwelling, "in a region," as Mr. Jarves says, "rarely visited
by man," hearing all the time the roar, clash, and thunder of the
mightiest volcano in the world.  It seemed all a wild dream, as that
majestic sound moved on.  There were two loud reports, followed by a
prolonged crash, occasioned by parts of the crater walls giving way;
vibrating rumblings, as if of earthquakes; and then a louder surging
of the fiery ocean, and a series of most imposing detonations.
Creeping over the sleeping forms, which never stirred even though I
had to kneel upon one of the natives while I untied the flap of the
tent, I crept cautiously into the crevasse in which the snow-water
was then hard frozen, and out upon the projecting ledge.  The four
hours in which we had previously watched the volcano had passed like
one; but the lonely hours which followed might have been two minutes
or a year, for time was obliterated.

Coldly the Pole-star shivered above the frozen summit, and a blue
moon, nearly full, withdrew her faded light into infinite space.
The Southern Cross had set.  Two peaks below the Pole-star, sharply
defined against the sky, were the only signs of any other world than
the world of fire and mystery around.  It was light, broadly,
vividly light; the sun himself, one would have thought, might look
pale beside it.  But such a light!  The silver index of my
thermometer, which had fallen to 23 degrees Fahrenheit, was ruby
red; that of the aneroid, which gave the height at 13,803 feet (an
error of 43 feet in excess), was the same.  The white duck of the
tent was rosy, and all the crater walls and the dull-grey ridges
which lie around were a vivid rose red.

All Hawaii was sleeping.  Our Hilo friends looked out the last
thing; saw the glare, and probably wondered how we were "getting
on," high up among the stars.  Mine were the only mortal eyes which
saw what is perhaps the grandest spectacle on earth.  Once or twice
I felt so overwhelmed by the very sublimity of the loneliness, that
I turned to the six animals, which stood shivering in the north
wind, without any consciousness than that of cold, hunger, and
thirst.  It was some relief even to pity them, for pity was at least
a human feeling, and a momentary rest from the thrill of the new
sensations inspired by the circumstances.  The moon herself looked a
wan unfamiliar thing--not the same moon which floods the palm and
mango groves of Hilo with light and tenderness.  And those palm and
mango groves, and lighted homes, and seas, and ships, and cities,
and faces of friends, and all familiar things, and the day before,
and the years before, were as things in dreams, coming up out of a
vanished past.  And would there ever be another day, and would the
earth ever be young and green again, and would men buy and sell and
strive for gold, and should I ever with a human voice tell living
human beings of the things of this midnight?  How far it was from
all the world, uplifted above love, hate, and storms of passion, and
war, and wreck of thrones, and dissonant clash of human thought,
serene in the eternal solitudes!

Things had changed, as they change hourly in craters.  The previous
loud detonations were probably connected with the evolutions of some
"blowing cones," which were now very fierce, and throwing up lava at
the comparatively dead end of the crater.  Lone stars of fire broke
out frequently through the blackened crust.  The molten river,
flowing from the incandescent lake, had advanced and broadened
considerably.  That lake itself, whose diameter has been estimated
at 800 feet, was rose-red and self-illuminated, and the increased
noise was owing to the increased force of the fire-fountain, which
was playing regularly at a height of 300 feet, with the cross
fountains, like wheat-sheaves, at its lower part.  These cross-
fountains were the colour of a mixture of blood and fire, and the
lower part of the perpendicular jets was the same; but as they rose
and thinned, this colour passed into a vivid rose-red, and the spray
and splashes were as rubies and flame mingled.  For ever falling in
fiery masses and fiery foam:  accompanied by a thunder-music of its
own:  companioned only by the solemn stars:  exhibiting no other
token of its glories to man than the reflection of its fires on mist
and smoke; it burns for the Creator's eye alone.  No foot of mortal
can approach it.

Hours passed as I watched the indescribable glories of the fire-
fountain, its beauty of form, and its radiant reflection on the
precipices, eight hundred feet high, which wall it in, and listened
to its surges beating, and the ebb and flow of its thunder-music.
Then a change occurred.  The jets, which for long had been playing
at a height of 300 feet, suddenly became quite low, and for a few
seconds appeared as cones of fire wallowing in a sea of light; then
with a roar like the sound of gathering waters, nearly the whole
surface of the lake was lifted up by the action of some powerful
internal force, and rose three times with its whole radiant mass, in
one glorious, upward burst, to a height, as estimated by the
surrounding cliffs, of six hundred feet, while the earth trembled,
and the moon and stars withdrew abashed into far-off space.  After
this the fire-fountain played as before.  The cold had become
intense, 11 degrees of frost; and I crept back into the tent; those
words occurring to me with a new meaning, "dwelling in the light
which no man can approach unto."

We remained in the tent till the sun had slightly warmed the air,
and then attempted to prepare breakfast by the fire; but no one
could eat anything, and the native from Waimea complained of severe
headache, which shortly became agonizing, and he lay on the ground
moaning, and completely prostrated by mountain sickness.  I felt
extreme lassitude, and exhaustion followed the slightest effort; but
the use of snow to the head produced great relief.  The water in our
canteens was hard frozen, and the keenness of the cold aggravated
the uncomfortable symptoms which accompany pulses at 110 degrees.
The native guide was the only person capable of work, so we were
late in getting off, and rode four and a half hours to the camping
ground, only stopping once to tighten our girths.  Not a rope,
strap, or buckle, or any of our gear gave way, and though I rode
without a crupper, the breeching of a pack mule's saddle kept mine
steady.

The descent, to the riders, is far more trying than the ascent,
owing to the continued stretch of very steep declivity for eight
thousand feet; but our mules never tripped, and came into Ainepo as
if they had not travelled at all.  The horses were terribly cut,
both again in the a-a stream, and on the descent.  It was sickening
to follow them, for at first they left fragments of hide and hair on
the rocks, then flesh, and when there was no more hide or flesh to
come off their poor heels and fetlocks, blood dripped on every rock,
and if they stood still for a few moments, every hoof left a little
puddle of gore.  We had all the enjoyment and they all the misery.
I was much exhausted when we reached the camping-ground, but soon
revived under the influence of food; but the poor native, who was
really very ill, abandoned himself to wretchedness, and has only
recovered to-day.

The belt of cloud which was all radiance above, was all drizzling
fog below, and we reached Ainepo in a regular Scotch mist.  The
ranchman seemed rather grumpy at our successful ascent, which
involved the failure of all their prophecies, and, indeed, we were
thoroughly unsatisfactory travellers, arriving fresh and complacent,
with neither adventures nor disasters to gladden people's hearts.
We started for this ranch seven miles further, soon after dark, and
arrived before nine, after the most successful ascent of Mauna Loa
ever made.

Without being a Sybarite, I certainly do prefer a comfortable pulu
bed to one of ridgy lava, and the fire which blazes on this broad
hearth to the camp-fire on the frozen top of the volcano.  The
worthy ranchman expected us, and has treated us very sumptuously,
and even Kahele is being regaled on Chinese sorghum.  The Sunday's
rest, too, is a luxury, which I wonder that travellers can ever
forego.  If one is always on the move, even very vivid impressions
are hunted out of the memory by the last new thing.  Though I am not
unduly tired, even had it not been Sunday, I should have liked a day
in which to recall and arrange my memories of Mauna Loa before the
forty-eight miles' ride to Hilo.

This afternoon, we were sitting under the verandah talking volcanic
talk, when there was a loud rumbling, and a severe shock of
earthquake, and I have been twice interrupted in writing this letter
by other shocks, in which all the frame-work of the house has yawned
and closed again.  They say that four years ago, at the time of the
great "mud flow" which is close by, this house was moved several
feet by an earthquake, and that all the cattle walls which surround
it were thrown down.  The ranchman tells us that on January 7th and
8th, 1873, there was a sudden and tremendous outburst of Mauna Loa.
The ground, he says, throbbed and quivered for twenty miles; a
tremendous roaring, like that of a blast furnace, was heard for the
same distance, and clouds of black smoke trailed out over the sea
for thirty miles.

We have dismissed our guide with encomiums.  His charge was $10; but
Mr. Green would not allow me to share that, or any part of the
expense, or pay anything, but $6 for my own mule.  The guide is a
goat-hunter, and the chase is very curiously pursued.  The hunter
catches sight of a flock of goats, and hunts them up the mountain,
till, agile and fleet of foot as they are, he actually tires them
out, and gets close enough to them to cut their throats for the sake
of their skins.  If I understand rightly, this young man has
captured as many as seventy in a day.


CRATER HOUSE, KILAUEA.  June 9th.

This morning Mr. Green left for Kona, and I for Kilauea; the
ranchman's native wife and her sister riding with me for several
miles to put me on the right track.  Kahele's sociable instincts are
so strong, that, before they left me, I dismounted, blindfolded him,
and led him round and round several times, a process which so
successfully confused his intellects, that he started off in this
direction with more alacrity than usual.  They certainly put me on a
track which could not be mistaken, for it was a narrow, straight
path, cut and hammered through a broad horrible a-a stream, whose
jagged spikes were the height of the horse.  But beyond this lie ten
miles of pahoehoe, the lava-flows of ages, with only now and then
the vestige of a trail.

Except the perilous crossing of the Hilo gulches in February, this
is the most difficult ride I have had--eerie and impressive in every
way.  The loneliness was absolute.  For several hours I saw no trace
of human beings, except the very rare print of a shod horse's hoof.
It is a region for ever "desolate and without inhabitant,"
trackless, waterless, silent, as if it had passed into the
passionless calm of lunar solitudes.  It is composed of rough
hummocks of pahoehoe, rising out of a sandy desert.  Only stunted
ohias, loaded with crimson tufts, raise themselves out of cracks:
twisted, tortured growths, bearing their bright blossoms under
protest, driven unwillingly to be gay by a fiery soil and a fiery
sun.  To the left, there was the high, dark wall of an a-a stream;
further yet, a tremendous volcanic fissure, at times the bed of a
fiery river, and above this the towering dome of Mauna Loa, a
brilliant cobalt blue, lined and shaded with indigo where
innumerable lava streams had seamed his portentous sides:  his whole
beauty the effect of atmosphere, on an object in itself hideous.
Ahead and to the right were rolling miles of a pahoehoe sea, bounded
by the unseen Pacific 3,000 feet below, with countless craters,
fissures emitting vapour, and all other concomitants of volcanic
action; bounded to the north by the vast crater of Kilauea.  On all
this deadly region the sun poured his tropic light and heat from one
of the bluest skies I ever saw.

The direction given me on leaving Kapapala was, that after the
natives left me I was to keep a certain crater on the south-east
till I saw the smoke of Kilauea; but there were many craters.
Horses cross the sand and hummocks as nearly as possible on a bee
line; but the lava rarely indicates that anything has passed over
it, and this morning a strong breeze had rippled the sand,
completely obliterating the hoof-marks of the last traveller, and at
times I feared that losing myself, as many others have done, I
should go mad with thirst.  I examined the sand narrowly for hoof-
marks, and every now and then found one, but always had the
disappointment of finding that it was made by an unshod horse,
therefore not a ridden one.  Finding eyesight useless, I dismounted
often, and felt with my finger along the rolling lava for the
slightest marks of abrasion, which might show that shod animals had
passed that way, got up into an ohia to look out for the smoke of
Kilauea, and after three hours came out upon what I here learn is
the old track, disused because of the insecurity of the ground.

It runs quite close to the edge of the crater, there 1,000 feet in
depth, and gives a magnificent view of the whole area, with the pit
and the blowing cones.  But the region through which the trail led
was rather an alarming one, being hollow and porous, all cracks and
fissures, nefariously concealed by scrub and ferns.  I found a
place, as I thought, free from risk, and gave Kahele a feed of oats
on my plaid, but before he had finished them there was a rumbling
and vibration, and he went into the ground above his knees, so
snatching up the plaid and jumping on him I galloped away, convinced
that that crack was following me!  However, either the crack thought
better of it, or Kahele travelled faster, for in another half-hour I
arrived where the whole region steams, smokes, and fumes with
sulphur, and was kindly welcomed here by Mr. Gilman, where he and
the old Chinaman appear to be alone.

After a seven hours' ride the quiet and the log fire are very
pleasant, and the host is a most intelligent and sympathising
listener.  It is a solemn night, for the earth quakes, and the sound
of Halemaumau is like the surging of the sea.


HILO.  June 11th.

Once more I am among palm and mango grove, and friendly faces, and
sounds of softer surges than those of Kilauea.  I had a dreary ride
yesterday, as the rain was incessant, and I saw neither man, bird,
or beast the whole way.  Kahele was so heavily loaded that I rode
the thirty miles at a foot's pace, and he became so tired that I had
to walk.

It has been a splendid week, with every circumstance favourable,
nothing sordid or worrying to disturb the impressions received,
kindness and goodwill everywhere, a travelling companion whose
consideration, endurance, and calmness were beyond all praise, and
at the end the cordial welcomes of my Hawaiian "home."
                                    I.L.B.



LETTER XXX. {422}

RIDGE HOUSE, KONA, HAWAII.  June 12.

I landed in Kealakakua Bay on a black lava block, on which tradition
says that Captain Cook fell, struck with his death-wound, a century
ago.  The morning sun was flaming above the walls of lava 1,000 feet
in height which curve round the dark bay, the green deep water
rolled shorewards in lazy undulations, canoes piled full of
pineapples poised themselves on the swell, ancient cocopalms glassed
themselves in still waters--it was hot, silent, tropical.

The disturbance which made the bay famous is known to every
schoolboy; how the great explorer, long supposed by the natives to
be their vanished god Lono, betrayed his earthly lineage by groaning
when he was wounded, and was then dispatched outright.  A cocoanut
stump, faced by a sheet of copper recording the circumstance, is the
great circumnavigator's monument.  A few miles beyond, is the
enclosure of Haunaunau, the City of Refuge for western Hawaii.  In
this district there is a lava road ascribed to Umi, a legendary
king, who is said to have lived 500 years ago.  It is very perfect,
well defined on both sides with kerb-stones, and greatly resembles
the chariot ways in Pompeii.  Near it are several structures formed
of four stones, three being set upright, and the fourth forming the
roof.  In a northerly direction is the place where Liholiho, the
king who died in England, excited by drink and the persuasions of
Kaahumanu, broke tabu, and made an end of the superstitions of
heathenism.  Not far off is the battle field on which the adherents
of the idols rallied their forces against the iconoclasts, and were
miserably and finally defeated.  Recent lava streams have descended
on each side of the bay, and from the bare black rock of the landing
a flow may be traced up the steep ascent as far as a precipice, over
which it falls in waves and twists, a cataract of stone.  A late
lava river passed through the magnificent forest on the southerly
slope, and the impressions of the stems of coco and fan palms are
stamped clearly on the smooth rock.  The rainfall in Kona is heavy,
but there is no standing water, and only one stream in a distance of
100 miles.

This district is famous for oranges, coffee, pineapples, and
silence.  A flaming palm-fringed shore with a prolific strip of
table land 1,500 feet above it, a dense timber belt eight miles in
breadth, and a volcano smoking somewhere between that and the
heavens, and glaring through the trees at night, are the salient
points of Kona if anything about it be salient.  It is a region
where falls not

     ".  .  .  Hail or any snow,
      Or ever wind blows loudly."

Wind indeed, is a thing unknown.  The scarcely audible whisper of
soft airs through the trees morning and evening, rain drops falling
gently, and the murmur of drowsy surges far below, alone break the
stillness.  No ripple ever disturbs the great expanse of ocean which
gleams through the still, thick trees.  Rose in the sweet cool
morning, gold in the sweet cool evening, but always dreaming; and
white sails come and go, no larger than a butterfly's wing on the
horizon, of ships drifting on ocean currents, dreaming too!  Nothing
surely can ever happen here:  it is so dumb and quiet, and people
speak in hushed thin voices, and move as in a lethargy, dreaming
too!  No heat, cold, or wind, nothing emphasised or italicised, it
is truly a region of endless afternoons, "a land where all things
always seem the same."  Life is dead, and existence is a languid
swoon.

This is the only regular boarding house on Hawaii.  The company is
accidental and promiscuous.  The conversation consists of
speculations, varied and repeated with the hours, as to the arrivals
and departures of the Honolulu schooners Uilama and Prince, who they
will bring, who they will take, and how long their respective
passages will be.  A certain amount of local gossip is also hashed
up at each meal, and every stranger who has travelled through Hawaii
for the last ten years is picked to pieces and worn threadbare, and
his purse, weight, entertainers, and habits are thoroughly
canvassed.  On whatever subject the conversation begins it always
ends in dollars; but even that most stimulating of all topics only
arouses a languid interest among my fellow dreamers.  I spend most
of my time in riding in the forests, or along the bridle path which
trails along the height, among grass and frame-houses, almost
smothered by trees and trailers.

Many of these are inhabited by white men, who, having drifted to
these shores, have married native women, and are rearing a dusky
race, of children who speak the maternal tongue only, and grow up
with native habits.  Some of these men came for health, others
landed from whalers, but of all it is true that infatuated by the
ease and lusciousness of this languid region,

     "They sat them down upon the yellow sand,
         Between the sun and moon upon the shore;
      And sweet it was to dream of Fatherland,
         . . . . ; but evermore
      Most weary seem'd the sea, weary the oar,
         Weary the wandering fields of barren foam.
      Then some one said, "We will return no more."

They have enough and more, and a life free from toil, but the
obvious tendency of these marriages is to sink the white man to the
level of native feelings and habits.

There are two or three educated residents, and there is a small
English church with daily service, conducted by a resident
clergyman.

The beauty of this part of Kona is wonderful.  The interminable
forest is richer and greener than anything I have yet seen, but
penetrable only by narrow tracks which have been made for hauling
timber.  The trees are so dense, and so matted together with
trailers, that no ray of noon-day sun brightens the moist tangle of
exquisite mosses and ferns which covers the ground.  Yams with their
burnished leaves, and the Polypodium spectrum, wind round every tree
stem, and the heavy ie, which here attains gigantic proportions,
links the tops of the tallest trees together by its stout knotted
coils.  Hothouse flowers grow in rank profusion round every house,
and tea-roses, fuchsias, geraniums fifteen feet high, Nile lilies,
Chinese lantern plants, begonias, lantanas, hibiscus, passion-
flowers, Cape jasmine, the hoya, the tuberose, the beautiful but
overpoweringly sweet ginger plant, and a hundred others:  while the
whole district is overrun with the Datura brugmansia (?) here an
arborescent shrub fourteen feet high, bearing seventy great trumpet-
shaped white blossoms at a time, which at night vie with those of
the night-blowing Cereus in filling the air with odours.

Pineapples and melons grow like weeds among the grass, and
everything that is good for food flourishes.  Nothing can keep under
the redundancy of nature in Kona; everything is profuse, fervid,
passionate, vivified and pervaded by sunshine.  The earth is
restless in her productiveness, and forces up her hothouse growth
perpetually, so that the miracle of Jonah's gourd is almost repeated
nightly.  All decay is hurried out of sight, and through the glowing
year flowers blossom and fruits ripen; ferns are always uncurling
their young fronds and bananas unfolding their great shining leaves,
and spring blends her everlasting youth and promise with the
fulfilment and maturity of summer.

  "Never comes the trader, never floats a European flag,
   Slides the bird o'er lustrous woodland, swings the trailer from
the crag:
   Droops the heavy-blossom'd bower, hangs the heavy-fruited tree--
   Summer isles of Eden lying in dark purple spheres of sea."


HUALALAI.  July 28th.

I very soon left the languid life of Kona for this sheep station,
6000 feet high on the desolate slope of the dead volcano of
Hualalai, ("offspring of the shining sun,") on the invitation of its
hospitable owner, who said if I "could eat his rough fare, and live
his rough life, his house and horses were at my disposal."  He is
married to a very attractive native woman who eats at his table, but
does not know a word of English, but they are both away at a wool-
shed eight miles off, shearing sheep.

This house is in the great volcanic wilderness of which I wrote from
Kalaieha, a desert of drouth and barrenness.  There is no permanent
track, and on the occasions when I have ridden up here alone, the
directions given me have been to steer for an ox bone, and from that
to a dwarf ohia.  There is no coming or going; it is seventeen miles
from the nearest settlement, and looks across a desert valley to
Mauna Loa.  Woody trailers, harsh hard grass in tufts, the Asplenium
trichomanes in rifts, the Pellea ternifolia in sand, and some ohia
and mamane scrub in hollow places sheltered from the wind, all hard,
crisp, unlovely growths, contrast with the lavish greenery below.  A
brisk cool wind blows all day; every afternoon a dense fog brings
the horizon within 200 feet, but it clears off with frost at dark,
and the flames of the volcano light the whole southern sky.

My companions are an amiable rheumatic native woman, and a crone who
must have lived a century, much shrivelled and tattooed, and nearly
childish.  She talks to herself in weird tones, stretches her lean
limbs by the fire most of the day, and in common with most of the
old people has a prejudice against clothes, and prefers huddling
herself up in a blanket to wearing the ordinary dress of her sex.
There is also a dog, but he does not understand English, and for
some time I have not spoken any but Hawaiian words.  I have plenty
to do, and find this a very satisfactory life.

I came up to within eight miles of this house with a laughing,
holiday-making rout of twelve natives, who rode madly along the
narrow forest trail at full gallop, up and down the hills, through
mire and over stones, leaping over the trunks of prostrate trees,
and stooping under branches with loud laughter, challenging me to
reckless races over difficult ground, and when they found that the
wahine haole was not to be thrown from her horse they patted me
approvingly, and crowned me with leis of maile.  I became acquainted
with some of these at Kilauea in the winter, and since I came to
Kona they have been very kind to me.

I thoroughly like living among them, taking meals with them on their
mats, and eating "two fingered" poi as if I had been used to it all
my life.  Their mirthfulness and kindliness are most winning; their
horses, food, clothes, and time are all bestowed on one so freely,
and one lives amongst them with a most restful sense of absolute
security.  They have many faults, but living alone among them in
their houses as I have done so often on Hawaii, I have never seen or
encountered a disagreeable thing.  But the more I see of them the
more impressed I am with their carelessness and love of pleasure,
their lack of ambition and a sense of responsibility, and the time
which they spend in doing nothing but talking and singing as they
bask in the sun, though spasmodically and under excitement they are
capable of tremendous exertions in canoeing, surf-riding, and
lassoing cattle.

While down below I joined three natives for the purpose of seeing
this last sport.  They all rode shod horses, and had lassoes of ox
hide attached to the horns of their saddles.  I sat for an hour on
horseback on a rocky hill while they hunted the woods; then I heard
the deep voices of bulls, and a great burst of cattle appeared, with
hunters in pursuit, but the herd vanished over a dip of the hill
side, and the natives joined me.  By this time I wished myself
safely at home, partly because my unshod horse was not fit for
galloping over lava and rough ground, and I asked the men where I
should stay to be out of danger.  The leader replied, "Oh, just keep
close behind me!"  I had thought of some safe view-point, not of
galloping on an unshod horse with a ruck of half maddened cattle,
but it was the safest plan, and there was no time to be lost, for as
we rode slowly down, we sighted the herd dodging across the open to
regain the shelter of the wood, and much on the alert.

Putting our horses into a gallop we dashed down the hill till we
were close up with the chase; then another tremendous gallop, and a
brief wild rush, the grass shaking with the surge of cattle and
horses.  There was much whirling of tails and tearing up of the
earth--a lasso spun three or four times round the head of the native
who rode in front of me, and almost simultaneously a fine red
bullock lay prostrate on the earth, nearly strangled, with his
foreleg noosed to his throat.  The other natives dismounted, and put
two lassoes round his horns, slipping the first into the same
position, and vaulted into their saddles before he was on his legs.

He got up, shook himself, put his head down, and made a mad blind
rush, but his captors were too dexterous for him, and in that and
each succeeding rush he was foiled.  As he tore wildly from side to
side, the natives dodged under the lasso, slipping it over their
heads, and swung themselves over their saddles, hanging in one
stirrup, to aid their trained horses to steady themselves as the
bullock tugged violently against them.  He was escorted thus for a
mile, his strength failing with each useless effort, his tongue
hanging out, blood and foam dropping from his mouth and nostrils,
his flanks covered with foam and sweat, till blind and staggering,
he was led to a tree, where he was at once stabbed, and two hours
afterwards a part of him was served at table.  The natives were
surprised that I avoided seeing his death, as the native women
greatly enjoy such a spectacle.  This mode of killing an animal
while heated and terrified, doubtless accounts for the dark colour
and hardness of Hawaiian beef.

Numbers of the natives are expert with the lasso, and besides
capturing with it wild and half wild cattle, they catch horses with
it, and since I came here my host caught a sheep with it, singling
out the one he wished to kill, from the rest of the galloping flock
with an unerring aim.  It takes a whole ox hide cut into strips to
make a good lasso.

One of my native friends tells me that a native man who attended on
me in one of my earlier expeditions has since been "prayed to
death."  One often hears this phrase, and it appears that the
superstition which it represents has by no means died out.  There
are persons who are believed to have the lives of others in their
hands, and their services are procured by offerings of white fowls,
brown hogs, and awa, as well as money, by any one who has a grudge
against another.  Several other instances have been told me of
persons who have actually died under the influence of the terror and
despair produced by being told that the kahuna was "praying them to
death."  I cannot learn whether these over-efficacious prayers are
supposed to be addressed to the true God, or to the ancient Hawaiian
divinities.  The natives are very superstitious, and the late king,
who was both educated and intelligent, was much under the dominion
of a sorceress.

I have made the ascent of Hualalai twice from here, the first time
guided by my host and hostess, and the second time rather
adventurously alone.  Forests of koa, sandal-wood, and ohia, with an
undergrowth of raspberries and ferns clothe its base, the fragrant
maile, and the graceful sarsaparilla vine, with its clustered coral-
coloured buds, nearly smother many of the trees, and in several
places the heavy ie forms the semblance of triumphal arches over the
track.  This forest terminates abruptly on the great volcanic
wilderness, with its starved growth of unsightly scrub.  But
Hualalai, though 10,000 feet in height, is covered with Pteris
aquilina, mamane, coarse bunch grass, and pukeave to its very
summit, which is crowned by a small, solitary, blossoming ohia.

For two hours before reaching the top, the way lies over countless
flows and beds of lava, much disintegrated, and almost entirely of
the kind called pahoehoe.  Countless pit craters extend over the
whole mountain, all of them covered outside, and a few inside, with
scraggy vegetation.  The edges are often very ragged and
picturesque.  The depth varies from 300 to 700 feet, and the
diameter from 700 to 1,200.  The walls of some are of a smooth grey
stone, the bottoms flat, and very deep in sand, but others resemble
the tufa cones of Mauna Kea.  They are so crowded together in some
places as to be divided only by a ridge so narrow that two mules can
scarcely walk abreast upon it.  The mountain was split by an
earthquake in 1868, and a great fissure, with much treacherous
ground about it, extends for some distance across it.  It is very
striking from every point of view on this side, being a complete
wilderness of craters, and over 150 lateral cones have been counted.

The object of my second ascent was to visit one of the grandest of
the summit craters, which we had not reached previously owing to
fog.  This crater is bordered by a narrow and very fantastic ridge
of rock, in or on which there is a mound about 60 feet high, formed
of fragments of black, orange, blue, red, and golden lava, with a
cavity or blow-hole in the centre, estimated by Brigham as having a
diameter of 25 feet, and a depth of 1800.  The interior is dark
brown, much grooved horizontally, and as smooth and regular as if
turned.  There are no steam cracks or signs of heat anywhere.
Superb caves or lava-bubbles abound at a height of 6000 feet.  These
are moist with ferns, and the drip from their roofs is the water
supply of this porous region.

Hualalai, owing to the vegetation sparsely sprinkled over it, looks
as if it had been quiet for ages, but it has only slept since 1801,
when there was a tremendous eruption from it, which flooded several
villages, destroyed many plantations and fishponds, filled up a deep
bay 20 miles in extent, and formed the present coast.  The terrified
inhabitants threw living hogs into the stream, and tried to
propitiate the anger of the gods by more costly offerings, but
without effect, till King Kamehameha, attended by a large retinue of
priests and chiefs, cut off some of his hair, which was considered
sacred, and threw it into the torrent, which in two days ceased to
run.  This circumstance gave him a greatly increased ascendancy,
from his supposed influence with the deities of the volcanoes.

I have explored the country pretty thoroughly for many miles round,
but have not seen anything striking, except the remains of an
immense heiau in the centre of the desert tableland, said to have
been built in a day by the compulsory labour of 25,000 people:  a
lonely white man who lives among the lava, and believes he has
discovered the secret of perpetual motion:  and the lava-flow from
Mauna Loa, which reached the sea 40 miles from its exit from the
mountain.

I was riding through the brushwood with a native, and not able to
see two yards in any direction, when emerging from the thick scrub,
we came upon the torrent of 1859 within six feet of us, a huge,
straggling, coal-black river, broken up into streams in our
vicinity, but on the whole, presenting an iridescent uphill expanse
a mile wide.  We had reached one of the divergent streams to which
it had been said after its downward course of 9000 feet, "Hitherto
shalt thou come and no further," while the main body had pursued its
course to the ocean.  Whatever force impelled it had ceased to act,
and the last towering wave of fire had halted just there, and lies a
black arrested surge 10 feet high, with tender ferns at its feet,
and a scarcely singed ohia bending over it.  The flow, so far as we
scrambled up it, is heaped in great surges of a fierce black,
fiercely reflecting the torrid sun, cracked, and stained yellow and
white, and its broad glistening surface forms an awful pathway to
the dome-like crest of Mauna Loa, now throbbing with internal fires,
and crowned with a white smoke wreath, that betokens the action of
the same forces which produced this gigantic inundation.  Close to
us the main river had parted above and united below a small mamane
tree with bracken under its shadow, and there are several oases of
the same kind.

I have twice been down to the larger world of the wool-shed, when
tired of strips of dried mutton and my own society.  The hospitality
there is as great as the accommodation is small.  The first time, I
slept on the floor of the shed with some native women who were up
there, and was kept awake all night by the magnificence of the light
on the volcano.  The second time, several of us slept in a small,
dark grass-wigwam, only intended as a temporary shelter, the
lowliest dwelling in every sense of the word that I ever occupied.
That evening was the finest I have seen on the islands; there was a
less abrupt transition from day to night, and the three great
mountains and the desert were etherealised and glorified by a
lingering rose and violet light.  When darkness came on, our great
camp fire was hardly redder than the glare from the volcano, and its
leaping flames illuminated as motley a group as you would wish to
see; the native shearers, who, after shearing eighty sheep each in a
day, washed, and changed their clothes before eating; a negro
goatherd with a native wife and swarthy children, two native women,
my host and myself, all engaged in the rough cooking befitting the
region, toasting strips of jerked mutton on sticks, broiling wild
bullock on the coals, baking kalo under ground, and rolls in a rough
stone oven, and all speaking that base mixture of English and
Hawaiian which is current coin here.  The meal was not less rude
than the cookery.  We ate it on the floor of the wigwam, with an old
tin, with some fat in it, for a lamp, and a bit of rope for a wick,
which kept tumbling into the fat and leaving us in darkness.

The next day I came up here alone, driving a pack-horse, and with a
hind-quarter of sheep tied to my saddle.  It is really difficult to
find the way over this desert, though I have been several times
across.  When a breeze ripples the sand between the lava hummocks,
the footprints are obliterated, and there are few landmarks except
the "ox bone" and the "small ohia."  It is a strange life up here on
the mountain side, but I like it, and never yearn after
civilization.  The one drawback is my ignorance of the language,
which not only places me sometimes in grotesque difficulties, but
deprives me of much interest.  I don't know what day it is, or how
long I have been here, and quite understand how possible it would be
to fall into an indolent and aimless life, in which time is of no
account.


THE RECTORY, KONA.  August 1st.

I left Hualalai yesterday morning, and dined with my kind host and
hostess in the wigwam.  It was the last taste of the wild Hawaiian
life I have learned to love so well, the last meal on a mat, the
last exercise of skill in eating "two-fingered" poi.  I took leave
gratefully of those who had been so truly kind to me, and with the
friendly aloha from kindly lips in my ears, regretfully left the
purple desert in which I have lived so serenely, and plunged into
the forest gloom.  Half way down, I met a string of my native
acquaintances, who, as the courteous custom is, threw over me leis
of maile and roses, and since I arrived here, others have called to
wish me goodbye, bringing presents of figs, cocoa-nuts and bananas.

This is one of the stations of the "Honolulu Mission," and Mr.
Davies, the clergyman, has, besides Sunday and daily services, a
day-school for boys and girls.  The Sunday attendance at church, so
far as I have seen, consists of three adults, though the white
population within four miles is considerable, and at another station
on Maui, the congregation was composed solely of the family of a
planter.  Clerical reinforcements are expected from England shortly;
but from what I have seen and heard everywhere, I do not think that
the coming clergy, even if inspired by the same devotion and
disinterestedness as Bishop Willis, will make any sensible progress
among the people.

In truth, I believe that the "Honolulu Mission," from the first, has
been a mistake.  As such, strictly speaking, there is no room for
it, for all the natives are nominal Christians, and are connected
more or less with the Congregational denomination.  To attempt to
proselytize them to the English Church, or to unsettle their
religious relations in any way, would, on the whole, be a hopeless,
as well as an invidious task, and would not improbably result in
driving some among them into the greater apparent unity of the
Church of Rome.  Those who believe in the oneness of the invisible
church, and that all who hold "one Lord, one faith, one baptism,"
are within the pale of salvation, may well hesitate before expending
energy, men, money, and time on proselytizing efforts.

Among the whites who have sunk into the mire of an indolent and
godless, if not an openly immoral life, there is an undoubted field
for Evangelistic effort; but it is very doubtful, I think, whether
this class can be reached by services which appeal to higher culture
and instincts than it possesses, and, indeed, generally, the island
Episcopalians are not in sympathy with the "symbolism" and "high
ritual" which from the first have been outstanding features of this
"mission."  The education of the young in the principles of the
Prayer Book is aimed at by the Bishop and his coadjutors, but in
spite of zeal and devotion, I doubt whether the English Church on
these islands can ever be anything but a pining and sickly exotic.

Kona looks supremely beautiful, a languid dream of all fair things.
Yet truly my heart warms to nothing so much as to a row of fat
English cabbages which grow in the rectory garden, with a
complacent, self-asserting John Bullism about them.  It is best to
leave the islands now.  I love them better every day, and dreams of
Fatherland are growing fainter in this perfumed air and under this
glittering sky.  A little longer, and I too should say, like all who
have made their homes here under the deep banana shade,--

           "We will return no more,
    . . . . our island home
    Is far beyond the wave, we will no longer roam."
                                          I.L.B.



LETTER XXXI.

HAWAIIAN HOTEL, HONOLULU.  August 6th.

My fate is lying at the wharf in the shape of the Pacific Mail
Steamer Costa Rica, and soon to me Hawaii-nei will be but a dream.
"Summer isles of Eden!"  My heart warms towards them as I leave
them, for they have been more like home than any part of the world
since I left England.  The moonlight is trickling through misty
algarobas, and feathery tamarinds and palms, and shines on glossy
leaves of breadfruit and citron; a cool breeze brings in at my open
doors the perfumed air and the soft murmur of the restful sea, and
this beautiful Honolulu, whose lights are twinkling through the
purple night, is at last, as it was at first, Paradise in the
Pacific, a bright blossom of a summer sea.

I shall be in the Rocky Mountains before you receive my hastily-
written reply to your proposal to come out here for a year, but I
will add a few reasons against it, in addition to the one which I
gave regarding the benefit which I now hope to derive from a change
to a more stimulating climate.  The strongest of all is, that if we
were to stay here for a year, we should just sit down "between the
sun and moon upon the shore," and forget "our island home," and be
content to fall "asleep in a half dream," and "return no more!"

Of course you will have gathered from my letters that there are very
many advantages here.  Indeed, the mosquitoes of the leeward coast,
to whose attacks one becomes inured in a few months, are the only
physical drawback.  The open-air life is most conducive to health,
and the climate is absolutely perfect, owing to its equability and
purity.  Whether the steady heat of Honolulu, the languid airs of
Hilo, the balmy breezes of Onomea, the cool bluster of Waimea, or
the odorous stillness of Kona, it is always the same.  The grim
gloom of our anomalous winters, the harsh malignant winds of our
springs, and the dismal rains and overpowering heats of our summers,
have no counterpart in the endless spring-time of Hawaii.

Existence here is unclogged and easy, a small income goes a long
way, and the simplicity, refinement, kindliness, and sociability of
the foreign residents, render society very pleasant.  The life here
is truer, simpler, kinder, and happier than ours.  The relation
between the foreign and native population is a kindly and happy one,
and the natives, in spite of their faults, are a most friendly and
pleasant people to live among.  With a knowledge of their easily-
acquired language, they would be a ceaseless source of interest, and
every white resident can have the satisfaction of helping them in
their frequent distresses and illnesses.

The sense of security is a very special charm, and one enjoys it as
well in lonely native houses, and solitary days and nights of
travelling, as in the foreign homes, which are never locked
throughout the year.  There are no burglarious instincts to dread,
and there is no such thing as "a broken sleep of fear beneath the
stars."  The person and property of a white man are everywhere
secure, and a white woman is sure of unvarying respect and kindness.

There are no inevitable hardships.  The necessaries, and even the
luxuries of civilization can be obtained everywhere, and postal
communication with America is now regular and rapid.

When I began this letter, a long procession of counterbalancing
disadvantages passed through my mind, but they become "beautifully
less" as I set them down in black and white.  If I put gossip first,
it is because I seriously think that it is the canker of the foreign
society on the islands.  Its extent and universality are grotesque
and amusing to a stranger, but to live in it, and share in it, and
learn to enjoy it, would be both lowering and hurtful, and you can
hardly be long here without being drawn into its vortex.  By GOSSIP
I don't mean scandal or malignant misrepresentations, or reports of
petty strifes, intrigues, and jealousies, such as are common in all
cliques and communities, but nuhou, mere tattle, the perpetual
talking about people, and the picking to tatters of every item of
personal detail, whether gathered from fact or imagination.

A great deal of this is certainly harmless, and in some measure
arises from the intimate friendly relations which exist between the
scattered families, but over-indulgence in it destroys the privacy
of individual existence, and is deteriorating in more ways than one.
From the north of Kauai to the south of Hawaii, everybody knows
every other body's affairs, income, expenditure, sales, purchases,
debts, furniture, clothing, comings, goings, borrowings, lendings,
letters, correspondents, and every thing else:  and when there is
nothing new to relate on any one of these prolific subjects,
supposed intentions afford abundant matter for speculation.  All
gossip is focussed here, being imported from every other district,
and re-exported, with additions and embellishments, by every inter-
island mail.  The ingenuity with which nuhou is circulated is worthy
of a better cause.

Some disadvantages arise from the presence on the islands of
heterogeneous and ill-assorted nationalities.  The Americans, of
course, predominate, and even those who are Hawaiian born, have, as
elsewhere, a strongly national feeling.  The far smaller English
community hangs together in a somewhat cliquish fashion, and
possibly cherishes a latent grudge against the Americans for their
paramount influence in island affairs.  The German residents, as
everywhere, are cliquish too.  Then, since the establishment of the
Honolulu Mission, church feeling has run rather high, and here, as
elsewhere, has a socially divisive tendency.  Then there are drink
and anti-drink, pro and anti-missionary, and pro and anti-
reciprocity-treaty parties, and various other local naggings of no
interest to you.

The civilization is exotic, and owing to various circumstances, the
government and constitution are too experimental and provisional in
their nature, and possess too few elements of permanence to engross
the profound interest of the foreign residents, although for reasons
of policy they are well inclined to sustain a barbaric throne.  In
spite of a king and court, and titles and officials without number,
and uniforms stiff with gold lace, and Royal dinner parties with
menus printed on white silk, Americans, Republicans in feeling,
really "run" the government, and in state affairs there is a taint
of that combination of obsequious and flippant vulgarity, which none
deplore more deeply than the best among the Americans themselves.

It is a decided misfortune to a community to be divided in its
national leanings, and to have no great fusing interests within or
without itself, such as those which knit vigorous Victoria to the
mother country, or distant Oregon to the heart of the Republic at
Washington.  Except sugar and dollars, one rarely hears any subject
spoken about with general interest.  The downfall of an
administration in England, or any important piece of national
legislation, arouses almost no interest in American society here,
and the English are ostentatiously apathetic regarding any piece of
intelligence specially absorbing to Americans.  The papers pick up
every piece of gossip which drifts about the islands, and snarl with
much wordiness over local matters, but crowd into a small space the
movements which affect the masses of mankind, and in the absence of
a telegraph one hardly feels the beat of the pulses of the larger
world.  Those intellectual movements of the West which might provoke
discussion and conversation are not cordially entered into, partly
owing to the difference in theological beliefs, and partly from an
indolence born of the climate, and the lack of mental stimulus.

After all, the gossip and the absence of large interests shared in
common, are the only specialities which can be alleged against
Hawaii, and I have never seen people among whom I should so well
like to live.  The ladies are most charming; essentially womanly,
and fulfil all domestic and social duties in a way worthy of
imitation everywhere.  The kindness and hospitality, too, are
unbounded, and these cover "a multitude of sins."

There are very few strangers here now.  It is the "dead season."  I
have met with none except Mr. Nordhoff, who is writing on the
islands for Harper's Monthly, and his charming wife and children.
She is a most expert horsewoman, and has adopted the Mexican saddle
even in Honolulu, where few foreign ladies ride "cavalier fashion."

My friends all urge me to write on Hawaii, on the ground that I have
seen the islands and lived the island life so thoroughly; but
possibly they expect more indiscriminate praise than I could
conscientiously bestow!

Honolulu is in the midst of the epidemic of letter writing which
sets in on the arrival of the steamer from "the coast," and people
walk and drive as if they really had business on hand:  and the
farewell visits to be made and received, the pleasant presence of
Mr. Thompson, and Mr. and Mrs. Severance, of Hilo, and the hasty
doing of things which have been left to the last, make me a sharer
in the spasmodic bustle, which, were it permanent, would
metamorphose this dreamy, bowery, tropical capital.  The undeserved
and unexpected kindness shown me here, as everywhere on these
islands, renders my last impressions even more delightful than any
first.  The people are as genial as their own sunny skies, and in
more frigid regions I shall never sigh for the last without longing
for the first. . . . .

up to here
S.S. COSTA RICA.  August 7th.

We sailed for San Francisco early this afternoon.  Everything looked
the same as when I landed in January, except that many of the then
strange faces among the radiant crowd are now the faces of friends,
that I know nearly everyone by sight, and that the pathos of
farewell blended with every look and word.  The air still rang with
laughter and alohas, and the rippling music of the Hawaiian tongue;
bananas and pineapples were still piled in fragrant heaps; the
drifts of surf rolled in, as then, over the barrier reef, canoes
with outriggers still poised themselves on the blue water; the coral
divers still plied their graceful trade, and the lazy ripples still
flashed in light along the palm-fringed shore.  The head-ropes were
let go, we steamed through the violet channel into the broad
Pacific, Lunalilo, who came out so far with Chief Justice Allen,
returned to the shore, and when his kindly aloha was spoken, the
last link with the islands was severed, and half an hour later
Honolulu was out of sight. . . . .

. . . . The breeze is freshening, and the Costa Rica's head lies
nearly due north.  The sun is sinking, and on the far horizon the
summit peaks of Oahu gleam like amethysts on a golden sea.  Farewell
for ever, my bright tropic dream!  Aloha nui to Hawaii-nei!
                                      I.L.B.



A CHAPTER ON HAWAIIAN AFFAIRS.

A few facts concerning the Hawaiian islands may serve to supplement
the deficiencies of the foregoing letters.  The group is an
hereditary and constitutional monarchy.  There is a house of nobles
appointed by the Crown, which consists of twenty members.  The House
of Representatives consists of not less than twenty-four, or more
than forty members elected biennially.  The Legislature fixes the
number, and apportions the same.  The Houses sit together, and
constitute the Legislative Assembly.  The property qualification for
a representative is, real estate worth $500, or an annual income of
$250 from property, and that for an elector is an annual income of
$75.  The Legislators are paid, and the expense of a session is
about $15,000.  There are three cabinet ministers appointed by the
Crown, of the Interior, Finance, and Foreign Affairs respectively,
and an Attorney-General, who may be regarded as a minister of
justice.  There is a Supreme Court with a Chief Justice and two
associate justices, and there are circuit and district judges on all
the larger islands, as well as sheriffs, prisons, and police.  There
is a standing army of sixty men, mainly for the purposes of guard
duty, and rendering assistance to the police.

The question of "how to make ends meet" sorely exercises the little
kingdom.  All sorts of improvements involving a largely increased
outlay are continually urged, while at the same time the burden of
taxation presses increasingly heavily, and there is a constant
clamour for the removal of some of the most lucrative imposts.
Indeed, the Hawaiian dog, with his tax and his "tag," is seldom out
of the Legislative Assembly.

What may be termed the per capita taxes are, an annual poll tax of
one dollar levied on each male inhabitant between the ages of
seventeen and sixty, an annual road tax of two dollars upon all
persons between seventeen and fifty, and an annual school tax of two
dollars upon all persons between twenty-one and sixty.  There is a
direct tax upon property of .5 per cent. upon its valuation, and
specific taxes of a dollar on every horse above two years old, and a
dollar and a half on each dog.  Of the $206,000 raised by internal
taxes during the last biennial period, the horses paid $50,000, the
mules $6,000, and the dogs $19,000!

The indirect taxation in the shape of customs' duties amounted to
$350,000 in the same period.  The poor Hawaiian does not know the
blessing of a "Free Breakfast Table."

The islands are large importers.  The value of imported goods paying
duties was $1,437,000 in 1873, on which the Hawaiian Treasury
received $198,000 as customs' duties.  Twenty-five thousand dollars'
worth of ale, porter, and light wines, and thirty thousand dollars'
worth of spirits, show that the foreign population of 6,000 is more
than sufficiently bibulous.  The Chinamen, about 2,000 in number,
are, or ought to be, responsible for $13,000 worth of opium; and the
$34,000 worth of tobacco and cigars is doubtless distributed pretty
equally over all the nationalities.  Twenty-one thousand gallons of
spirits were imported in 1873.  The licences to sell spirits brought
$18,000 dollars into the treasury in the last biennial period, but
those for the sale of awa and opium brought in $55,000 during the
same time.  These licences are confined to Honolulu.

There are two interesting items of customs receipts, a sum of $924,
the proceeds of a per capita tax of two dollars levied on passengers
landing on the islands, for the support of the Queen's Hospital, and
a sum of $1,477, the proceeds of a tax levied on seamen for the
support of the Marine Hospital.  There is a sum of $700 for
passports, as no Hawaiian or stranger can leave the kingdom without
an official permit.

There are 58 vessels registered under the Hawaiian flag, of which 40
are coasters, and 18 engaged in foreign freighting and whaling.

The value of domestic exports in 1873 was $1,725,507.  Among these
are bananas, pineapples, pulu, cocoanuts, oranges, limes, sandal-
wood, tamarinds, betel leaves, shark's fins, paiai, whale oil, sperm
oil, cocoanut oil, and whalebone.  Among other commodities there was
exported, of coffee 262,000 lbs., of fungus 57,000lbs., of pea nuts
58,000 lbs., of cotton 8,000 lb., of rice 941,000 lbs., of paddy
507,000 lbs., of hides 20,000 packages, of goat skins 66,000, of
horns 13,000, and of tallow 609,000 lbs.

The expense of "keeping things going" on the islands for the two
years ending March 1st, 1874, amounted to $1,193,276, but this
included the funeral expenses of two kings, as well as of two extra
sessions of the Legislature, which amounted to $42,000.  The
decrease in the revenue for the same period amounted to $45,000.
The items of Hawaiian expenditure were as follows:--

For Civil List.                              $47,689.73
 "  Permanent Settlements, Queen Emma.        12,000.00
 "  Legislature and Privy Council.            15,288.50
 "  Extra Legislative Expenses.               19,011.87
 "  Department of the Judiciary.              72,245.64
 "       "     of Foreign Affairs and War.    78,145.85
 "       "     of the Interior.              389,009.08
 "       "     of Finance.                   202,117.05
 "       "     of the Attorney-General        97,097.00
 "  Bureau of Public Instruction.             89,432.40
 "  Miscellaneous Expenditures.              170,474.67

The balance on hand in the Treasury,
March 31st, 1874.                                764.57

                                          -------------

                                          $1,193,276.36

That, under the head Finance, includes the interest on borrowed
money.  The funded national debt is $340,000.  Of this sum a portion
bears no stated interest, only such as may arise from the very
dubious profits of the Hawaiian hotel.  The interest charges are 12
per cent. on $25,000, and 9 per cent. on $272,000.  The estimates
for the present biennial period involve a large increase of debt.
The present financial position of the kingdom is, an increasing
expenditure and a decreasing revenue.

The statistics of the Judiciary Department for the last two years
present a few features of interest.  There were 4,000 convictions
out of 5,764 cases brought before the courts, equal to a fourteenth
part of the population.  The total number of offences in the
category is 125.  Of these some are decidedly local.  Thus, for
"furnishing intoxicating liquors to Hawaiians" 92 persons were
punished; for "exhibition of Hula," 10; for "selling awa without
licence," 12; for "selling opium without licence," 24.  It is not
surprising to those who know the habits of the people, that the
convictions for violations of the marriage tie, though greatly
diminished, should reach the number of 384, while under the head
"Deserting Husbands and Wives," 67 convictions are recorded.  For
"practising medicine without a licence," 56 persons were punished;
for "furious riding," 197; for "cruelty to animals," 37; for
"gaming," 121; for "gross cheating," 32; for "violating the
Sabbath," 61.  We must remember that the returns include foreigners
and Chinamen, or else the reputation for "harmlessness" which
Hawaiians possess would suffer seriously when we read that within
the last two years there were 178 convictions for "assault," 248 for
"assault and battery," 12 for "assaults with dangerous weapons," 49
for "affray," 674 for "drunkenness," 87 for "disturbing quiet of the
night," and 13 for "murder."  Yet the number of criminal cases has
largely diminished, and taking civil and criminal together, there
has been a decrease of 656 for the last biennial period, as compared
with that immediately preceding it.

The administration of justice is confessedly one of the most
efficient departments of Hawaiian affairs.  Chief Justice Allen,
both as a lawyer and a gentleman, is worthy to fill the highest
position in his native country (America), and the Associate
Justices, as well as the native and foreign judges throughout the
islands, are highly esteemed for honour and uprightness.  I never
heard an uttered suspicion of venality or unfairness against anyone
of them, and apparently the Judiciary Department of Hawaii deserves
the same confidence which we repose in our own.

The Educational System has been carefully modelled, and is carried
out with tolerable efficiency.  Eighty-seven per cent. of the whole
school population are actually at school, and the inspector of
schools states that a person who cannot read and write is rarely met
with.  Each common school is graded into two, three, or four
classes, according to the intelligence and proficiency of the
pupils, and the curriculum of study is as follows:--

CLASS I.--Reading, mental and written arithmetic, geography,
penmanship, and composition.

CLASS II.--Reading, mental arithmetic, geography, penmanship.

CLASS III.--Reading, first principles of arithmetic, penmanship.

CLASS IV.--Primer, use of slate and pencil.

The youngest children are not classified until they can put letters
together in syllables.

Vocal music is taught wherever competent teachers are found.

The total sum expended on education, including the grants to
"family" and other schools, is about $40,000 a year. {453}

It has been remarked that the rising race of Hawaiians has an
increased contempt for industry in the form of manual labour, and it
is proposed by the Board of Education that such labour shall be made
a part of common school education, so that on both girls and boys a
desire to provide for their own wants in an honest way shall be
officially inculcated.  There is a Government Reformatory School,
and industrial and family schools for both girls and boys are
scattered over the islands.  The supply of literature in the
vernacular is meagre, and few of the natives have any intelligent
comprehension of English.

The group has an area of about 4,000,000 acres, of which about
200,000 may be regarded as arable, and 150,000 as specially adapted
for the culture of sugar-cane.  Sugar, the great staple production,
gives employment in its cultivation and manufacture to nearly 4,000
hands.  Only a fifteenth part of the estimated arable area is under
cultivation.  Over 6,000 natives are returned as the possessors of
Kuleanas or freeholds, but many of these are heavily mortgaged.
Many of the larger lands are held on lease from the crown or chiefs,
and there are difficulties attending the purchase of small
properties.

Almost all the roots and fruits of the torrid and temperate zones
can be grown upon the islands, and the banana, kalo, yam, sweet
potato, cocoanut, breadfruit, arrowroot, sugar-cane, strawberry,
raspberry, whortleberry, and native apple, are said to be
indigenous.

The indigenous fauna is small, consisting only of hogs, dogs, rats,
and an anomalous bat which flies by day:  There are few insects,
except such as have been imported, and these, which consist of
centipedes, scorpions, cockroaches, mosquitoes, and fleas, are
happily confined to certain localities, and the two first have left
most of their venom behind them.  A small lizard is abundant, but
snakes, toads, and frogs have not yet effected a landing.

The ornithology of the islands is scanty.  Domestic fowls are
supposed to be indigenous.  Wild geese are numerous among the
mountains of Hawaii, and plovers, snipe, and wild ducks, are found
on all the islands.  A handsome owl, called the owl-hawk, is common.
There is a paroquet with purple feathers, another with scarlet, a
woodpecker with variegated plumage of red, green, and yellow, and a
small black bird with a single yellow feather under each wing.
There are few singing birds, but one of the few has as sweet a note
as that of the English thrush.  There are very few varieties of
moths and butterflies.

The flora of the Hawaiian Islands is far scantier than that of the
South Sea groups, and cannot compare with that of many other
tropical as well as temperate regions.  But all the islands are rich
in cryptogamous plants, of which there is an almost infinite
variety.

Hawaii is still in process of construction, and is subject to
volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, and tidal waves.  Hurricanes are
unknown, and thunderstorms are rare and light.

Under favourable circumstances of moisture, the soil is most
prolific, and "patch cultivation" in glens and ravines, as well as
on mountain sides, produces astonishing results.  A Kalo patch of
forty square feet will support a man for a year.  An acre of
favourably situated land will grow a thousand stems of bananas,
which will produce annually ten tons of fruit.  The sweet potato
flourishes on the most unpromising lava, where soil can hardly be
said to exist, and in good localities produces 200 barrels to the
acre.  On dry light soils the Irish potato grows anyhow and
anywhere, with no other trouble than that of planting the sets.
Most vegetable dyes, drugs, and spices can be raised.  Forty diverse
fruits present an overflowing cornucopia.  The esculents of the
temperate zones flourish.  The coffee bush produces from three to
five pounds of berries the third year after planting.  The average
yield of sugar is two and a half tons to the acre.  Pineapples grow
like weeds in some districts, and water melons are almost a drug.
The bamboo is known to grow sixteen inches in a day.  Wherever there
is a sufficient rainfall, the earth teems with plenty.

Yet the Hawaiian Islands can hardly be regarded as a field for
emigration, though nature is lavish, and the climate the most
delicious and salubrious in the world.  Farming, as we understand
it, is unknown.  The dearth of insectivorous birds seriously affects
the cultivation of a soil naturally bounteous to excess.  The narrow
gorges in which terraced "patch cultivation," is so successful,
offer no temptations to a man with the world before him.  The larger
areas require labour, and labour is not to be had.  Though wheat and
other cereals mature, attacks of weevil prevent their storage, and
all the grain and flour consumed are imported from California.

Cacao, cinnamon, and allspice, are subject to an apparently
ineradicable blight.  The blight which has attacked the coffee shrub
is so severe, that the larger plantations have been dug up, and
coffee is now raised by patch culture, mainly among the guava scrub
which fringes the forests.  Oranges suffer from blight also, and
some of the finest groves have been cut down.  Cotton suffers from
the ravages of a caterpillar.  The mulberry tree, which, from its
rapid growth, would be invaluable to silk growers, is covered with a
black and white blight.  Sheep are at present successful, but in
some localities the spread of a pestilent "oat-burr" is depreciating
the value of their wool.  The forests, which are essential to the
well-being of the islands, are disappearing in some quarters, owing
to the attacks of a grub, as well as the ravages of cattle.

Cocoanuts, bananas, yams, sweet potatoes, kalo, and breadfruit, the
staple food of the native population, are free from blight, and so
are potatoes and rice.  Beef cattle can be raised for almost
nothing, and in some districts beef can be bought for the cent or
two per pound which pays for the cutting up of the carcase.  Every
one can live abundantly, and without the "sweat of the brow," but
few can make money, owing to the various forms of blight, the
scarcity of labour, and the lack of a profitable market.

There is little healthy activity in any department of business.  The
whaling fleet has deserted the islands.  A general pilikia prevails.
Settlements are disappearing, valley lands are falling out of
cultivation, Hilo grass and guava scrub are burying the traces of a
former population.  The natives are rapidly diminishing, {457} the
old industries are abandoned, and the inherent immorality of the
race, the great outstanding cause of its decay, still resists the
influence of Christian teaching and example.

An exotic civilization is having a fair trial on the Hawaiian
Islands.  With the exception of the serious maladies introduced by
foreigners in the early days, and the disastrous moral influence
exercised by worthless whites, they have suffered none of the wrongs
usually inflicted on the feebler by the stronger race.  The rights
of the natives were in the first instance carefully secured to them,
and have since been protected by equal laws, righteously
administered.  The Hawaiians have been aided towards independence in
political matters, and the foreigners, who framed the laws and
constitution, and have directed Hawaiian affairs, such as Richards,
Lee, Judd, Allen, and Wyllie, were men above reproach; and
missionary influence, of all others the most friendly to the
natives, has predominated for fifty years.

The effects of missionary labour have been scarcely touched upon in
the foregoing letters, and here, in preference to giving any opinion
of my own, I quote from Mr. R. H. Dana, an Episcopalian, and a
barrister of the highest standing in America, well known in this
country by his writings, who sums up his investigations on the
Sandwich Islands in the following dispassionate words:

"It is no small thing to say of the missionaries of the American
Board, that in less than forty years they have taught this whole
people to read and to write, to cipher and to sew.  They have given
them an alphabet, grammar, and dictionary; preserved their language
from extinction; given it a literature, and translated into it the
Bible, and works of devotion, science, and entertainment, etc.  They
have established schools, reared up native teachers, and so pressed
their work, that now the proportion of inhabitants who can read and
write is greater than in New England.  And whereas they found these
islanders a nation of half-naked savages, living in the surf and on
the sand, eating raw fish, fighting among themselves, tyrannized
over by feudal chiefs, and abandoned to sensuality, they now see
them decently clothed, recognizing the law of marriage, knowing
something of accounts, going to school and public worship more
regularly than the people do at home, and the more elevated of them
taking part in conducting the affairs of the constitutional monarchy
under which they live, holding seats on the judicial bench and in
the legislative chambers, and filling posts in the local
magistracies."

If space permitted, the testimony of "Mark Twain," given in
"Roughing It," might be added to the above, and the remaining
missionaries may well point to the visible results of their labours,
with the one word Circumspice!



A CHAPTER ON HAWAIIAN HISTORY.

In the pre-historic days of Hawaii, for 500 years, as the bards
sing, before Captain Cook landed, and indeed for some years
afterwards, each island had its king, chiefs, and internal
dissensions; and incessant wars, with a reckless waste of human
life, kept the whole group in turmoil.  Chaotic and legendary as
early Hawaiian history is, there is enough to show that there must
have been regularly organized communities on the islands for a very
long period, with a civilization and polity which, though utterly
unworthy of Christianity, were enlightened and advanced for
Polynesian heathenism.

The kingly office was hereditary, and the king's power absolute.  On
the different islands the kings and chiefs who together constituted
a privileged class, admitted the priesthood to some portion of their
privileges, probably with the view of enslaving the people more
completely through the agency of religion, and held the lower
classes in absolute subserviency by the most rigorous of feudal
systems, which included hana poalima, or forced labour, and the
tabu, well known throughout Polynesia.

A very interesting history begins with Kamehameha the Great, the
Conqueror, or the Terrible; the "Napoleon of the Pacific," as he has
been called.  He united an overmastering ambition to a singular gift
of ruling, and without education, training, or the help of a single
political precedent to guide him, animated not only by the lust of
conquest, but by the desire to create a nationality, he subjugated
every thing that his canoes could reach, and fused a rabble of
savages and chieftaincies into a united nation, every individual of
which to this day inherits something of the patriotism of the
Conqueror.

His wars were by no means puny either in proportions or slaughter,
as, for instance, when he meditated the conquest of Kauai, his
expedition included seven thousand picked warriors, twenty-one
schooners, forty swivels, six mortars, and an abundance of
ammunition!  His victories are celebrated in countless meles or
unwritten songs, which are said to be marked by real poetic feeling
and simplicity, and to resemble the Ossianic poems in majesty and
melancholy.  He founded the dynasty which for seventy years has
stood as firmly, and exercised its functions for the welfare of the
people on the whole as efficiently, as any other government.

The king was forty-five years old when, having "no more worlds to
conquer," he devoted himself to the consolidation of his kingdom.
He placed governors on each island, directly responsible to himself,
who nominated chiefs of districts, heads of villages, and all petty
officers; and tax-gatherers, who, for lack of the art of writing,
kept their accounts by a method in use in the English exchequer in
ancient times.  He appointed a council of chiefs, with whom he
advised on important matters, and a council of "wise men" who
assisted him in framing laws, and in regulating concerns of minor
importance.  In all matters of national importance, the governors
and high chiefs of the islands met with the sovereign in
consultations.  These were conducted with great privacy, and the
results were promulgated through the islands by heralds whose office
was hereditary.

Kamehameha enacted statutes against theft, murder, and oppression,
and though he wielded oppressive and despotic authority himself, his
people enjoyed a golden age as compared with those that were past.
The king, governors, and chiefs constituted the magistracy, and
there was an appeal from both chiefs and governors to the king.  It
was usual for both parties to be heard face to face in the enclosure
in front of the house of the king or governor, no lawyers were
employed, and every man advocated his own cause, sitting cross-
legged before the judges.  Swiftness and decision characterized the
redress of grievances and the administration of justice.  Kamehameha
reduced the feudal tenure of land, which had heretofore been the
theory, into absolute practice, claiming for the crown the sole
ownership of the land, and dividing it among his followers on the
conditions of tribute and military service.  The common people were
attached to the soil and transferred with it.  A chief might
nominate his wife, or son, or any other person to succeed him in his
possessions, but at his death they reverted to the king, whose order
was required before the testamentary wish became of any value.
There were some wise regulations generally applicable, concerning
the planting of cocoanut trees, and a law that the water should be
conducted over every plantation twice a week in general, and once a
week during the dry season.  This king constructed immense fish-
ponds on the sea coast, and devoted himself to commerce with such
success that in one year he exported $400,000 of sandalwood (felled
and shipped at the cost of much suffering to the common people), and
on finding that a large proportion of the profit had been dissipated
by harbour dues at Canton, he took up the idea and established
harbour dues at Honolulu.

From Vancouver Kamehameha learned of the grandeur and power of
Christian nations; and in the idea that his people might grow great
through Christianity, he asked him, in 1794, that Christian teachers
might be sent from England.  This request, if ever presented, was
disregarded, as was another made by Captain Turnbull in 1803, and
this exceptionally great Polynesian died the year before the light
of the Gospel shone on Hawaiian shores.

Some persons, it does not appear whether they were English or
American, attempted his conversion; but the astute savage, after
listening to their eloquent statements of the power of faith,
pressed on them as a crucial test to throw themselves from the top
of an adjacent precipice, making his reception of their religion
contingent on their arrival unhurt at its base.  He built large
heiaus, amongst others the one at Kawaihae, at the dedication of
which to his favourite war god eleven human sacrifices were offered.
To the end he remained devoted to the state religion, and the last
instances of capital punishment for breaking tabu, a thraldom deeply
interwoven with the religious system, occurred in the last year of
his reign, when one man was put to death for putting on a chief's
girdle, another for eating of a tabooed dish, and a third for
leaving a house under tabu, and entering one which was not so.

His last prayers were to his great red-feathered god Kukailimoku,
and priests bringing idols crowded round him in his dying agony.
His last words were "Move on in my good way and"--  In the death-
room the high chiefs consulted, and one, to testify his great grief,
proposed to eat the body raw, but was overruled by the majority.  So
the flesh was separated from the bones, and they were tied up in
tapa, and concealed so effectually that they have never since been
found.  A holocaust of three hundred dogs gave splendour to his
obsequies.  "These are our gods whom I worship," he had said to
Kotzebue, while showing him one of the temples.  "Whether I do right
or wrong I do not know, but I follow my faith, which cannot be
wicked, as it commands me never to do wrong."

Kamehameha the Great died in 1819, and his son Liholiho, who loved
whisky and pleasure, was peaceably crowned king in his room, and by
his name.  He, with the powerful aid of the Queen Dowager Kaahumanu,
abolished tabu, and his subjects cast away their idols, and fell
into indifferent scepticism, the high priest Hewahewa being the
first to light the iconoclastic torch, having previously given his
opinion that there was only one great akua or spirit in lani, the
heavens.  This Kamehameha II. was the king who with his queen, died
of measles in London in 1824, after which the Blonde frigate was
sent to restore their bodies with much ceremony to Hawaiian soil.

Kamehameha III., a minor, another son of the Conqueror, succeeded,
and reigned for thirty years, dividing the lands among the nobles
and the people, and conferring upon his kingdom an equable
constitution.  The law officially abolishing idolatry was confirmed
by him, and while complete religious toleration otherwise was
granted, the Christian faith was established in these words:--"The
religion of the Lord Jesus Christ shall continue to be the
established national religion of the Hawaiian Islands."  His words
on July 31st, 1843, when the English colours, wrongfully hoisted,
were lowered in favour of the Hawaiian flag, are the national
motto:--"The life of the land is established in righteousness."  In
his reign Hawaiian independence was recognised by Great Britain,
France, and America.  His Premier for some time was Mr. Wyllie, who
with a rare devotion and disinterestedness devoted his life and a
large fortune to his adopted country.

Kamehameha IV., a grandson of the Conqueror, succeeded him in 1854.
He was a patriotic prince, and strove hard to advance the
civilization of his people, and to arrest their decrease by
reformatory and sanitary measures.  He was the most accomplished
prince of his line, and his death in 1863, soon after that of his
only child, the Prince of Hawaii, was very deeply regretted.  His
widow, Queen Kaleleonalani, or Emma, visited England after his
death.

He was succeeded by his brother, a man of a very different stamp,
who was buried on January 11, 1873, after a partial outbreak of the
orgies wherewith the natives disgraced themselves after the death of
a chief in the old heathen days.  It is rare to meet with two people
successively who hold the same opinion of Kamehameha V.  He was
evidently a man of some talent and strong will, intensely patriotic,
and determined not to be a merely ornamental figure-head of a
government administered by foreigners in his name.  He ardently
desired the encouragement of foreign immigration, and the opening of
a free market in America for Hawaiian produce.  He ruled, as well as
reigned, and though he abrogated the constitution of 1852, and
introduced several features of absolutism into the government, on
the whole he seems to have done well by his people.  He is said to
have been regal and dignified, to have worked hard, to have written
correct state papers, and to have been capable of the deportment of
an educated Christian gentleman, but to have reimbursed himself for
this subservience to conventionality by occasionally retiring to an
undignified residence on the sea-shore, where he transformed himself
into the likeness of one of his half-clad heathen ancestors, debased
himself by whisky, and revelled in the hula-hula.  He is said also
to have been so far under the empire of the old superstitions, as to
consult an ancient witch on affairs of importance.

He died amidst the rejoicings incident to his birthday, and on the
next day "lay in state in the throne-room of the palace, while his
ministers, his staff, and the chiefs of the realm kept watch over
him, and sombre kahilis waving at his head, beat a rude and silent
dead-march for the crowds of people, subjects and aliens, who
continuously filed through the apartment, for a curious farewell
glance at the last of the Kamehamehas."

His death closed the first era of Hawaiian history, and the orderly
succession of one recognised dynasty.  No successor to the throne
had been proclaimed, and the king left no nearer kin than the
Princess Keelikolani, his half-sister, a lady not in the line of
regal descent.

Under these novel circumstances, it devolved upon the Legislative
Assembly to elect by ballot "some native Alii of the kingdom as
successor to the throne."  The candidates were the High Chief
Kalakaua, the present King, and Prince Lunalilo, the late King, but
the "Well-Beloved," as Lunalilo was called, was elected unanimously,
amidst an outburst of popular enthusiasm.

From his high resolves and generous instincts much was expected, and
the unhappy failing, to which, after the most painful struggles, he
succumbed, on the solicitation of some bad or thoughtless
foreigners, if it lessened him aught in the public esteem, abated
nothing of the wonderful love that was felt for him.

He died, after a lingering illness, on February 3, 1874.  Although
the event had been expected for some time, its announcement was
received with profound sorrow by the whole community, while the
native subjects of the deceased sovereign, according to ancient
custom, expressed their feelings in loud wailing, which echoed
mournfully through the still, red air of early daylight.  On the
following evening the body was placed on a shrouded bier, and was
escorted in solemn procession by the government officials and the
late king's staff, to the Iolani Palace, there to lie in state.  It
was a cloudless moonlight; not a leaf stirred or bird sang, and the
crowd, consisting of several thousands, opened to the right and left
to let the dismal death-train pass, in a stillness which was only
broken by the solemn tramp of the bearers.

The next day the corpse lay in state, in all the splendour that the
islands could bestow, dressed in the clothes the king wore when he
took the oath of office, and resting on the royal robe of yellow
feathers, a fathom square. {468}  Between eight and ten thousand
persons passed through the palace during the morning, and foreigners
as well as natives wept tears of genuine grief; while in the palace
grounds the wailing knew no intermission, and many of the natives
spent hours in reciting kanakaus in honour of the deceased.  At
midnight the king's remains were placed in a coffin, his aged
father, His Highness Kanaina, who was broken-hearted for his loss,
standing by.  When the body was raised from the feather robe, he
ordered that it should be wrapped in it, and thus be deposited in
its resting place.  "He is the last of our race," he said; "it
belongs to him."  The natives in attendance turned pale at this
command, for the robe was the property of Kekauluohi, the dead
king's mother, and had descended to her from her kingly ancestors.

Averse through his life to useless parade and display, Lunalilo left
directions for a simple funeral, and that none of the old heathenish
observances should ensue upon his death.  So, amidst unbounded
grief, he was carried to the grave with hymns and anthems, and the
hopes of Hawaii were buried with him.

He died without naming a successor, and thus for the second time
within fourteen months, a king came to be elected by ballot.

The proceedings at the election of Lunalilo were marked by an order,
regularity, and peaceableness which reflected extreme credit on the
civilization of the Hawaiians, but in the subsequent period the
temper of the people had considerably changed, and they had been
affected by influences to which some allusions were made in Letter
XIX.

In politics, Lunalilo's views were essentially democratic, and he
showed an almost undue deference to the will of the people, giving
them a year's practical experience of democracy which they will
never forget.

An antagonism to the foreign residents, or rather to their political
influence, had grown rapidly.  Some of the Americans had been unwise
in their language, and the discussion on the proposed cession of
Pearl River increased the popular discontent, and the jealousy of
foreign interference in island affairs.  "America gave us the
light," said a native pastor, in a sermon which was reported over
the islands, "but now that we have the light, we should be left to
use it for ourselves."  This sentence represented the bulk of the
national feeling, which, if partially unenlightened, is intensely,
passionately, almost fanatically patriotic.

The biennial election of delegates to the Legislative Assembly
occurred shortly before Lunalilo's death, and the rallying-cry,
"Hawaii for the Hawaiians," was used with such effect that the most
respectable foreign candidates, even in the capital, had not a
chance of success, and for the first time in Hawaiian constitutional
history, a house was elected, consisting, with one exception, of
natives.  Immediately on the king's death, Kalakaua, who was
understood to represent the foreign interest as well as the policy
indicated by the popular rallying-cry, and Queen Emma, came forward
as candidates; the walls were placarded with addresses, mass
meetings were held, canvassers were busy night and day, promises
impossible of fulfilment were made, and for eight days the Hawaiian
capital presented those scenes of excitement, wrangling, and mutual
misrepresentation which we associate with popular elections
elsewhere, and everywhere.

The day of election came, and thirty-nine votes were given for
Kalakaua, and six for Emma.  On the announcement of this result, a
hoarse, indignant roar, mingled with cheers from the crowd without,
was heard within the Assembly chamber, and on the committee
appointed to convey to Kalakaua the news of his election, attempting
to take their seats in a carriage, they were driven back, maimed and
bleeding, into the Courthouse; the carriage was torn to pieces, and
the spokes of the wheels were distributed as weapons among the
rioters.  The "gentle children of the sun" were seen under a new
aspect; they became furious, the latent savagery came out, the doors
of the Hall of Assembly were battered in, the windows were shattered
with clubs and volleys of stones, nine of the representatives, who
were known to have voted for Kalakaua, were severely injured; the
chairs, tables, and furnishings of the rooms were broken up and
thrown out of the windows, along with valuable public and private
documents; kerosene was demanded to fire the buildings; the police
remained neutral, and conflagration and murder would have followed,
had not the ministers dispatched an urgent request for assistance to
the United States' ships of war, Portsmouth and Tuscarora, and
H.B.M. ship Tenedos, which was promptly met by the landing of such a
force of sailors and marines as dispersed the rioters.

Seventy arrests were made, the foreign marines held possession of
the Courthouse, Palace, and Government offices, Kalakaua took the
oath of office in private; the Representatives, with bandaged heads,
and arms in slings, limped, and in some instances were supported, to
their desks, to be liberated from their duties by the king in
person, and in ten days the joint protectorate was withdrawn.

Those who know the natives best were taken by surprise, and are
compelled to recognise that a restive, half-sullen, half-defiant
spirit is abroad among them, and that the task of governing them may
not be the easy thing which it has been since the days of Kamehameha
the Great.  Nor do the foreign residents, especially the Americans,
feel so safe as formerly, without the presence of a man-of-war in
the harbour, since the people of Oahu have so unexpectedly developed
one of the prominent arts of civilized democracy, cruel, reckless,
and unreasoning mobbing.

Of King Kalakaua, who began his reign under such unfortunate
auspices, little at present can be said.  Island affairs have not
settled down into their old quietude, and party spirit, arising out
of the election, has not died out among the natives.  The king chose
his advisers wisely, and made a concession to native feeling by
appointing a native named Nahaolelua to a seat in the cabinet as
Minister of Finance, but his first arrangement was upset, and a good
deal of confusion has subsequently prevailed.

The Queen, Kapiolani, is a Hawaiian lady of high character and
extreme amiability, and both King and Queen have been exemplary in
their domestic relations.

Kalakaua's first act was to proclaim his brother, Prince Leleiohoku,
his successor, investing him at the same time with the title, "His
Royal Highness," and his second was to reorganize the military
service, with the view of making it an efficient and well-
disciplined force.

There is something melancholy in the fact that this small Pacific
kingdom has to fall back upon the old world resource of a standing
army, as large, in proportion to its population, as that of the
German Empire.

Those readers who have become interested in the Sandwich Islands
through the foregoing Letters, will join me in the earnest wish that
this people, which has advanced from heathenism and barbarism to
Christianity and civilization in the short space of a single
generation, may enjoy peace and prosperity under King Kalakaua, that
the extinction which threatens the nation may be averted, and that
under a gracious Divine Providence, Hawaii may still remain the
inheritance of the Hawaiians.



NOTES.


{0} A native word used to signify an old resident.

{14} A Frugiferous bat.

{28} The kahili is shaped like an enormous bottle brush.  The fines
are sometimes twenty feet high, with handles twelve or fifteen feet
long, covered with tortoiseshell and whale tooth ivory. The upper
part is formed of a cylinder of wicker work about a foot in
diameter, on which red, black, and yellow feathers are fastened.
These insignia are carried in procession instead of banners, and
used to be fixed in the ground near the temporary residence of the
king or chiefs.  At the funeral of the late king seventy-six large
and small kahilis were carried by the retainers of chief families.

{40} A week after her sailing, this unlucky ship put back with some
mysterious ailment, and on her final arrival at San Francisco, her
condition was found to be such that it was a marvel that she had
made the passage at all.

{44} Dear old craft!  I would not change her now for the finest
palace which floats on the Hudson, or the trimmest of the
Hutchesons' beautiful West Highland fleet.

{47} This temperature is, of course, in shallow water.  The United
States surveying vessel, Tuscarora, lately left San Diego,
California, shaping a straight course for Honolulu, and found a
nearly uniform temperature of from 33 degrees to 34 degrees
Fahrenheit at all depths below 1100 fathoms.  The following table
gives a good idea of the temperature of ocean water in this region
of the Pacific:--

100  .  .  64 degrees 7
200  .  .  48 degrees 7
300  .  .  42 degrees 4
400  .  .  40 degrees 4
500  .  .  39 degrees 4
600  .  .  38 degrees 6
700  .  .  38 degrees 3
800  .  .  37 degrees 5
900  .  .  36 degrees 6
1000 .  .  35 degrees 6
1200 .  .  35 degrees 4
3054 .  .  33 degrees 2

The Tuscarora found the extraordinary depth of 3023 fathoms at a
distance of only 43 miles from Molokai.

{59a} Metrosideros Polymorpha.

{59b} Colocasia antiquorum (arum esculentum).

{59c} Morinda Citrifolia.

{62} I have since learned that it is the same as the Kaldera bush of
Southern India, and that the powerful fragrance of its flowers is
the subject of continual allusions in Sanskrit poetry under the name
of Ketaka, and that oil impregnated with its odour is highly prized
as a perfume in India.  The Hawaiians also used it to give a
delicious scent to the Tapa made for their chiefs from the inner
bark of the paper mulberry.

{65} See Brigham, on the "Hawaiian Volcanoes."

{66} In explorations some months later, I found nearly similar
phenomena, in two other of the streams on the windward side of
Hawaii.

{95} "Reef Rovings."

{121} In 1873 the export of sugar reached a total of upwards of
23,000,000 lbs.

{128} NOTE.--Throughout these letters the botanical names given are
only those which are current on the Islands.  Those specimens of
ferns which survived the rough usage which befel them, are to be
seen in the Herbarium of the Botanical Garden at Oxford, and have
been named and classified by my cousin, Professor Lawson.

{138} "The road from Hilo to Laupahoehoe, a distance of thirty
miles, runs somewhat inland, and is one of the most remarkable in
the world.  Ravines, 1,800 or 2,000 feet deep, and less than a mile
wide, extend far up the slopes of Mauna Kea.  Streams, liable to
sudden and tremendous freshets, must be traversed on a path of
indescribable steepness, winding zig-zag up and down the
beautifully-wooded slopes or precipices, which are ornamented with
cascades of every conceivable form.  Few strangers, when they come
to the worst precipices, dare to ride down, but such is the nature
of the rough steps, that a horse or mule will pass them with less
difficulty than a man on foot who is unused to climbing.  No less
than sixty-five streams must be crossed in a distance of thirty
miles."--Brigham "On the Hawaiian Volcanoes."

{148} The Lord's Prayer in Hawaiian runs thus:--E ko mako Makua i-
loko o ka Lani, e hoanoia Kou Inoa E hiki mai Kou auhuni e malamaia
Kou Makemake ma ka-nei honua e like me ia i malamaia ma ka Lani e
haawi mai i a makau i ai no keia la e kala mai i ko makou
lawehalaana me makou e kala nei i ka poe i lawehala mai i a makou
mai alakai i a makou i ka hoowalewaleia mai ata e hookapele i a
makou mai ka ino no ka mea Nou ke Aupuni a me ka Mana a me ka
hoonaniia a mau loa 'ku.  Amene.

{165} A small bird, Melithreptes Pacifica, inhabits the mountainous
regions of Hawaii, and has under each wing a single feather, one
inch long, of a bright canary yellow.  The birds are caught by means
of a viscid substance smeared on poles.  Formerly they were strictly
tabu.  It is of these feathers that the mamo or war-cloak of
Kamehameha I., now used on state occasions by the Hawaiian kings, is
composed.  This priceless mantle is four feet long, eleven and a
half feet wide at the bottom, and its formation occupied nine
successive reigns.  It is one of the costliest of royal ornaments,
if the labour spent upon it is estimated, and the feathers of which
it is made have been valued at a dollar and a half for five.

{199} Cynodon Dactylon (?)

{203} Physalis Peruviana.

{215} This was almost his last exploit.  A few days later the
sheriff had the painful duty of committing him as a leper to the
leper settlement on Molokai.  He was a leading spirit among the Hilo
natives, and his joyous nature will be missed by everyone.  He has
left a wife and some beautiful children, who, it is feared, will
eventually share his fate.

{223} In 1873 the export of wool had increased to 329,507 lbs.

{235} The Inspector of Schools has since told me that there is a
track as bad, if not worse, in the Hana district on Maui.

{256} It gives me pleasure to add that the Sisters have lived down
this very natural distrust, and that in a subsequent residence of
five months on the islands, I never heard but one opinion, and that
of the most favourable kind, regarding the Lahaina School, and the
excellence and wisdom of the manner in which it is conducted.  I
have been told by many who on most points are quite out of sympathy
with the Sisters, not only that their work is recognized as a most
valuable agency, but that their influence has come to be regarded as
among the chiefest of the blessings of Lahaina.

{270} The Nuhou has since expired.

{276} This monster is a cephalopod of the order Dibranchiata, and
has eight flexible arms, each crowded with 120 pair of suckers, and
two longer feelers about six feet in length, differing considerably
from the others in form.

{295} According to the revenue returns for the biennial period
ending March 31, 1874, the revenue derived from awa was over $9000,
and that from opium over $46,000.

{296} The following paragraph from Dr. Rupert Anderson's sober-
minded book on the Sandwich Islands fully bears out the king's
remarks:  "The islands all lie within the range of the trade winds,
which blow with great regularity nine months of the year, and on the
leeward side, where their course is obstructed by mountains, there
are regular land and sea breezes.  The weather at all seasons is
delightful, the sky usually cloudless, the atmosphere clear and
bracing.  Nothing can exceed the soft brilliancy of the moonlight
nights.  Thunderstorms are rare and light in their nature.
Hurricanes are unknown.  The general temperature is the nearest in
the world to that point regarded by physiologists as most conducive
to health and longevity.  By ascending the mountains any desirable
degree of temperature may be obtained."

{303} These circumstances are well-known throughout the islands, and
with the omission of some personal details, there is nothing which
may not be known by a larger public.

{335} According to Mr. Brigham, the products of the Hawaiian
volcanoes are:  native sulphur, pyrites, salt, sal ammoniac,
hydrochloric acid, haematite, sulphurous acid, sulphuric acid,
quartz, crystals, palagonite, feldspar, chrysolite, Thompsonite,
gypsum, solfatarite, copperas, nitre, arragonite, Labradorite,
limonite.

{381} I venture to present this journal letter just as it was
written, trusting that the interest which attaches to volcanic
regions, will carry the reader through the minuteness and
multiplicity of the details.

{388} Since then, the Austins of Onomea were standing on a similar
ledge, when a sound as of a surge striking below, made them jump
back hastily, and in another moment the projection split off, and
was engulfed in the fiery lake.

{411} Since white men have inhabited the islands, there have been
ten recorded eruptions from the craters of Mauna Loa, and one from
Hualalai.

{422} Several letters are omitted here, as they contain repetitions
of journeys and circumstances which have been amply detailed before.
I went to the Kona district for a few days only, intending to return
to friends on Kauai and Maui; but owing to an alteration in the
sailings of the Kilauea, was detained there for a month, and
afterwards, owing to uncertainties connected with the San Francisco
steamers, was obliged to leave the Islands abruptly, after a
residence of nearly seven months.

{453} The schools of the kingdom are as follows:--

                                   Number
                                   Schools.   Boys.   Girls.  Total.

Common Schools                         196    3193     2329    5522
Government Boarding Schools              3     185      --      185
Government Haw.-Eng. Day Schools         5     415      246     661
Subsidized Boarding Schools             10     168      191     359
Subsidized Day Schools                   9     201      210     411
Independent Boarding Schools             3      14       62      76
Independent Day Schools                 16     287      254     541
                                     -------------------------------
-
Total                                  242    4463     3292    7755

{457} The population by the last census, taken in 1872, is as
follows:--

Total number of natives in 1872                              49,044
  "     "    half-castes in 1872                              2,487
  "     "    Chinese in 1872                                  1,938
  "     "    Americans in 1872                                  889
  "     "    Hawaiians born of foreign parents, 1872            849
  "     "    Britons in 1872                                    619
  "     "    Portuguese in 1872                                 395
  "     "    Germans in 1872                                    224
  "     "    French in 1872                                      88
  "     "    other foreigners in 1872                           364
                                                             ------
Total population in 1872                                     56,897

                        --------------------------

Total number of natives, including half-castes, in 1866      58,765
  "     "          "          "         "       in 1872      51,531
                                                             ------
Decrease since 1866                                           7,234

The excess of males over females is 6,403 souls.

                  AREA AND POPULATION OF EACH ISLAND.

                         Acres.           Height          Population
                                          in feet.        in 1872.

Hawaii                2,500,000           13,953             16,001
Maui                    400,000           10,200             12,334
Oahu                    350,000            3,800             20,671
Kauai                   350,000            4,800              4,961
Molokai                 200,000            2,800              2,349
Lanai                   100,000            2,400                348
Niihau                   70,000              800                233
Kahoolawe                30,000              400                 -
                                                            -------
Total                                                        56,897

{468} Only one robe like this remains, that which is spread over the
throne at the opening of Parliament.  The one buried with Lunalilo
could not be reproduced for one hundred thousand dollars.



*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ARCHIPELAGO ***


    

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright
royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™
concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may
do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
license, especially commercial redistribution.


START: FULL LICENSE

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™
electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your
possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this
agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™
electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual
works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting
free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™
works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily
comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when
you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear
prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work
on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
    at www.gutenberg.org. If you
    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
  
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works
posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg™ License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
provided that:

    • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
        the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method
        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has
        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
        Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
        Literary Archive Foundation.”
    
    • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™
        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™
        works.
    
    • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
        receipt of the work.
    
    • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
        distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.
    

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than
are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in
accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or
additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™

Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will
remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future
generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website
and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be
freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of
volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
facility: www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.